3In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time (in) enjoying real life.
2I feel excited because this school differs in many ways from my previous one.
2Studying is definitely a big part of my life.
3I like reading books of all kinds.
4I like to set goals for myself. 5I like being busy.
6Making a prediction is guessing what is going to be mentioned.
7Skimming means reading very quickly to get a general idea of what a text is about.
3I find waiting for exam results very stressful.
4In particular, shy people can find social situations very stressful-like going to parties.
5I also plan to do more long-distance running because I find it very relaxing.
2It’s important to meet friends in person from time to time, not just on social media.
3It always makes me excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together.
4It usually takes me 20 minutes to get home by bus.
5It takes me less than 15 minutes to wash, get changed, have breakfast and leave home.
6You may think that it is boring to do the same thing every day, but I like being busy.
7It’s always good to have a friend, right? 8It is good they were all over.
2When I set out to do something, I do my best to achieve it.
3I tend to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of each term.
4My aim is to do well in every subject this term.
5My target is to prepare myself for my degree in biology at university.
6To achieve all I want, I must use my time well.
7After school, I try to use any possible time to revise the things I have learnt during the day.
8What she tries to achieve is to prepare herself for university.
9I’m always the first person to get to my class.
10I usually find time to do my paperwork and preview the lessons.
2Bringing with him lots of books, clothes, and two pairs of trainers, Zhang Tian travelled to the village with an eager heart.
3Inspired by the teachers from small villages, Zhang Tian applied for and became a volunteer teacher after he graduated from university.
4I have to get up very early in the morning and often go back home late, feeling tired.
5In the afternoon, I stay in my office, doing lots of paperwork or working on the computer.
2Living in the village was also more challenging than he had thought.
3They enjoy playing football in the playground, as well as singing songs they’ve learnt.
4He has enjoyed working with the children.
2At the moment, we meet twice a week and we’re preparing to attend a competition.
2 What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read, speak and write in English. 3He feels so happy that he followed his heart when choosing what to do with his life, even though it may not be what others expected of him.
4Although he had only intended to stay for one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year. 5Your life is what you make it.
6I look forward to hearing all about what’s happening with you soon.
2It is believed that the custom began thousands of years ago when teahouses started cropping up along the Silk Road to provide rest for weary travelers.
3Later, it was discovered that tea aids digestion, so teahouse owners started offering snacks with their tea and yum cha was born.
2People who live in the country say that city life is stressful because of all the noise and traffic, but I like being in the middle of things.
3I live in a city for now, but thanks to our island holiday, I’m sure I could be just as happy living in the country.
4I’ve been moving from one city to the next because of my dad’s job.
5Due to the stress, I cannot sleep well at night.
6But more often than not, it’s due to pressure from work or study.
2I didn’t miss going online because I was too busy connecting with nature.
2 You don’t need to visit museums, cinemas or community centres because you can explore forests, caves and beaches. 3I think I will need to play more ports.
2My job is to take care of people’s health.
3It was my dream to become a volunteer teacher.
4It is exciting to work with kids.
5Besides, it is inconvenient to go outside because the public transportation is not well connected.
6But it is always so hard for me to chat with new classmates.
7My usual routine is to read the news before eating breakfast.
8And when I get home, I’m usually too tired to do anything.
2It supports children who struggle to read and write and they have volunteers who spend time with children who need help.
3But it is not surprising that being a in the village can be challenging.
4It’s not surprising that he won the race, but I was surprised that he broke the world record.
3Then it takes half an hour for me to get to the office.
32 1Being a doctor means I have to make correct decisions all the time, which puts a lot of pressure on me.
2Although being a doctor keeps me very busy, with little time for leisure, I have no regrets as I love solving problems and I get to help people recover from illnesses and injuries.
3On the plus side, I get to travel a lot to different countries for matches and of course, hearing people cheer you on is great.
2I would rather do anything other than exercise.
2That year, she not only won the silver medal in the Australian Open but also won the gold medal n the French Open which are both world-class tournaments.
2Paul’s favourite player was a guy who played for the Charlotte Hornets.
3Bogues was only 1.6 metres tall, which made the shortest player ever in the NBA. 4He was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
5Paul was someone who worked really hard for the team.
6This week, The Lions were playing our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect.
7Paul didn’t know he‘d soon get the chance that he’d been waiting for.
8And clearly, all the extra hours that he’d spent practicing alone paid off.
be about to do sth. be to do sth. be going to do sth.
2His favourite player was a guy who was also only 1.6 metres tall.
3He played in the team which was called The Lions.
4He helped his team win the game which made him a hero.
2Don’t drink too much while running.
3Make a list of the feelings you may have when playing or watching sports.
4Don’t read every word when looking for specific information.
5Please turn off your flash when taking photos.
6You have to wear a helmet when riding in case you fall off the bike.
7Think about what you consider first and last when choosing a fitness activity and give reasons.
1I feel disappointed when my team loses. 2And I feel awkward failing PE exams.
2You are also somebody who worries about getting sick.
3Besides, anybody who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
4Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress.
5It’s never too late to start getting into running and exercising ---after all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible!”
6Later, Esteban, who won the bronze medal, tried to give his medal to Navarro.
2That’s when I realized that running is a great way to make friends and kill time when you’re alone and there’s nothing better a good run to clear your head when things get stressful.
2Esteban had been cycling as hard as he could for hours and with the finishing line in bight all the cyclists began to speed up to cross it.
3The two cyclists reached the finishing line with Esteban ahead on foot, Navarro just behind him.
2If left alone, the younger members of the species are more physically active.
3Think about what you consider first and last when choosing a fitness activity and give reasons.
2This soon caught the attention of local youths, who started learning Kung fu from their Chinese neighbours.
2Wear gloves and mouth guards in case something happen.
2She is a talented tennis player who has won many awards.
3That year, she not only won the silver medal in the Australian Open but also won the gold medal in the French Open which are both world-class tournaments.
4She is an excellent player whose fans all support her and wish her the best.
2First, the house was cleaned from top to bottom.
5Fireworks were being let off across the city, suddenly lighting up the night sky.
6Great fun is also enjoyed in the kitchen as jiaozi are being made.
7Most of the Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
2 Mrs. Chen said that it was to scare away the monster Nian.
be to do sth.
4One of their favorite family traditions is to make jiaozi. 动词不定式短语充当表语。
It is believed/said/reported/suggested/proved/hoped/thought/discovered/......that+真正的主语从句。
2We then sat together to enjoy a big dinner, wishing everyone a happy new year.
3Our grandchildren run around shouting and playing. 现在分词短语，充当伴随状语。
2Xu Gang is a 28-year-old computer engineer working in Shanghai.
3Li Yan is a 70-year-old grandmother from Heilongjiang.
2We felt very excited the moment the ceremony began. (P86)
2However, what we eat isn’t the most important thing.
3What’s important is who we eat it with.
4We think about what the children would like to eat, what we need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared.
2Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
3Listening for specific information means to listen for specific words like names, numbers or dates.
2Traditional lanterns and ice lanterns are mixed to create a special and happy atmosphere
3The ancient walls in this city were rebuilt by the government last year.
4The Lantern Show was organized by the government under the ancient walls for the first time this year.
5More people are expected to visit in the coming days.
2That was also the day Granny moved in.
5Each year, I took out the music box she gave me.
6Inside I keep Granny’s paper hat and the letter she helped me write that Christmas. 7Now I’m the one who makes sugar biscuits each year.
8Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
9Can you find any hints in the story that suggest Grandma was in poor health condition?
10It is a wonderful birthday celebration and I’ve got the best gift I have ever received.
11I checked the special gift I had made for Grnadpa.
2I remember catching her eye through the window.
2Granny laughed so much that her paper hat fell off.
3I was so worried that I had mascara running down my cheeks. (Reading and Writing P89)
so......that...... ，“如此......以致于......”，结果状语从句。
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型
should have done sth. should not have done sth.;
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.;
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.;
need have done sth. need not have done sth.;
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth. ;
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.;
3 That seems to be done right.
2I felt excited but also a little nervous because I didn’t know the rules for attending a party held by someone from England.
2It was one of the best parties I have ever attended.
3And I loved the way you had done your hair. (Reading and Writing P89)
4You know the one that come all the way from Australia for the wedding. (Reading and Writing P89)
3Buckets of water are carried around the streets.
4The festival is related to Buddhist traditions.
5Over three days, Buddha statues are washed, dragon boats are raced and rockets are launched in celebration.
1His clerk, poor Bob Cratchit, was working, when Scrooge’s nephew came in.
2That evening, Scrooge was sitting by the fire at home when a ghost appeared.
2I am wearing these chains.
4He was dressed in black.
1You may check by the end of the semester to find out whether you have stuck to your plan.
3Think about how you will organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form.
4You are going to make a presentation on how different cultures celebrate special occasions or events.
5Identify specific aspects of the celebration that interest you and your group.
6Gather your research and decide which special aspect of the celebration you would like to highlight.
4The Passive Rewrite the sentences in passive voice.
1The moon cakes are being made with bean paste.
2She was being shown around New York yesterday morning.
3She is said to be one of the greatest living writers.
4This is an imitation of the painting because the original was destroyed.
5The roofs of many houses in the area were blown off by strong winds.
7The film is being translated into several foreign languages.
8She was invited to give a speech at the conference by one of the former students.
2The music had everyone on the dance floor the whole night. (Reading and Writing P89)
2Focus on the mouths of native speakers and pay attention to your own mouth positions as you’re practicing sounds.
3Practicing individual sounds is more important than practicing stress.
4A baby watches his mother’s mouth closely when she speaks, because he wants the combination of the visual information and what he’s hearing.
5Children repeat themselves to build muscle memory and to develop the fine and subtle changes in mouth position needed for speaking a language.
2It’s easy for your English to be natural and clear when you’re hardly moving your mouth at all.
2The First Industrial Revolution used water and steam power to mechanize production.
1Yet, very few people knew that future avatars would have such a wide variety of forms and uses. 2When people started creating their own avatars, they discovered that they were going to have the power to create new identities that did not look or act like their real selves at all.
3When Internet users realized that their avatars would be seen by many people, not just their friends, they started having more than one avatar.
6How many followers do I have? ---though we know that the number of “likes” or followers cannot compare to having long-term and rewarding friendships.
7Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be.
8And with online communication you can never be 100 percent sure that the people you are chatting to are being honest about who they are.
9Because of this, going online can be particularly dangerous for people who are easily influenced or too trusting.
10You can stay in touch with friends no matter where you are or what you are doing.
11There are so many online tools you ca use to be creative.
14This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today.
15Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
16That’s why I believe that books about foreign cultures of imaginary worlds are the best.
2Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact.
3Talking to people online or having a friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real-life communication.
4In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centred because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers.
2While listening, pay attention to the words related to the questions.
3If so, list them below.
4It also makes the art accessible to the world while protecting the original artworks for the future.
5A tool that tracks and shows your pulse rate while you exercise.
6But some classmates expressed concerns about online safety when using avatars.
7When reading an article online, it’s important not to skim too much, so that you can understand the full context.
8When browsing social media, people often see photographs and stories showing beautiful holidays, fun parties and fashionable clothes.
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型 B1U2 Workbook P85
2Walking into the China Pavilion at Expo 2010 in Shanghai, people were amazed by the sight of a huge digital painting.
3You can see the wind blowing through the trees and across the water.
4Since then, she has been addicted to the Internet, using different kinds of software applications on her mobile device.
1Digital technology allows today’s artists to express their ideas in ways that ancient artists would not believe possible.
2Information Technology has developed in ways that people would never have imagined.
3Dunhuang Caves, which are protected ancient treasures in the Gobi desert in a remote part of Northwest China, are filled with invaluable paints and sculptures.
4The good news for art lovers who cannot travel and for the caves themselves is that scientists have created a 360-degree, 3D digital projection of the caves
5What students dislike is that in order to use apps these days, they are often required to set up an account and put in personal information.
6Then, something happened that changed how she felt about online communication.
7At first, my father had some concerns that she was spending too much time in virtual world, but now he sees how happy she is.
8We are all very proud of her as she has proven that it’s never too late to learn a new skill.
1Nobody at that time imagined that 20 years later people would have phones in their pockets and would use them for many functions other than just making calls.
2At that time, even scientists didn’t realise that one day people would be able to connect with family and friends anywhere through video chats.
3And most certainly, people back in the1980s wouldn’t understand that clothing and delicious food would be sent to their homes by simply using an app on the phone.
2All her friends seemed to spend about 90 percent of their time talking to friends on the Internet and only about 10 percent talking to them in real life. 百分数的表达方式。
3She spends a lot of time each day exploring websites and chatting with other people online.
neither; either; either... or... ; neither... nor... ; not only...but also...; both...and...
2Having games on my mobile phone can make it difficult to focus on my homework.
1She would become the next big thing in the technology world.
2Her first app would become one of the biggest selling in the world.
3People would appreciate the fact that they wouldn’t have to spend so much time searching for products they wanted.
4I knew I would be able to make a successful app.
The more you read, the faster you’ll be. 九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation
2The number of “likes” and comments on their posts can make them anxious about their popularity.
6We can go there on Sunday when few people go to work.
7He didn’t tell me the reason why he was so upset.
8I will never forget the day when I joined the People’s Liberation Army.
9I was born in a city/town/village where there is a famous mountain called Mount Kongtong.
10I will never the reason why he quitted school when he was in Grade Eight.
11My story happened on a dark night when the sky suddenly clouded over and we were in a terrible storm.
12Find a shelter where you can stay.
13Some things I liked were exciting scenes---especially the one where the horses are attacked by a pack of wolves.
15I began my day as normal and decided to go with my friend to a beach where we usually surfed.
16He managed to pull us both away from the whirlpool and back to the beach where the other surfers were.
17His bravery and quick thinking was the reason why I survived that day.
18Neither of them had ever been in such an extreme situation before, using just a compass to find the area where the kind of frog they wanted to study lived.
19Some people are beginning to make plans in preparation for the end of the world, when massive natural disasters occur and cause extensive damage.
2Find safe shelter the moment you see a storm approaching. 课本P82
3The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P84 汉译英
4I felt great sadness the day my friend moved to another country.
1It may appear strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it.
2Now I have told you, and I cannot expect you to believe me any more than the fishermen did.
2Generally, the further south you go, the cooler it will be.
3They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became.
4The more you read, the faster you’ll be.
2That leaves the wolves with nothing to eat so they start attacking the farmer’s animals.
2The main character quickly sees how easy it is for humans to upset the natural balance of the environment.
3Yes, the book and the film really show how important it is for humans to protect the environment.
4It was very tough to watch but it was amazing to see how brave the professional teams are when they help to save people who are in trouble.
10They go whenever and wherever they are needed.
2We use search and rescue vehicles and trained dogs to look for anyone who is still alive.
use sth. to do sth. , sth. be used to do sth. ; used to do sth. , used to be... ;
I used to get up early and read English aloud for an hour every morning when I was young.
I used to be a farmer in my home village.
be/get/become used to sth. , be/get/become used to doing sth.
I am a strong swimmer and very used to swimming in the sea.
2The most important thing is to protect yourself as much as you can.
3Their role is to save lives and provide medical help to people in disasters.
4Mr. Wang’s advice is to move away from things that can break or fall.
5Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole.
6Their goal is to reduce suffering and loss and save as many people as possible.
7If that happens, my advice is to stay home.
8In the rescue attempts, our first and most important goal is to save lives.
9If you want to become fit and health, my advice is to try different sports and activities to see which on you enjoy the best. 课本B1U2P46
7Stop your car as soon as you can, but avoid stopping near a building or under a tree.
8The car’s metal body can protect you from falling objects.
2The news of Scott’s death shocked the world.
4The two students were shocked at the lecture on nature. 课本P29
2Scott had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the great courage shown by Scott and his men made them heroes.
3Annaud actually had wolf clubs specially trained for the film.
4In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
5Professional organizations save people trapped in natural disasters.
2If possible, find a strong shelter nearby which will cover your whole body.
3When in the water, they are swallowed by fish and other animals and then enter the food chain.
2Move away from anything that can fall.
3I admire the way the film crew took such good care of the animals.
2Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress. B1U2P37
3Some natural disasters are due to human activities, such as floods, drought and landslides.
4Because of this, al the athletes were given tips on how to survive on a track during a storm.
5Because of this, in the not too distant future, we may experience large-scale natural disasters.
so...that... , “如此......以致于......”，引导结果状语从句。
4I remember the time when my sister was in Japan during an earthquake.
1We need to find a solution to remove micro plastics from our oceans.
2We also need to introduce new taxes and other means to encourage companies to choose environment-friendly ingredients and recyclable packaging for their products.
3We need to take personal responsibility, too.
continue doing sth. continue to do sth. To be continued （未完待续）
2It’s up to you to decide whether you will take part in the coming school sports meet or not. It’s up to sb. ; It’s up to sb. to do sth.
3Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a dep knowledge about traditional practices.
4In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
9In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team whose goal was to find a cure for malaria.
36In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
1When thanking the Committee for the honor, Tu Youyou said, “This is not only an honor for myself, but also recognition of and encouragement for all scientists in China.”
2When listening, pay attention to words related to order and sequence.
3The training is always tough, but we all do our best, since we all want to earn a place on the team when playing against other schools. 课本B1U2P46
4While horseback riding, he was thrown off his horse and broke his back.
5It’s important to use linking words where necessary. 课本B2U6P63 Writing Help
2Tu Youyou was noted for her bravery in being a scientist during a difficult time for science in China, her ability to use old wisdom and new methods to achieve her goals and the fact that her work bridged the Eastern and Western worlds, saving millions of lives.
2The boy is uncertain that Gandhi inspired Martin Luther King.
3The boy is uncertain that Gandhi did not win the Nobel Peace Prize.
4I’m pretty sure he didn’t.
5I am afraid that he won’t come to class on time.
6With the progress of new medical research, I’m confident that people like me would be able to walk again one day.
7Yes, I’m certain that courage is important.
8I’m certain/sure that some may actually have weak bodies, but they have great intelligence or courage in difficult situations.
9I’m not sure if that’s true.
10I’m sure that he was a great actor. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
not only......, but also...... .
so...... that...... “如此...... 以致于......”，结果状语从句。
1He engaged in a wide range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle and made remarkable progress.
2He undertook an intense exercise programme designed to help him rebuild muscle.
3Gather the ideas offered by your classmates in the survey. 课本P74 Project 4
4It is a story set in 1939 at the start of World II. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
5They are in love and have a son named Giosue.
14、manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.
Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career by directing, producing and even starring in films.
15、现在分词短语充当结果状语：
1Reeve became a passionate and energetic advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, raising millions of dollars in support of medical research.
2He soon gained a reputation for raising awareness for good causes.
动名词短语充当介词的宾语。raise awareness for “提高对......的认识”
3现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
He visited sick children in hospitals and worked with organizations such as Save the Children, speaking out about health, education and child protection to help those most in need.
4He also flew the flags of China and the United Nations, symbolizing China’s wish to explore and use space peacefully. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
5When YangLiwei climbed out of the spaceship, he smiled and waved to the crowds waiting for him. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
6On 4 August, 1944, the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there were sent to labor camps. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
7Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
8Observing the natural world can help us understand bigger ideas. 动名词短语充当主语
9Eventually, Guido hides Giosue, all the while pretending it is a game and they are playing hide-and- seek. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
16、be busy with sth. ; be busy doing sth. ; be busy with doing sth. ;
too......to......结构。
1So you can see, I’m too busy with living to think of giving up!
2I thought 21 hours was too short t stay in space.
17、might have done sth.
1What might have they said to Reeve?
2After Reeve became an advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, what might he possibly have said to his audience?
3What might Reeve’s doctor have said to Reeve directly after the accident and when he managed to return to his film career?
18、1You’d better maintain a positive attitude no matter how much you lose.
让步状语从句。
2Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and became well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
3When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help.
19、see/hear/watch/observe/notice... sb. do sth.
see/hear/watch/observe/notice/feel/find... sb. doing sth
Million of people around the world, including many students in primary and secondary schools, watched the disaster happen live on TV.
20、表语从句：
“The good news,” she wrote ,“is that you don’t know how great you can be, how much you can love, what you can accomplish, and what your potential is !”
21、部分否定
Listen, not all admirable people are like supermen in films.
22、关系从句（定语从句）课本P70 U6B2
1The Vikings were a group of people who came from Scandinavia.
2By around 900 AD, there were many places in Northern Europe where the Vikings chose to live.
3982 AD was the year when a man called Eric the Red decided to set sail further west. 4According to the old stories, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he committed a murder, from which he got into trouble.
5Eric the Red reached Greenland and discovered that people could live in the place where he landed.
6In the year 1002, when Eric the Red‘s son Lief was planning a trip further west, Biarni was the man with whom Lief discussed his plan.
7He then sailed further south to an island which is now known as Newfoundland, in Canada.
23、关系从句（定语从句）课本P87U6B2
1I can’t remember the reason why I did this.
2Reeve worked with organizations that/which help people most in need.
3Look at my sofa for which I only paid 100 dollars.
4She remembered the time when she first met Maggie.
5My grandfather is a man whose life has been an inspiration to me.
6Martin Luther King is a great man who/that fought to win equal rights for black people in the US.
7Tu Youyou discovered the drug that/which is used to treat malaria.
8He is a person of whom I am very afraid.
9This is the place where she lives.
24、强调谓语动词：
He did work again and raised lots of money for charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
25、As一词的用法比较
1As they are preparing for Giosue’s fifth birthday, Guido and Giosue are arrested and taken to a concentration camp.
2I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films I have seen---one that I will never forget.
26、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 62:(课本62页,L1,U6,B2)
On 7 December, 2015, Tu Youyou was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin, a life-saving drug for malaria.
Tu Youyou majored in medicine in university and later studied Chinese medicine with experts in the field.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was given the mission to set up a team to find a cure for malaria. When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help. Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. In order to test the medicine, Tu Youyou and her team tested the medicine on their own bodies. They finally discovered the most effective drug to cure the disease.
Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and become well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 67: (课本67页,L1,U6,B2)
I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice. She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize. After her graduation from university, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Sciences. In 1969, She was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year. It was not an easy task. Scientists over the world had tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. And Tu Youyou’s team had limited resources and they did not have enough staff. Tu Youyou studied ancient Chinese medical literature and visited experts in traditional Chinese medicine. Tu Youyou and her team used modern research methods to investigate the Chinese herds one by one. After hundreds of failed experiments, they eventually came across a promising chemical. The medicine they discovered was artimisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Superhero Behind the Superman of Lesson 3，Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 68: (课本68页,L3,U6,B2)
In our English class, I read an amazing story about Christopher Reeve. He was born in 1952 to a
novelist father and a journalist mother. From 1978 to 1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful. A terrible accident in 1995 changed the course of his life forever. While horseback riding, he broke his neck. As a result, he had no movement in body and couldn’t even breathe without the help of a machine. His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive. At first, Reeve’s disability made him very depressed but eventually, he decided to recover as best he could. He undertook an intense exercise program designed to help him rebuild muscle. Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. He inspired many people with his commitment to recovery and his desire to help others. For that reason he is regarded by many as a superhero in real life, as well as on film.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7第七单元 Art
1、名词性从句： 一、宾语从句
1Van Gogh painted what he saw from his window---the night sky with clouds, stars and a moon.
2His unusual use of colour has led experts to think that Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
3He also thought The Starry Night was a failure.
4In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him.
5Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
6Some feel that the paintings look dark and troubling.
7As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
二、主语从句 1What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
2What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
三、表语从句 1However, the fact remains that The Starry Night is now one of the world’s most famous paintings.
2What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
3What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
4His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their sense of reality.
四、同位语从句
that引导同位语从句
※ 阐述详解
that引导同位语从句时，常跟在某些抽象名词
（如fact,hope,desire,thought,suggestion,idea,news,problem,possibility,chance,doubt,
question等）之后，对前面的名词起补充解释说明的作用。
※ 充电堡
（1）在某些名词（如demand, wish, suggestion, request等）后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“should+动词原形” ，should可以省略。
（2）同位语从句也可以由连接代词who, what, whose, which,连接副词how, when, where, why或从属连词whether来引导。
1If the audience stands up and applauds at the end of a performance, it is regarded as a sign that they love the performance. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N3)
2The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 4 N6)
2、定语从句1He also took a drug that can make people see yellow spots.
2 Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
3The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
4Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
5The one person in the room who didn’t hear the symphony ---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
6After all, what use is a conductor who could not hear his orchestra---even if he is a musical genius?
7What’s the first thing many people notice in this painting?
8 What’s the last thing many people notice in this painting?
3、过去分词短语充当后置定语和原因状语：
1It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night.
2Magritte was a painter inspired by his thoughts and ideas.
3Inspired by his struggle with deafness, the composer produced some amazing pieces.
4、may have done sth.
1Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
2What may have inspired the painter?
5、as一词的用法：
1His paintings were visual experiments as he tried to play with reality.
2As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
3The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years.
4As the final, joyous note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats.
5Before a big performance, the performers backstage are usually anxious as it is stressful waiting for the performance to start. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N1)
6、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1It is hard to believe that Van Gogh only sold one painting during his lifetime.
2The reason why Magritte painted in this way was that he wanted to challenge how people see the world.
3Looking at the paintings, we don’t know whether it is night or day.
4The fact remains that Munch’s The Scream is one of the best-known paintings ever made.
5It is unclear whether Van Gogh wanted to paint yellow sports or that was what he really saw.
7、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1Xu Beihong was important in modern Chinese art in that he developed the tradition of combining poetry with painting.
2The reason he held several exhibitions in Asia and Europe was that he wanted to promote Chinese art.
3The reason it is a favourite of many art lovers was that it was painted so skillfully with dark and light colours.
8、Language Focuses in the Reading Text of Lesson 3, Unit 7, Book 3 on page 14-page 15名词性从句
1Everyone knows that Ludwig van Beethoven is a musical genius but few might know how he created Symphony No. 9 in D minor and how its first show went.
2At 54 years of age, he didn’t know that this would be his last symphony.
3As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
4Beethoven was afraid that the performance would be a disaster.
5Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
6Most of them had no idea that he was deaf!
9、“not……until……”句型的强调句型
It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
10、现在分词短语充当伴随状语
1He proceeded with the composition until his death in 1827, writing more than 130 musical works, including his Symphony No. 9 in D minor.
2Writing the piece had taken several years.
3For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score.
4 The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
11、begin to do sth. continue to do sth. continue doing sth. hesitate to do sth.
1But then he began to lose his hearing.
2But in the end he continued to write music.
3But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score.
4 The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly.
12、if引导什么从句？可以用哪个单词替换？
1Could you tell me if this kind of film would be acceptable?
2I wonder if you could also give me more information about how apply to be part of this festival?
13、1I appreciate your help and look forward to hearing from you.
2Having afternoon tea was a social ritual for many upper-middle-class women in France.
14、1These videos reveal some techniques employed by famous pianists.
2The effect of the painting is achieved by techniques used in French impressionism.
Language Focuses in the Texts in the Reading Clubs 1 & 2 on page 21---page 23 of U7,B3 15、1Zhang Daqian，born in 1899 in Sichuan Province, was one of China’s most brilliant and popular artists.
2Born into an artistic family, Zhang Daqian was first taught how to paint by his mother and siblings.
3Graffiti is writings, drawings or marks made on walls in public places.
4Today, graffiti is often a mixture of writing and pictures, usually signed with a tag, which is a signature unique to an artist or group.
161Not only was he extremely productive ---it is said that he created an average of 500 paintings a year---but he was also able to master a variety of painting styles ,ranging from detailed portraits to expressive landscapes.
2It is said that the two artists admired each other.
3It is believed that graffiti in its modern form first became popular in the United States in the 1960s.
17、Some think it is a crime if done without a property owners’ permission, while others see this as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression.
181New Yorkers used to see the graffiti on the wall of poor neighborhoods and subway trains as something threatening and as an example of urban decay.
2Kel Rodriguez, who used to paint New York subway trains, now works as an art director for one of the biggest newspapers in the United States.
191What makes one of his works special is that in the painting there is a tiny insect near the Chinese cabbage.
2It is interesting that Qi Baishi’s style of painting often leaves the audience guessing the meaning of the work and makes them use their imagination.
3What makes his painting highly valued is his style of painting.
20、Picasso gave Zhang 600 works in total, all of which were his imitations of Chinese paintings 定语从句
21、名词性从句
1I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing works of art.
2I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure.
3I’m glad you liked it. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
4I was worried that you couldn’t understand the story because at times the language was very confusing. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
5It’s a pity that I couldn’t understand the whole story.
22、1It was my first time going to a concert.
2It’s amazing to be surrounded by music in a theatre.
23、The performance was such a success that the audience did not hesitate to clap and cheer loudly.
24、After attending the concert I think I now know why Beethoven is regarded as one of the world’s greatest composers.
25、Ex. 4, P79, Wb, U7,B3 名词性从句（《教用》P150）
1It is unknown what the number of artists involved in the exhibition was.
2It is our concern that we may destroy some pieces of historic art.
3Who the author of this masterpiece is remains a mystery.
4The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. 5It is his idea that the less you smoke, the better your health will be.
6His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their thinking.
26、Over the years of his performing and writing , it was clear that Mozart was far more gifted and talented than others in his field, although at times he found that people showed hesitation to support him financially.
27、Radio, television and the Internet have made it easier for sounds to travel across cultures, and styles have become more mixed.
28、If there is one thing the history of popular music has shown, it is that good musicians will always create new music from the different styles they hear.
29、The Summary of the Reading Text---Masterpieces of Lesson 1,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 24: （课本24页,L1,U7,B3）
I think the three paintings we’ve just learnt about, The Starry Night, The Scream and The Empire of Light are all amazing artworks. I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing work of art.
The Starry Night shows the night sky with massive circles of white and yellow, I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure. In the painting The Scream, the figure is letting out a loud scream. That made me uneasy. What a powerful painting! Did Munch know that he had created such an unforgettable painting for so many people? As for the third painting, The Empire of Light, some find this painting to be dark and troubling , but I found it to be rather calming.
I think different people may have different reactions to paintings, but all in all, I really like all three of these works.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson 2,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 78: (课本78页,L2,U7,B3)
Beijing Opera is a national treasure of China. Actors play one of four roles: sheng, male roles; dan, a female roles; chou, clown roles and jing roles. In the early days, Beijing Opera was most often performed on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or outside temples, The music had to be played loudly and performers had to sing with sharp voices, in order to be heard over the crowd. They had to wear bright costumes in colourful patterns to attract the audience’s attention. Symbols play a very important role in Beijing Opera. Many body movements can represent complex actions. For example, when a lady is riding in a carriage, the performer actually walks with a flag on each side. Four generals and four soldiers refer to an army of thousands. In other words, every action and movement in Beijing Opera is important.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8第八单元 Green Living
1、Most people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
2、Well, say you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up.
(详见课本P101,课文注解1)
3、1How can it matter if I leave one little tap running, one little light on or leave a little piece of litter on the road.（陈述语气）
2Of course, it wouldn’t matter if there were just a few people in the world. (虚拟语气)
3However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society. (虚拟语气)
4、过去将来时态的被动语态/虚拟语气的被动语态
1Millions of gallons of water would be wasted;
2Millions of lights would be left on;
3 Millions of pieces of litter would be dropped.
5、1The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people, from pre-school to university students, so they can help to build a future that is secure and live together in peace with nature.
2What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
6、强调句型
It is by acting together, in this exciting way, that we can involve thousands---millions---of people, and this is what is going to change the world.
7、Dr. Jane Goodall believes that the most important thing is that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference.”
8、现在分词短语或过去分词短语的语法作用
1Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall.
2Inspired by her example, he began to work harder.
3As I walked down No. 1 Street, I saw volunteers encouraging people to join in.
4Inspired by the message of the project, many people felt that we should act now, as we have seen an increasing number of highly polluted days this year.
5While recently, many have become more concerned about environmental protection, there are still some who haven’t, thinking that someone else will deal with the problem.
6However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society.
9、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Text of L3,U8,B3 on page 36---page 37
1They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were.
2They were hopeful that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport.
3People would leave the bike in the place where they finish their journey, so that someone else could then take it and use it from there.
4In 1999, the “white bikes” returned to Amsterdam---this time with a computer tracking system to record their every move. 介词with的复合结构
10、Writing Workshop--- A Survey Report---on page 40 of U8,B3
1As the diagram shows, the percentage of those who felt that they needed to help protect the environment is as high as 90%.
2Around 90% had tried to recycle waste such as glass, metal and paper, and more than two thirds (70%) had tried to cut back on the use disposable packaging, such as plastic honey bottles, and butter and yoghurt containers.
3To sum up, it seems that almost all who took part understood the need to help take care of the environment.
11、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Texts of Reading Clubs 1& 2 on P43---P45 of U8,B3:
1In Europe, Sweden is setting a great example when it comes to recycling.
2Where most people see a problem, e few clever individuals have seen opportunities.
3If the waste is not disposed of properly, it can lead to disease, pollution and other environmental issues.
4Other human activities, such as construction and the burning of waste, also contributes to air pollution.
5You can easily contribute to reducing air pollution by only using a car to make journeys when it’s absolutely necessary. If it isn’t, try using public transport instead.
6Global warming has already caused a wide range of problems.
7This resulted in the flooding of the River Po near Turin in Italy.
8In Hong Kong, it is predicted that the three existing landfills will be full within the next decade.
9They believe that, although recycling waste is effective, the most effective way of solving the problem of overflowing landfills is to encourage people to take responsibility for reducing the waste they produce themselves.
12、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, Book 3
1In addition to her research, she also contributes greatly to green living.
2She has said that many people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
3Bike-sharing in cities has huge benefits because it helps cut down the number of cars on the road, which reduces pollution and leads to cleaner air.
4It also saves money as users don’t have to pay much for it.
5I have to admit that as it is a new idea, there are some problems.
6We just need to be patient as they are still not perfect at the moment.
7For example, in some cities where bike-sharing system are in place , some people have damaged the bike on purpose, which increases costs.
8There are too many people driving on the road.
9It’s frustrating to see fuel wasted.
10 That’s really annoying.
11When stopped in a traffic jam, I always feel annoyed.
12Do you know that cars produce more air pollution while stopped in a traffic jam than when they are moving?
13Despite the good rain this week, the drought has not yet been broken.
14It is convenient to use “white bikes” as they save time.
15People in our city like to use “white bikes” as they feel they save energy and help the environment by reducing pollution.
13、Verb-ing and –ed Forms on P84, Workbook,U8,B3
1The police are examining the evidence collected during the investigation.
2Some kids discovered the stolen money hidden in a garden shed.
3The police are busy working on this motorway, fining people for speeding.
4I’ve often met people collecting shells on the beach.
5The escaped prisoner hiding in a forest near Nottingham was seen yesterday in a village shop.
6Fined for speeding, some drivers risk losing licenses.
14、She had her mum sit on the arm of a chair and started to work.
have sb. do sth. 句型
15、They say that, in particular, the last 50 years has seen a huge increase in the quantity of greenhouse gases being released into our atmosphere from factories and vehicles, and that this increase is speeding up the process known as global warming.
16、Much of this has been attributed to human activities, such as increased industry, agriculture, the felling of forests, the rise in transport and the burning of fuels.
17、The melting of the polar ice caps will have dire consequences, with sea levels rising, causing flooding in low lying areas, such as islands and coastal cities. 介词with的复合结构
18、So, how can we stop this from happening?
stop...from...; keep...from...; prevent...from...; prohibit...from...; ban...from...
19、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Roots &Shoot of Lesson 1, Unit 8, Book 3必修第三册on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U8,B3)
Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall. It is called Roots & Shoots because roots move slowly under the ground making a firm foundation and although shoots seem small and weak, they can break open brick walls. The purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people who suffer from just-me-ism. Those people don’t think their actions such as leaving the tap running while brushing their teeth can have negative effects on the environment. In fact, these actions are very harmful. Therefore, Roots & Shoots hopes to involve millions of young people in building a secure future so that we can live in peace with nature. Dr. Jane Goodall believes every individual matters. What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
20、The Summary of the Reading Text--- “White Bikes” on the Road of Lesson 3, Unit 8, Book 3
必修第三册on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8,B3)
People in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. They are particularly lucky because the city is very flat and therefore convenient for cycling. Back in the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea of using free shared bikes. They believed that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. However, shortly after setting up the new system, there was a serious problem as all the bikes disappeared. In 1999, the bike-sharing idea returned to Amsterdam. This time they were designed with a computer tracking system. Thanks to the efforts of many people, the idea of “shared bikes” has now pedaled its way around the world.
&n, bsp;
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 9第九单元 Learning
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1He prefers to study alone in a quiet place so that he can concentrate and keep the details in his head.
2He who learns but does not think is lost. He who thinks but does not learn is in great danger.
3He laughs best who laughs last.
4He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
2、need to do sth.
1We need to train ourselves to be better learners ---to actively take part in the learning process and reflect on what we have learnt.
2They attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea.
3If you try to find out the source of an idea, no matter how crazy it seems, you will increase your chance of learning something.
4They refuse to learn or ignore what is said because of who the speaker/writer is.
3、suggest doing sth. 、risk doing sth.
1I suggest doing five things to take an active role in your learning.
2If you keep paying too much attention to it, you risk missing important information.
3You might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all.
4Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
5In short: Do not stop being curious.
6It is true that we cannot help disliking some people---this is human nature, after all.
4、Your inner voice experience your personal opinions, while the outer voice tells you about opinions from what you hear or read.
5、If you find your inner voice difficult to control ,you can argue with it as most active learners do.
6、practise doing sth.
1I think “arguing with your inner voice” is the most useful, because it makes me consider the other side of argument.
2When I’m reading a book or listening to my teacher, I try to forget what I’ve learnt before or what I think about the book or the person giving me the information and practice concentrating on the information itself.
3At the beginning, I found it difficult to do this and I couldn’t help questioning the ideas I was reading or hearing.
4But now I’ve learnt to avoid listening to my inner voice all the time and sometimes I even argue with it.
5He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.
(九年级全一册，U53a课文P35)
7、manage to do sth.
1Recently, I’ve managed to become a more active learner.
2On the other hand, I also attempted to ask as many questions as I can.
语法小结：A suggest doing sth.
suggest/keep/risk/end up/try/cannot help/advise/avoid/can’t stand/don’t mind/enjoy/start/like/practice/regret/remember/finish/imagine/miss/escape doing sth.
B manage to do sth.
need/attempt/try/refuse/decide/agree/promise/expect/want/start/help/like/manage/regret/seem/remember/hope to do sth.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1My tip for learning English is to read simplified classic works because they can increase my knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
2Dr. Smith’s advice is to increase your knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
3Just memorizing the rules is not helpful.
4His advice is that when you learn a grammar rule, you should try to use it in speaking and writing activities.
2、1This is because when we experience things for the first time, we often have strong feelings of fear or excitement.
2As a result, we remember them much better, as retelling events helps fix experiences in our memories.
3When remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
4As most of us do not have amazing memories like them, when memorizing detailed learning materials, we simply need to focus on the important ideas and be curious about what we learn.
5Asking questions about what we learn also helps with memorization.
6Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known.
7Therefore, one of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review
the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
3、1It has been proved that some people have a photographic memory. 课本P59
2No one has proved that there are people who really have photographic memories.
课本P58
3No one has been proved to have a photographic memory.《教师用书》P104
4、A good strategy to increase memory is to review the material you are trying to remember often ( periodically).
5、Writing information down clearly makes it easier for you to review it later.
6、Retelling events helps fix experience in our memories.
7、1The stranger the picture, the better.
2The more you read, the fast you’ll be. (九年级全一册，Unit 1 P2 2d Role-play the conversation)
3The more you listen, the easier it is to catch on. (课本P103)
4The more she learns, the more she wants to learn.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1That is to say, most of us will have to make an effort when trying to remember things.
2Getting to know the secrets of our memory means learning not only the facts about it, but also the ways to improve it. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
3When acquiring new knowledge, I’ll try to make connections with what I have already learnt.
4For example, this means going over what I’ve learnt soon after learning and before going to bed.
5You can never teach an old dog new tricks.
2、1Living in a foreign country sounds exciting, but it’s not always easy to fit in with another culture.
2I spent a few months (in) studying at a language college in Beijing.
3I really wanted to practice speaking Putonghua whenever I had a chance, but the people I met were often more interested in practicing their English than in helping me practice my Chinese!
4I kept telling him that I knew the way myself, but he insisted on taking me there.
5But I’m used to ordering my own meal.
6What cultural difficulties did the students face when studying abroad?
3、1A closer look at the reading tests, shows the interesting fact that girls are outperforming boys in reading and that this is associated with girls’ greater enjoyment of reading.
2However, not all countries had such an obvious trend.
3And there were a few countries and regions that scored very highly in boy’s reading enjoyment , for example, in Albania,... and Thailand where at least 80% of boys enjoy reading , although these positive numbers are matched and passed by girls who reported an even higher level of reading enjoyment (90% or higher).
4There were clear differences in the choices boys and girls make when deciding on what to read.
5While reading in all forms is certainly beneficial and should be encouraged, the low numbers of boys reading for enjoyment and their limited choices when they do, is evidence of an issue that needs to be addressed. While=Although=Though
6Given that in OECD countries, two in three boys only read newspapers for pleasure proves that there is work to be done.
7The PISA study has helped show a clear pattern in gender when it comes to reading.
8Do you think the evidence in the article is strong enough to explain the finding that girls outperform boys in reading? 同位语从句
9As a mountain climber, Aron is used to taking risks. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
10On April 26, 2003, he found himself in a very dangerous situation when climbing in Utah.
（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
11So he used his knife to cut off half his right arm.（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
12This means being in a difficult situation that you cannot seem to get out of. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1Now that I am an established writer, people often ask my opinion about the best age to start writing. now that 既然 因为 since 既然 因为 once 一旦 既然
2Sometimes, my classmates argued with me about my posts, while others agreed with my ideas.
3My principal even told me that reading my blog had left a deep impression on him and helped him understand many aspects of students’ lives.
4However, he also suggest that I concentrate more on my studies.
5When I first attempted to write a novel, I struggled to think of a story, but believe it or not, it ended up being based on one of my blog posts.
2、1For example, try reading more than just the course-books.
2Secondly, if you are having trouble with unfamiliar words, try thinking about the context in which the words are spoken.
3Unfortunately, just memorizing the rules is not enough.
4I would recommend learning the rules and not worrying if you make small mistakes while practicing.
3、Unfortunately, not all of us are born with amazing memories, but with daily practice we can all significantly improve our brainpower. 部分否定
4、I can’t wait to get over there. I can’t wait to visit you.
5、1That is to say, remembering the word letter by letter is not the best way to learn English.
2What I suggest is to read, read and read.
3If you are planning to come to Poland as a tourist, you will have plenty of interesting places to visit. People who enjoy hiking should consider going to the mountains, in the south of Poland. You don’t have to book accommodation in advance as you will certainly manage to find a local person who will offer to put you up at a very reasonable price.
4If you love sailing and you don’t mind being bitten by mosquitoes, you can go to the lakes in the northeast. You can either choose to stay on a boat or go camping and practice cooking on an open fire next to a lake.
5The coast in Poland is cold but it’s beautiful. If you can’t stand staying in a crowded seaside town or can’t afford to pay for a big hotel, arrange to stay in one of the small coastal villages. You certainly won’t risk meeting too many people if you decide to go for a long walk along the beach.
6、1When we have a conversation with someone, we use various expressions to show the other person that we are paying attention to what he/she is saying.
2For example, if someone tells us about something that we find fascinating or enjoy hearing about, we may remark, “Interesting”.
3These phrases show that we are listening and encourage the other person to give us more details.
4Zhang Ming’s teachers encourage him to study quietly.
5Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
6An effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known
7、1 It’s never too old to learn. You can’t teach an old dog new tricks.
2Now I’m about to graduate from university with a bachelor’s degree in Computer Engineering by distance learning. be about to do sth. when 从句
3I decided to give myself a second chance by studying for a degree in the evenings and on weekends, while keeping a secure full-time job.
4Frankly speaking, the last four years have been hard, but it’s been worth it as I have a new job offer!
5In the past, if someone had worked for a company for over 20 years, they would have stayed there until retirement！ 虚拟语气
6I think that getting laid off will prove to be the best thing that ever happened to me.
7 So many people think that after you retire, all you can do is switch off your brain and bury everything you’ve ever learnt, but that doesn’t have to be the case.
五、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Active Learning of Lesson 1, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U9,B3)
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 block us from learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 disagree with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 gain more knowledge about a topic. 4 In a word, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 try to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 deep within every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 on the basis of first impressions.
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 get in the way of learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 argue with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 achieve a higher level of understanding about a topic. 4 In short, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 attempt to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 at the heart of every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 based on first impressions.
六、The Summary of the Story in Shakespeare’s play Lear King, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 71---page 73: (课本71-73页,U9,B3)
King Lear explains that he is going to divide his kingdom among his three daughters. King Lear asks his three daughters to tell him how much they love him. The two older daughters (Goneril and Regan) tell their father that they love only him. The youngest daughter (Cordelia) explains that she will give her love to her father (King Lear) but also to her future husband. King Lear gives Cordelia’s share of the kingdom to the two older daughters. Cordelia asks her father to explains her honesty to the King of France. The king of France understands Cordelia’s feelings and wants to marry her.
Many people think that King Lear is one of Shakespeare’s best plays. It is a story of madness, death and suffering. King Lear is old but not wise. He loves his two daughters who secretly hate him. He hates the only daughter who really loves him. As the story develops, he comes to realize that he has made a terrible mistake.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 1第一单元 Relationships
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 1, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、现在完成时态
1I haven’t seen Mr. Jenkins since I left school, but I often think about him.
2I’ve read a couple of Graham’s books and seen him on TV.
3However, I have not done as well with all my students as I have withGraham.
2、过去完成时态
1Before Mr. Jenkins taught me, science had simply been a subject full of strange words to me.
2I had heard stories about his bad behavior.
3He was very bright and he had done very well in science subject.
4I knew I had chosen a job with a lot of stress but I love what I do.
5The film had begun when they arrived at the cinema.
6The police arrested the man who had broken into a jewellery shop.
7The whole class cheered for John because he had won an award.
8The whole class cheered for John because he had run the fastest on Sports Day.
9My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol.
My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had hit a stone halfway.
10The dog hid under the sofa because it had eaten the family’s dinner.
The dog hid under the sofa when it had been scared.
11A car crashed into a tree because the driver had fallen asleep.
A car crashed into a tree because it had broken down.
12The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a pay rise.
The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a promotion.
3、定语从句
1The only thing I can remember from school maths is that the angles of a triangle add up to 180 degree!
2That was really the first time I tried to explain science to an audience and now it’s my job!
3As John Dewey, the famous educationalist, said, “Education is not preparation for life; education is life itself.”
4、either too also
I had no idea what hydrogen was, and I didn’t really want to know, either.
5、used to do sth.
1He used to explain things which seemed difficult with lots of practical examples and in simple language.
2I used to teach him!
6、表语从句
1The problem was that I lacked confidence in myself.
2The thing about being a teacher is that you have access to children’s minds when they are open eager to learn.
7、虚拟语气
1Often when I’m preparing a program, I think about how Mr. Jenkins would have done it.
2Sometimes I think, if only I could call him and ask for his opinion!
8、catch/find sb. doing sth.
Once I caught him and his friends seeing who could jump the farther off the school stage.
9、no such thing as
I think it’s important to understand that there’s no such thing as a good or bad student.
10、主语从句
If what I do as a teacher can help turn a child like Graham into such a successful adult, then I know what I’m doing is worthwhile.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、alone、lonely
1Mark never stops socializing with his friends online. But he’s also never felt more alone.
2Yet the truth of the matter is: I feel lonely.
3My friends try to drag me away from my phone, but as soon as I’m alone again, I’m desperate to get back to the online world and the intense activity that it provides.
4I constantly feel depressed, dissatisfied and alone.
2、According to research, over two-thirds of young people find it easier to make friends online than it is “in real life”.
3、I’m way beyond a shy or reserved person, but I’m wired up every day, like most of my friends. 课本P99注释
4、1Since I spend so much time socializing online, I keep delaying things that are important in real life.
2Some spent the dinner bending over their phones, texting friends online but ignoring the ones who sat right in front of them.
3On a family holiday last summer, my sister spent all her time complaining that she needed to charge her phone.
4When it was charged, she just spent hours reading about her favorite pop star.
5、1It’s funny that my friends and I chatter online so much, but we end up having nothing to say when we meet.
2And the extraordinary thing is nobody thought this was rude.
3What is really worrying is that no one I know, including myself, could go cold turkey.
课本P99注释
6、部分否定
Not once did she lift her head to enjoy the view outside her window.
7、I can’t even imagine going without social networking for a week---think of all the important appointments, invitations and news updates you would miss!
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1As you may know, we are running a school-wide public speaking competition, and the final will take place at the lecture hall on 10 May (9 am-12 pm).
2Would you have time to attend a short at the Student Union Room at 4 pm on 8 May so that we can introduce you to the other judges and discuss the details?
3If you have any questions, please do let me know.
2、1Peer pressure can happen when we are influenced to do something that we would not usually do because we want to be accepted by our peers.
2Peer pressure can influence how people dress, how they talk, what music they listen to, what attitude they adopt and how they behave.
3People who are low in confidence and unsure of themselves may be more likely to seek their peers’ approval by going along with risky suggestions or choosing the “wrong” path. be likely to do sth.
4Unfortunately, some bullies are popular and may even lead the peer group, which means others are less likely to challenge their behaviour. be likely to do sth.
5Teenagers want to be liked, to fit in and to be accepted, which means peer pressure can be powerful and hard to resist.
6The most important thing is to build up self-confidence, so that it is easier to say “no” to the peer group.
3、1They feel more comfortable alone and enjoy ideas and thinking.
2When feeling bad or stressed, introverts look inside themselves for energy and motivation.
3Extroverts prefer to be surrounded by people rather than be on their own.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、过去完成时态
1Tina phoned the emergency services and told them what she had just seen.
2A doctor from the Ambulance Service told Tina that he had sent an ambulance.
3Having found the needle, Tina did what the doctor had told her--- to inject her teacher in the leg.
4And because she had done everything she could before the ambulance arrived, her teacher was saved.
5She didn’t tell anyone what had happened.
2、English was never my favourite subject until I joined Mr. Wu’s class.
never/not ……until......句型，“直到……才……”
3、Last month, I was asked to make a presentation in class, something that I would have hated doing before. 定语从句 虚拟语气 hate doing sth.
4、过去完成时态（课本P79U1B1选择性必修第一册 Workbook）
1I hadn’t been there for three years.
2I spent a happy hour sitting a café thinking about the good times I had had there as a student. 3As I was enjoying the coffee, I suddenly saw a familiar face --- it was Mr. Young , who had taught me music in my senior secondary school.
4I thanked him for what he had done for me.
5、Either you are doing something well or you aren’t!
either…or…; neither…nor…; both…and…; not only… but also…
6、1Some young people do have difficulties in maintaining a balanced life when it comes to the Internet.
2Most young people are capable of controlling their lives when it comes to being connected and being offline.
7、各种从句
1The reality is that nobody is perfect and we need to realize that we should find ways to live happier and less stressful lives.
2If we want to show someone we love them, we need to first respect who they are and show them we accept them for who they are.
3We might have friends who are crazy about sports, while we prefer reading.
4By being humble when you make a mistake, you can fix any problem you may have caused and also show that you are a mature person.
5So, try and follow the advice and you will find that you have happier and stronger relationships with your friends and loved ones.
6Respecting the fact that others may not appreciate our hobbies and interests.
同位语从句
五、The Summary of the Reading Text---How Do We Like Teachers’ Feedback? of Lesson 2,Unit 1,Book 1选择性必修第一册 on page 13: (课本13页,L2,U1,B1---录音原文 课本P105)
Matt Dickson interviewed three students about their feelings of English teachers’ feedback. The first student thinks his teachers’ feedback is negative and makes him lose confidence. But he understands her intention. The second student thinks the feedback from her teacher is more effective even though it is more demanding for her teacher. She can raise further questions about anything she doesn’t understand. The third student thinks his teacher often gives very general comments. But he wants to know where his strengths and weaknesses are. He thinks feedback should be specific. For example, the teacher can highlight his mistakes and say things like “You need to work on the past tenses.”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修 第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Success
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、Three famous English Proverbs
1A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.
2The longest journey begins with the first step.
3God helps those who help themselves.
2、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1Do you think being a millionaire means success?
2For a lot of people, becoming a millionaire is a symbol of success and they set this as a ultimate goal.
3They spend half of their time dreaming up ways of getting rich and achieving the success they expect, and the rest of their time thinking about all the things they will do once they become rich.
4Some continue to worry about money when they become millionaires---they worked hard to become wealthy, but then they need to continue making money so they don’t lose the sense of success they have achieved.
5There is a small garden outside with a few fruit trees, which Jason enjoys taking care of.
6He was tired of being regarded as living a successful life, as a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
7I felt very guilty being a rich man without doing anything.
8Sure, many people think that “success” means having millions in the bank or a well-paid job. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
9He discovered that having only a little money made him free.
10For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
3、同位语从句
There are certainly no signs that Jason is a rich and successful man!
4、各种从句
1What I want is to live simply and be helpful to others.
2It’s a kind of satisfaction and a real sense of success that I had never felt before.
3Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life.
5、动名词短语充当主语、表语或宾语
1Having money is wonderful but my family is more important to me.
2I find helping homeless people is not easy.
3Mary’s hobby is collecting stamps.
4Telling Davy your ideas will help him understand you.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1I think being ambitious in what you do is a top secret of success.
2For about five years, when he was a teenager, he spent 10,000 hours (in) working on a basic computer.
2、For more than 50 years, Yuan Longping has devoted his life to rice production.
devote…to…
3、not only…but also… not only… but…as well
1His research has not only helped China find a way to remove hunger but also contributed to world peace and social progress.
2Alibaba has not only become the biggest online sales company in the world but it changes people’s shopping habits as well.
3She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
4Success is not only how we achieve success, but also how we sustain it.
4、He was worried that I had no longer become fun to train with and that I was in danger of being left with only a world championship medal and no one to share it with.
5、1I could have become angry or defensive.
2When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
3Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.
4However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.
should have done sth. should not have done sth.
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth.
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
need have done sth. need not have done sth.
6、what-structure/what结构
1Don’t they know what it takes to get there?
2I knew elements of what he was saying were right.
3I was pushing the limits and extremes beyond what most thought were healthy.
4Call it unhealthy if you want, but that is the way I roll, no matter what it is I’m applying myself to.
5Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
6What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
7It is important to know how to identify what information is accurate (true) and what is inaccurate (false).
8 But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
9What I would like to do in the future is nursing.
10But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
7、1From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play.
2I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games.
3In the words of the British tri athlete Alistair Brownlee, even if it means getting injured , I’d prefer to have three or four outstanding years of winning stuff than having ten years of being average. mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
8、动名词短语
1Being a professional athlete is no different.
2Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
9、各种从句
1If you want to be an Olympic champion, it’s all about that little extra thing (that) you have done in your preparation that will set you apart from your competitors.
2Was she clear about why she had chosen to be an athlete?
3Identify the reasons why the writer was able to get to the top.
4What are the three most important reasons why the writer was able to get to the top?
5What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
6She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
7They stop doing everything that leads up to success after they achieve it.
10、定冠词和零冠词（课本P39）
1Why do Olympic athletes push themselves to the limits?
2I miss / birthday parties, ruin family holidays and skip nights out.
3“We’re worried about you,” said my friend from across the table.
4Don’t they know how hard it is to be at the top in sport?
5…because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown / Johannesburg.
6I was born with an enormous amount of / drive and determination.
7I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys.
8But if your dream is to be the best and reach the winner’s platform, you had better be totally committed to your sport.
9How far is it from the capital city?
10Did you see the last episode of Heroes?
11I’ve bought a new phone. The phone’s got a fantastic camera.
12Who is the best singer at the moment?
13All children should do / sports when they are at / school.
14Is that the house where you grew up?
11、In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
2She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
2、1By the time Huang moved back to China in 2008, he had been living and working in the UK for 15 years. 过去完成进行时态
2He had a good job and a life there, but he gave it all up to return to home, driven by the idea that he needed to contribute to his country. 同位语从句
3Huang was named lead scientist on China’s deep earth exploration program, developing advanced cameras that can see through the Earth’s crust so that it can be analyzed without having to dig into it.
4Huang’s dedication contributed to China’s lunar probe Yutu being landed on the moon in 2013 and the launch of the spacecraft Shenzhou-11 and Tiangong-2 in 2016.
3、1When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
2Rowling’s first novel was rejected by 12 publishers before it was finally published, yet paradoxically, it was this experience that helped her to succeed: “Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.” It was……that…… 强调句型。
3However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
4But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
5But his poor English prevented him from becoming an actor.
6After being accepted for a directing major, Lee spent six years looking for opportunities to direct a film, but was only asked to look after filming equipment.
7He then spent most of his time writing plays which were rejected by more than 30 companies within two weeks.
8This is where the importance of failure comes in: If we can learn how to manage failure, we’ll learn how to succeed.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1Does having a lot of money mean being successful?
mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
2But to him, no one has lived a better life than he has after he decided to turn his back on his fortune. 比较级的否定式等于最高级。
3When it comes to stories about success, I personally think it’s very motivating to talk about influential people and how they overcame great difficulties in their lives.
4Ever since I was a child, I have been obsessive about basketball, playing it, watching it, talking about it, everything!
5Luckily, it suits my personality as I have always lived my life to extremes and pushed myself to the limits.
2、动名词短语充当主语、宾语和表语：
1Earning money is not the most important consideration in my life. (S)
2I think too many people spend time (in) worrying about trying to reach the top, even if they are not happy. (O)
3What I would like to do in the future is nursing. I know it is not success in many people’s eyes. But for me, helping people to recover is success. (P 、S)
4My mother always told me that achieving my goals was not as important as being happy. I totally agree with her. (S)
3、1He felt shameful and guilty of what he had while others might own very little.
2It is said that when employees get tired, it is because they are not doing something they are passionate about.
3Being rejected affects our self-confidence levels and it might take some time to recover, but eventually we will.
4Somehow the funny part they feel is that in a lot of world games their competitors are not from other countries but are actually their teammates.
5But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
6Then they thought he might be satisfied with being a millionaire, so they were all utterly shocked when he donated every penny he had made.
4、动名词短语充当主语、表语：
1Her favourite sports are skiing and climbing mountain. (P表语)
2My favourite activity is reading comedy stories. (P表语)
3Smoking cigarettes is very bad for you. (S 主语 单三)
4So, if family is the most important thing for you, maybe finding a husband or wife and having / children is what you would understand success to be.
5For me, travelling around the world and also having a happy family would make me feel happy and successful.
6He was tired of being a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
5、过去完成时态：
1At 16 years old, Sam had always been a relatively good student.
2Neither of his parents had had the opportunity to attend university and for them, Sam becoming a lawyer was their biggest ambition.
3Since he was only a child, Sam had been passionate about computer programming.
4And by the age of 12 he had known three different programming languages.
6、He knew that achieving this goal would make them happy, but the truth was that he wasn’t sure whether he would feel the same.
7、So he preferred staying in with his computer, rather than going out socializing or playing sports.
8、His parents were fine with this, as long as he continued to focus on his studies.
9、One day, while reading an article online about a young technology billionaire called Thomas O’Connor, everything changed for Sam.
10、Thinking that it wouldn’t come to anything, he emailed the CEO, introducing himself and explaining his ideas.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Money vs. Success, of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U2,B1)
Years ago, Jason was a college professor with a big house. But knowing that many people were living in poor conditions, he felt guilty. Jason decoded to turn his back on his fortune by giving his money to charity and helping homeless people to get on in life. Now Jason lives in a small dormitory room. He appreciates the change. For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Getting To The Top of Lesson 3, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U2,B1)
It boils down to this: I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people. If you are not totally committed to your sport and want to lead a normal life, you can never be an outstanding athlete, let alone an Olympic champion. You may think it is unhealthy or selfish to go to these lengths, but that is the way I roll, no matter what I’m applying myself to.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 3第三单元 Conservation
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、由关系副词when、where和why引导的定语从句
1Extinctions , where entire species are wiped out, are not unusual in our Earth’s history.
(非限制性定语从句)
2In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended.
3There is a long list of reasons why so many species are dying out: air and water pollution, forests being destroyed, factory farming and overfishing.
4For example, we need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected.
5To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
6He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
7I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
2、由关系代词which、that 和who或“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句）
1In fact, over 90 percent of all species that ever lived are now extinct.
2These include the third mass extinction, known as the “Great Dying”, which killed 90% to 96% of all species. (非限制性定语从句)
3And the fifth event, which occurred 66 million years ago, caused the death of the dinosaurs.
(非限制性定语从句)
4Although it is not unusual for species to die out naturally, the rate at which this is now happening is cause for concern.
5A 2015 study by scientists who were based at Brown University and Duke University in the US, looked at how quickly species die out due to natural causes, that is, the “background extinction rate”.
6If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out.
7This would mean we have to significantly change the way we live.
8 In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
9Black robins are the birds that humans saved from extinction.
10 To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
3、It is clear that human activity has negatively affected all other species on Earth, including animals and plants.
4、Of course, as we humans depend on so many species for our survival, we would also be at risk of dying out.
5、含蓄虚拟条件句：
Without forests, we would have no air to breathe, and without clear water we would be unable to survive.
6、定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句 课本P55）
1In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out.（非限制性定语从句）
2But nowadays, human activity has affected all types species that we depend on for living.
3We should set up special areas to take care of endangered animals and plants before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species. (定语从句的分隔现象)
4He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
5The bus which was full of tourists stopped near the Leaning Tower of Pisa.
6Melissa lent me some money, which was very generous of her.（非限制性定语从句）
7The ground is covered with snow and ice, which makes driving very dangerous.
（非限制性定语从句）
8I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
（非限制性定语从句）
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1 How
1、How often、How soon、How far、How tall、How high、How many、How much、How long、How old、How heavy、 How fast、
1How are you? How do you do?
2How often have you heard these conversations?
3How often do we get stuck in traffic jams?
4How often do we arrive at work or school, stressed out, tired and angry?
2、the number of和a number of 与主谓一致
1By how much has the number of cars gone up in the last 20years? （主谓一致）
2In the last 20 years, the number of cars on the roads has gone up by 25%.
（主谓一致）
3But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. （主谓一致）
4Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy.
5A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
6Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group
7Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
3、1Traffic is one of the major causes of global warming and climate change, as car engines produce various types of greenhouse gases.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
4、1Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars.
2While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. (九年级全一册 Unit 9 P67 3a 阅读课文)
3Taking notes when reading a text is very similar to taking notes when listening.
5、1We often think there is nothing (that) we can do about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic.
2Do whichever of these things that suit you.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1The main argument for factory farming is that, apart from being a lot cheaper than traditional or organic farming, it provides more food for a world population that has already reached seven billion, according to the United Nations.
2As factory farms do not use many workers, the costs are low and the production is high.
3For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
4People who fight for animal rights claim that these animals suffer terrible stress.
5To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves. despite=in spite of
2、Sentence Builder------Linking Expressions （课本P63）
1according to---providing sources of information
According to an institute, “74% of the world’s poultry…are produced in this way”.
2moreover---adding new information
Moreover, factory-farmed animals suffer from fewer diseases.
3on the other hand---contrasting statements
On the other hand, opponents of factory farming say that it is cruel to the animals.
4for instance---giving examples
For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
5in addition to--- adding new information
In addition to this, factory farming has a negative impact on the environment.
6in my opinion---summarizing information
In my opinion, we should try to reduce this kind of farming, although we would have to pay more for our eggs and meat.
7to sum up--- summarizing information
To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves.
3、1The official title of “World Heritage Site” is given by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) committee to places in the world that are outstanding examples of cultural or natural history.
2Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy. （非限制性定语从句）
3Besides the temple, visitors can enjoy the grounds outside, where there are more than 1,000 stone tablets and over 100,000 tombs.
4Every year, visitors from all over the world come to admire the mountains, lakes, streams, trees, underground springs and waterfalls, which make Jiuzhaigou Valley an area of outstanding natural beauty. （非限制性定语从句）
5The building that people visit most is the Temple of Confucius.
4、现在完成时、现在完成进行时、现在完成时的被动语态：
1In the last few years, we have seen environmental disasters on a grand scale.
2Thunderstorm, floods, earthquakes, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and forest fires have become increasingly common.
3There have been terrible floods in Asia, Africa, America and Oceania.
4Storms have been getting worse everywhere too, with more hurricanes hitting the US and Central America, （现在完成进行时、介词with的复合结构）
5Reduced rainfall has affected Africa for years, with severe droughts in Somalia and Kenya in 2017, as well as many other zones becoming drier. （介词with的复合结构）
6Volcanic eruptions and earthquakes have always been a threat.
7There have been serious earthquakes in many parts of Asia, Europe, and South America.
8This has mainly been caused by the huge amounts of carbon dioxide produced by factories and vehicles. （现在完成时的被动语态）
9These have claimed more than 1.6 million lives in the last hundred years.
10He warns that the world has not seen the worst yet. （现在完成时的否定式）
5、比较状语从句
1Atlantic hurricanes are 40% stronger now than they were 30 years ago.
2Landslides and earthquakes are even more dangerous now than in the past because around half of the world’s population now live in cities.
6、现在分词短语充当结果状语
1A massive earthquake hit central Italy in August 2016, killing at least 247 people.
2In April 2017, the city of Mocoa in Colombia was hit by a landslide, leaving many dead and injured.
7、A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
8、They build homes from whatever materials they can find.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1If the rate at which they are dying out continues to rise, millions of plants and animals will become extinct in the next decade.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
3Because of conservation efforts, the number of pandas is increasing according to a survey in 2015.
4The number of them is decreasing due to pollution in the river.
5It’s disappointing to see the environment destroyed like this.
6Even though many people are trying to recycle, there is unfortunately still so much plastic waste that ends up being thrown away.
7We really don’t want to see people driving the car when they only need to go around the corner.
2、1A lot of people feel that driving their own cars allows them to have more freedom.
2I think using public transport is worth the effort.
3Relying too much on cars also creates problems such as traffic jams, road accidents and noise pollution.
4Of course, cars are convenient and necessary when travelling long distances.
3、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
1Being a marine researcher is something that I’ve always dreamed of.
2I work with a team of scientists, who are all experts in their fields, on an international project.
（非限制性定语从句）
3I’m currently based in Argentina, which is in South America, studying sea temperatures from Antarctica. （非限制性定语从句）
4Unfortunately, there has been a significant rise in temperatures over the 50 years, which is clearly linked to human activity. （非限制性定语从句）
5Polar ice caps that were frozen all year long, even ten years ago are now melting at an alarming rate.
4、1Why not pack a tent? 2Why don’t we just cycle instead?
3 Why don’t we start walking to school from now on.
5、Guy de Maupassant’s The Necklace
（一）现在分词短语充当伴随状语、后置定语或原因状语
1This leaves her unhappy, suffering from what she thinks as a life of poverty.
2Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown costing four hundred francs, knowing he will not be able to afford the hunting gun he had been saving up to buy.
3They walk towards the Seine in despair, shivering with cold.
4Finally, in defeat, he suggests Mathilde writes a letter to Madame Forestier, explaining she will return the necklace after repair, lying that the clasp had broken.
5The next years are horrible for Mathilde, who works like servant, her own servant having been dismissed.
6At first not recognizing Mathilde, Madame Forestier is shocked by her friend’s haggard appearance.
7Dancing with happiness, and passion, intoxicated with pleasure, Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
8One day on the street, Mathilde meets Madame Forestier, still looking lovely.
（二）长句难句复杂句式
1She even becomes jealous of her school friend, Madame Forestier, who has married a wealthy man.
2As Monsieur Loisel places the wrap over his wife’s shoulders, the contrast of the poverty of her wrap with the elegant ball gown is too much to bear and to save any embarrassment she hurries to leave before anyone notices her.
3At last on the quay side they find “one of those ancient night cabs which, as though they were ashamed to show their shabbiness during the day, are never seen round Paris until after dark”.
4The jeweler offers the couple a similar necklace for thirty-six-thousand francs with the understanding that he will buy it back if they find the necklace before the end of February.
5Monsieur Loisel, frightened by the trouble yet to come, by the “black misery” that is about to fall upon him, by the prospect of all the physical sacrifices and the “moral tortures ” he is about to suffer, goes to pay the jeweler thirty-six-thousand francs and collects the diamond necklace.
6The Loisels arrive home at the Rue des Martyrs, and Mathilde’s happiness turns to horror as she sees that the necklace is missing when she looks in the mirror to admire herself one more time.
（三）动词不定式短语：
1She always feels she has “fallen from a higher station” and longs to be part of the upper class.
2Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
3Mathilde surprises him by refusing to go and throws the invitation onto the floor.
4Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown.
5She agrees to lend it to her for the ball.
6All the man ask her name and want to be introduced to her.
6、1Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group.
2Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
7、1Scientists say that previously the reasons for extinction have varied but human actions will be to blame for the sixth extinction which has already started to happen.
2It is clear that human activity negatively affects almost every natural thing on Earth, from destroying different species of plants and animals to creating various types of greenhouse gases.
3Now we know that cancer is related to traffic pollution which is why more and more people are becoming sick.
4It is unusual to see him cycle to work. see sb. do sth. see sb. doing sth.
5It’s not quite as fast as cycling but it gets me downtown much quicker than if I take my car.
6More and more people are beginning to do something which suits them and protect the environment.
8、Relative Clauses （关系从句---非限制性定语从句）
1My painting won the first prize, which was quite a surprise.
2I got a low mark in the Science test, which made me angry.
3I met the new doctor last week, who isn’t very kind at all.
4I’m going to a new restaurant with my friend, whose cousin is coming to town.
5The boat entered the deep sea, where the storms can be terrible.
9、1These endangered species are threatened with becoming extinct, meaning they will no longer exist on Earth.
2With rising awareness of how we affect the natural environment, hopefully we can learn to protect these food chain and help them to thrive.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Sixth Extinction of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U3,B1)
In the last 500 million years, there have been five mass extinction events on Earth. In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out. Of course, species died out due to many causes. But nowadays, human activity has affected all types of species that we depend on for living. We need to take action to avoid the sixth mass extinction. We should take steps to save endangered animals and plants, and set up special areas to take care of them before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Road to Destruction of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 61: (课本61页,L3,U3,B1)
Many people often get stuck in a traffic jam when they go to work. How annoyed and stressful they often feel! But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. Traffic pollution has been found to cause global warming and climate change to a large degree.
Too many cars do a lot of harm to the environment and our health. Some advice has been given for people to help protect the environment, for example, using public transport or sharing cars, doing your shopping in the shop just around the corner instead of driving to the other side of town. However, people are addicted to using cars. They make excuses for using their cars, “I need to pick up my daughter. What can I do?”
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第一册
Unit 1 Life Choices Lesson 1 Lifestyles 必修 B1 P5 课文语法填空
It’s September. Joe and Li Ying have been invited to write about their daily life in senior secondary school.
Joe is a “digital native” and he does lots of things online, including doing all his schoolwork, chatting with his friends, watching films, reading news and shopping. He also plays computer games and tennis on the screen. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict” because they think he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with his online friends. They are worried that he can’t tell if/whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
Li Ying is a “go-getter” and she studies with a clear goal. Studying is definitely a big part of her life. She always pays attention to all classes and thinks actively, so that she can do other interesting things after school. She likes biology most among all the subjects and likes reading all kinds of books. Meanwhile, she is active in running and voluntary work. Every day she does her homework when she is free at school and tries to use any possible time to revise what she has learnt after school. She uses her time well to achieve all the goals she has set.
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It 必修 B1 P13 课文语法填空
Zhang Tian was inspired by wonderful teachers from small village and applied for and became a volunteer teacher in a village school after graduation. Before he went to the village, he imagined exciting things about living and teaching in a village. But when he arrived, he found the school was much smaller than he had expected and that the living conditions in the village were also more challenging than he thought . Every day, he worked hard and felt tired. Teaching in Guizhou Province has been quite an experience for him.
To make school life healthier and livelier, Zhang Tian introduced more subjects to the school. Now the students do well in English and their school lives are more attractive and interesting, which makes Zhang Tian feel satisfied. Besides teaching, Zhang Tian also brought changes to the village. He made a great contribution to the village, so he became very popular among the village.
Unit 2 Sports and Fitness Lesson 1 The Underdog
必修第一册 B1 P31 课文语法填空
Both Paul and I were huge fans of the NBA, and we used to play on the court which/that was next to our building. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was only 1.6 metres tall, which made him the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul was only 1.6 metres tall too, and he used Bogues as his inspiration, practicing very hard. Although Paul tried out many times for making our school basketball team, our coach was not so sure, so Paul was still usually on the bench, which was really tough on him.
Our team was playing our main competitors this week. During the competition, a player and I crashed into each other and my knee hurt badly, which made me give up the game. The last quarter was about to begin, and my team was behind by 10 points. With our team’s suggestion, our coach permitted Paul to play the game. All the extra hours that Paul had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot. When the game ended, our team had won by 2 points. Because of his excellent performance, Paul was praised by his coach and earned his place on the team.
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness
必修第一册 B1 P39 课文语法填空
I do believe that long-distance running is of great benefit to you.
You do not need a gym membership or any special equipment . Keep it up, and you will know yourself, and see what you are capable of.
As is known to us all, running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. Running increases the flow of blood and oxygen to your brain. It not only makes your heart stronger and allows more blood to flow around your body, but also strengthens your immune system and reduces the risk of serious health problem. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
You’d better warm up and cool down properly before and after running in order not to hurt yourself. A warm-up gets your blood flowing and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
I hope this will be helpful to you.
Unit 3 Celebrations Lesson 1 Spring Festival
必修第一册 B1 P56 课文语法填空
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival---the spirit of family---has largely been kept. Most of the important Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
To Li Yan, a retired grandmother in Heilongjiang Province, Spring Festival is still about the joy of a family gathering. She loves to be surrounded by her entire family. Weeks before Spring Festival, she starts to make preparations for the young people’s homecoming.
For the younger generation, returning home to spend Spring Festival with parents is no easy task. Flights have to be booked as early as possible. Usually tickets are hard to get, and the journey would be tiring. But all the efforts pay off when the whole family sit together around a hotpot, filling each other in on what’s been happening.
The festival even attracts foreigners. Tom Jenkins, who is an exchange student in Nanjing, spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. He joined them in sweeping away the dirt of their house and attaching the Chinese character Fu to their front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives. Everything is so interesting to him, but the best part is to let off fireworks, which is expected to scare away the monster Nian.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas
必修 B1 P64 课文语法填空
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s my memory of Granny as well as gifts and Father Christmas that comes to mind.
I can well remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us. On a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. She was sick, but I failed to notice it. Granny made an effort to help me with my letter to Father Christmas. With her hand shaking slightly , she wrote “Father Christmas, the North Pole ”on the envelope.
In December, we made sugar biscuits, stuffed the turkey and sang Christmas songs. Granny had the patience to sing my favorite part over and over again. On Christmas Eve, Granny watched as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung most of the decorations on the branches.
On Christmas morning, I was on my best behavior as we opened the presents. Later, Granny gave me a special gift---a music box with a ballet dancer inside. After breakfast, as I played, Granny stayed inside by the fire. I remember catching her eye through the window. I called and asked her to join us, but she just waved. Lunch was late, but it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a lot of laughter
A few weeks after that Christmas, Granny passed away. I think of her often. Each Christmas, I make a G-shape sugar biscuit and take out the music box, in memory of Granny.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Spring Festival
of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 54:
Tom Jenkins spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. A week before the festival, the host mother Mrs. Chen began preparations. She swept up the dirt of the house from top to bottom to make it ready for the new year. She also attached the Chinese character Fu upside down on the front door to welcome happiness. Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
Xu Gang usually books the ticket of trains or flights for his trip home weeks before Spring Festival. When he gets on the train, he is surrounded by Shanxi accents. When he gets home, his parents always fill him in on what happened to the people he knows Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
Li Yan and her husband are retired. They start preparing for their family’s return weeks before Spring Festival. When everyone gets home, their house buzzes with activities. One of their favourite family traditions is to make jiaozi.
Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第二册
Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars
必修 B2 P4 课文语法填空
Avatars are digital images that you use to represent yourself online. The first simple avatars appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s and by the late 1990s they had been used in online chats. People started creating their own avatars that didn’t look or act like their real selves. Avatars let you express yourself and they give you lots of room for creativity. Most people create avatars that/which have similar features to their personalities and that look more or less like them and act like them. In most web chats, people can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create freely their own images. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users are worried that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a more positive light.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships
必修 B2 P10 课文语法填空
People have different ideas about how the Internet affects friendships.
Some people think the Internet can harm friendships. Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact---images really cannot replace a real- life smile or hug. Secondly, lots of the content posted on social media is shallow or trivial. Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be. Going online can be particularly dangerous for people that/who are easily influenced or too trusting. In my opinion, face-to-face communication is the best way to maintain healthy relationships.
Others believe the Internet can help develop friendships in many ways. Firstly, the Internet makes communication much more convenient. Secondly, the Internet has also made communication more fun. You can share photos, videos , news stories, and websites with your friends online. Thirdly, online communication can actually bring people closer to each other. Whenever someone needs help, friends from all over the world can immediately provide useful suggestions or information. Finally, I believe the Internet brings people closer together and makes communication with friends more convenient and interesting.
Unit 5 Humans and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story
必修 B2 P27 课文语法填空
About three years ago, something terrible happened to me. Those six hours of terror broke my body and soul. One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands. All at once, the sky was covered with dark clouds and in less than a minute we were in a terrible storm.
It may seem strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool , I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it. I noticed that smaller and tubular objects went down more slowly than other objects. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. And without waiting, I dived into the sea to try and escape.
As you can see, I did escape. In the end a boat picked me up. I was very tired. The fishermen were my old friends, but they were unable to recognize me. When I told them the story, they did not believe it.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole
必修 B2 P33 课文语法填空
On 1 June, 1910, Captain Scott began his journey to Antarctic. At the same time, the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen was also going south. During the polar summer, both teams organized food bases in preparation for their journeys. Amundsen reached the Antarctic first. Then he prepared for the return journey. Scott finally arrived at the Pole. They were shocked when they were the Norwegian flag. Scott wrote sadly in his diary: “Well, we have now lost the goal of our ambition and must face 800 miles of hard pushing---and goodbye to most of our dreams.”
The return journey was one of the worst in the history of exploration. The weather conditions were terrible. Scott realized their hopeless situation: “We are very cheerful, but what each man feels in his heart I can only guess…” Then a terrible storm started. Scott spent some of his last hours writing. He wrote a letter full of sadness to his wife. The news of Scott’s death shocked the world. He had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the extraordinary courage shown by Captain Scott and his men made them heroes.
Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer
必修 B2 P54 课文语法填空
At the Nobel Prize Lecture on 7 December, 2015, an 84-year-old Chinese woman walked slowly on to the stage. She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s. The woman was Tu Youyou , the first Chinese female scientist to be awarded a Nobel Prize for her work.
Tu Youyou was born in Zhejiang Province, China, on 30 December,1930. She studied medicine in Peking University Health Scie, nce Centre. After graduation, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Science. Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a deep knowledge about traditional practices.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria which killed millions of people every year. Across the world, scientists had been trying to fin d a cure. They tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. She researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti-malarial cures. Then Tu Youyou and her team began using modern research methods to study these Chinese herbs one by one. They overcame many difficulties and at last Tu Youyou bravely volunteered to be the first human subject and the test was a success. The medicine they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the most effective drug for fighting malaria in the world.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind the Superman
必修 B2 P60 课文语法填空
Christopher Reeve starred in four Superman films from 1978 to 1987. He spent his spare time visiting sick children in hospitals and doing many other good things, and soon gained a big reputation. However, while he was riding a horse, he fell off the horse and broke his neck. Due to the support of his wife, family and friends, he found the will to live again. In order to recover quickly, he engaged in a range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle. Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career. His positive attitude inspired many people who/that were stuck in illness. He will be remembered as a superhero forever,
Reading Club 2 Anne Frank and Her Diary 课本P66
必修 B2 P63 课文语法填空
During World War II, Anne Frank’s family had to hide in an annexe to escape the Nazi Holocaust. To keep busy, she wrote in her diary. Unfortunately, on 4 August, 1944 , the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there was sent to labour camps. The diary was originally written in Dutch. Since then, it has been published in at least 67 languages. Today, the annexe building where Anne and her family hid is a museum. Although Anne’s life in hiding was extremely difficult, her diary reveals her positive attitude. She wrote in her diary “The good news is that you don’t know how great you can be …and what your potential is.”Bringing us so much, her diary will be left in our hearts forever.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第三册
Unit 7 Art
Lesson 1 Masterpieces
必修 B3 P4 课文语法填空
In 1889 Van Gogh painted The Starry Night using his unusual way. At that time he stayed at home for his mental illness which some experts thought affected his sense of sight. The drug that he took made people see yellow spots. Unfortunately, Van Gogh only sold one painting in his lifetime. Though he thought The Starry Night was a failure. It is now one of the world’s best paintings.
In 1893, Edvard Munch was suffering a lot of pain because of his mental health problems. He painted The Scream, which shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream. In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him to paint the picture.
Rene Magritte painted a series of paintings, including The Empire of Light. It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night. What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds. It seems like quite a mysterious scene. Magritte was inspired by his thoughts and ideas. The viewers have different reactions to The Empire of Light. As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
Lesson 3 A Musical Genius
必修 B3 P10 课文语法填空
Ludwig van Beethoven was a German composer. He is regarded as one of the greatest composers in the history of music. One day in February 1824, at his little house in Vienna, Austria, Ludwig van Beethoven sat back in his chair and smiled. The famous German composer’s ninth symphony was finally completed. As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
At a very famous theatre in Vienna, the audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years. For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score. Finally, joyous/joyful note signaled the end of the symphony, and the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats, but Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score. It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
However, most of them had no idea that he was deaf! The one person in the room who/that didn’t hear the symphony---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
Unit 8 Green Living
Lesson 1 Roots and Shoots
必修 B3 P29 课文语法填空
If you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up, you are probably suffering from what is known as “Just-me-ism”. You might think it is no big deal. “How can it matter if I leave a little piece of litter on the road? ”But what if millions of people think the same? Then our world would be piled with litter and run short of natural resources at the same time. See? “Just-me-ism” is harmful!
To inspire young people to take action for the environment, animals and their community , Roots & Shoots was established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall, a scientist who’s the world’s best-known expert on wild chimpanzees. In addition to her research, she has been whole-heartedly committed to environmental protection. The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people so they can help to build a future that/which is secure and live together in peace with nature.
Dr. Jane Goodall is convinced that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference. ”So her institute Roots & Shoots is all about educating people to play their part in making the world a better place. And you cannot be absent.
Lesson 3 “White Bikes” on the Road
必修 B3 P35 课文语法填空
Why is Amsterdam a good city foe cycling?
The idea of “white bikes” began about 50 years ago. And ever since then, people in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. Flat and therefore convenient for bikes , Amsterdam is a good city for cycling. Because of its convenience for bicycles, Amsterdam has become very popular with cyclists---an amazing 38% of all trips are made by bike. That’s how it gets the nickname “the City of Bicycles”.
In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea that it would be better for both people and the environment if only bicycles were allowed in the city centre. They painted hundreds of bicycles white and placed them in many areas around Amsterdam for people to use free of charge. Soon after, however, problem came up and the “white bikes” all disappeared---thieves stole them all in a matter of weeks! But in 1999 the “white bikes” returned with a computer tracking system to record their every move! Thanks to the ideas and efforts of many people, you can now enjoy clean air and easy transport in central Amsterdam.
Nowadays, the idea of “white bikes” has pedaled its way around the world. In China, more and more cities have their own “white bikes” programs. Both the locals and tourists like to use shared bikes because bike-sharing is a cheap and easy way to save energy, reduce air and noise pollution, and enjoy the benefits of exercise in cities.
Unit 9 Learning
Lesson 1 Active Learning
必修 B3 P54 课文语法填空
While sometimes the human brain can learn by itself, we need to actively take part in the learning process and to reflect on what we have learnt. We are supposed to take an active role in our learning.
Your inner voice expresses your personal opinions. If you pay too much attention to your inner voice, you will risk missing important information. Active learners are open-minded, and they are in a better position to make decisions. If you find your inner voice difficult to control, you can argue with it as most active learners do. Be flexible in your opinions and you might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all. What’s more, asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning. The answers will lead you to further learning, and the very act of working out questions will help you to achieve a higher level of understanding.
Active learners attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea. Try to find out the source of an idea, and you will increase your chance of learning something. In addition, active learners do not judge people based on first impression or personal feelings. We needn’t assume that some people are always right because of who they are or just because they are your friends.
Lesson 3 The Secrets of Your Memory
必修 B3 P60 课文语法填空
We remember things that have strong connections in our mind, especially emotional connections. Childhood memories are often very emotional ; therefore, we remember them much better. So when remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
A person with a photographic memory could remember every detail of something, but most of us do not have amazing memories. Asking questions also helps with memorization. Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that/which are already known.
Forgetting the new words is natural for many people. One of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
Our memory reaches its full power at the age of 25. After this age, however, the brain starts to get smaller. By middle age, our memory is significantly worse than when we were young.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 1 Relationships Lesson 1 Teachers
选必 B1 P15 能力素养进阶 短文填空
When I was at school, I was poor at most subjects, especially maths. At that time, I thought I had no gift for maths. What was worse, I showed no interest in science, which was completely strange to me. I felt bored when I learnt about maths and science. It was a real headache for me to understand what science was about. I had almost lost heart when Mr. Jenkins became our maths teacher.
Mr. Jenkins could make everything he taught interesting and lively. The way he used to explain difficult things was full of practical examples. Realizing that I was a little lazy and had little confidence in science, Mr. Jenkins encouraged me to find out my strengths by asking me to give a presentation to the class. It was the first time I explained science to an audience. But now it is my job. While working now, I often wish I could get advice from Mr. Jenkins again.
Lesson 3 So Close, Yet So Far
选必 B1 P32 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Socializing with my friends online is my life. The moment I wake up, I check through all my social networking apps, reading my emails and posting updates, etc. I have 500 friends online and I live with several roommates, but I feel lonely. It seems that I have an active social life, attending parties and playing sports, but I’m absent-minded, because I strongly obsess over my phone.
Social networking is the master of my life. Though sometimes I set deadlines to tear away myself from my phone, I fail again and again. Spending so much time socializing online, I always feel depressed and alone. As a result, I can’t finish what I should do in my real life.
It is common that at parties or at a family holiday, most members fix their eyes on their phones, which they think is normal rather than rude.
What is most worrying is that it is impossible to drop my phone, because I need it for my studies because my teachers and classmates need to contact me. It is a problem that we are so close but really so far.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 2 Success Lesson 1 Money vs Success
选必 B1 P58 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Sixteen years ago, Jason was a college professor with a huge six-bedroom house and a fortune of two million dollars. A few years ago, he knew millions of people died of hunger every year, and there were places with no schools and no teachers. And they didn’t have the chance to learn and get on in life. This worried him a lot and he felt guilty being a rich man without doing anything. Therefore, he gave away all his money to charities. Whenever he had more than two thousand dollars, he would give away small bank notes to homeless people in the streets of local areas.
Now, he lives in a small dormitory room with only second-hand furniture. He also grows some vegetables and a few flowers. He gets his clothes and a lot of other things from charity shops. “I’m much happier, because I am living according to my values. Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life, ”said Jason.
Lesson 3 Getting to the Top
选必 B1 P78 能力素养进阶 短文填空
I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play. I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games; I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys. I have always lived my life to extremes. I think of countless birthday parties and nights out I have missed, ruining a family holiday in France because of the endless search for a swimming pool to train in, almost missing my brother’s wedding because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown Johannesburg and driving through the “ no-go ”areas.
Being a professional athlete is no different. Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 3 Conservation Lesson 1 The Sixth Extinction
选必 B1 P109 能力素养进阶 短文填空
In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended. The reasons for extinctions are varied. According to scientists, they include volcanic eruptions, asteroids hitting the Earth from space, changes in sea levels, the decrease of the oxygen content of the sea and global warming. Many scientists say we are now entering the Earth’s sixth mass extinction. This time, human activity will be to blame.
They found that human activity is causing species to die out 1000 times faster than normal. If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who/that have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out. We need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected. We need to change how we work and travel by using cleaner, more natural sources of energy, such as wind and solar energy. We also need to improve our farming methods to reduce water, air and land pollution. In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
Lesson 3 The Road to Destruction
选必 B1 P126 能力素养进阶 短文填空
We know that cars are bad for us. Here are five easy ways to improve our environment.
Use your legs. In 2014, over 55% of car journeys were under eight kilometers. Instead of taking short car journeys, we could easily walk or cycle. Leg power can save your money, keep you fit and help you live longer.
Use public transport. Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars. Sometimes it can take a little bit longer, but you can relax, read a book, talk to someone---who knows?
Think before you go. Do you really have to go to that shopping centre on the other side of town? What about the shops around the corner? Before you get into your car, think about whether you really need to make the journey.
Share cars. If you really have to use a car, share journeys with someone else. It is much cheaper and kinder to the environment.
Take actions! If your street is full of heavy traffic, talk to your neighbors about it. Write to the papers. Go to the city government. Ask for speed limit. Do whichever of these things that suit you. Don’t just sit around and complain.
All quite simple, isn’t it?
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》
北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第二册
选必 B2P5 U4L1 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
(A) An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
(B) Sherlock Homes asked his friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, Watson believed there were millions of galaxies and billions of planets. From the current atmosphere, he predicted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. He didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
(C) A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found almost everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance which had an amazing clown. Actually he was the clown.
选必 B2P13 U4L3 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Today we’ll introduce Rowan Atkinson, who is an English comedian.
He was born on 6 January,1955 and spent his early years on the family farm with his parents and three older brothers. At primary school, he had already shown admirable acting talent. When he was 13, he earned a scholarship to a boarding school. Then he went to Newcastle University and got the highest mark in his years at the university. Later, he studied in Oxford where he got his master’s degree in electrical engineering, which may explain why he is interested in fast cars.
One of the roles played by Atkinson in his comedy is Mr. Bean, who is very popular in Britain. Mr. Bean is liked internationally as the awkward, clumsy but always amusing figure. The popularity of Mr. Bean makes Atkinson famous all over the world.
选必 B2P30 U5L1 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
When Helen was in her childhood, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen often behaved unbearably. She was sometimes troublesome, stubborn and angry, and had a tendency to break things when she was not understood. For Helen, Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher, whose technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. With this method, from “doll” to “water”, Helen got the world of words opened up to her. With Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanding, her thinking process changed as well. As she grasped the key to language , she discovered more complex words. Although trying to learn words was a gradual and sometimes painful process, Helen was always enthusiastic about learning. Helen finally understood the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
选必 B2P38 U5L3 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
Bacon ‘s true interest was not the inefficient working style of the government, but the worthy search for knowledge. Galileo Galilei proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”. The church and many people tended to ignore the facts and didn’t want to challenge what they had always comfortably believed.
It is not surprising that people wanted to believe these primitive ideas. At first, people approved of Galilei’s studies and urged him to continue, but later when he proved Aristotle wrong, they grew angry and put him in prison. People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
选必 B2P55 U6L1 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
The source material for a film may be taken from classic novels, short stories, comic books and stage plays, as well as non-fiction such as biographic and autobiographies, even those written by ghost writers. All can work well, but why do many adaptations and indeed remakes fail with both cinema audiences and critics?
Firstly, because of the time limit, the adapted film is always found not close to the original story. Besides, the selected cast may not satisfy readers as they have their own imaginations about the characters. What’s more, some books are really unfilmable for technical reasons. In spite of the challenges, there have been some highly successful films made from popular books, such as Jaws, Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings. Maybe the best proof of a successful adaptation is the James Bond series, the majority of which has been adapted from the 007 novels of Ian Fleming. Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone has their favorite.
选必 B2P63 U6L3 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
An advertisement uses words and pictures to persuade people to buy a product or service, or to believe in an idea. Generally speaking, there are two main types of ads, which are commercial ads and public service ads respectively. Commercial ads are paid for to advertise a product or service, and the features of the public service ads are as follows: Firstly, they often run free of charge; secondly, they are meant to educate people about health, safety, or any other problem that has an effect on public welfare; thirdly, don’t play tricks on people; lastly, they aim at teaching and benefiting people, helping us lead better lives. Of course, we also should pay attention when seeing ads. For one thing, be aware of the skilful methods which are used in ads to try and sell us things. For another, avoid falling for the tricks some advertisements play.
《高中必刷题》
总主编 杨文彬 学科主编 陈利民 李娜 周成霞
首都师范大学出版社
英语 高一 1 必修 BS 必修第一册、第二册合订
课文改编填空
必修第一册 Unit 1 Life Choice
Lesson 1 Lifestyles P2 课文改编填空
Joe is a “digital native”---he has been using the computer since his childhood.
He does a wide range of things online such as doing homework, chatting with others and reading the daily news. He also shops fpr various necessities online because it is convenient to compare the qualities and prices from different online shops.
However, his parents are worried so his mum keeps telling him to go out with his school friends. According to them there is a danger that he may not be able to tell whether the friends online are real friends.
Li Ying is a go-getter. Secondary school is a new start for her and studying is definitely a big part of her life. She tends to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of every term and she listens attentively in all classes and thinks actively, so that she can have more space time to do other things that she is interested in after school.
Besides, she has a top 10 reading list and she tries to keep it updated. She is also active in sports clubs, which makes her excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together. To achieve all she wants, she must use her time wisely. As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It P9 课文改编填空
After a long day, Zhang Tian finally got back to his small room, feeling tired. It is typical of him to start working early in the morning and prepare lessons late at night. Coming to Guizhou Province to teach has been quite an experience for him.
He graduated from university and got a teacher’s certificate last year. He was inspired by the idea of living independently away from home. So he applied for and became a volunteer in a village school, imagining all sorts of exciting things.
However, not everything lived up to his hopes. The school was much smaller than he had expected and even the power and water supplies were unstable. The thought of leaving once flashed through his mind, but he quickly gave up on the idea.
In the school, he was the only English teacher while the other two were responsible for maths and Chinese. To make school life healthier and livelier, he introduced more subjects to the school, and the school is now full of laughter and music.
His first year has been tough but enjoyable. What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read , speak and write in English, and they became more confident. The contribution he made to the village was great and the villagers treated him as one of them. Although he had intended to stay for only one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year.
必修第一册 Unit 2 Sports and Fitness
Lesson 1 The Underdog P20 课文改编填空
Paul and I were on our school basketball team, The Lions. We were both big fans of the NBA. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul regarded him as his inspiration. Paul once said, ”If Bogues could make it, why not me? ”
However, our coach was not so sure. So Paul was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
This week, The Lions were playing against our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect. It would be a tough game and Paul didn’t know he would get the chance that he had been waiting for.
During the game, I crashed into another player and my knee hurt badly. We were about to lose so the coach agreed to give Paul a shot. Paul rushed onto the court and all the extra hours he had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot, and the crowd couldn’t stop clapping and cheering.
When the game ended, our team had won by two points. The coach hit Paul on the shoulder and said, “You’ve just earned your place on the team, big guy!”
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness P27 课文改编填空
As people often say, any exercise is better than none, but long-distance running in particular has a lot of benefits.
It is great for beginners---you don’t need a gym membership or any special equipment. There is no better way to know yourself and to see what you are capable of.
Running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. It can strengthen the immune system and reduce the risk of serious health problems. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up. Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from any aches or tension.
If you are new to running, here is some advice for you. A warm-up gets your blood running and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
Besides, remember the following principles. First, draw up a training plan and set achievable goals. Second, keep running. There will be times when you want to give up, but hang in there and tell yourself that it will get easier with time. All the sweat and hard work will be worth it in the end. Finally, make sure you do not overdo it.
必修第一册 Unit 3 Celebrations
Lesson 1 Spring Festival P38 课文改编填空
It was the first time for Tom Jenkins to spend Spring Festival in China with his host family. Spring Festival is highly valued by every Chinese family. Preparations began a week before the festival. First, the house cleaned from to bottom. Next, the Chinese character Fu was attached upside down to the front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
Xu Gang usually starts planning his trip home weeks before Spring Festival , as train tickets or flight have to be booked as early as possible. The moment he gets on the train , he knows that he is heading home to his family. When he gets home, his parents will fill him in on what has been happening ---who has got married or had children or gone away to university. When he was a kid, Spring Festival was all about firecrackers, sweets and decorations. As he gets older, coming home is the most important part of it.
Li Yan and her husband are both retired. Weeks before Spring Festival, they think about what the children would like to eat, what they need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared. They always have jiaozi as they mean something special on this occasion---they are a sign of their wishes for health and happiness in the coming year.
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival--- the spirit of family---has been kept.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas P45 课文改编填空
The last Christmas Granny spent with us was an unforgettable experience, which began in the middle of November on a cold, windy day.
Granny came to celebrate the Christmas with us. But at that time, I didn’t know she was ill. Most of the time she just sat on the sofa by the fire. When I wrote to Father Christmas telling him about the presents I wanted, Granny tried her best to help me.
On Christmas Eve, Granny sat by the fire as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung the decorations onto the tree. “That’s the most beautiful tree I have seen,” Granny remarked. On Christmas morning, to my surprise, my stocking at the end of my bed was full of presents and there were more under the tree.
After breakfast, David and I played outside while Granny remained inside by the fire., I remember catching her eye through the window.
Although lunch was late, it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a big turkey with potatoes, followed by yummy pudding. David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow.
Several weeks later, Granny passed away. I miss her very much, especially at Christmas. When it comes to our magical and special Christmas, I think it is not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind, it is also my memory of Granny.
必修第二册 Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars P60 课文改编填空
Avatars, which people use when exploring the Internet, are the digital identities people created to communicate and express themselves. They first appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s. Nowadays, avatars have such a wide variety of forms and uses that they are everywhere.
The avatars people choose say a lot. People tend to create avatars with features similar to their personalities, which look like them to a certain extent. However, nearly all avatars are tall, young and good-looking, for people obviously make improvements and experiment with new things in a more desirable way.
Avatars give people a lot of room for creativity They are enabled to create new identities, from dressing the avatars in fancy clothes to trying being someone of the opposite sex. Many users even have several avatars , each one for a specific occasions ; for example, a sensible one for work and a silly one for fun.
So far, the use of avatars has concerned some people---there are people spending too much time in virtual worlds and cheating online. At the same time , others view it in a more positive light, looking forward to the brilliant future of avatars.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships P67 课文改编填空
Do you think the Internet helps or harms friendships? Opinions are varied?
Some hold the view that while/although/though the Internet brings people closer, it harms friendships indeed. First, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face communication. Instead, according to a parenting expert, the Internet makes it harder for children to concentrate or show kindness. Second, in makes people self-centred. Unlike the long-term and rewarding friendships in the real world, people only care about their online popularity. Third, true friendships are built on trust while online friendships may not be so. Sometimes, if you are too trusting, it can be particularly dangerous, because you can’t be very sure that the friends you are chatting with are honest.
However, others believe the Internet helps develop friendships. For one thing, people can stay in touch with friends conveniently ,whether they are at home or on the move. For another thing, chatting online adds more fun to communication and takes less time with videos, photos, and emojis all available. Useful suggestions or information is provided immediately by people , which makes people feel loved and cared for.
必修第二册 Unit 5 Human and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story P78 课文改编填空
The story happened three years ago when we were on our way home from fishing. All at once, we were caught in a storm. With a huge wave covering the boat, my younger brother fell into the sea. The moment my elder brother cried out the most frightening word “Moskoe-strom”, I knew a disaster was falling on us.
Hopeless and terrified, we were going in the direction of the whirlpool. It felt as if I were falling from a mountain top. But when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than before. Out of curiosity, I observed it and drew three conclusions, which later proved to be life-saving. Having tied myself to a barrel, I jumped into the sea. Not long after that, the boat was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool.
Shortly afterwards, the storm was over. I floated in the water for a couple of hours until some fishermen picked me up. They were unable to recognize me, for it took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole P85 课文改编填空
The race to the South Pole began in 1910 when two teams, led by Scott(British) and Amundsen(Norwegian), announced their plans to go south and prepared for it.
Amundsen was the first to leave on 8th September, 1911. With dogs pulling the sledges and all men on skis, they made rapid progress. On 14th December, they reached the Pole successfully. However, Scott’s men met a series of troubles after departure. First, two sledges broke down; then the horses couldn’t stand the cold. Therefore, they advanced slowly. When they finally made it to the Pole, it was already 17th January, 1912.
The return journey was even worse. Apart from tiredness and bad weather, the fact that they were running out of food added to their difficulties. Despite the hopelessness, they still made time to collect rocks, which later proved to be valuable. Then disaster fell on them---two members died first. Then the rest of the team continued their way until, unfortunately, they were trapped in a terrible storm. Nobody survived. Although they didn’t win the race, they were remembered as heroes.
必修第二册 Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer P96 课文改编填空
Tu Youyou, a Chinese female scientist, was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin on 7 December, 2015. When it comes to the honour, she remained modest, insisting that it was not only an honour for herself but also recognition and encouragement for all scientists in China.
Born in Zhejiang Province in 1930, she chose to study medicine. Years of studying traditional Chinese medicine and working with experts in the field enabled her to gain a deep knowledge about traditional practice. In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria. It hit her that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. So she researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti- malarial cures, which was not an easy task. Despite a lack of staff and poor laboratory conditions, they eventually came across a promising chemical after countless failed experiments. The medicine they discovered has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
Although she is internationally renowned for her work, Tu Youyou is not interested in fame. She conducts research as usual and believes that there is a great potential for future advances if the wisdom of both Chinese and Western medicine can be fully integrated.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind Superman P103 课文改编填空
Christopher Reeve is indeed a superhero both in the Superman films and in reality, whose life story is beyond our imagination with ups and downs.
He had a passion in/for acting at an early age and finally won the opportunity to star in four Superman films. He had been devoting himself to helping people in need when disaster struck him. A fall from his horse caused severe injuries to his neck. Even breath was impossible without a machine. With the support of his wife, parents and friends, he eventually got rid of despair and found his goal of life again.
After engaging in intense recovery training, Reeve succeeded in returning to his film career. In addition, being energetic and passionate, he never quit his charity cause, from writing positively to encourage people to raising money to promote research into back injuries and disabilities. His confidence and optimism inspired people greatly.
To our sadness, on 10 October,2004, Christopher Reeve passed away. People will memorialize him as a superhero forever.
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二上 BS 选择性必修 第二册 《高中必刷题》
课文改编填空
选必第二册 B2P2 U4L1 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
Life often bears fun and embarrassments, making it charming to taste and explore. Here are three funny experiences in life.
An art collector spotted a cat consuming milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store while he was walking casually on the road. He realized the saucer was so valuable an antique that he offered to pay a high price to buy the cat, hoping the owner would give away the saucer as well, Ironically, the owner refused to throw in this lucky saucer, which had helped him sell 68 cats that week for the same reason.
Sherlock and Watson shared a similar funny experience. One camping night, they woke up with millions of stars shining in the sky. According to the scientific measurement of time, Watson figured out the exact time. From the atmosphere, he forecast a bright day the next day. In the end, he was purely embarrassed to be told that their tent had been stolen.
The same embarrassment also happened to a middle-aged man who had been suffering depression for several months. He saw a doctor. After an examination, he was told everything was right and that what he needed was only a real laugh. The doctor recommended an amazing clown---Grock, and he replied Sadly, “I am Grock.”
选必第二册 B2P11 U4L3 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Mr. Bean, a classic character in comedies, is recognized for meeting endless ridiculous situation in his daily life. In one of the most popular episodes, Mr. Bean comes to a fancy restaurant in celebration of his birthday, only to find that the only dish that he can afford is one named “steak tartare”, which is actually a raw hamburger. The moment the dish is served , he attempts to chew it. However, he finds it is too disgusting to swallow, and he has no alternative but to hide his real feelings. During all the dinner time, he occupies himself with hiding the raw meat, and even throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist. What a funny but embarrassing birthday!
Contrary to Mr. Bean, Rowan Atkinson, who played the role of Mr. Bean, lived a normal life. Born into an ordinary family, he was treated in such a strict manner that he stood out well in his study and even attained his degree at Oxford. Besides, he was convinced he would be a successful actor with his talent for acting. Years later, it is obvious that his hard work has paid off in the end.
选必第二册 B2P25 U5L1 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
Have you ever heard some inspiring stories of the disabled? Helen Keller is one who deserves to be mentioned. Helen a well-recognized female author, had several strong restrictions to her body. She could not read or write at her early age, but later she mastered several languages. Anne Sullivan, a teacher at a school for the disabled, played an irreplaceable role in Helen’s growth and achievements. Anne adopted simple approaches to teaching, repeatedly spelt new words by writing on Helen’s hands, and asked her to imitate these spellings. In the beginning, she would not learn the words unless they could be touched, such as water, doll etc. Gradually, her interest grew and she explored complicated and abstract words. In the process of learning the word “think”, she struggled a lot and made breakthroughs by accident when finishing small tasks. As for the word “love”, she felt discouraged after trying many times without understanding it. Despite many failures, Anne kept on encouraging her to try. Helen carried on thinking and suddenly realized it was as beautiful as the sun and clouds. It was Anne that enlightened Helen’s mind and brought a broad world to her.
选必第二册 B2P34 U5L3 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
As Bacon said, who questions much, shall learn much, and remember much. In history, there are endless questions that promote human civilization to a high degree. In the 17th century when people tended to believe more in religions than facts, great scientists like Bacon and Galilei went against the mainstream view of that period. They searched for the truth of science on the basis of analysis. At that time, the earth was believed to stand still, but Galilei disagreed and was urged to continue his further exploration. Ironically, people grew angry and put him in prison when Galilei proved Aristotle wrong, who was a highly respected scientist. However, anyone is likely to make mistakes, Aristotle and Galilei included. With countless questions raised and solved, our knowledge of the world is increasingly expanded. We appreciate the past great men for their wisdom, for they are brave enough to challenge themselves as well as inspiring the future generations to explore more unknown and brand-new areas, On the whole, a world full of questions is exactly the one that we are fighting for.
选必第二册 B2P48 U6L1 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
Reading a favourite book is one pleasure; watching an enjoyable film is another. But it is rather challenging to produce a creation in combination with the two. A good book doesn’t guarantee a popular film while a good film may arise from one plain book. It takes a lot for filmmakers to achieve a perfect balance between them.
The source material for a film must be faithful to the original, whether it is taken or adapted from books. Chances are that the film screenwriter makes so many changes that the audience feel far from the book. As a result, the film ends up failing. Also, a success depends on the cast acceptable to the audience. Readers of the book generally visualize their ideal characters, which means they are not likely to accept other images. Besides, if we take technical restrictions into consideration, the result will turn out to be different. Take CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology for example. It allows more unfilmable books to appear on screen. Despite these challenges, it is common to see many highly successful works made from books like Harry Potter.
选必第二册 B2P58 U6L3 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
Advertisements play an irreplaceable role in enriching people’s daily life by promoting and selling products to customers. Over the past decades, the types and styles have changed/have been changing constantly to upgrade the advertising game.
The most common advertisements are commercial ones, which simply give basic information of the products. Take “Tsing Tao Brewery”for example. It is easy to get the name of the products as well as the location of the company. Gradually, advertisers find it necessary to combine attractive pictures or words of the experts with the original advertisements. With the advertising bomming, those consisting of outstanding designs and creative ideas are likely to be distinguished in the growing competitive advertising market. At present, being visually attractive and repeating old ideas are out of date as the customers have been bored with the familiar strategies to promote products. Therefore/Thus, advertisers have to adopt creative ideas trying to make the customers forget that they are being talked into buying goods by someone. Apart from the commercial advertisements, public advertisements are gaining much attention. For instance, some are educating people on fighting AIDS, while some are calling for saving water.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4 Humor 第四单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 What’s so funny? of Unit 4 Humor, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、三种时态：
1Everything had been going wrong for him.
2So, after he had been feeling depressed for over a month, he decided to go to the doctor .
3Finally, after he had been waiting for about half an hour, he was called in for his consultation. 4“Well, I’ve been having a bit of a crisis.”
5“And I’ve been doing a lot of work.”
6I will be working in the United States for three months.
7This time next week, I’ll be arriving in New York.
2、三种时态：
1The eager fans had been waiting for six hours before they finally got the tickets for the football match. 2I had been looking for that for weeks---where did you find it?
3Mrs. Wang will be staying with her friends when she goes to Hainan.
4As he had been repairing his car all afternoon, he was messy.
5This book is taking me so long that I will be still reading it by this time next year!
6She has been studying English since she left school.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、His humor is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
2、He cannot hide his feelings, except when the waiters asks if everything is fine.
3、When the waiters are not looking, however, he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach.
4、He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
5、强调句型/强调结构/强调句
But it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
John Lloyd, who worked as a producer for BBC Television, says that one rarely meets someone with such genius, and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、One afternoon, hundreds of unlucky passengers, who had been expecting to board a flight to New York, were told it had been cancelled.
2、One unfortunate agent was dealing with the passengers, when an angry man, who had been standing in line for some time, pushed his way to the front.
3、This is probably all it takes to make an image of Charlie Chaplin as the “Little Tramp”, one of the most famous comedy characters in the world.
4、His early films were such huge commercial successes that film companies were falling over themselves to hire him.
5、Making the joke look effortless and simple was part of his genius.
6、“The best definition of humor I ever heard is that it’s getting people in and out of trouble.”
7、From actors such as Charlie Chaplin, who was famous during the silent age of film-making to Rowan Atkinson who plays Mr. Bean on TV and in films, British comedy has never gone out of fashion.
8、1And while there are many popular dramatic actors in Britain, there is something extra special about British comedy and comedians for global audiences.
2Most non-British people see the British as being very reserved, polite and formal and while that is true to a certain degree, British people love to express themselves through humor too.
3While one person might lightly giggle at a joke, another might fall about with laughter.
9、Humor is a part of every culture but it could be said that it is one of core characteristics of British culture.
10、You will often find passengers getting on buses joking with drivers.
11、So now that we have established how important humor is to British people, what exactly makes them laugh?
12、There have been many popular comedy TV programs which have explored the absurdity of people with less money and status attempting to copy the lifestyles of the wealthy and others which humorously explore life for the less well-off.
13、Another area that might be difficult for foreigners to get when it comes to British comedy is “word play”.
14、强调句型：
Sometimes, it’s not just words that have two meanings but also expressions.
15、名词性从句：
Now, whether or not you find these types of jokes funny is personal to you, but the fact that they are easily understood by English speakers of all ages, means that it is very much a part of British comedy.
16、Two other characteristics of British comedy that are unique are joking about topics that would be considered “taboo” in other cultures and humor focused on self-depreciation.
17、长句难句复杂句式：
But the wide range of techniques used by British comedians and comedy writers, from satire, to puns, to self-mockery, means that there is something for every taste in comedy, although the polite British approach to delivering jokes means that sometimes it’s difficult to even tell if it is a joke or not!
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook on page 78---page 82 of Unit 4, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、两种时态：
1He has been talking to a friend and tells her he will be having a drink in the bar at 7 and asks her to join him there.
2The man thinks that maybe the barman has been talking to him, but the barman has been cleaning glasses at the other end of the bar.
3Knowing that his friend will be arriving soon, the man wonders if it is her, but there is no one he recognizes around.
4He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years.
5Even if you have been studying for a long time and feeling sleepy and bored, laughing can make you feel energized as if you had just had a nap!
2、强调句型：
It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
3、几种时态：
1After I sent you the invitation, I had been wondering when I would hear from you.
2We have been practicing extremely hard for months.
3However, we would be playing by the time you arrive.
4I will be looking out for you after the match.
4、An interesting fact about him was that he never swore on stage, which is a far cry from some of the modern comedians. a far cry from 大相径庭，天壤之别，相去甚远。
5、Another interesting fact about him was that he died three days after the rock and roll star, Elvis Presley. 猫王。
6、What can you infer from the fact that Groucho was the host of the quiz show You Bet Your Life? that引导同位语从句。
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---What’s so funny of Lesson1, Unit 4 Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 10: (课本10页, L1, U4, B2)
An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
Sherlock Holmes asked his faithful friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. “Millions and millions of stars,” said Dr. Watson. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, he believed there are millions of galaxies and billions of planets. He deduced that it was probably a quarter past three based on the scientific measurement of time. From the current atmosphere he forecasted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. Watson didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance . Actually he was the amazing clown.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text---My Favorite Comedian of Lesson3, Unit 4, Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 25: (课本25页, L3, U4, B2)
Undoubtedly, one of the funniest and well-known comedians in the world has to be Rowan Atkinson, who is mostly known as Mr. Bean. He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years. Mr. Bean’s extraordinary actions or tricks seem to have universal appeal to people of all ages and cultures. The uncomfortable and desperate situations he gets himself into are just so ridiculous that it’s impossible not to laugh.
Rowan Atkinson is rarely seen out of character, although generally people know his name and nationality. Contrary to his character on screen, he is highly educated. He received a scholarship to attend secondary school and then obtained a degree in electrical engineering. It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
He has a high reputation among actors but he is very kind and down to earth in real life. His ability to rely purely on his face and body to make people laugh rather than words is such a special talent. Therefore, he is seen as a remarkable comedian in the contemporary acting world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5 Education 第五单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 5 Education, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1By the time she was seven years old, she still couldn’t speak, read or write and needed to have everything done for her.
2Helen’s parents got a superb teacher recommended to them, a woman named Anne Sullivan. 3Finally, she got the world of words opened up to her.
4We’re going to have a video of the wedding made.
5I’ll have my tyres checked. 6I’ll have the washing machine repaired soon.
7Many years ago Pauline had a portrait painted by a well-known painter.
8Have you ever had your voice recorded?
9Have you ever had your face made up with face paint when you were a kid?
2、As一词用法小结：
1As the water flowed over Helen’s hand, Anne spelt out “W-A-T-E-R” into Hen’s other hand.
2As Anne wrote on Helen’s hand, Helen suddenly realized that the movement of the fingers meant the cool liquid flowing over her hand.
3As Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanded, she asked more and more questions.
4However, one day as she was working on a simple task, she had a breakthrough.
5As she did this, Anne touched Helen’s forehead and wrote the word “think” on her hand. 6As she thought about its meaning again, the sun came out.
3、状语从句：
1Anne spelt words by writing on Helen’s hand so that Helen could get a mental picture of the words. so that=in order that
2Now that Helen grasped the key to language, she was very eager to learn more and use it as much as she could.
4、形式宾语和真正的宾语从句：
“I thought it strange that my teacher could not show me love.”
5、It was the first time Helen had understood such a complex word---a word for something she couldn’t touch.
It/This is the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（现在完成时态）。
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 Understanding of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、名词性从句：
1It seems obvious now how we acquire knowledge and understanding.
2It is not surprising that people wanted to believe the primitive ideas as they had been put forward by the great philosopher Aristotle (384-322 BCE).
3People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
4It is still often true today that people don’t want to abandon what they’ve always thought as true.
5It is important to not only describe what it shows, but also tell what lessons are taught.
2、长句难句复杂句式：,
Although today we are more used to typing a few key words into a search engine and waiting for the Internet to give us an answer, modern scientists and thinkers are still solving the world’s problems with this type of analysis---luckily for us.
3、定语从句：
1However, in the 17th century when Francis Bacon (1516-1626) suggested that this type of thinking was the way to gain knowledge, he was going against the views of the day.
2At that time, people believed more in the church than in facts and people like Galileo Galilei (1564-1642), who proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”, were often punished by the church with no one coming to their defense.
3In fact, when Galilei proved that the Earth was not the centre of the universe, instead of believing him, people chose to believe views that were almost 2,000 years old!
4We owe so much of our knowledge and understanding of the world to people like Bacon and Galilei, who were brave enough to step out from the shadows of conventional thought in order to find the kingdom of knowledge that today’s civilization is built upon.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop, Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、状语从句的省略问题：
1However, when looking at it more closely, I see something interesting.
2It is important to use the present tense when describing and commenting on the picture. 3They need to see pictures and images when learning.
2、have/get/find/…… sth. done He has his back turned to us.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1The overall message (that/which) we can take from this picture is that it is important to have routines and timetables, as they can help us stay organized, but sometimes routines can control us, rather than us controlling the routines.
2It is important not to become too preoccupied with routines and schedules, because they can make us blind to what is in front of us.
3Technology has become more and more important in how people learn: the Internet, videos and tablets have exposed us more to English in the classroom, as many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities and interactive whiteboards.
4One interesting thought is that there may no longer be a need for translators as, though not perfect yet, we already have software to do it.
5For instance, one of its principles is that children are unique individuals who must be free to learn without being criticized or restricted.
4、强调句型：
It is the child that controls the pace, topic and lessons, not the rest of the class or the teacher.
5、as一词用法小结：
1Children are encouraged to repeat activities as often as they wish.同级比较状语从句
2The furniture is light so they can arrange it as they wish. 方式方法状语从句。
3Maria Montessori wanted to free children’s minds so that they could learn by self-teaching and self-correction. 目的状语从句 so that=in order that
4Her works have been translated into many languages so that people around the world can learn more about the Montessori philosophy. 目的状语从句
5The cabinets are low so that the children can reach them. 目的状语从句
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 5, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
2、长句难句复杂句式：
In conclusion, education is important not only because it facilitates the acquisition of knowledge, but also because it promotes an individual’s physical, mental, moral and social development .
3、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1Sam had got/had had his life changed by one amazing teacher.
2He got/had his confidence knocked due to some bad exam results.
3She also had/got her concerns shared by another teacher that Sam might fail many of his subjects if things didn’t change. that引导同位语从句; if引导条件状语从句。
4Sam felt that he got/had his confidence increased.
4、Some of my students have large vocabulary and can spell words well, while others struggle.
5、名词性从句：
1Besides, it was believed that just by following the law, people would become good citizens.
2It is clear now that the true priority of education is to develop the whole person rather than just provide information to learn.
3Of course that is why it is vital that we always keep learning and questioning.
4We should not ignore the fact that pollution is still a serious problem though our environment is getting better and better. that同位语从句; though让步状语从句。
6、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1I must get my broken glasses repaired. 2I had my letter delivered yesterday.
3We are having our house painted next month.
7、They prefer learning activities where everything is explained to them rather than having to read instructions.
8、各种从句/长句难句复杂句式/状语从句的省略：
1To me it seems that a kinesthetic learner has the most fun.
2It turns out that I am a visual learner as I love art and also drama where we have to visualize situations.
3It’s really helpful to understand your preferred style as it can help you design strategies that will help you be successful when learning both now and in the future.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 33 : (课本33页, L1, U5, B2)
When Helen was young, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen’s behavior was often unbearable and sometimes she was troublesome, stubborn and angry with a tendency to break things when she was not understood. Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher. Anne’s technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. The precious knowledge she taught Helen gave her hope and joy. From “doll” and “water”, Helen knowledge and vocabulary expanded and this changed her thinking process. As Helen grasped the key to language, she discovered more complex words. Helen now understand the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2
选择性必修第二册 on page 46: (课本46页, L1, U4, B2)
Helen Keller was an exceptional girl. When she was a child, she couldn’t communicate because she couldn’t see or hear. As a result of these restrictions, she was often troublesome and badly behaved. Fortunately, Anne Sullivan, who was a superb teacher, was brought in to help Helen.
Anne had a simple technique for teaching Helen vocabulary. Anne would, for example, let Helen play with a doll, and then spell “D-O-L-L” on her hand. In this way, Helen built a mental picture of the word. Anne used this technique for other words as well. For example, she put Helen’s hand in a stream of liquid to teach “water”.
As Helen’s knowledge expanded, Anne started to teach more complex words. However, it was still hard for Helen to learn concepts like “think” because she couldn’t touch them, and Helen was often disappointed. Luckily, one day, she had a breakthrough. She was making necklaces when she made some mistakes. She didn’t know how to fix them, so she stopped to think. When she did this, Anne touched Helen’s head and wrote “think” on her hand. It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6 The Media 第六单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 From Page To Screen of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It的用法：A、人称代词； B、非人称代词: 天气、日期、时间、距离、情况；
C、形式it: 形式主语、形式宾语； D、强调it
1… but it’s normal to have high expectations when a film of favorite book is made.
2… it is safe to say that great films may be made from not particularly good books.
3Since a typical film is only around two hours long, it becomes a question for screenwriters to decide what is appropriate for the screen d what to leave out.
4It allowed the previously unfilmable to become a reality. (It= CGI=Computer Generated Image)
5One may think that it is the book writer who is in the best position to do film adaptations.
6This can actually be a disadvantage because they may be too close to the material and find it difficult to adapt to a new form.
7In this situation, it is clear that viewers will not be disappointed!
8For me, anyway, it is always a bad idea to watch a film of a book you love.
9CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology has made it possible for the previously unfilmable to become a reality.
2、各种从句：
1There are many times I have been pessimistic about or even disappointed by a film of a book I love.
2This is where I think many film adaptations fall down.
3At other times they are not, and there are instances where writers have been very unsatisfied with the film versions of their work.
4Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone seems to have their favorite.
5A key question is obviously how close to the original the film is.
6Readers of the book have very definite ideas about how characters should look and sound.
3、动名词短语充当主语和介词的宾语：
1Reading a book and watching a film are two very different experiences.
2Finding actors acceptable to film audiences can mean the difference between success and failure.
3Screenwriters have difficulty deciding what is appropriate for the screen.
4For many of today’s advertisers, repeating old ideas is not a successful approach.
5 The top advertisers of today believe that using humor as well as new and unusual ideas to surprise people is important. 动名词短语充当主语, 单数第三人称。
4、It的用法：
1It took Simon two hours to finish his homework.
2It was unbelievable that they made such a film in one month.
3Jason found it interesting to read the new comic book.
4The film is very interesting, and it is obvious that the viewers will not be disappointed.
5I don’t find it easy to learn language. It is only by studying very hard that I improve my English.
6In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
5、状语从句的省略：
1What factors should be taken into consideration when adapting books into films?
2Speakers have their opinions when talking about a specific issue.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Questions About Media and Lesson 3 The Advertising Game of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、1In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
2For this reason, it’s now normal to see advertisements that consists of pictures or words from experts to show people how good the product is.
2、used to和would:
1Advertising agencies would create a basic type of advertisement known as a commercial advertisement.
2Classic advertisements used to give information about finding certain products.
3From the name you would know what the company sells, where they are located, and the name of the product.
4Advertising agencies used to create this kind of advertising and it could be very effective.
5Ideas that would work in the past genuinely are not as effective now.
6These advertisements have helped to increase public knowledge about topics that used to be ignored by most people, and this has made our society a better place for everyone.
3、be/get used to doing sth.
Because of the boost in advertising, people are used to seeing a high standard of visual design.
4、部分否定：
However, not all advertising is about selling products and services for a profit.
5、定语从句：
1It was likely to be the name of a company, part of which might include the name of the place from which the product originated.
2But then they realized that it might not be suitable for a marketplace where products and services are in direct competition with each other.
3Their aim is create something that has never been seen before and that people find interesting.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
1As present-day advertisers often have large budgets, huge amounts of money are spent on applying modern design techniques to make these advertisements as visually attractive as possible.
2They realize that it does not matter how attractive the idea linked with the product is---most people know and anticipate that the main purpose of the advertisement is to make customers buy the product.
3To stand out in a world of competitive advertising, they must combine the highest standard of design with creative ways to make people believe that they “must have the product”.
7、used to和would:
|
Affirmative
肯定句 |
We used to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors would come to see us. |
|
Negative
否定句 |
We didn’t use to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors wouldn’t come to see us. |
|
Question
疑问句 |
Did you use to live in a crowded flat?
Would visitors come to see you? |
8、used to和would:
1We used to live in a crowded flat in New York.
2They would/used to climb the mountain every week.
3She used to have more friends than anyone
4I would/used to buy sweets the size of golf balls.
9、used to和would:
1We used to live in a small town but last year we moved to a big city.
2My primary school teachers wouldn’t give us any homework but they would teach us a lot in class.
3Harrison Ford used to accept the strangest jobs before he became an actor.
4I didn’t use to like seafood, but now I just love it.
5Mr. Smith used to/would watch tasteless TV talk shows all day before he lost his sight.
6When I was a child, we used to live near the coast.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop---A Film Review 影评 and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、either…or… ; neither…nor… :
1The owner of the castle is an abnormal creature, half-man, half- beast, who tells the trader---either one of his daughters replaces him as a prisoner in the castle, or he will die.
2Although it has neither cute characters nor wonderful songs in this version, it speaks to people of all ages.
3The film has neither good special effects nor good music.
4Now when it comes to advertising, often the aim is to try and create an emotion in the person viewing it, either by making it humorous or even sad.
2、The film does, however, have its faults.
3、It must seem a little odd to get a letter from your own mother whom you see every day, but I hope you will read this and take what I have to say seriously.
4、when和whenever引导时间状语从句：
1You even do this when we’re having a family meal in a restaurant or when I’m talking to you.
2You may not realize this, but whenever you feel even slightly bored, you check your phone.
3And if I ask to leave your phone at home when we go out, you sulk and get twitchy, almost as if you’re suffering withdrawal symptoms.
4I have tried to talk to you about this , but whenever I ask you to put down your phone and look at me, you said “in a minute”.
5And it’s so easy to just send a message when I want to chat with them.
5、because引导原因状语从句：
1I bought you a phone for your 12th birthday because you wanted one so much.
2It was weird getting a letter from you, but I suppose you felt this was the best way because I’m always on my phone!
3I suppose I didn’t think there was a communication problem because I spend so much time with you.
4 I spend a lot of time on my phone because I like to keep in constant contact with my friends.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress, Literature Spot and Workbook on page 88 to page 92 of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、while居中，“而，然而”，表示比较、对照、转折，引导状语从句：
1When we hear that they might be adapted into films, some people feel excited while others are unhappy.
2Some novelists have happily been involved in the film production while others like the American author J.D. Salinger, fought to ensure that their books would never become films.
2、同位语从句：
Often people are pessimistic about the chances that their favorite characters and stories will be shown on screen.
3、be of great interest=be very interesting ; be of great value=be very valuable;
be of great importance=be very important; be of great use=be very useful; be of great of help=be very helpful;
For example, people can upload videos of events they believe are of interest to others.
4、While置于句首，“虽然、尽管”，引导让步状语从句：
1While traditionally, large corporations have been the ones to produce and report on the news, things have changed greatly in recent years.
2While there has been lots of advantages for readers, TV stations and especially newspapers have been negatively affected, as fewer companies choose to pay to advertise through them.
5、it的用法：
1It’s common for people to engage in activities such as micro-blogging where they can share their ideas and opinions on whatever topic they choose.
2Eventually it became clear that this approach was not suitable for situations where companies were directly competing with each other.
3And now it’s common for commercial advertisements to have budget as big as films.
4It is also common now to pay celebrities from films and sports to participate in advertising campaign to further encourage the public to buy a product.
6、as一词的用法小结：
1Advertising has existed as long as people have been selling goods, but it has gone through many changes over the years as economic development has occurred.
2There have been some criticisms and negative views on advertising as people feel that companies are no longed being honest and straightforward.
7、used to和would:
I used to love reading newspapers. Every morning at breakfast I’d read the paper from cover to cover.
8、Language points in Literature Spot from page 71to page 73: 长句难句复杂句式：
1I had done forty of the fifty miles of curving twisting highway before it started to cool off, but it didn’t really get cool until I reached the dam and started along the south shore of the lake past the piled-up granite boulders and the sprawled camps in the flats beyond.
2I wondered who the hell Fred Lacey was and what he wanted and why he didn’t want to stay home or leave a message if his business was so urgent…
9、Summary of No Crime in the Mountains on page 71:
A letter arrived at Evens’ office from Mr. Lacey. Evens arrived in Puma Point and went to the hotel. Evens spoke to Mrs. Lacey on the phone. He spoke to the girl in the phone office. He walked back to his hotel, got into his car, drove around the lake and stopped. He smoked his pipe and watched the boats in the lake. He found the body of Mr. Lacey under the tree.
10、状语从句的省略问题：
1If in groups, how will you divide up your groups?
2If so, what will they be? 3If yes, what are they?
4If not, the company might associate with their bad behavior.
5If at all possible, register at the Indian Head Hotel, and call me at 2306. 课本P72。
11、as一词用法小结：
1I laughed out loud as I read it!
2Some people feel pessimistic about the future of theatre as they feel it is not popular with young people anymore.
3 He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
12、同位语从句：
I saw a musical version of Harry Potter recently that was wonderful and is proof that the theatre world is alive and well!
13、it的用法：
1I found it unusual that they used a cast of new and unknown actors , which is risky, but here it pays off.
2So does that mean it is better to advertise when there are lots of viewers?
3It is hard not to be influenced by ads.
4It is easy to run a good advertising business.
14、used to和would:
1Mr. Loxton used to live in an old house.
2He never used to have time to do maintain on his house.
3The gate which used to be brand-new became old.
4Mr. Loxton would just ignore everything that broke.
5He used to have an old car which he would wash every Saturday.
6But now he has a new car which he wouldn’t dream of washing himself.
7He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
8In his early days he would dream of having a lifestyle like this---it used to look so appealing.
9I wouldn’t have believed that were possible, would you?
15、While 置于句式，“虽然，尽管”，让步状语从句：
While direct hard-sell ads might be easy to detect---such as those for products endorsed by celebrities---soft-sell ads may be more difficult tosspot.
16、部分否定：
1Not all ads are directed towards the end customer.
2 Not all ads speak directly to customers.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7 Careers 第七单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 EQ:IO of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1Even if they never see their results, they feel that their IQ is what determines how well they are going to do in life.
2When they see other students doing better than them, they usually believe that those students have a higher IQ and that there is nothing (that) they can do to change their situation.
3While your IQ tells you how intelligent you are, your EQ tells you how well you use your intelligence.
4Professor Salovey, who invented the term EQ, gives the following description: at work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
5For example, have you ever wondered why some of the smartest students in your class, who you think deserve good grades, sometimes end up failing exams?
6It is generally believed that people with high EQs are open to new ideas and have positive attitudes towards life.
7On the other hand, there is little doubt that people with low EQs often have problems getting on with other people and dealing with difficult situations; hence they have a harder time adjusting in life and in their careers.
8When students were introduced to those who had disabilities, they found that, afterwards, the non-disabled students were more willing to help people with difficulties.
9To get ahead in the world and lead a happy successful life requires getting on well with other people and being able to understand and react to situations in the best way possible.
10And the fact that it might be possible to raise EQs means that schools need to make sure that their students are receiving an education they really need, not solely based on IQ but on developing the entire character.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Supported by his research, Professor Salovey suggests that when predicting someone’s future success, their character, as measured by EQ tests, might actually matter more than their IQ.
2At work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
3Professor Mayer, recognized by many as a leading expert in the study of changes to people’s EQs, recently announced the results of a study on senior secondary school students.
4Compared to students who had not been involved in the study, they also showed a better understanding of the disabled students’ feelings.
3、The more……, the more……句型：
A high EQ is necessary for this---the higher the better.
4、Focus on Language: Verb-ed Form---动词的过去分词
Ex. 9 Join the sentences by using the –ed form of the verb.
Example John was accused of stealing money. He was brought to court.---
Accused of stealing money, John was brought to court.
1Jane was scared of the lightning. She refused to go outside. ---
Scared of the lightning, Jane refused to go outside.
2The man was arrested by the police. He felt hopeless. ---
Arrested by the police, the man felt hopeless.
3The two lions were sent to a local zoo. They are reported to have settled down well. ---
Sent to a local zoo, the two lions are reported to have settled down well.
4The medicine is taken in time. It will be quite effective. ---
Taken in time, the medicine will be quite effective.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Career Skills and Lesson 3 Meet the New Boss: You of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1Most people now have no intention of following in their parents’ footsteps or even staying at one job for very long.
2In fact, planning to work in the same field or industry for your entire working life just isn’t practical anymore.
3The skills you have now are unlikely to remain relevant and be enough to help you through your entire career.
4But this is hardly a recipe for great career success.
5Lifetime security from one employer is no longer certain or even likely.
2、祈使句+and+简单句：
Keep doing this, and you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.=
If you keep doing this, you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.
3、What if......句型
What if your job disappears after working for 10 years in the field.
4、长句难句复杂句式：
The truth is that you are the boss of your career, and it is up to you to decide what you can do and how well you can do it.
5、would do
1You’d follow your father to sea, onto the farm or into the workshop.
2You’d follow your mother into the kitchen or sewing room.
3You would do the work your parents did.
6、The sentences that show irony: 表达讽刺的语句：
1You might be lucky. These strategies might bring you a nice, comfortable life…
2If you think you can wok eight hours a day and build a career, think again.
3 If you think you can’t be replaced by software or your can’t be outsourced to some robots on the moon, you are wrong.
7、Focus on Language: Negative Expressions: 否定的表达方式：
Complete the sentences with the expressions from the Sentence Builder:
1High grades are no longer enough to guarantee success in a career.
2Keeping the same job for life is not a realistic expectation anymore
3The job you have today is unlikely to be the same as the job you’ll have in 20 years’ time.
4It’s hardly surprising he lost his job: he was always late and never met his deadlines.
5The company has no intention of hiring more staff because it can use robots to do the work instead.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 7 Careers, 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1I would also like to learn more about the things that are going on in the city, as I feel that it is important to know about the city (which) we live in.
2Moreover, I feel that I can get on well with people from different backgrounds since I have worked with lots of different people on many projects for local events.
3In addition, I am also a good photographer , which might be useful for some of the articles.
4I look forward to hearing from you.
5In your application, say which job you are interested in, why you are the most suitable candidate for the position and give details about yourself.
2、时间状语从句、现在分词短语充当时间状语和伴随状语以及状语从句的省略问题：
1But when you move to a new environment or have to work with some new people, it is not always easy for them to recognize you or respect you immediately.
2Moving to a new working environment, you may need to deal with things that don’t belong to your own field.
3Learning or working in a new working environment, you need to have a good sense of judgment when joining a discussion or making a decision.
4Be confident and make eye contact when talking to people.
5Then, walk in holding your head high and smile.
6When working together with others, it is important that you have a clear vision and a working plan to achieve it.
7When working, don’t focus on what is your work and what isn’t.
8After doing your own work, always be ready to help others.
3、remember to do sth.; remember doing sth.
Remember to look other people in the eye---it’s the key to creating a connection with people.
4、While句首，引导让步状语从句：
While there may be some advantages to work at this time, working at night also brings particular problems.
5、What I’d like to do is working with high school students and helping them with their future.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 7, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句：
1Up until quite recently, it was believed that IQ was the most important measure of intelligence and those with high IQs were the ones who got ahead in life.
2Professor Salovey, the expert who invented the term, explains that in the workplace IQ gets you employed but EQ gets you promoted.
3For example, if students who are highly academic and intelligent fail to achieve the grades (which/that) they deserve in exams it may be because they have lower EQs.
4Logical thinking, which is the ability to use our reason well, will be highly useful in the workplace, as it will help us use our knowledge to persuade others.
5And given that people will not stay in the same career for long, we can expect that we will have to go back to education and training at some stage to be qualified to work in another field.
6As the company is determined to find the right candidates, they will ask a lot of detailed questions to find out what you know about the company.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Given the fast pace of the job market now, 21st century employees are faced with challenges that their parents never experienced.
2Compared to previous generations, standards are set higher for them and they are expected to have more qualifications and a wider range of new and essential skills.
3Required to innovate constantly, 21st century employees need to be ready to adapt to new challenges and roles quickly.
4Thrown into a hyper-connected workplace, today’s graduates will also have to prepare to move around to jobs at different companies.
5Designed to be more dynamic and inspiring, working environments will be more exciting than offices of the past.
6Workers will happily enjoy many extra benefits, such as gyms and games rooms, provided by companies.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1Most people tend to associate good results in IQ tests with intelligence, but believe it or not, there is more to the issue than you may first realize.
2The most important skills are comprehension and critical thinking, both of which help you to become more logical in your work and persuade others to agree with your approaches.
3There is a strong chance that people will regularly train again to learn more skills until they reach the time (that/when) they stop working.
4An increasing number of them will work at start-ups, which will be seen as providing a more dynamic and exciting working environment than their parents would have been used to.
5Alternatively, , you can decide to leave the traditional career path altogether and set up your own company, which means that all the decisions can be made by you instead of your boss or your company.
4、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1It isn’t common for children to have the same job as their parents anymore.
2There are hardly any jobs that a robot can’t do.
3People with limited computer skills are unlikely to be successful in any career.
4It is no longer strange for people to have several careers during their life.
5The manager has no intention of giving her a promotion because she’s lazy.
5、Reading and Writing on Page 81------Survival of the Fittest
1Between now and the 21st century, citizens of the world’s richest and most advanced nations will find it more and more difficult to keep up with the demand for change.
形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语。
2Now we find ourselves living at the end of the timeline that Toffler imagined and we’re still experiencing rapid changes, not least in the world of work.
find sb./oneself doing sth.; find sth. done
3People will also need to move around more so they can take different jobs at different companies, because this will give them their best chance of climbing the career ladder, as the number of internal promotions falls.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---EQ;IQ of Lesson1,Unit 7 Careers, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 10 : (课本10页,L1,U7,B3)
Most students feel their IQ, which refers to Intelligence Quotient, is what determines how well they are going to do in life, but new research suggests that EQ is a better way for predicting success. Professor Salovey says it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He may be right. Students with high IQs sometimes end up failing exams and this may be due to a lower EQ. The association between IQ and EQ is interesting. People with low EQs find it harder adjusting in life and in their careers. Altogether, the results of studies show that a high EQ is necessary for getting on with people and being able to react in the best way. So schools need to be sure to develop a student’s entire character.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Career Skills of Lesson 2, Unit 7,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 13 : (课本13页,L2,U7,XB B3)
Kristy comes to a guidance counselor, Mr. McDougall, for advice on future jobs. Mr. McDougall says there’ll be new jobs related to information technology, bio-technology and green technology. So he advises Kristy to learn different kinds skills. First, he thinks the ability to learn new skills is important because in the future people may have four or five different jobs over many years. Second, using the Internet, learning new IT skills and keeping up with technology developments will be important because these will give people the tools they need in the future. He also mentions languages. More people may speak a second language. Lastly, he says critical thinking and creativity will be crucial in the future.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8 Literature 第八单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 The Last Leaf of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、State Verbs and Activity/Action Verbs: （静态动词和动态动词）
Activity/Action Verbs: go、kick、watch、rain，可以用于任何时态和语态。
State Verbs：不能用于进行时态,通常用于一般现在时。三种主要类型：
1描述感情和态度的动词：love、hate、like、prefer
2表示“思维” 的动词：think、know、believe、understand、remember
3描述感觉感官的动词：see、smell、taste、hear、sound、
4常见的表示“所属拥有”等的动词：have、own、belong 、want、need、mean、cost、seem、appear、wish
5既可以用作静态动词又可以用作动态动词：
(1)Mick looks like his sister. Mick’s looking at his sister.
(2)I have a cat. I’m having a bath.
(3)I think you’re right I’m thinking of going to Spain.
(4)Can you see that man? I’m seeing the doctor.
(5)但是在非常非正式的口语英语会话中：
I’m hating this movie. I’m loving you work. I’m loving your explanations.
(6)A Quiz------Are these sentences correct or wrong?
Number One: Do you prefer jazz or rock music? correct
Number Two: Are you belonging to the football club? wrong
Number Three: I’m having lunch with Kate today. correct
2、现在分词短语的基本用法：
1Greenwich Village is a place where the art people came together, hunting for apartments with north-facing windows and low rents. 伴随状语
2Mr. Pneumonia placed his icy finger on Johnsy; and she lay, barely moving, in her bed staring at a blank wall under her blanket. 伴随状语
3One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain. 伴随状语
4Johnsy lay for a long time looking at it. 伴随状语
5The janitor found him lying in bed helplessly with pain yesterday morning.宾语补足语
6His mother found him watching TV when she came home. 宾语补足语
find sb. doing sth. 发现某人正在做某事
3、see sb. do sth.; see sb. doing sth. 试比较：
1I want to see the last one fall.
2I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. （课本P36 Lesson 3）
4、动名词的复合结构和被动式：
1Sue told him about Johnsy’s longing to slip away like the leaves.
2I struggled against being drawn deeper, deeper down.
5、长句难句复杂句式：
1In November, a cold unseen stranger, whom the doctors called Pneumonia, arrived in Greenwich Village.
2Are there people in the world that foolish to think they’ll die because leaves drop off from a vine?
3 This is not a place in which Miss Johnsy shall lie sick.
4They couldn’t imagine where he had been on such a terrible night.
5Didn’t you wonder why it never moved an inch when the wind blew?
6、不定式的不定式：
1The next morning, Johnsy woke and asked for the curtains to be opened.
2The following day, Johnsy asked again for the curtains to be opened.
7、过去分词的基本用法：
1What’s more, a cold rain was falling, mixed with snow. 伴随状语或后置定语
2And then they found a lantern, still lit, and some brushes. 伴随状语或后置定语
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Poetry and Lesson 3 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在分词的基本用法：
1I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. 宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行。
2“Help, help!” I shouted, swimming towards the boat in desperation.
伴随状语，主动含义、正在同时进行。
3“No; but, being in my master’s service, I followed him.”
4My mouth, opening and closing, filled with salt water. 伴随状语，主动、同时进行
5The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
伴随状语，主动、同时进行
6He was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside. 后置定语，主动含义
2、过去分词的基本用法：
Suddenly I felt myself quickly drawn up to the surface of the sea. 宾语补足语，被动含义
3、不定式短语充当结果状语的句型：（参见课本P103, so as to do 如此……以致）
If master would be so good as to hold onto my shoulder, master would swim with much greater ease.
4、as if从句：
1It seemed to me as if a cry answered him.
2The blow produced a sound of metal; and, incredible though it may be, it seemed as lf it was made of metal plates.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、I couldn’t say where I was, nor could I imagine.
2、hear sb. do sth.; hear sb. doing sth.
I could hear Ned and Conseil breathing quickly.
3、动名词的复合结构和完全倒装:
Then came the sound of a heavy door opening
4、强调句型：
1It is my insanity that has made me act so badly.
2It was the King who poisoned the wine your mother drank.
5、让步状语从句和动名词的复合结构：
1I appreciate you saying that---even though I should want revenge for what you have done to my father and sister.
2Even though I forgive you personally, for the sake of the honor of my family I cannot accept your apology.
6、状语从句：
1Since Hamlet is the weaker fencer, Laertes will need three more hits than him to win.
2Now that the poison is in your blood, there is no cure.
7、定语从句：
1That was the poisoned wine but there is nothing(that) I can do about it now.
2Please forgive me for everything that has happened.
8、I would prefer to keep playing.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、动名词的复合结构和完成式：
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night.
2、现在分词短语充当原因状语：
Being more advanced than us, they do not want peace but rather to destroy us.
3、As一词用法小结：
1They call their group “Daybreak” as they believe they could start a new chapter in human history.
2The wind moaned through the trees as she wandered lost and lonely through the frost.
3It was as dark as a long winter night without moon or stars.
4As he looked at th, e waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
4、so……that……引导的结果状语从句：
1It was so dark that she could hardly see a thing.
2But it was so difficult and so painful that she only moved a metre or so before she gave up.
5、形式宾语、宾语补足语和真正的宾语：
She began to walk more quickly but found it difficult to see where she was going in the darkness.
6、find sb./oneself doing sth. 现在分词短语充当宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行：
She took a step forward, and found herself falling down a hill, rolling over and over.
7、As一词用法小结：
As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
8、look at sb./sth. doing sth.; feel sb./sth. doing sth.; see sb./sth. doing sth.:
1As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke with a shout.
2He could sense some unseen person in the room and was certain that he saw a pair of dark eyes near the door staring at him.
9、动词的非谓语形式（非谓语动词）：
1My advice to anyone hoping to become a writer or a person who writes poetry, is to listen to your emotions and feelings as much as possible.
2Getting out and about in nature is also highly recommended.
3I recommend reading some groups of similar works of poetry from famous poets from different times in history. recommend doing sth.
10、目的状语从句：
On the other hand, some poems are structured so that there is particular attention on some words and not others.
11、结果状语从句：
The man had been at sea for so long that it was hard to remember what land loked like.
12、长句难句复杂句式：
1Excitement had been building among them as Captain McCormick had said that they were a little more than 30 leagues from the island of St. Martins where evidently sunshine, dry land and fresh food awaited them.
2At least that’s what Officer David said he had overheard when the Captain spoke to Commander Barnaby.
3The first light of the sun lit up the sky as daybreak was approaching.
4She loves that even though writers may have lived long ago, they share the same views as those of us who live now.
5McCarthy dedicated the award to his father as he was the one who always encouraged him to become a writer.
6Continuous as the stars that shine and twinkle on the milky way, they stretched in never-ending line along the margin of a bay.
13、介词with的复合结构：
A wonderful night was held for literature fans last night, ending with Mark McCarthy winning the top prize for his latest work Darkness Surrounds.
14、现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain.
15、长句难句复杂句式：
1The beauty of poetry is that the emotions (that/which)the poet is trying to convey are often disguised in images so that the poet can maintain a feeling of privacy.
2The poet describes the sail of his friend’s boat disappearing into the distance while he watches the river rolling by. Watch sb./sth. doing sth.
3The interesting thing about poetry is that anyone reading a poem can have their own views of feelings about it and heated discussions can often arise over what the poet was originally trying to say or express.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
Exercise 4---Read the extract again. Order the events (a-f) on page 37:
1、There was a crash and the professor, who was the narrator, fell from his boat.
2、The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
3、Conseil supported the professor and stopped the professor from drowning.
4、A hard body struck the professor. He held onto it and felt that he was being drawn up.
5、The professor’s chest collapsed, but then he woke up and saw his friend Ned, the Canadian.
6、The professor learnt that he was above a metal “island” and then he was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside.
Exercise 5---Pair Work Read again and take notes. Then tell the story to your partner on page 38:
1、A violent crash happened. The professor fell from the boat,
2、Suddenly, he felt himself drawn up to the surface of the sea. He grabbed Conseil’s arm.
3、Around one o’clock in the morning, he felt terribly tired and he sank into the ocean.
4、At this moment, he hit a hard object in the water; The professor woke up and saw Ned.
5、The professor moved himself to the top of the object, It was a human construction.
6、At last this long night passed. Daybreak appeared. Suddenly a noise came from inside the boat
7、One iron plate was moved, a man appeared, uttered an odd cry, and disappeared immediately.
8、Some moments later, eight men appeared and drew them into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---20,000 Leagues Under The Sea of Lesson3,Unit 8,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8, Literature B3)
Exercise 7 Complete the summary with the words below.
The professor was thrown from the boat when it violently crashed. He had no recollection of falling in but, Conseil grabbed him and saved him from sinking. In desperation Conseil cried for help and a human voice responded a cry back, just as the professor became unconscious. He started to drown but was struck by a hard body which drew him up to the surface. He came across Ned, who had also been thrown into the sea. The professor could see the “whale” evidently was a hard iron body and was smooth and solid concluding it to be of human construction. At daybreak a man opened the door and they were drawn down into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---The Last Leaf of Lesson1,Unit 8 Literature, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册in Check Your Progress on page 46: (课本46页,L1,U8, XB B3)
“The Last Leaf” is a beautiful short story written by O. Henry. In the story, the two main characters, Johnsy and Sue, lived in a studio apartment in a three-story building. The author describes the illness “pneumonia” as a person who placed an icy finger on Johnsy making her terribly ill. She lay in bed under a blanket, looking blankly at the wall. The doctor took Sue aside and told that Johnsy had only a small chance of surviving the illness. Sue noticed that Johnsy wasn’t staring at the wall but was actually looking out the window at leaves on an ivy vine and counting backwards. She said they had been falling for days and when the last one fell, she would die.
Sue went to fetch her neighbor Mr. Behrman and told him what Johnsy said about wanting to slip away like the leaves. Mr. Behrman said that was nonsense.
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night. Johnsy came to realize her foolish thought and started to become healthier.
However, Mr. Behrman died from pneumonia. In a snowing and raining night, he painted his masterpiece---a vine leaf on the wall outside of Johnsy’s window.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修 第三册/ Module 3 模块3
Unit 9 Human Biology 第九单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 To Clone or Not to Clone of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在完成进行时：
1Dr. Millhouse has been doing research into how the human body reacts in extreme conditions.
2Natural cloning has been going on for generations.
3For example, gardeners have been using a form of cloning when they take a cutting from a plant and place it in a suitable medium, such as soil.
2、have sb. do sth.; let sb. do sth.; make sb. do sth.; leave sb. do sth.; get sb. to do sth.
They trained the participants to do special breathing exercises and then had them practice the exercises in extremely low temperatures outside.
3、强调句型：
It is health that is real wealth and not pieces of gold and silver.
4、过去完成时态：
1For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially.
2Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
3There had been a number of failures before they eventually found a way to successfully clone a monkey.
4In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned.
5、现在完成时态：
1After Dolly, scientists have cloned more than 20 mammal species, including camels, cattle, deer, dogs, goats and mice.
2However, they have found a similar pattern of health problems with these other species as well.
3This has led to questions such as, “Will this be a major issue for all cloned animals?” “Will it continue to happen forever?”
4In comparison with other species, cloning primates has proved to be “much harder”.
5This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
6Natural cloning has taken place for generations.
7How has the science of cloning developed since the first cloned mammal.
8Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats.
9In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes.
6、动词不定式的完成被动式：
They were the first-ever primates to have been cloned.
7、过去完成进行时：
Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
8、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason they worked so hard to break this technical barrier was to get animals with edited genes and produce animal models that are helpful for medical research and human health.
2 This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
3While some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, others raise moral concerns.
4So far, it is unknown what will happen to Zhong Zhong and Hua Hua as they grow up
5As Einstein said, “Science is a powerful instrument. How it is used, whether it is a blessing or a curse to mankind, depends on mankind and not on the instrument.”
6Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
7 It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys.
9、a number of; a large number of; the number of
1With this technology, we have potential to raise a large number of monkeys with identical genes in a short amount of time.
2This could help save research time, reduce the number of animals required for testing.
3An epidemic can affect a large number of people in a given population.
4An epidemic is the name given to an infectious disease that rapidly spreads to a large number of people within a short period of them---usually two weeks or less.
5Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
6The number of deaths is different for every disease.
7Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
8But the actual number of deaths is probably much higher.
9An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
10、Complete the passage with the proper form of the words in brackets.
On Thursday, the Institute of Neuroscience announced it had cloned two monkeys using non-reproductive cells. It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys. The news of the successful cloning has attracted attention from around the world. However, cloning primates have also raised ethical concerns. For example, some people have been discussing issues concerning how clones will be treated in society.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Brain Power and Lesson 3 Epidemics Explained of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、Lesson 2 Brain Power Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
2、完成体:
1Epidemics have been happening for as long as there have been people living on Earth.
2Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
3Since bird flu first appeared in 1997, it has taken more than a hundred lives.
4 Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
5Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
6Having killed up to 50 million people in 18 months, the Spanish flu is believed to have been the most severe epidemic in history. 现在分词的完成式；动词不定式的完成式。
7Since the end of the SARS epidemic, scientists have been doing trials on treatments to prevent any future outbreak.
8Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
9According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone. 10Has your headache got over yet?
11The price of this drug has gone up twenty cents since August.
12Jordan has come up with some creative ideas for helping the sick.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1They can be caused by several different factors, such as a virus being carried into an area, or changes in the way (that) people live, like more people living in an area, which increases the chances of them coming into contact with a virus or bacteria.
2Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
3Scientists now estimate that up to 50% of the area’s population died from the epidemic, making it one of the main causes of the fall of the Roman Empire.
4Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
5Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
6Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、a number of; a large number of; the number of; the numbers of
1An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
2、完成体:
1 According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
3Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) is a system of medical care which originated in ancient China and has evoked over thousands of years.
4It has developed a unique combination of treatments related to helping well-being and the prevention and treatment of disease.
5But with the development of technology, the DNA detective has been used in other aspects.
6It has been one of the key weapons for unsolved cases.
7From Melanie’s body, the police have found a full DNA profile of the killer.
8After 30 years, the criminal had still not been found.
9Experts found that it had belonged to a 70-year old man with a broken nose and a cut above his left eye.
10But they were able to find a book he had owned for decades at Uppsala University.
11What have DNA detectives helped to find?
3、长句难句复杂句式：
Some scientists say the team should not have announced their findings so early---they should have looked more carefully for the DNA from Copernicus’ mother or her relatives to check the results, as it is the mother’s DNA that is passed on intact to her child.
should not have done sth.; should have done sth.; as一词的用法；
it is……that…… 强调句型，强调主语。
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、完成体;
1Since then, other animals such as goats and camels have been cloned but have also experienced similar health problems.
2In comparison with other species, attempts to clone monkeys have been far more complicated.
3Scientists have located different areas of the brain.
4Epidemics have been occurring as long as humans have been on Earth.
5In human history, there have been some deadly epidemics
6And since then, scientists have undertaken trials on treatments to prevent future deaths.
7Yes, but by November 2014 there had been almost 5,000 deaths.
8They have not developed a vaccine yet, but they have learnt to isolate patients when they have symptoms.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason why they wanted to break this technical barrier was that monkey cloning might offer clues as to how to cure illness and disease.
2As the technology improves and becomes more accurate there would be even greater benefits.
3While some people see cloning as crucial for medical and scientific development, others have ethical concerns about how it could be used.
4There is a risk that this could be abused by some companies or people.
5Whether it is a blessing or a curse for humanity remains to be seen and depends on how we choose to use it.
6Initially, it was believed that epidemics posed little threat to the modern world, until SARS outbreak in 2002.
3、a number of; the number of
1An epidemic is an infectious disease that spreads rapidly to a large number of people within a short period of time.
2A disease reaches epidemic levels when a certain number of deaths occur as a result of it and this number will be different for each disease.
3In the early 20th century, the Spanish Flu of 1918 was a massive epidemic that killed an estimate of 50 million people, more than the number of people who died in World War I.
4、The Summary of The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 71:
1The writer went outside with her cup of tea.
2The shepherd and his donkey came into view.
3The shepherd used his cane to dismount from his donkey.
4The shepherd tried to show that he wanted a cup of tea.
5The shepherd started to talk louder.
6The shepherd got a bit angry because the writer couldn’t understand.
7The writer gave the shepherd a cup of tea.
8The writer asked the shepherd questions.
9The shepherd started laughing a lot.
5、The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 72---page 73::
1独立主格结构：
(1) They appear early one morning while I am sitting outside, my back against the wall of the spitaki, a cup of tea cradled in my hands.
(2) He has a big white moustache, blue eyes, a dandy’s flower stuck in the lapel of his green army jacket.
2长句难句复杂句式：
(1)Where does the path behind the house lead and who lived here and how do you make cheese and are the sheep in the neighboring field yours and what is this place, truly, and how do I go to the mountains behind the house? 连发6个问句。
(2)It is an international assumption that when people don’t hear and understand our language, we think they can’t hear at all.
3现在分词短语充当状语：
(1)Barba Andreas names the plants for me, pointing with his cane and leaning down to pluck off the chamomile blooms.
(2)Sitting on a milk crate, he lifts his bad leg up to rest on a stone.
(3)Finally, smiling but clearly frustrated, he grabs the tea-pot with one large hand.
(4)He slaps his knees, guffawing.
6、Workbook of Unit 9, XB Book 3 （选择性必修第3册）on pages 88---pages 92:
1动名词短语的基本用法：
(1)Finally, and probably the most difficult for me was joining some new clubs. 表语
(2)Making new friends and learning new skills keep the brain active. 主语
(3)Living in poor or unhealthy conditions or working in hospitals and other health facilities also pose a risk to people. 主语
(4)Increasing the speed of your runs quickly teaches your body to burn fat as fuel. 主语
(5)Participating in shorter races to build up to the marathon is a good idea. 主语,单三。
(6)So, living to 150 might be a realistic expectation for teenagers today thanks to future scientific advances. 主语
2Exercise 4---The Perfect Complete the sentences with the perfect form of the verbs in brackets on page 89
(1)The cyclist has been performing impossibly well for several competitions, raising the suspicions of the judges.
(2)He has been representing his country at international events for over a decade and continues to impress everyone.
(3)Scientists had discovered even more ways to improve physical performance over the past ten years.
(4)I have been trying to qualify for the swimming team for three years, but I still can’t quite make the cut.
(5)She had finished five seconds earlier in the event, so she was chosen for the Olympic team.
7、Diseases come on horseback, but go away on foot. 病来如山倒，病去如抽丝。
8、部分否定： Not everyone can run a marathon.
9、the number of；a certain amount of
1Gradually build up the number of miles you run so you can improve endurance without injury.
2There is a certain amount of destiny with the genes you are born with but also you can help yourself by ensuring you stay fit and healthy for longer.
10、长句难句复杂句式以及省略句：
Painkillers such as ibuprofen are not recommended for runners as they can increase the risk of lung and heart problems if used too much.
11、Reading and writing---How to live to 150! on page 91-page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3:
1The first person to live to 150 may already have been born, according to scientists.
2Worldwide life expectancy has more than doubled in the last 200 years.
3Longevity is one of the modern world’s great success and science is beginning to find evidence that our genes have a lot to do with whether we will live a longer life.
同位语从句，宾语从句。
4Thirdly, where you live can influence your life. 主语从句
So try to live somewhere peaceful and quiet where you get on with your neighbors.
定语从句
5Scientists believe that having small amounts of things we would normally classify as harmful might be good for us, such as chocolate, coffee or sunbathing! 主语
12、Exercise 11 Complete the statement from a scientist based on the information in the text on page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3选择性必修第3册：
“Improvements in health and lifestyle mean that life expectancy has more than doubled over the past 200 years . We believe the first person to live to 150 may have been born.
We have identified a “longevity gene” that is common in people who live to an old age. We are now conducting experiments on mice by giving them the gene and observing their life span. If we can successfully do this, then we may be able to provide gene therapy to humans and ensure everyone can live a longer life than they currently do.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---To Clone or Not to Clone of Lesson1,Unit 9,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page :54 (课本54---55页,L1,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Natural cloning has taken place for generations. An example of this is identical twins. A sheep called Dolly was the first mammal to be cloned artificially. Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats. In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned. In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes. Scientists say that this major breakthrough offers the potential to create monkeys with identical genes to give more accurate research results and perhaps lead to cures for various diseases. Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Brain Power of Lesson2,Unit 9,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 57: (课本57页,L2,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Epidemics Explained of Lesson 3,Unit 9, Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 62: (课本62页,L3,U9,Human Biology XB B3)
An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
Professor Jim Smith conducted a study to compare the bird flu epidemic which occurred in 1997 with other deadly epidemic in our history . He found that the earliest epidemics took place as early as 500 to550 CE, which killed half of the population in that particular area. The same epidemic, called “The Black Death” returned in the 1330s in Asia and spread quickly to Europe. Some hundred years later, the Great Flu epidemic broke out in 1918, also known as the Spanish Flu, killing 50 million people. This aws considered the most severe epidemic in human history. The 1997 bird flu which claimed over 100 lives was an adaptation of the Great Flu of 1918.
At the start of the 21st century, there were two major epidemics: SARS and EVD. The more recently discovered SARS disease infected about 8,000 people. According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
Globally, researchers are coming together to try to identify the causes for epidemics and help to find effective treatments.
2022年11月15日星期二下午3点40分许，平凉二中办公楼211室
2023年2月18日星期六下午3点45分许，甘肃信雅达公司1017室
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 10 Connections 第十单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 How Closely Connected Are We? of Unit 10, Connections 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The most important thing is that we are always there for each other whenever one needs some help or just a bit of encouragement.
2“Six Degrees of Separation”refers to the theory that any person on Earth can be connected to any other person through a chain of no more than five other people.
3强调句型：
It was this research that inspired the phrase “Six Degrees of Separation”.
4Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
2、被动语态和被动式：
1The concept was first talked about as long ago as in the 1920s.（一般过去时态的被动语态）
2In the 1950s, an attempt was made by two scientists to prove the theory mathematically. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
3Once the parcel had been received by this person, he/she would send the parcel onto a contact of theirs until the parcel could be personally delivered to the correct person.
（过去完成时态的被动语态、情态动词的被动语态）
4Amazingly, it only took between five and seven people to get the parcels delivered, and once released, the results were published in the bimonthly magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
5Its name was used as the title of a play and then a film. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
6Then, more films and TV programmes based on the concept were made and broadcast. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
7For example, the Oscar-winning film Babel is based on the concept of “Six Degrees of Separation”. （一般现在时态的被动语态）
8The lives of all the characters were closely connected, although they did not know each other and lived thousands of miles apart. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
9Soon the game was being played in university across the United States.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态）
10This became known as the “Columbia Small-world Project” （一般过去时态的被动语态）
1192 percent were connected by only for stages, or five degrees of separation.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
12How might you be connected to the driver of the bus you regularly take or the person who delivers your parcels? （情态动词的被动语态）
13All of the packages in Milgram’s experiment were delivered to the right people after passing through the hands of between five and seven people. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
14The results of Milgram’s experiment were published in the magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
15We were given the task finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
16We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. （一般过去时态的被动语态、过去完成时态的被动语态）
17While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态、一般过去时态的被动语态）
18Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
19After all the letters were exchanged several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letters with chains of five or six people in each case.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Community Spirit and Lesson 3 Anne of Green Gables of U10, Connections选择性必修第四册B 4
1、情态动词+动词不定式的完成式：
1 “No boy! But there must have been a boy.” Insisted Marilla.
2I might have expected it.
3I might have known it was all too beautiful to last.
4 I might have known nobody really did want me.
2、被动语态：
1She couldn’t be left there alone.
2Suddenly she seemed to grasp the full meaning of what had been said.
3Marilla had been wondering where Anne should be put to bed.
4When Marilla came up for the light, she saw the untidy way the clothing had been thrown on the floor.
3、现在分词短语的用法：
1Sitting down on a chair by the table, throwing her arms on it, and burying her face in them, she proceeded to cry stormily.
2“Yes, there is need!” The child raised her head, revealing a tear-stained face.
3“You’re not eating anything,” said Marilla sharply, eying her as if it were a serious problem.
4She lit a candle and told Anne to follow her, which Anne did, taking her hat and bag from the hall table as she passed.
5She carefully picked up Anne’s clothes, placed them neatly on a yellow chair, and then, taking up the candle, went over to the bed.
6And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
4、倒装句：
1Burst into tears she did.
2In one corner was the bed, a high , old-fashioned one of dark wood.
3Midway between table and bed was the window, with an icy white curtain over it.
4To bed went Matthew. And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
You would cry, too, if you were an orphan and had come to a place you thought was going
to be home and found that they didn’t want you because you weren’t a boy.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、被动语态：
1On 21 September, the first Community Street Festival in our city was held on Redwood Street.
2The performers were rather good and well received by the public.
3The festival was well organized
4The majority of Beijing’s Hutong were built between the 13th and 19th centuries during the Yuan, Ming and Qing Dynasties.
5Because the houses were built facing each other around courtyards, the families who lived there were an important part of each other’s life, no doubt sharing recipes, borrowing mops, and burning fragrant incense together.
6They supported each other when help was needed and shared the joy and sorrow of everyday life.
7Because of the hutongs, courtyards were joined together for miles around creating a network of people working, playing and living together---a real community.
8Many new hutongs were quickly built to house the increasing population but these were poorly made.
9The turning point came when the People’s Republic of China was set up.
10Conditions were improved a great deal.
11The agreement must be completely honored.
12Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
13A promise has already been made by me to heaven!
14It is true that the debt has not been paid.
15Justice must be done. The agreement must be honored.
16You will only have what is owed you according to the guarantee.
17The offender’s life can only be saved by the Duke.
18He will be punished with death.
2、现在分词短语的用法:
1The festival was highly successful, attracting over 10,000 people from over 20 communities.
2People attending the event were mainly families.
3The acts appealing to children were particularly popular.
4There were also many outlets serving food and drink.
5The man sitting next to you was loud, spilt his drink on you, and made fun of your team.
6When learning about another person’s abilities and competences, the positive information gets weighed more heavily.
7The hutongs not only link Beijing’s streets and communities but also its past and present, showing that Beijing is truly an ancient yet modern city.
3、强调句型：
But often it is the hutongs that have the strongest impressions, as they offer travelers a rare view into Beijing’s past.
4、动名词短语充当主语：
Caring more about the very negative, immoral things is a direct result of the comparative rarity of those bad behaviors.
5、形式宾语和真正的宾语：
They were then able to place guards at the entrances of hutongs, which made it easier to keep an eye on people’s movements.
6、从句长句难句复杂句式：
Bassanio is successful in wooing Portia and they agree to marry, but then Antonio receives news that his ships have been lost at sea and it will be impossible for him to give Shylock a pound of his flesh.
7、倍数的表达方式：
1Yes, I can offer the court twice the amount of Antonio’s debt.
2If that is not enough, I can pay ten times the amount.
3Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
4Accept three times your money.
5Pay me three times the amount of the debt.
8、have/get/find sth. done
Can I not even have the loan returned to me?
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Many of you may be familiar with the idea that all of us are connected to everyone else by an average of about six people.（同位语从句）
2It is the idea that we all know everyone else in the world through about six people. （同位语从句）
3Back then we knew all of our neighbors’ names and we relied on the fact that they would help us out when we needed some help. （同位语从句）
4Research highlights it is far more satisfying to physically laugh out loud in real life rather than to replace the act with a typed representation of laughter such as “haha” or “LOL”.
5I got so annoyed when people check their phones for social media updates while we are spending time together.
2、被动语态：
1It was first mentioned in the 1920s by an Hungarian author Frigyes Karinthy who discovered social network.
2They were given a parcel as well as the name, job and location of a stranger somewhere else in the country.
3That person in turn did the same until the parcel reached the person it was supposed to.
4The results were released and published by a magazine called Psychology Today.
5She was sent to a house belonging to Marilla and Matthew.
6Marilla was frozen in amazement as she expected to be sent a boy.
7Marilla told Anne that she could stay with them until the matter was investigated.
8Anne was very emotional when she heard she might be sent back.
9I saw an email that was sent to me from a woman whose name was not known to me.
10I was emailed by lots of people I didn’t know last year.
11This email was intended to be read by someone else with the same name as me!
12Because in the email I was invited to go to a school reunion for people who had left school twenty years ago! Before I was born!
13Her email was read by a school girl!
14 Her email was received by the wrong person.
15The email would now be resent to the right person.
16I recently signed up to a bimonthly newsletter that is emailed on the first and last Friday of every month.
17This small sample of people were then sent a package to pass oh to a stranger by sending it to someone they know.
18Most of the households were made up of young families like ours.
19I was shocked to read this and as it had never been told to me that I had other family members.
20At first I was stuck in one place with shock.
21When the results of our research were analyzed, ……
22Because this experiment had been attempted before, ……
23We were shocked to see how many things in the flat had been broken or damaged by……
24The positive effects of this community on its people were confirmed by……
25My parents were being looked after in a care home in the community where they had always lived.
26But the next morning we were woken up at 5 am by trucks/lorries collecting garbage/rubbish outside.
27We were bound together by living near each other.
28Social media sites have been blamed for most of the world’s social problems from feeling disconnected and lonely to having difficulty forming meaningful relationships.
29Don’t become too focused in the online social life you’ve created for yourself.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---How Closely Connected Are We? of Lesson1, Unit 10, Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page11 : (课本11页, L1, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
The Description of a “Six Degrees of Separation” Experiment
We were given the task of finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar. So we did. We couldn’t send parcels, but we could letters. Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to. After all the letters were exchanged several times, several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letter with chains of five or six people in each case! We think this means that our experiment was a success and it supports the theory.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Anne of Green Gables of Lesson3,Unit 10,Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page17 : (课本17页, L3, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
When Matthew arrived with the little girl, Marilla froze in amazement because Mrs. Spencer promised she was going to send a boy. When Anne grasped the meaning of their conversation, she burst into tears and proceeded to cry loudly. Marilla had no idea how to comfort her. When she tried, the girl revealed a tear-stained face and told her she was in the depths of despair. Marilla asked Anne to stay for the night and she would investigate the affair. Later she brought Anne to a little bedroom. Anne undressed and dived down into the bedclothes. Marilla said she would return for the candle as she dared not leave it for the child to put out. When she returned, she said “Good night” awkwardly but not unkindly. Anne was still upset and crying.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 11 Conflict and Compromise 第十一单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Living in a Community of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、情态动词./Modal Verbs：
1Ma Ming, drummer for the rock band “Storm”, had to pack his bag.
2They couldn’t relax or read a book without plugging their cars.
3We told him that he ought to cease drumming or leave the property.
4We had to take action.
5I don’t have to do my own washing
6He could no longer tolerate it.
7We dared not go onto our balcony.
8We could hardly get rid of the smell of fish.
9I couldn’t stop him.
10During the day, she had to go to work.
11So she could only study in the evening.
12To help her get focused, I dared not turn on the TV loud as she always studied late.
13I think she ought to have enough sleep.
14I dare not sleep without the light on now.
15
2、现在分词短语的用法：
1Being single, Ma Ming often held parties at night.
2Ma Ming’s neighbors said they were being driven mad being exposed to such noise.
3、虚拟语气：
The flat-owner said if he had known that Ma Ming was a drummer, he wouldn’t have rented the flat to him.
4、动名词短语的用法：
1Why does Mr. Smith recommend staying in a library?
2Getting enough sleep is important for people’s health.
3Otherwise he didn’t really mind having to leave the flat.
4Living in a hotel means the hotel staff makes the bed every day.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1He’s bitter over the fact that people thought of his music as “noise”. （同位语从句）
2Mckay’s wife, Laurence said that, while Mckay is usually a peaceful and pleasant person, he had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
3She added that it wasn’t only the water falling onto their balcony from Smith watering his plants that bothered them, but also the way (that) he cleaned his fish tanks.
4We’d be sitting there happily reading our newspaper, when suddenly so much water would come from above that we’d be as wet as if we had showered with our clothes on!
6、被动语态：
1 They were being driven mad
2 He had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Dealing with Conflict and Lesson 3 War Memories of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册
XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Do Chuc is a 48-year-oldVietnamese farmer whose two daughters and aunt were killed by American soldiers in My Lai that day. （定语从句）
2He and his family were eating breakfast when the American soldiers entered the village and ordered all civilians out of their homes. （并列分句）
3Together with other villagers, they were marched a few hundred metres into the village square where they were told to sit. （定语从句）
4Then he watched in surprise as the soldiers set up a machine gun. （时间状语从句）
5One of their men, speaking in English, said that he had worked in England for dome years and that he was fed up to the neck with this war and would be glad when it was over. （宾语从句、时间状语从句）
6We told him he wasn’t the only one who was fed up with it （定语从句）
7The German officer asked Bill if we would like some beer and they brought them over to us. （宾语从句）
8The officers came to an understanding that we would celebrate Christmas in temporary peace until midnight.（同位语从句）
9Just before midnight, we all decided not to start firing before they did.
（时间状语从句）
10One of their men shouted across in English and asked how we had enjoyed the beer.
（宾语从句）
11We replied that we were very grateful and spent the whole day chatting with them.
（宾语从句）
12I got a phone call from the chief nurse, saying, “You’ve got a patient there who is going to get an award . Make sure that the ward looks good.” （定语从句、宾语从句）
13“Let’s clean up the ward because we’ve got VIPs coming in.” （原因状语从句）
14When he was waking up after the surgeon had finished, he whispered, “Don’t you remember me, ma’am?” （时间状语从句）
15But really I didn’t because there were so many of them. （原因状语从句）
16The general was coming to give him the award because he happened to be number 20,000 to come through this hospital. （原因状语从句）
17They had this little ceremony, where they presented him with a Purple Heart and a watch. （非限制性定语从句）
18As the general handed him the watch, “from the army, to show our appreciation, ” the kid more or less threw the watch back at him. （时间状语从句）
19If I remember correctly, I started sobbing and I think (that) he was crying , too.
（条件状语从句、宾语从句）
20That was the only time (that) I let somebody see what I felt. （定语从句、宾语从句）
21It took a lot for him to do that, and it sort of said what this war was all about to me.
（宾语从句）
22We were walking slowly back to the base at about midnight, talking about the evening, when someone mentioned South Africa’s famous wild animals. （并列分句）
23We were chatting about stories (that/which) we’d heard when suddenly my friend, Bob, begged us to be quiet. （定语从句）
24I stayed there till morning when I climbed out and walked back to the base.
（时间状语从句）
25They thought (that) I’d been eaten! （宾语从句）
26I swore that I’d never go thinking and then walking in the wild at night again.
（宾语从句）
27Discuss the ways in which war causes suffering. （定语从句）
2、介词with的复合结构：
Two of our men then threw their equipment off and climbed out of the trench with their hands above their heads as our representatives.
3、have/get/find sth. done
This time he’d had both his legs blown off---he was all-of-about 20years old.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1In many countries, there are already laws which do not allow advertising for tobacco products like cigarettes. （定语从句）
2If children see fewer advertisements on TV of people doing these activities, they are much less likely to try to copy their behavior. （条件状语从句）
3A reason why people are against the idea is that making the products creates jobs and brings in large amounts of tax. （定语从句、表语从句）
4The money invested in making these unhealthy products could be used for more worthwhile business, such as those that improve our environment. （定语从句）
5Furthermore, it is not right to make money from activities which harm human health.
（定语从句）
6The case of an American woman, Terri Schiavo, whose husband won a legal battle to have her taken off life support machines after she spent 15 years in a coma-like state, has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue that surround the care of coma patients. （定语从句、时间状语从句、定语从句）
本长句可以缩略为：The case has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue。
7Even though 15 years had passed, Terri’s parents still believed that her coma was only temporary. （让步状语从句、宾语从句）
8Her husband disagreed and said that Terri would not have wanted to live on in this state. （宾语从句）
9Others claimed that life is sacred, which no one has the right to end , but many would say it (that) was the right thing to do for Terri.
（宾语从句、非限制性定语从句、宾语从句）
10Terri fell into a coma when a heart attack robbed her brain of oxygen, causing permanent harm. （时间状语从句）
11Even though the patient may seem to be “awake” at times, their brain remains unconscious and cannot be woken up. （让步状语从句）
12Although doctors don’t fully understand comas and the process of recovery, it is generally agreed that a patient’s chances of recovery decline the longer they stay in a coma. （让步状语从句、真正的主语从句）
13Therefore, after 15 years it was very unlikely that Terri would ever recover.
（真正的主语从句）
14Even in less severe cases, doctors admit that they don’t know if or how well patients will progress. （宾语从句、宾语从句）
15When there is a minimum of harm to the brain and the coma is brief, patients often return to normal but with some loss of memory or other brain functions.
（时间状语从句）
16When the harm to the brain is worse and the coma is longer , some patients recover slowly while others show little or no progress over a period of years.
（时间状语从句、并列分句）
17Perhaps it’s not surprising that Roslyn Darch of Houston felt annoyed when she tripped over a little kid running around a furniture store, and broke her ankle.
（真正的主语从句、时间状语从句）
18The owners were clearly surprised at the size of Roslyn’s payout, particularly since the child (whom) she tripped over was her own son. （原因状语从句、定语从句）
19Some argue that this is just greed---that the amount of money is far too much for the injury suffered---and besides, it’s not the shop’s fault that a mother can’t control her child anyway. （宾语从句、真正的主语从句）
20Others would say that it’s good to see the law taking the side of the individual against the big corporations, for a change. （宾语从句）
21Take the example of the hundreds of smokers who have received millions of dollars from the tobacco companies, after saying (that) they were responsible for the terminal illness (that/which) they had developed because of smoking.
（定语从句、宾语从句、定语从句）
22Whatever you think, the compensation culture which has emerged in recent years is spreading, and it will affect all of us. （让步状语从句、定语从句）
23A group of overweight New York teenagers sued a giant fast-food company, claiming that they had not had enough warning that a diet of burgers, fries and milkshakes would make them fat. （宾语从句、同位语从句）
24The parents of a 19-year-old English school girl successfully sued her school for ￡42,000 compensation when she failed to get a top grade in a university entrance exam.
（时间状语从句）
25However, the drink was on the floor because York had thrown it over her boyfriend 30 seconds earlier, during an argument. （原因状语从句）
26If you think that going on holiday is a good way to get away from all this trouble, think again---millions of people complain to the British Tourist Authority every year, and many receive some form of compensation. （条件状语从句、宾语从句）
27We recently had a claim from someone who said (that) their holiday was ruined because they didn’t get on with their travelling companion.
（定语从句、宾语从句、原因状语从句）
28And we regularly get complaints from holidaymakers travelling abroad who say (that) the locals don’t speak English. （定语从句、宾语从句）
29We knows where it will end? （宾语从句）
30Some say (that) there should be penalties for excessive claim, or that there should be a limit on payouts. （定语从句）
2、强调句型：
And it’s not only claims for physical injuries that are keeping the lawyers busy.
3、be/get/become used to sth./doing sth.
Staff at a famous company is used to dealing with requests for compensation following poor weather , cancelling flights and lost luggage.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1There have been so many conflicts in modern history that have led to loss of life.
2It was about World War I, where millions of young men spent years in mud trenches fighting each other.
3He was interviewed as an elderly man and was weeping as he spoke about it.
4Although it was a tough documentary to watch, I feel (that) it gave me an appreciation for the value of peace.
5The first we knew of it was when we heard bells ringing and people running into the streets.
6Others were telling each other that it was a day that would go down in history.
7I was so angry (that) I couldn’t believe (that) he would dare do something like that!
8He was surprised as he didn’t realize (that) he had hurt me so much.
9The first thing (that) you should remember is that people who bully have low self-esteem.
10One night, I heard some noise and when I looked out the window, I saw that it was a van.
11I work in the area of conflict resolution for business and individuals which means I help fix (resolve) disagreements that arise.
12When asked to help resolve a conflict, the first thing (that) I do is to ask (inquire) about what has led to the problem.
13Then I can see clearly where they disagree and identify (detect) who might be wrong.
14Usually I find that even things that seem complicated can be overcome.
15Although Zambia is a very peaceful country, I was aware that there are other countries in Africa, where there have been a lot of violence conflicts.
16Since it got independence from France in the 1950s, there have been many violent conflicts between the government and rebels who do not want the leaders in power.
17This is a good thing as it ensures that there are many different cultures and backgrounds all working towards the same goals.
18We monitor cities and villages to ensure that no conflict is occurring, help bring supplies of food and medicine to those who need them and write reports on everything (that) we do and see.
19When they see my role and how others respect me, I hope (that) they feel that they also deserve to be respected and treated equally to men.
2、情态动词：
1The woman has to/ought to lock her doors at night because there have been many break-ins in her neighborhood.
2The man couldn’t believe how often his neighbors played music loudly at night.
3You don’t have to agree with my point of view if you feel strongly against it.
4The government has to/ought to introduce a ban on smoking in all public places, including parks, to the public’s health.
5When I saw someone throwing an old TV away on the street, I dared not confront them about it, but I wished I had been braver.
6You should try to understand that your parents are worried about your safety.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---War Memories of Lesson 3, Unit 11, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 39: (课本39页, L3, U11, XB B4)
Story A
Do Chuc’s family were marched into the village square, watched the soldiers set up a machine gun, and then the shooting started.
Story B
On Christmas Day, the soldiers on the frontier celebrated Christmas together. They greeted each other and shook hands. They were all fed up to the neck with the war.
Story C
The young soldier had both his legs blown off. He was given/was awarded a Purple Heart and a watch for being number 20,000 to come through the hospital.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 12 Innovation 第十二单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Scientific Breakthroughs of Unit 12 Innovation 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The Internet is an invention that I cannot live without as I use it every day for study, fun and communication.
2If you had to choose the single most important discovery of the 20th century, you would have a real problem on your hands.
3Communications changed with the introduction of mobile phones, and the way (that) we correspond went from writing letters to emailing and sending instant messages.
4Einstein then showed in his “theory of reality” that not even time, mass of length are constant---they change according to our experience of them.
5He double-checked and saw a blue mould in the dish around which the bacteria had been destroyed.
6With 18,000 tubes, thousands of circuits and 6,000 switches, it used so much energy that when it was turned on, the lights in the local town went out!
7In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web, which enabled computers all over the world to communicate with each other.
8Without the breakthroughs of these pioneers in science and technology, whether lucky or planned, the world as we know it today would be a completely different place.
9I really don’t know what I want to do when I leave school.
10My mum is a biologist, but it seems to me that all (that) she does is looking at bacteria through a microscope.
2、have/get/find sth. done
With the development of computers, people expected to get more things done efficiently.
3、介词with 的复合结构：
1With computers talking to one another, it would enable government leaders to communicate with each other.
2Human life on this planet has been transformed into a “global village”, with all the different countries linked in the chain of common interests.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Aha and Lesson 3 Stephen Hawking of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Hawking was famous, not just for his brilliant work in theoretical physics and cosmology, but also for overcoming the challenges of ALS (a disease that affects muscle control).
2At the age of 21,when Hawking spent his first year at the University of Cambridge, physicians discovered (that) he had a rare, slow-progressing form of ALS.
3In the early stages of his career, his illness got worse, but he was allowed to do research only rather than teach, which was easier for him.
4Soon his doctors developed a piece of speech-generating equipment that allowed him to speak.
5However, as his illness became worse, he lost the use of his hands.
6Although Hawking’s physical abilities declined over decades, he never ceased his studies and he developed a number of new ideas about black holes.
7Hawking believed that the birth of the universe (the “Big Bang”) created many small black holes.
8His theory was that there was a sort of hole in the centre of a black hole.
9However, many people could not really understand what he had written.
10Hawking argued that we should look for a different way to discover the deepest secrets of the universe.
11Instead of trying to find one big new explanation, scientists should put together all the ideas that they already have.
12He said (that) it had not prevented him from having a family, and being successful in his work.
13My expectations were reducing to zero when I was 21.
14And he believed (that) this was because of the help (that/which) he received from his family and a large number of people and organizations.
15While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined.
16Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person.
17He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
18However, in spite of not being able to talk, he was still able to communicate by raising his eyebrows when someone pointed to the right letter on a spelling card.
19What’s the most serious problem that’s ever happened to you?
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1James Watt was an engineer, scientist and inventor, who was born in Scotland in 1736.
2One day when he was 12 years old, he was sitting in his family kitchen watching a kettle boiling water.
3As the water boiled, the steam made the top of the kettle bounce up and down.
4He thought deeply about what was happening, as steam was only water but seemed to be powerful enough to lift a kettle top.
5He reflected further on the process, estimating how much power could be created by a larger amount of water.
6This was a great improvement on the Newcomen steam engine, which was commonly used at the time.
7Steam engines helped to power factories that started the Industrial Revolution.
8In the area of transportation, steam engines were used to power trains and boats, helping people to travel greater distances in much shorter times.
9Because of the invention of paper, China was one of the first nations to start producing historical records, maps and literature.
10Early Chinese scientists discovered how they could make something explode.
11This invention made it much quicker and easier to reproduce written work and led to the first ever mass-production of books and literature.
（形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
12In the West, magnetism was not discovered until the 15th century.
（……not……until……句型）
13One regulates almost everything (that) we do, another affects the way (that) we eat, and the last has changed the very look of our cities.
14Refrigerators as we know them today work very differently.
15Compressed gases in a metal coil inside the refrigerator stuck the heat out of the surrounding air as the gases expanded.
16Now it is a common object in most homes and people would find it difficult to imagine living without it. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
17But it wasn’t until 1857 that a man called Elisha Otis designed and built a machine
that used hydraulics to carry people between the floors of a building.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型、定语从句）
18In 1880, a German inventor, Werner von Siemens, introduced the first electric powered elevator---and the lift, as we know it today, was born.
19Elevators have changed not only our lives by making it possible to live in bigger and taller buildings, but also the city skylines. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
20Modern Chinese cities like Beijing, Shanghai and Hong Kong would look very different indeed if the elevator hadn’t been invented.（虚拟语气）
21Next time you rely on any of these inventions, be grateful and think about the science and imagination that have gone into them and how much they have changed our everyday life.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Every great idea needs someone who has an incredible vision and is willing tobe a pioneer.
2100 years ago, could people have imagined that there would be an International Space Station orbiting the Earth? （can/could have done sth.）
3There are so many amazing scientists and scientific discoveries that it is hard to choose the most important one.
4He showed us that mass, energy and time are not constant, which changed our entire understanding of the universe.
5Einstein changed our understanding of ourselves and the universe around us, but it was Alexander Fleming, who, I think, changed the quality of our lives.
6His discovery that blue mould, a form of penicillin, could kill bacteria, saved millions of people around the world. （同位语从句）
7It wasn’t until 1990 that Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型）
8The doctors were not sure at first what was wrong as it was such a rare illness.
9 Although I am prevented from doing a lot of things (that) I would like to do, I discovered that I really enjoy maths, science and astronomy.
10What I mean is that it’s good to have time to do nothing, to just sit and feel bored.
2、Literature Spot--- The Martian Chronicles---the colonization of Mars by Earth people ---地球人殖民火星
1And every morning you could see Mr. K eating the golden fruits that grew from the crystal walls, or cleaning the house with handfuls of magnetic dust which , taking all dirt with it, blew away on the hot wind.
2Afternoons, when the fossil sea was warm and motionless, and the wine trees stood still in the yard, and the little Martian bone town was all enclosed, and no one drifted out their doors, you could see Mr. K himself in his room, reading from a metal book with raised hieroglyphs over which he brushed his hand, as one might play a harp.
（3个用and 连接的并列的时间状语从句、定语从句、时间状语从句）
3 And from the book, as his fingers stroked, a voice sang, a soft ancient voice, which told tales of when the sea was red steam on the shore and ancient men had carried clouds of metal insects and electric spiders into battle.
4Mr. and Mrs. K had lived by the dead sea for 20 years and their ancestors had lived in the same house, which turned and followed the sun, flower-like, for ten centuries
5In the distance she heard her husband playing his book steadily, his fingers never tired of the old songs.
6Quietly she wished (that) he might one day again spend as much time holding and touching her like a little harp as he did to his incredible books.
7She lay back in a chair that moved to take shape even as she moved.
3、动名词的复合结构：
The evidence gathered so far, has led to many experts suggesting(proposing) that a human mission to Mars should be attempted.
4、recommend +that宾语从句
1They have recommended that countries work together to provide investment and expertise.
2Physicists also recommended that alternative fuel and energy sources would need to be researched.
5、同位语从句：
If humans can reach Mars and the theory that water is hidden deep in the planet proves true, then it would be the greatest scientific achievement in history.
6、while
1While I was sitting on the beach, it just came to me.
2His new idea succeeded in adapting DNA and genes to “turn off” certain bad ones while keeping the healthy parts active.
7、As an additional benefit, we find that people who have diabetes, another chronic illness, could also benefit from the treatment.
8、Ever since my parents bought me a microscope for my birthday, I’ve just been hooked on science.
9、It’s amazing that many scientists seem to have had an incredible “ahs moment”.
10、He perceived the universe in a way that I think only Einstein had before.
11、She designed a mobile phone app that allows people with learning difficulties to improve their reading skills.
12、Many users of the app have said that they prefer using it instead of other more traditional methods.
13、Reading and Writing---A Profile of Elon Musk
Workbook, P91---P92, Unit 12, XB Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on P91---P92 (课本91---92页, Workbook, U12, B4)
1Using his own fortune, Musk founded his company that designs rockets and space vehicles.
2Musk also received contracts from NASA and the US space agency, thus making history by proving, that the concept of commercial space exploration was both possible and affordable.
3The company is named after Nicolai Tesla, the Serbian American inventor and physicist, who is best known for designing the AC electrical system.
4By creating opportunities to explore new planets, Musk believes that in the event of a major catastrophe on Earth, there would be the potential for the human race to continue elsewhere.
5According to Musk, “I came to the conclusion that we should aspire to increase the scope and scale of human consciousness in order to better understand what questions to ask. Really, the only thing that makes sense is to strive for greater collective enlightenment.”
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Stephen Hawking of Lesson 3, Unit 12, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 60 (课本60页,L3, U12, B4)
Stephen Hawking was born in 1942. He studied at University of Oxford and Cambridge, but at the age of 21, he was diagnosed with a serious disease. However, he finished his studies and got a job at the University of Cambridge and continued his work in theoretical physics and cosmology . While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined. In 1985, after an operation, he started to use speech-generating equipment to help him talk. However, Hawking never ceased his studies and he continued to develop his theories on black holes. Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person. From his diagnosis at 21 he regarded everything since then as a bonus. He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
2023年3月6日星期一下午4点30分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室
完成电脑录入
,
※The writer hung decorations on the branches.
※Granny and the writer stuffed the turkey.
※Granny took a seat by the fire.
47、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: (4Read the story again and complete the timeline)
In the middle of November on a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the present I wanted.
In December, Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite Christmas song over and over.
On Christmas Eve, Granny and the writer left sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas. Granny and the writer put a stoking at the end of the bed
On Christmas Day, the whole family, together with Auntie Kath and Cousin David, had Christmas lunch. The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
48、The Summary of the Reading Text---A Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens of Literature Spot , Book 1 必修第一册 on page 71:
Scrooge’s nephew invited him for Christmas dinner. Jacob Marley appeared and told Scrooge about the three ghosts. The Ghost of Christmas Past showed Scrooge his life when he was young. The Ghost of Christmas Present showed Scrooge the Cratchit family’s Christmas dinner. The Ghost of Christmas Future showed Scrooge what was going to happen to him. Ebenezer Scrooge enjoyed Christmas Day and started to be generous. Bob Cratchit arrived late on the day after Christmas.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4第四单元 Information Technology
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Think about not just the individual sounds , but also think about the overall feeling of the sentence. not only......but also......
2Focus on the mouths of native speakers and pay attention to your own mouth positions as you’re practicing sounds.
3Practicing individual sounds is more important than practicing stress.
4A baby watches his mother’s mouth closely when she speaks, because he wants the combination of the visual information and what he’s hearing.
5Children repeat themselves to build muscle memory and to develop the fine and subtle changes in mouth position needed for speaking a language.
2、1In practicing, it would make no sense to sing the song from start to finish over and over.
2It’s easy for your English to be natural and clear when you’re hardly moving your mouth at all.
3、1I use apps to buy things online.
2The First Industrial Revolution used water and steam power to mechanize production.
4、These digital identities, known as avatars, are a key part of how people use the Internet to communicate and express themselves.
5、Focus on language: Past Future 过去将来时态 The future in the past
1Yet, very few people knew that future avatars would have such a wide variety of forms and uses. 2When people started creating their own avatars, they discovered that they were going to have the power to create new identities that did not look or act like their real selves at all.
3When Internet users realized that their avatars would be seen by many people, not just their friends, they started having more than one avatar.
6、各种从句
1They also experiment with things like different hairstyles---which says a lot, perhaps, about what they want to look like.
2Some users worry that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world.
3The use of several avatars can be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online.
4They look forward to a time when their avatar will act like a real person and travel around bigger, more exciting virtual worlds.
5As we know, important social skills are developed through direct contact with other people.
6How many followers do I have? ---though we know that the number of “likes” or followers cannot compare to having long-term and rewarding friendships.
7Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be.
8And with online communication you can never be 100 percent sure that the people you are chatting to are being honest about who they are.
9Because of this, going online can be particularly dangerous for people who are easily influenced or too trusting.
10You can stay in touch with friends no matter where you are or what you are doing.
11There are so many online tools you ca use to be creative.
12To me, this is a very thought-provoking argument, as it points out the benefits of online friendships.
13As Eileen Kennedy Moore, an authority on the subject, points out, online friends “fill holes real-life friends can’t”.
14This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today.
15Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
16That’s why I believe that books about foreign cultures of imaginary worlds are the best.
7、1Listening for key words helps you understand the conversation better and find the answers to questions more quickly.
2Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact.
3Talking to people online or having a friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real-life communication.
4In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centred because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers.
8、1Before listening, read the questions carefully.
2While listening, pay attention to the words related to the questions.
3If so, list them below.
4It also makes the art accessible to the world while protecting the original artworks for the future.
5A tool that tracks and shows your pulse rate while you exercise.
6But some classmates expressed concerns about online safety when using avatars.
7When reading an article online, it’s important not to skim too much, so that you can understand the full context.
8When browsing social media, people often see photographs and stories showing beautiful holidays, fun parties and fashionable clothes.
9、1While the Internet can bring people closer together, it can also harm friendships.
While 句首=although=though. “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句。
2While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy
3While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
4Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
10、According to a parenting expert, Denise Daniels, communicating through a screen makes it more difficult for children to concentrate or show kindness to others.
it 形式主语；more difficult 宾语补足语；for children to concentrate or show kindness to others 动词不定式的复合结构充当真正的宾语。
11、It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
（课本P94）强调句句型
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型 B1U2 Workbook P85
12、1Using a smart phone, a tablet or a computer, you can be in contact at home and also where you are on the move. 现在分词短语充当方式方法状语。
2Walking into the China Pavilion at Expo 2010 in Shanghai, people were amazed by the sight of a huge digital painting.
3You can see the wind blowing through the trees and across the water.
4Since then, she has been addicted to the Internet, using different kinds of software applications on her mobile device.
13、各种从句：
1Digital technology allows today’s artists to express their ideas in ways that ancient artists would not believe possible.
2Information Technology has developed in ways that people would never have imagined.
3Dunhuang Caves, which are protected ancient treasures in the Gobi desert in a remote part of Northwest China, are filled with invaluable paints and sculptures.
4The good news for art lovers who cannot travel and for the caves themselves is that scientists have created a 360-degree, 3D digital projection of the caves
5What students dislike is that in order to use apps these days, they are often required to set up an account and put in personal information.
6Then, something happened that changed how she felt about online communication.
7At first, my father had some concerns that she was spending too much time in virtual world, but now he sees how happy she is.
8We are all very proud of her as she has proven that it’s never too late to learn a new skill.
14、过去将来时态：课本P24
1Nobody at that time imagined that 20 years later people would have phones in their pockets and would use them for many functions other than just making calls.
2At that time, even scientists didn’t realise that one day people would be able to connect with family and friends anywhere through video chats.
3And most certainly, people back in the1980s wouldn’t understand that clothing and delicious food would be sent to their homes by simply using an app on the phone.
15、Nearly one third of the students have tried apps with the latest technologies like VR, AR and MR. 分数的表达方式。
16、1She thought online communication wasn’t worth spending time on and it made people more self-centred. be worth doing sth.
2All her friends seemed to spend about 90 percent of their time talking to friends on the Internet and only about 10 percent talking to them in real life. 百分数的表达方式。
3She spends a lot of time each day exploring websites and chatting with other people online.
17、From then on, neither of them criticized anyone for having online friendships.
neither; either; either... or... ; neither... nor... ; not only...but also...; both...and...
18、I agree with it saying that your choice of avatars says a lot about your personality.
19、He dressed them in fancy clothes with beautiful hairstyles and they all act more or less like him.
20、My mother had never used a mobile phone until she received one for her birthday this year. not/never......until......句型。
21、1In my opinion, playing computer games is one way to escape from reality.
2Having games on my mobile phone can make it difficult to focus on my homework.
22、过去将来时态：课本P79
1She would become the next big thing in the technology world.
2Her first app would become one of the biggest selling in the world.
3People would appreciate the fact that they wouldn’t have to spend so much time searching for products they wanted.
4I knew I would be able to make a successful app.
23、However, for young people today it is considered completely normal to share pictures of their lives and interact online every day.
24、Fans of social media point out that the world has never been so connected as it has allowed people to make friends, learn about the world and celebrate life.
25、They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became. the more......, the more...... 句型。
The more you read, the faster you’ll be. 九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation
26、1There are a number of reasons for this.
2The number of “likes” and comments on their posts can make them anxious about their popularity.
27、For those looking at these pictures and comparing them to their own lives, they can end up feeling sad and depressed.
28、Of course, there is also the problem of “cyber bullying” where people become victims of bullying online when others make negative or cruel comments about them.
29、We don’t have to disconnect from the Internet to live a happy life, but we should realize that the pictures we see and stories we read are only part of a bigger picture.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Avatars of Lesson 1, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 11:
Avatars are digital identities that you use to represent yourself online. You can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create your own images. Although avatars haven’t been around for long, they are widely used.
Avatars let you express yourself and give you room for creativity. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users worry that they are spending too much time in virtual world that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a positive light.
31、The Summary of the Reading Text---Internet and Friendships of Lesson 3, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 17:
Some people believe that the Internet has many negative aspects. Talking to people online or having friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real life communication. While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy relationships. This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today. In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centered because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers. Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5第五单元 Humans and Nature
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、关系副词引导的定语从句：
1That was the day when it took only six hours to break my body and soul.
2One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands where we often risked going and got more fish than others.
3As you can see, the reason why I’m here to tell the story is that I made the right decision.
4I was still tied to the barrel and the waves soon carried me to an area where the other fishermen were. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. tie...to...; be tied to...
5Is there a shop nearby where I can buy some sweets?
6We can go there on Sunday when few people go to work.
7He didn’t tell me the reason why he was so upset.
8I will never forget the day when I joined the People’s Liberation Army.
9I was born in a city/town/village where there is a famous mountain called Mount Kongtong.
10I will never the reason why he quitted school when he was in Grade Eight.
11My story happened on a dark night when the sky suddenly clouded over and we were in a terrible storm.
12Find a shelter where you can stay.
13Some things I liked were exciting scenes---especially the one where the horses are attacked by a pack of wolves.
14List the reasons why people enjoy the film Wolf Toterm.
15I began my day as normal and decided to go with my friend to a beach where we usually surfed.
16He managed to pull us both away from the whirlpool and back to the beach where the other surfers were.
17His bravery and quick thinking was the reason why I survived that day.
18Neither of them had ever been in such an extreme situation before, using just a compass to find the area where the kind of frog they wanted to study lived.
19Some people are beginning to make plans in preparation for the end of the world, when massive natural disasters occur and cause extensive damage.
2、It took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
3、1The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P31 课文
2Find safe shelter the moment you see a storm approaching. 课本P82
3The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P84 汉译英
4I felt great sadness the day my friend moved to another country.
the moment=as soon as “一......就......”，引导时间状语从句。
比较状语从句：
1It may appear strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it.
2Now I have told you, and I cannot expect you to believe me any more than the fishermen did.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4、I felt sick, as if I was falling from a mountain top in a dream.
5、1The first, the larger the bodies were, the more rapidly they fell.
2Generally, the further south you go, the cooler it will be.
3They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became.
4The more you read, the faster you’ll be.
九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation the more......, the more...... 句型。
6、1Some time after I left the boat, with my brother in it, it was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool. 介词with的复合结构。
2That leaves the wolves with nothing to eat so they start attacking the farmer’s animals.
7、1I began to think how amazing a thing it was to die in such a way, and how wonderful it was to see the power of nature.
2The main character quickly sees how easy it is for humans to upset the natural balance of the environment.
3Yes, the book and the film really show how important it is for humans to protect the environment.
4It was very tough to watch but it was amazing to see how brave the professional teams are when they help to save people who are in trouble.
8、1Why did the storyteller survive while his elder brother didn’t?
2One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm.
3While he was on the way to Antarctica, he received a massage from the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen which said he was going south, too.
4I had swum far from the shore when the danger became clear.
5They were feeling cheerful as they sailed down the great river.
6But just as they started to feel really sad and worried that their would be a failure, they saw the frogs they had come to look for.
7All of their worry was forgotten as they enjoyed the view of the frogs jumping over the water.
8As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!” B1U1P9
9After all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible.” B1U2P39
10They go whenever and wherever they are needed.
9、1Trained dogs are used to help search for anyone who is still alive.
2We use search and rescue vehicles and trained dogs to look for anyone who is still alive.
use sth. to do sth. , sth. be used to do sth. ; used to do sth. , used to be... ;
I used to get up early and read English aloud for an hour every morning when I was young.
I used to be a farmer in my home village.
be/get/become used to sth. , be/get/become used to doing sth.
I am a strong swimmer and very used to swimming in the sea.
10、1Amundsen was the first to leave on 8 September,1911.
2The most important thing is to protect yourself as much as you can.
3Their role is to save lives and provide medical help to people in disasters.
4Mr. Wang’s advice is to move away from things that can break or fall.
5Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole.
6Their goal is to reduce suffering and loss and save as many people as possible.
7If that happens, my advice is to stay home.
8In the rescue attempts, our first and most important goal is to save lives.
9If you want to become fit and health, my advice is to try different sports and activities to see which on you enjoy the best. 课本B1U2P46
11、1He had teams of dogs pulling the sledges and all his men were on skis.
2Putting on our shoes in the morning is getting slower and slower.
3The next to go was Captain Oates, who was having great difficulty walking.
4Scott spent some of his last hours writing.
5Even Amundsen was moved by Scott’s death saying “Captain Scott left a record, for honesty, sincerity, for bravery, for everything that makes a man.”
6Practice maintaining, interrupting, and ending a conversation in the following situations.
7Stop your car as soon as you can, but avoid stopping near a building or under a tree.
8The car’s metal body can protect you from falling objects.
9Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive.
10Why do we avoid doing what we love to do? 为什么不去做我们热衷的事情呢？ 课本P97
12、1They were shocked when they saw the Norwegian flag.
2The news of Scott’s death shocked the world.
3Why was the world shocked by Scott’s death?
4The two students were shocked at the lecture on nature. 课本P29
13、1Rescue teams try to save people trapped under buildings.
2Scott had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the great courage shown by Scott and his men made them heroes.
3Annaud actually had wolf clubs specially trained for the film.
4In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
5Professional organizations save people trapped in natural disasters.
14、1Read the text again if necessary.
2If possible, find a strong shelter nearby which will cover your whole body.
3When in the water, they are swallowed by fish and other animals and then enter the food chain.
15、1Stay away from anything that can break or fall.
2Move away from anything that can fall.
3I admire the way the film crew took such good care of the animals.
16、1In fact, it’s a common saying that in New Zealand, you can get four seasons in one day!
2As a result, a decision is made to kill the wolves, ignoring the warning that wolves protect the grassland from the invasion of hares, rats and other animals.
that引导同位语从句。
3Even more concerning is the fact that the plastic has also been found in drinking water across the world. that引导同位语从句。
17、In fact, one third of the country is made up of national parks, which are full of hiking trails and beautiful campsites. 分数的表达方式。
18、1New Zealand is home to nearly 5 million people, 31 million sheep and 10 million cows.
2Moa birds were native to New Zealand.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4 New Zealand is also home to the world’s largest insect---giant weta.
19、If people hadn’t taken the meat, the wolves would have left the farmer’s sheep alone.
虚拟语气，与过去事实相反的假设。
20、1Thanks to their work, lots of people were able to survive natural disasters.
2Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress. B1U2P37
3Some natural disasters are due to human activities, such as floods, drought and landslides.
4Because of this, al the athletes were given tips on how to survive on a track during a storm.
课本P82
5Because of this, in the not too distant future, we may experience large-scale natural disasters.
课本P83
because of thanks to due to owing to on account of
21、1Yes, every second counts, so that as many people as possible can be saved.
so that=in order that “以便，为了，目的是”，引导目的状语从句。
2These pieces are called micro plastics and are so small that the are invisible to the naked eyes and are very difficult to remove from the water. 课本P85
so...that... , “如此......以致于......”，引导结果状语从句。
22、关系副词引导的定语从句：课本P83
1There have been news reports of a bad landslides near the place where they live.
2The place where they live is quite remote, which is the reason why they have no Internet access.
3The bad weather is most likely the reason why the phone lines are down.
4I remember the time when my sister was in Japan during an earthquake.
23、Micro plastics come from a number of different sources.
a number of the number of
24、need to do sth.
1We need to find a solution to remove micro plastics from our oceans.
2We also need to introduce new taxes and other means to encourage companies to choose environment-friendly ingredients and recyclable packaging for their products.
3We need to take personal responsibility, too.
25、1Almost every country across the world agrees that we cannot continue using so much plastic in our lives.
continue doing sth. continue to do sth. To be continued （未完待续）
2We all have the freedom to choose how we spend our money and what kinds of business and products ( / ) we support.
26、1It’s Up to Us Too.
2It’s up to you to decide whether you will take part in the coming school sports meet or not. It’s up to sb. ; It’s up to sb. to do sth.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Sea Story of Lesson 1,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册 on page 33:
(课本33页,L1,U5,B2)
The storyteller experienced a Moskoe-strom which broke his body and soul. One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm. A huge wave covered the boat and his younger brother fell into the sea. The boat went over the edge into the whirlpool and they went round in circles. They storyteller felt there was no escape but observed that round objects fell down more rapidly, tube-shaped objects of equal extent fell down more slowly. So he tied himself to a barrel to help himself float. He tried to make his elder brother understand, but he was too frightened and stayed in the heavy boat. Finally, the storyteller survived the storm.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text---Race to the Pole of Lesson 3,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册on page 47: (课本47页,L3,U5,B2)
The polar summer of 1910-1911 was very special for at least two people: Roald Amundsen from Norway and Captain Scott from the UK. Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole. Amundsen started his journey earlier and his team arrived first after nearly two month’s travelling. To celebrate this, he planted his country’s flag at the South Pole. Scott and his man arrived later and were saddened when they learned that Amundsen had beaten them. Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive. Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6第六单元 The Admirable
1、1I think my uncle is someone I admire.
2What qualities of people they admire are mentioned by the speakers?
2、Relative Clauses 定语从句
1She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s.
2A scientist who was on the Nobel Prize Committee called Hans Forssberg explained that “the discovery of artemisinin has led to the development of new drug which have saved the lives of millions.”
3Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a dep knowledge about traditional practices.
4In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
5The reason why this was difficult was that the team had limited resources.
6They did dot have enough staff, and the laboratory in which they worked had poor air quality.
7The medicine (that/which) they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
8Even though Tu Youyou is not interested in fame, she has become a scientist whose work is internationally renowned.
9In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team whose goal was to find a cure for malaria.
10We climbed to the top of the mountain from which we had a beautiful view.
11David is my friend with whom I often play tennis.
12He has 20 books, only two of which are interesting.
13This is quite an interesting job for which I really want to apply.
14Tu Youyou is the scientist whose discovery has led to the development of new drugs which have saved millions of lives.
15Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
16Choose a person whom you regard as a history maker for China.
17Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
18The story of Christopher Reeve’s life is one that is almost impossible to imagine---from a wildly successful Hollywood career, to the horror of life-threatening injury; Reeve experienced both. 课本P58L3U6B2.
19He fell into a depression which lasted for many months.
20For the years that followed he focused his attention on his goal of one day walking again.
21What I do is based on powers (that/which) we all have inside us.
22His positive attitude inspired many people who were stuck in illness.
23You’re not going to be able to experience every single thing that can happen to others, but you can use your imagination to think about how it might feel and use that understanding to empathize with them.
24John has devoted his spare time to working with organizations which help disabled people.
25It is a job that calls for a special blend of skill, talent and bravery, as well as great physical and mental strength.
26The knowledge that we can gain from exploring space is invaluable.
27Among them was Sharon Christa McAuliffe, a second school teacher, who was going to be the first teacher in space.
28Throughout history, we can find examples of inspiring young people who showed courage and hope in times of extreme hardship.
29This was a time when the German Nazis were killing Jews.
30“I don’t think of all the misery,” she wrote “but of the beauty that still remains.”
31Of all the people who had hidden in the annexe, only Otto Frank, Anne’s father, survived.
32Today, the annexe building in Amsterdam where Anne and her family hid is a museum called Anne Frank House.
33We should search online and find admirable people who have different types of strengths.
34I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice.
35She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize.
36In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
37The medicine (that/which) they discovered was artemisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
38From 1978 to1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful.
39Are there any other things about apps (that) you want to explore further?
40Think about ways in which you and your group can help, and decide your research topics. 课本P75 Project 5
41Find out as much as you can about each person and the reasons why you admire them.
42Think about how to organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form. 课本P76 Project 6
43There have been, and still are, many admirable people---people who display the characteristics of wisdom, strength and courage. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
44Mahatma Gandhi is another famous person who was admired all over the world.
45He was a very kind person who gave time and money to charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
46Do you prefer the way (that) Chen Xi or Li Zhen started the speech and addresses the students?
47Write the name of the students whose speech you prefer.
48Who has a quote that reminds you of Martin Luther King who fought to win equal rights for all people?
49Who used the words that meant the same as “Be optimistic and always try to brighten someone’s day.”? 课本P88U6B2 Workbook
50Guido, an exuberant and cheerful Italian-Jewish waiter, gets married to Dora, who is not Jewish.
51The prize is a real tank in which they can leave.
52Here he is referring to the tanks belonging to the allies that he hopes will eventually come to save them from the concentration camp when they win the war.
53 I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films (that) I have seen---one that I will never forget. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
3、状语从句的省略问题：
1When thanking the Committee for the honor, Tu Youyou said, “This is not only an honor for myself, but also recognition of and encouragement for all scientists in China.”
2When listening, pay attention to words related to order and sequence.
3The training is always tough, but we all do our best, since we all want to earn a place on the team when playing against other schools. 课本B1U2P46
4While horseback riding, he was thrown off his horse and broke his back.
5It’s important to use linking words where necessary. 课本B2U6P63 Writing Help
4、同位语从句:
1However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret.
2Tu Youyou was noted for her bravery in being a scientist during a difficult time for science in China, her ability to use old wisdom and new methods to achieve her goals and the fact that her work bridged the Eastern and Western worlds, saving millions of lives.
3There is no doubt that he was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
4I have a dream that one day, on the red hills of Georgia, the sons of former slaves and the sons of former slave-owners will be able to sit down together at the table of brotherhood.
5I have a dream that one day, even the state of Mississippi, a state sweltering with the heat of injustice, sweltering with the heat of oppression, will be transformed into an oasis of freedom and justice.
6There’s no doubt that courage is important.
5、1Today, Tu Youyou continues to conduct research despite her age.
2Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
3Despite hundreds of failures, she kept on doing research with limited resources.
教师用书P103B2.
4Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. 课本P62U6B2
6、You have one minute to persuade the committee to include Tu Youyou.
7、形容词后接宾语从句：
1The girl is certain that Gandhi was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
2The boy is uncertain that Gandhi inspired Martin Luther King.
3The boy is uncertain that Gandhi did not win the Nobel Peace Prize.
4I’m pretty sure he didn’t.
5I am afraid that he won’t come to class on time.
6With the progress of new medical research, I’m confident that people like me would be able to walk again one day.
7Yes, I’m certain that courage is important.
8I’m certain/sure that some may actually have weak bodies, but they have great intelligence or courage in difficult situations.
9I’m not sure if that’s true.
10I’m sure that he was a great actor. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
11I’m pretty sure it was during the 1990s. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
8、Thus, not only is he known as a superhero in the Superman films., but he is also regarded as a superhero to many in real life.
not only......, but also...... .
9、1His injuries were so severe that he had no movement or feeling in his body at all and even needed a machine to help him breathe.
so...... that...... “如此...... 以致于......”，结果状语从句。
2Jenny’s injuries were so severe that she had to spend months in hospital.
3His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive.
4At first, he was so depressed that he wished he was dead, but with the support of his family and friends, Reeve decided to live again. 课本P86L3U6B2 Workbook.
10、Having once been a healthy and successful young man to being trapped in a broken body was like a living nightmare to him.
11、宾语从句中套有宾语从句
He admitted that during the early stages of living with his injury, he wished that he was dead and even thought of ending his life.
12、强调句型：
1It was only due to the ongoing support of his wife, parents and friends that he eventually found the will to live again.
2It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
B2U4L3（课本P94）强调句句型
3He believed it is the character of a person that is important and not the color of one’s skin. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
4It was Shan herself who did it. 强调句句型 课本 P85U2B1 Workbook
5It is this rich diversity and the delicate balance between all the different forms of life that make life possible on our planet. 强调句句型 衡水金卷先享题 语法填空 U1B1
6 When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
13、过去分词短语充当后置定语：
1He engaged in a wide range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle and made remarkable progress.
2He undertook an intense exercise programme designed to help him rebuild muscle.
3Gather the ideas offered by your classmates in the survey. 课本P74 Project 4
4It is a story set in 1939 at the start of World II. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
5They are in love and have a son named Giosue.
14、manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.
Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career by directing, producing and even starring in films.
15、现在分词短语充当结果状语：
1Reeve became a passionate and energetic advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, raising millions of dollars in support of medical research.
2He soon gained a reputation for raising awareness for good causes.
动名词短语充当介词的宾语。raise awareness for “提高对......的认识”
3现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
He visited sick children in hospitals and worked with organizations such as Save the Children, speaking out about health, education and child protection to help those most in need.
4He also flew the flags of China and the United Nations, symbolizing China’s wish to explore and use space peacefully. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
5When YangLiwei climbed out of the spaceship, he smiled and waved to the crowds waiting for him. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
6On 4 August, 1944, the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there were sent to labor camps. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
7Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
8Observing the natural world can help us understand bigger ideas. 动名词短语充当主语
9Eventually, Guido hides Giosue, all the while pretending it is a game and they are playing hide-and- seek. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
16、be busy with sth. ; be busy doing sth. ; be busy with doing sth. ;
too......to......结构。
1So you can see, I’m too busy with living to think of giving up!
2I thought 21 hours was too short t stay in space.
17、might have done sth.
1What might have they said to Reeve?
2After Reeve became an advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, what might he possibly have said to his audience?
3What might Reeve’s doctor have said to Reeve directly after the accident and when he managed to return to his film career?
18、1You’d better maintain a positive attitude no matter how much you lose.
让步状语从句。
2Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and became well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
3When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help.
19、see/hear/watch/observe/notice... sb. do sth.
see/hear/watch/observe/notice/feel/find... sb. doing sth
Million of people around the world, including many students in primary and secondary schools, watched the disaster happen live on TV.
20、表语从句：
“The good news,” she wrote ,“is that you don’t know how great you can be, how much you can love, what you can accomplish, and what your potential is !”
21、部分否定
Listen, not all admirable people are like supermen in films.
22、关系从句（定语从句）课本P70 U6B2
1The Vikings were a group of people who came from Scandinavia.
2By around 900 AD, there were many places in Northern Europe where the Vikings chose to live.
3982 AD was the year when a man called Eric the Red decided to set sail further west. 4According to the old stories, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he committed a murder, from which he got into trouble.
5Eric the Red reached Greenland and discovered that people could live in the place where he landed.
6In the year 1002, when Eric the Red‘s son Lief was planning a trip further west, Biarni was the man with whom Lief discussed his plan.
7He then sailed further south to an island which is now known as Newfoundland, in Canada.
23、关系从句（定语从句）课本P87U6B2
1I can’t remember the reason why I did this.
2Reeve worked with organizations that/which help people most in need.
3Look at my sofa for which I only paid 100 dollars.
4She remembered the time when she first met Maggie.
5My grandfather is a man whose life has been an inspiration to me.
6Martin Luther King is a great man who/that fought to win equal rights for black people in the US.
7Tu Youyou discovered the drug that/which is used to treat malaria.
8He is a person of whom I am very afraid.
9This is the place where she lives.
24、强调谓语动词：
He did work again and raised lots of money for charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
25、As一词的用法比较
1As they are preparing for Giosue’s fifth birthday, Guido and Giosue are arrested and taken to a concentration camp.
2I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films I have seen---one that I will never forget.
26、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 62:(课本62页,L1,U6,B2)
On 7 December, 2015, Tu Youyou was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin, a life-saving drug for malaria.
Tu Youyou majored in medicine in university and later studied Chinese medicine with experts in the field.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was given the mission to set up a team to find a cure for malaria. When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help. Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. In order to test the medicine, Tu Youyou and her team tested the medicine on their own bodies. They finally discovered the most effective drug to cure the disease.
Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and become well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 67: (课本67页,L1,U6,B2)
I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice. She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize. After her graduation from university, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Sciences. In 1969, She was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year. It was not an easy task. Scientists over the world had tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. And Tu Youyou’s team had limited resources and they did not have enough staff. Tu Youyou studied ancient Chinese medical literature and visited experts in traditional Chinese medicine. Tu Youyou and her team used modern research methods to investigate the Chinese herds one by one. After hundreds of failed experiments, they eventually came across a promising chemical. The medicine they discovered was artimisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Superhero Behind the Superman of Lesson 3，Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 68: (课本68页,L3,U6,B2)
In our English class, I read an amazing story about Christopher Reeve. He was born in 1952 to a
novelist father and a journalist mother. From 1978 to 1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful. A terrible accident in 1995 changed the course of his life forever. While horseback riding, he broke his neck. As a result, he had no movement in body and couldn’t even breathe without the help of a machine. His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive. At first, Reeve’s disability made him very depressed but eventually, he decided to recover as best he could. He undertook an intense exercise program designed to help him rebuild muscle. Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. He inspired many people with his commitment to recovery and his desire to help others. For that reason he is regarded by many as a superhero in real life, as well as on film.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7第七单元 Art
1、名词性从句： 一、宾语从句
1Van Gogh painted what he saw from his window---the night sky with clouds, stars and a moon.
2His unusual use of colour has led experts to think that Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
3He also thought The Starry Night was a failure.
4In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him.
5Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
6Some feel that the paintings look dark and troubling.
7As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
二、主语从句 1What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
2What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
三、表语从句 1However, the fact remains that The Starry Night is now one of the world’s most famous paintings.
2What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
3What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
4His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their sense of reality.
四、同位语从句
that引导同位语从句
※ 阐述详解
that引导同位语从句时，常跟在某些抽象名词
（如fact,hope,desire,thought,suggestion,idea,news,problem,possibility,chance,doubt,
question等）之后，对前面的名词起补充解释说明的作用。
※ 充电堡
（1）在某些名词（如demand, wish, suggestion, request等）后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“should+动词原形” ，should可以省略。
（2）同位语从句也可以由连接代词who, what, whose, which,连接副词how, when, where, why或从属连词whether来引导。
1If the audience stands up and applauds at the end of a performance, it is regarded as a sign that they love the performance. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N3)
2The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 4 N6)
2、定语从句1He also took a drug that can make people see yellow spots.
2 Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
3The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
4Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
5The one person in the room who didn’t hear the symphony ---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
6After all, what use is a conductor who could not hear his orchestra---even if he is a musical genius?
7What’s the first thing many people notice in this painting?
8 What’s the last thing many people notice in this painting?
3、过去分词短语充当后置定语和原因状语：
1It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night.
2Magritte was a painter inspired by his thoughts and ideas.
3Inspired by his struggle with deafness, the composer produced some amazing pieces.
4、may have done sth.
1Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
2What may have inspired the painter?
5、as一词的用法：
1His paintings were visual experiments as he tried to play with reality.
2As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
3The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years.
4As the final, joyous note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats.
5Before a big performance, the performers backstage are usually anxious as it is stressful waiting for the performance to start. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N1)
6、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1It is hard to believe that Van Gogh only sold one painting during his lifetime.
2The reason why Magritte painted in this way was that he wanted to challenge how people see the world.
3Looking at the paintings, we don’t know whether it is night or day.
4The fact remains that Munch’s The Scream is one of the best-known paintings ever made.
5It is unclear whether Van Gogh wanted to paint yellow sports or that was what he really saw.
7、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1Xu Beihong was important in modern Chinese art in that he developed the tradition of combining poetry with painting.
2The reason he held several exhibitions in Asia and Europe was that he wanted to promote Chinese art.
3The reason it is a favourite of many art lovers was that it was painted so skillfully with dark and light colours.
8、Language Focuses in the Reading Text of Lesson 3, Unit 7, Book 3 on page 14-page 15名词性从句
1Everyone knows that Ludwig van Beethoven is a musical genius but few might know how he created Symphony No. 9 in D minor and how its first show went.
2At 54 years of age, he didn’t know that this would be his last symphony.
3As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
4Beethoven was afraid that the performance would be a disaster.
5Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
6Most of them had no idea that he was deaf!
9、“not……until……”句型的强调句型
It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
10、现在分词短语充当伴随状语
1He proceeded with the composition until his death in 1827, writing more than 130 musical works, including his Symphony No. 9 in D minor.
2Writing the piece had taken several years.
3For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score.
4 The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
11、begin to do sth. continue to do sth. continue doing sth. hesitate to do sth.
1But then he began to lose his hearing.
2But in the end he continued to write music.
3But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score.
4 The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly.
12、if引导什么从句？可以用哪个单词替换？
1Could you tell me if this kind of film would be acceptable?
2I wonder if you could also give me more information about how apply to be part of this festival?
13、1I appreciate your help and look forward to hearing from you.
2Having afternoon tea was a social ritual for many upper-middle-class women in France.
14、1These videos reveal some techniques employed by famous pianists.
2The effect of the painting is achieved by techniques used in French impressionism.
Language Focuses in the Texts in the Reading Clubs 1 & 2 on page 21---page 23 of U7,B3 15、1Zhang Daqian，born in 1899 in Sichuan Province, was one of China’s most brilliant and popular artists.
2Born into an artistic family, Zhang Daqian was first taught how to paint by his mother and siblings.
3Graffiti is writings, drawings or marks made on walls in public places.
4Today, graffiti is often a mixture of writing and pictures, usually signed with a tag, which is a signature unique to an artist or group.
161Not only was he extremely productive ---it is said that he created an average of 500 paintings a year---but he was also able to master a variety of painting styles ,ranging from detailed portraits to expressive landscapes.
2It is said that the two artists admired each other.
3It is believed that graffiti in its modern form first became popular in the United States in the 1960s.
17、Some think it is a crime if done without a property owners’ permission, while others see this as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression.
181New Yorkers used to see the graffiti on the wall of poor neighborhoods and subway trains as something threatening and as an example of urban decay.
2Kel Rodriguez, who used to paint New York subway trains, now works as an art director for one of the biggest newspapers in the United States.
191What makes one of his works special is that in the painting there is a tiny insect near the Chinese cabbage.
2It is interesting that Qi Baishi’s style of painting often leaves the audience guessing the meaning of the work and makes them use their imagination.
3What makes his painting highly valued is his style of painting.
20、Picasso gave Zhang 600 works in total, all of which were his imitations of Chinese paintings 定语从句
21、名词性从句
1I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing works of art.
2I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure.
3I’m glad you liked it. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
4I was worried that you couldn’t understand the story because at times the language was very confusing. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
5It’s a pity that I couldn’t understand the whole story.
22、1It was my first time going to a concert.
2It’s amazing to be surrounded by music in a theatre.
23、The performance was such a success that the audience did not hesitate to clap and cheer loudly.
24、After attending the concert I think I now know why Beethoven is regarded as one of the world’s greatest composers.
25、Ex. 4, P79, Wb, U7,B3 名词性从句（《教用》P150）
1It is unknown what the number of artists involved in the exhibition was.
2It is our concern that we may destroy some pieces of historic art.
3Who the author of this masterpiece is remains a mystery.
4The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. 5It is his idea that the less you smoke, the better your health will be.
6His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their thinking.
26、Over the years of his performing and writing , it was clear that Mozart was far more gifted and talented than others in his field, although at times he found that people showed hesitation to support him financially.
27、Radio, television and the Internet have made it easier for sounds to travel across cultures, and styles have become more mixed.
28、If there is one thing the history of popular music has shown, it is that good musicians will always create new music from the different styles they hear.
29、The Summary of the Reading Text---Masterpieces of Lesson 1,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 24: （课本24页,L1,U7,B3）
I think the three paintings we’ve just learnt about, The Starry Night, The Scream and The Empire of Light are all amazing artworks. I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing work of art.
The Starry Night shows the night sky with massive circles of white and yellow, I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure. In the painting The Scream, the figure is letting out a loud scream. That made me uneasy. What a powerful painting! Did Munch know that he had created such an unforgettable painting for so many people? As for the third painting, The Empire of Light, some find this painting to be dark and troubling , but I found it to be rather calming.
I think different people may have different reactions to paintings, but all in all, I really like all three of these works.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson 2,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 78: (课本78页,L2,U7,B3)
Beijing Opera is a national treasure of China. Actors play one of four roles: sheng, male roles; dan, a female roles; chou, clown roles and jing roles. In the early days, Beijing Opera was most often performed on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or outside temples, The music had to be played loudly and performers had to sing with sharp voices, in order to be heard over the crowd. They had to wear bright costumes in colourful patterns to attract the audience’s attention. Symbols play a very important role in Beijing Opera. Many body movements can represent complex actions. For example, when a lady is riding in a carriage, the performer actually walks with a flag on each side. Four generals and four soldiers refer to an army of thousands. In other words, every action and movement in Beijing Opera is important.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8第八单元 Green Living
1、Most people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
2、Well, say you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up.
(详见课本P101,课文注解1)
3、1How can it matter if I leave one little tap running, one little light on or leave a little piece of litter on the road.（陈述语气）
2Of course, it wouldn’t matter if there were just a few people in the world. (虚拟语气)
3However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society. (虚拟语气)
4、过去将来时态的被动语态/虚拟语气的被动语态
1Millions of gallons of water would be wasted;
2Millions of lights would be left on;
3 Millions of pieces of litter would be dropped.
5、1The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people, from pre-school to university students, so they can help to build a future that is secure and live together in peace with nature.
2What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
6、强调句型
It is by acting together, in this exciting way, that we can involve thousands---millions---of people, and this is what is going to change the world.
7、Dr. Jane Goodall believes that the most important thing is that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference.”
8、现在分词短语或过去分词短语的语法作用
1Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall.
2Inspired by her example, he began to work harder.
3As I walked down No. 1 Street, I saw volunteers encouraging people to join in.
4Inspired by the message of the project, many people felt that we should act now, as we have seen an increasing number of highly polluted days this year.
5While recently, many have become more concerned about environmental protection, there are still some who haven’t, thinking that someone else will deal with the problem.
6However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society.
9、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Text of L3,U8,B3 on page 36---page 37
1They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were.
2They were hopeful that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport.
3People would leave the bike in the place where they finish their journey, so that someone else could then take it and use it from there.
4In 1999, the “white bikes” returned to Amsterdam---this time with a computer tracking system to record their every move. 介词with的复合结构
10、Writing Workshop--- A Survey Report---on page 40 of U8,B3
1As the diagram shows, the percentage of those who felt that they needed to help protect the environment is as high as 90%.
2Around 90% had tried to recycle waste such as glass, metal and paper, and more than two thirds (70%) had tried to cut back on the use disposable packaging, such as plastic honey bottles, and butter and yoghurt containers.
3To sum up, it seems that almost all who took part understood the need to help take care of the environment.
11、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Texts of Reading Clubs 1& 2 on P43---P45 of U8,B3:
1In Europe, Sweden is setting a great example when it comes to recycling.
2Where most people see a problem, e few clever individuals have seen opportunities.
3If the waste is not disposed of properly, it can lead to disease, pollution and other environmental issues.
4Other human activities, such as construction and the burning of waste, also contributes to air pollution.
5You can easily contribute to reducing air pollution by only using a car to make journeys when it’s absolutely necessary. If it isn’t, try using public transport instead.
6Global warming has already caused a wide range of problems.
7This resulted in the flooding of the River Po near Turin in Italy.
8In Hong Kong, it is predicted that the three existing landfills will be full within the next decade.
9They believe that, although recycling waste is effective, the most effective way of solving the problem of overflowing landfills is to encourage people to take responsibility for reducing the waste they produce themselves.
12、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, Book 3
1In addition to her research, she also contributes greatly to green living.
2She has said that many people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
3Bike-sharing in cities has huge benefits because it helps cut down the number of cars on the road, which reduces pollution and leads to cleaner air.
4It also saves money as users don’t have to pay much for it.
5I have to admit that as it is a new idea, there are some problems.
6We just need to be patient as they are still not perfect at the moment.
7For example, in some cities where bike-sharing system are in place , some people have damaged the bike on purpose, which increases costs.
8There are too many people driving on the road.
9It’s frustrating to see fuel wasted.
10 That’s really annoying.
11When stopped in a traffic jam, I always feel annoyed.
12Do you know that cars produce more air pollution while stopped in a traffic jam than when they are moving?
13Despite the good rain this week, the drought has not yet been broken.
14It is convenient to use “white bikes” as they save time.
15People in our city like to use “white bikes” as they feel they save energy and help the environment by reducing pollution.
13、Verb-ing and –ed Forms on P84, Workbook,U8,B3
1The police are examining the evidence collected during the investigation.
2Some kids discovered the stolen money hidden in a garden shed.
3The police are busy working on this motorway, fining people for speeding.
4I’ve often met people collecting shells on the beach.
5The escaped prisoner hiding in a forest near Nottingham was seen yesterday in a village shop.
6Fined for speeding, some drivers risk losing licenses.
14、She had her mum sit on the arm of a chair and started to work.
have sb. do sth. 句型
15、They say that, in particular, the last 50 years has seen a huge increase in the quantity of greenhouse gases being released into our atmosphere from factories and vehicles, and that this increase is speeding up the process known as global warming.
16、Much of this has been attributed to human activities, such as increased industry, agriculture, the felling of forests, the rise in transport and the burning of fuels.
17、The melting of the polar ice caps will have dire consequences, with sea levels rising, causing flooding in low lying areas, such as islands and coastal cities. 介词with的复合结构
18、So, how can we stop this from happening?
stop...from...; keep...from...; prevent...from...; prohibit...from...; ban...from...
19、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Roots &Shoot of Lesson 1, Unit 8, Book 3必修第三册on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U8,B3)
Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall. It is called Roots & Shoots because roots move slowly under the ground making a firm foundation and although shoots seem small and weak, they can break open brick walls. The purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people who suffer from just-me-ism. Those people don’t think their actions such as leaving the tap running while brushing their teeth can have negative effects on the environment. In fact, these actions are very harmful. Therefore, Roots & Shoots hopes to involve millions of young people in building a secure future so that we can live in peace with nature. Dr. Jane Goodall believes every individual matters. What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
20、The Summary of the Reading Text--- “White Bikes” on the Road of Lesson 3, Unit 8, Book 3
必修第三册on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8,B3)
People in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. They are particularly lucky because the city is very flat and therefore convenient for cycling. Back in the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea of using free shared bikes. They believed that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. However, shortly after setting up the new system, there was a serious problem as all the bikes disappeared. In 1999, the bike-sharing idea returned to Amsterdam. This time they were designed with a computer tracking system. Thanks to the efforts of many people, the idea of “shared bikes” has now pedaled its way around the world.
&n, bsp;
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 9第九单元 Learning
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1He prefers to study alone in a quiet place so that he can concentrate and keep the details in his head.
2He who learns but does not think is lost. He who thinks but does not learn is in great danger.
3He laughs best who laughs last.
4He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
2、need to do sth.
1We need to train ourselves to be better learners ---to actively take part in the learning process and reflect on what we have learnt.
2They attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea.
3If you try to find out the source of an idea, no matter how crazy it seems, you will increase your chance of learning something.
4They refuse to learn or ignore what is said because of who the speaker/writer is.
3、suggest doing sth. 、risk doing sth.
1I suggest doing five things to take an active role in your learning.
2If you keep paying too much attention to it, you risk missing important information.
3You might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all.
4Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
5In short: Do not stop being curious.
6It is true that we cannot help disliking some people---this is human nature, after all.
4、Your inner voice experience your personal opinions, while the outer voice tells you about opinions from what you hear or read.
5、If you find your inner voice difficult to control ,you can argue with it as most active learners do.
6、practise doing sth.
1I think “arguing with your inner voice” is the most useful, because it makes me consider the other side of argument.
2When I’m reading a book or listening to my teacher, I try to forget what I’ve learnt before or what I think about the book or the person giving me the information and practice concentrating on the information itself.
3At the beginning, I found it difficult to do this and I couldn’t help questioning the ideas I was reading or hearing.
4But now I’ve learnt to avoid listening to my inner voice all the time and sometimes I even argue with it.
5He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.
(九年级全一册，U53a课文P35)
7、manage to do sth.
1Recently, I’ve managed to become a more active learner.
2On the other hand, I also attempted to ask as many questions as I can.
语法小结：A suggest doing sth.
suggest/keep/risk/end up/try/cannot help/advise/avoid/can’t stand/don’t mind/enjoy/start/like/practice/regret/remember/finish/imagine/miss/escape doing sth.
B manage to do sth.
need/attempt/try/refuse/decide/agree/promise/expect/want/start/help/like/manage/regret/seem/remember/hope to do sth.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1My tip for learning English is to read simplified classic works because they can increase my knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
2Dr. Smith’s advice is to increase your knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
3Just memorizing the rules is not helpful.
4His advice is that when you learn a grammar rule, you should try to use it in speaking and writing activities.
2、1This is because when we experience things for the first time, we often have strong feelings of fear or excitement.
2As a result, we remember them much better, as retelling events helps fix experiences in our memories.
3When remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
4As most of us do not have amazing memories like them, when memorizing detailed learning materials, we simply need to focus on the important ideas and be curious about what we learn.
5Asking questions about what we learn also helps with memorization.
6Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known.
7Therefore, one of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review
the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
3、1It has been proved that some people have a photographic memory. 课本P59
2No one has proved that there are people who really have photographic memories.
课本P58
3No one has been proved to have a photographic memory.《教师用书》P104
4、A good strategy to increase memory is to review the material you are trying to remember often ( periodically).
5、Writing information down clearly makes it easier for you to review it later.
6、Retelling events helps fix experience in our memories.
7、1The stranger the picture, the better.
2The more you read, the fast you’ll be. (九年级全一册，Unit 1 P2 2d Role-play the conversation)
3The more you listen, the easier it is to catch on. (课本P103)
4The more she learns, the more she wants to learn.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1That is to say, most of us will have to make an effort when trying to remember things.
2Getting to know the secrets of our memory means learning not only the facts about it, but also the ways to improve it. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
3When acquiring new knowledge, I’ll try to make connections with what I have already learnt.
4For example, this means going over what I’ve learnt soon after learning and before going to bed.
5You can never teach an old dog new tricks.
2、1Living in a foreign country sounds exciting, but it’s not always easy to fit in with another culture.
2I spent a few months (in) studying at a language college in Beijing.
3I really wanted to practice speaking Putonghua whenever I had a chance, but the people I met were often more interested in practicing their English than in helping me practice my Chinese!
4I kept telling him that I knew the way myself, but he insisted on taking me there.
5But I’m used to ordering my own meal.
6What cultural difficulties did the students face when studying abroad?
3、1A closer look at the reading tests, shows the interesting fact that girls are outperforming boys in reading and that this is associated with girls’ greater enjoyment of reading.
2However, not all countries had such an obvious trend.
3And there were a few countries and regions that scored very highly in boy’s reading enjoyment , for example, in Albania,... and Thailand where at least 80% of boys enjoy reading , although these positive numbers are matched and passed by girls who reported an even higher level of reading enjoyment (90% or higher).
4There were clear differences in the choices boys and girls make when deciding on what to read.
5While reading in all forms is certainly beneficial and should be encouraged, the low numbers of boys reading for enjoyment and their limited choices when they do, is evidence of an issue that needs to be addressed. While=Although=Though
6Given that in OECD countries, two in three boys only read newspapers for pleasure proves that there is work to be done.
7The PISA study has helped show a clear pattern in gender when it comes to reading.
8Do you think the evidence in the article is strong enough to explain the finding that girls outperform boys in reading? 同位语从句
9As a mountain climber, Aron is used to taking risks. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
10On April 26, 2003, he found himself in a very dangerous situation when climbing in Utah.
（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
11So he used his knife to cut off half his right arm.（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
12This means being in a difficult situation that you cannot seem to get out of. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1Now that I am an established writer, people often ask my opinion about the best age to start writing. now that 既然 因为 since 既然 因为 once 一旦 既然
2Sometimes, my classmates argued with me about my posts, while others agreed with my ideas.
3My principal even told me that reading my blog had left a deep impression on him and helped him understand many aspects of students’ lives.
4However, he also suggest that I concentrate more on my studies.
5When I first attempted to write a novel, I struggled to think of a story, but believe it or not, it ended up being based on one of my blog posts.
2、1For example, try reading more than just the course-books.
2Secondly, if you are having trouble with unfamiliar words, try thinking about the context in which the words are spoken.
3Unfortunately, just memorizing the rules is not enough.
4I would recommend learning the rules and not worrying if you make small mistakes while practicing.
3、Unfortunately, not all of us are born with amazing memories, but with daily practice we can all significantly improve our brainpower. 部分否定
4、I can’t wait to get over there. I can’t wait to visit you.
5、1That is to say, remembering the word letter by letter is not the best way to learn English.
2What I suggest is to read, read and read.
3If you are planning to come to Poland as a tourist, you will have plenty of interesting places to visit. People who enjoy hiking should consider going to the mountains, in the south of Poland. You don’t have to book accommodation in advance as you will certainly manage to find a local person who will offer to put you up at a very reasonable price.
4If you love sailing and you don’t mind being bitten by mosquitoes, you can go to the lakes in the northeast. You can either choose to stay on a boat or go camping and practice cooking on an open fire next to a lake.
5The coast in Poland is cold but it’s beautiful. If you can’t stand staying in a crowded seaside town or can’t afford to pay for a big hotel, arrange to stay in one of the small coastal villages. You certainly won’t risk meeting too many people if you decide to go for a long walk along the beach.
6、1When we have a conversation with someone, we use various expressions to show the other person that we are paying attention to what he/she is saying.
2For example, if someone tells us about something that we find fascinating or enjoy hearing about, we may remark, “Interesting”.
3These phrases show that we are listening and encourage the other person to give us more details.
4Zhang Ming’s teachers encourage him to study quietly.
5Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
6An effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known
7、1 It’s never too old to learn. You can’t teach an old dog new tricks.
2Now I’m about to graduate from university with a bachelor’s degree in Computer Engineering by distance learning. be about to do sth. when 从句
3I decided to give myself a second chance by studying for a degree in the evenings and on weekends, while keeping a secure full-time job.
4Frankly speaking, the last four years have been hard, but it’s been worth it as I have a new job offer!
5In the past, if someone had worked for a company for over 20 years, they would have stayed there until retirement！ 虚拟语气
6I think that getting laid off will prove to be the best thing that ever happened to me.
7 So many people think that after you retire, all you can do is switch off your brain and bury everything you’ve ever learnt, but that doesn’t have to be the case.
五、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Active Learning of Lesson 1, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U9,B3)
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 block us from learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 disagree with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 gain more knowledge about a topic. 4 In a word, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 try to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 deep within every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 on the basis of first impressions.
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 get in the way of learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 argue with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 achieve a higher level of understanding about a topic. 4 In short, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 attempt to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 at the heart of every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 based on first impressions.
六、The Summary of the Story in Shakespeare’s play Lear King, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 71---page 73: (课本71-73页,U9,B3)
King Lear explains that he is going to divide his kingdom among his three daughters. King Lear asks his three daughters to tell him how much they love him. The two older daughters (Goneril and Regan) tell their father that they love only him. The youngest daughter (Cordelia) explains that she will give her love to her father (King Lear) but also to her future husband. King Lear gives Cordelia’s share of the kingdom to the two older daughters. Cordelia asks her father to explains her honesty to the King of France. The king of France understands Cordelia’s feelings and wants to marry her.
Many people think that King Lear is one of Shakespeare’s best plays. It is a story of madness, death and suffering. King Lear is old but not wise. He loves his two daughters who secretly hate him. He hates the only daughter who really loves him. As the story develops, he comes to realize that he has made a terrible mistake.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 1第一单元 Relationships
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 1, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、现在完成时态
1I haven’t seen Mr. Jenkins since I left school, but I often think about him.
2I’ve read a couple of Graham’s books and seen him on TV.
3However, I have not done as well with all my students as I have withGraham.
2、过去完成时态
1Before Mr. Jenkins taught me, science had simply been a subject full of strange words to me.
2I had heard stories about his bad behavior.
3He was very bright and he had done very well in science subject.
4I knew I had chosen a job with a lot of stress but I love what I do.
5The film had begun when they arrived at the cinema.
6The police arrested the man who had broken into a jewellery shop.
7The whole class cheered for John because he had won an award.
8The whole class cheered for John because he had run the fastest on Sports Day.
9My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol.
My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had hit a stone halfway.
10The dog hid under the sofa because it had eaten the family’s dinner.
The dog hid under the sofa when it had been scared.
11A car crashed into a tree because the driver had fallen asleep.
A car crashed into a tree because it had broken down.
12The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a pay rise.
The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a promotion.
3、定语从句
1The only thing I can remember from school maths is that the angles of a triangle add up to 180 degree!
2That was really the first time I tried to explain science to an audience and now it’s my job!
3As John Dewey, the famous educationalist, said, “Education is not preparation for life; education is life itself.”
4、either too also
I had no idea what hydrogen was, and I didn’t really want to know, either.
5、used to do sth.
1He used to explain things which seemed difficult with lots of practical examples and in simple language.
2I used to teach him!
6、表语从句
1The problem was that I lacked confidence in myself.
2The thing about being a teacher is that you have access to children’s minds when they are open eager to learn.
7、虚拟语气
1Often when I’m preparing a program, I think about how Mr. Jenkins would have done it.
2Sometimes I think, if only I could call him and ask for his opinion!
8、catch/find sb. doing sth.
Once I caught him and his friends seeing who could jump the farther off the school stage.
9、no such thing as
I think it’s important to understand that there’s no such thing as a good or bad student.
10、主语从句
If what I do as a teacher can help turn a child like Graham into such a successful adult, then I know what I’m doing is worthwhile.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、alone、lonely
1Mark never stops socializing with his friends online. But he’s also never felt more alone.
2Yet the truth of the matter is: I feel lonely.
3My friends try to drag me away from my phone, but as soon as I’m alone again, I’m desperate to get back to the online world and the intense activity that it provides.
4I constantly feel depressed, dissatisfied and alone.
2、According to research, over two-thirds of young people find it easier to make friends online than it is “in real life”.
3、I’m way beyond a shy or reserved person, but I’m wired up every day, like most of my friends. 课本P99注释
4、1Since I spend so much time socializing online, I keep delaying things that are important in real life.
2Some spent the dinner bending over their phones, texting friends online but ignoring the ones who sat right in front of them.
3On a family holiday last summer, my sister spent all her time complaining that she needed to charge her phone.
4When it was charged, she just spent hours reading about her favorite pop star.
5、1It’s funny that my friends and I chatter online so much, but we end up having nothing to say when we meet.
2And the extraordinary thing is nobody thought this was rude.
3What is really worrying is that no one I know, including myself, could go cold turkey.
课本P99注释
6、部分否定
Not once did she lift her head to enjoy the view outside her window.
7、I can’t even imagine going without social networking for a week---think of all the important appointments, invitations and news updates you would miss!
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1As you may know, we are running a school-wide public speaking competition, and the final will take place at the lecture hall on 10 May (9 am-12 pm).
2Would you have time to attend a short at the Student Union Room at 4 pm on 8 May so that we can introduce you to the other judges and discuss the details?
3If you have any questions, please do let me know.
2、1Peer pressure can happen when we are influenced to do something that we would not usually do because we want to be accepted by our peers.
2Peer pressure can influence how people dress, how they talk, what music they listen to, what attitude they adopt and how they behave.
3People who are low in confidence and unsure of themselves may be more likely to seek their peers’ approval by going along with risky suggestions or choosing the “wrong” path. be likely to do sth.
4Unfortunately, some bullies are popular and may even lead the peer group, which means others are less likely to challenge their behaviour. be likely to do sth.
5Teenagers want to be liked, to fit in and to be accepted, which means peer pressure can be powerful and hard to resist.
6The most important thing is to build up self-confidence, so that it is easier to say “no” to the peer group.
3、1They feel more comfortable alone and enjoy ideas and thinking.
2When feeling bad or stressed, introverts look inside themselves for energy and motivation.
3Extroverts prefer to be surrounded by people rather than be on their own.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、过去完成时态
1Tina phoned the emergency services and told them what she had just seen.
2A doctor from the Ambulance Service told Tina that he had sent an ambulance.
3Having found the needle, Tina did what the doctor had told her--- to inject her teacher in the leg.
4And because she had done everything she could before the ambulance arrived, her teacher was saved.
5She didn’t tell anyone what had happened.
2、English was never my favourite subject until I joined Mr. Wu’s class.
never/not ……until......句型，“直到……才……”
3、Last month, I was asked to make a presentation in class, something that I would have hated doing before. 定语从句 虚拟语气 hate doing sth.
4、过去完成时态（课本P79U1B1选择性必修第一册 Workbook）
1I hadn’t been there for three years.
2I spent a happy hour sitting a café thinking about the good times I had had there as a student. 3As I was enjoying the coffee, I suddenly saw a familiar face --- it was Mr. Young , who had taught me music in my senior secondary school.
4I thanked him for what he had done for me.
5、Either you are doing something well or you aren’t!
either…or…; neither…nor…; both…and…; not only… but also…
6、1Some young people do have difficulties in maintaining a balanced life when it comes to the Internet.
2Most young people are capable of controlling their lives when it comes to being connected and being offline.
7、各种从句
1The reality is that nobody is perfect and we need to realize that we should find ways to live happier and less stressful lives.
2If we want to show someone we love them, we need to first respect who they are and show them we accept them for who they are.
3We might have friends who are crazy about sports, while we prefer reading.
4By being humble when you make a mistake, you can fix any problem you may have caused and also show that you are a mature person.
5So, try and follow the advice and you will find that you have happier and stronger relationships with your friends and loved ones.
6Respecting the fact that others may not appreciate our hobbies and interests.
同位语从句
五、The Summary of the Reading Text---How Do We Like Teachers’ Feedback? of Lesson 2,Unit 1,Book 1选择性必修第一册 on page 13: (课本13页,L2,U1,B1---录音原文 课本P105)
Matt Dickson interviewed three students about their feelings of English teachers’ feedback. The first student thinks his teachers’ feedback is negative and makes him lose confidence. But he understands her intention. The second student thinks the feedback from her teacher is more effective even though it is more demanding for her teacher. She can raise further questions about anything she doesn’t understand. The third student thinks his teacher often gives very general comments. But he wants to know where his strengths and weaknesses are. He thinks feedback should be specific. For example, the teacher can highlight his mistakes and say things like “You need to work on the past tenses.”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修 第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Success
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、Three famous English Proverbs
1A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.
2The longest journey begins with the first step.
3God helps those who help themselves.
2、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1Do you think being a millionaire means success?
2For a lot of people, becoming a millionaire is a symbol of success and they set this as a ultimate goal.
3They spend half of their time dreaming up ways of getting rich and achieving the success they expect, and the rest of their time thinking about all the things they will do once they become rich.
4Some continue to worry about money when they become millionaires---they worked hard to become wealthy, but then they need to continue making money so they don’t lose the sense of success they have achieved.
5There is a small garden outside with a few fruit trees, which Jason enjoys taking care of.
6He was tired of being regarded as living a successful life, as a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
7I felt very guilty being a rich man without doing anything.
8Sure, many people think that “success” means having millions in the bank or a well-paid job. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
9He discovered that having only a little money made him free.
10For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
3、同位语从句
There are certainly no signs that Jason is a rich and successful man!
4、各种从句
1What I want is to live simply and be helpful to others.
2It’s a kind of satisfaction and a real sense of success that I had never felt before.
3Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life.
5、动名词短语充当主语、表语或宾语
1Having money is wonderful but my family is more important to me.
2I find helping homeless people is not easy.
3Mary’s hobby is collecting stamps.
4Telling Davy your ideas will help him understand you.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1I think being ambitious in what you do is a top secret of success.
2For about five years, when he was a teenager, he spent 10,000 hours (in) working on a basic computer.
2、For more than 50 years, Yuan Longping has devoted his life to rice production.
devote…to…
3、not only…but also… not only… but…as well
1His research has not only helped China find a way to remove hunger but also contributed to world peace and social progress.
2Alibaba has not only become the biggest online sales company in the world but it changes people’s shopping habits as well.
3She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
4Success is not only how we achieve success, but also how we sustain it.
4、He was worried that I had no longer become fun to train with and that I was in danger of being left with only a world championship medal and no one to share it with.
5、1I could have become angry or defensive.
2When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
3Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.
4However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.
should have done sth. should not have done sth.
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth.
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
need have done sth. need not have done sth.
6、what-structure/what结构
1Don’t they know what it takes to get there?
2I knew elements of what he was saying were right.
3I was pushing the limits and extremes beyond what most thought were healthy.
4Call it unhealthy if you want, but that is the way I roll, no matter what it is I’m applying myself to.
5Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
6What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
7It is important to know how to identify what information is accurate (true) and what is inaccurate (false).
8 But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
9What I would like to do in the future is nursing.
10But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
7、1From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play.
2I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games.
3In the words of the British tri athlete Alistair Brownlee, even if it means getting injured , I’d prefer to have three or four outstanding years of winning stuff than having ten years of being average. mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
8、动名词短语
1Being a professional athlete is no different.
2Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
9、各种从句
1If you want to be an Olympic champion, it’s all about that little extra thing (that) you have done in your preparation that will set you apart from your competitors.
2Was she clear about why she had chosen to be an athlete?
3Identify the reasons why the writer was able to get to the top.
4What are the three most important reasons why the writer was able to get to the top?
5What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
6She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
7They stop doing everything that leads up to success after they achieve it.
10、定冠词和零冠词（课本P39）
1Why do Olympic athletes push themselves to the limits?
2I miss / birthday parties, ruin family holidays and skip nights out.
3“We’re worried about you,” said my friend from across the table.
4Don’t they know how hard it is to be at the top in sport?
5…because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown / Johannesburg.
6I was born with an enormous amount of / drive and determination.
7I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys.
8But if your dream is to be the best and reach the winner’s platform, you had better be totally committed to your sport.
9How far is it from the capital city?
10Did you see the last episode of Heroes?
11I’ve bought a new phone. The phone’s got a fantastic camera.
12Who is the best singer at the moment?
13All children should do / sports when they are at / school.
14Is that the house where you grew up?
11、In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
2She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
2、1By the time Huang moved back to China in 2008, he had been living and working in the UK for 15 years. 过去完成进行时态
2He had a good job and a life there, but he gave it all up to return to home, driven by the idea that he needed to contribute to his country. 同位语从句
3Huang was named lead scientist on China’s deep earth exploration program, developing advanced cameras that can see through the Earth’s crust so that it can be analyzed without having to dig into it.
4Huang’s dedication contributed to China’s lunar probe Yutu being landed on the moon in 2013 and the launch of the spacecraft Shenzhou-11 and Tiangong-2 in 2016.
3、1When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
2Rowling’s first novel was rejected by 12 publishers before it was finally published, yet paradoxically, it was this experience that helped her to succeed: “Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.” It was……that…… 强调句型。
3However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
4But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
5But his poor English prevented him from becoming an actor.
6After being accepted for a directing major, Lee spent six years looking for opportunities to direct a film, but was only asked to look after filming equipment.
7He then spent most of his time writing plays which were rejected by more than 30 companies within two weeks.
8This is where the importance of failure comes in: If we can learn how to manage failure, we’ll learn how to succeed.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1Does having a lot of money mean being successful?
mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
2But to him, no one has lived a better life than he has after he decided to turn his back on his fortune. 比较级的否定式等于最高级。
3When it comes to stories about success, I personally think it’s very motivating to talk about influential people and how they overcame great difficulties in their lives.
4Ever since I was a child, I have been obsessive about basketball, playing it, watching it, talking about it, everything!
5Luckily, it suits my personality as I have always lived my life to extremes and pushed myself to the limits.
2、动名词短语充当主语、宾语和表语：
1Earning money is not the most important consideration in my life. (S)
2I think too many people spend time (in) worrying about trying to reach the top, even if they are not happy. (O)
3What I would like to do in the future is nursing. I know it is not success in many people’s eyes. But for me, helping people to recover is success. (P 、S)
4My mother always told me that achieving my goals was not as important as being happy. I totally agree with her. (S)
3、1He felt shameful and guilty of what he had while others might own very little.
2It is said that when employees get tired, it is because they are not doing something they are passionate about.
3Being rejected affects our self-confidence levels and it might take some time to recover, but eventually we will.
4Somehow the funny part they feel is that in a lot of world games their competitors are not from other countries but are actually their teammates.
5But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
6Then they thought he might be satisfied with being a millionaire, so they were all utterly shocked when he donated every penny he had made.
4、动名词短语充当主语、表语：
1Her favourite sports are skiing and climbing mountain. (P表语)
2My favourite activity is reading comedy stories. (P表语)
3Smoking cigarettes is very bad for you. (S 主语 单三)
4So, if family is the most important thing for you, maybe finding a husband or wife and having / children is what you would understand success to be.
5For me, travelling around the world and also having a happy family would make me feel happy and successful.
6He was tired of being a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
5、过去完成时态：
1At 16 years old, Sam had always been a relatively good student.
2Neither of his parents had had the opportunity to attend university and for them, Sam becoming a lawyer was their biggest ambition.
3Since he was only a child, Sam had been passionate about computer programming.
4And by the age of 12 he had known three different programming languages.
6、He knew that achieving this goal would make them happy, but the truth was that he wasn’t sure whether he would feel the same.
7、So he preferred staying in with his computer, rather than going out socializing or playing sports.
8、His parents were fine with this, as long as he continued to focus on his studies.
9、One day, while reading an article online about a young technology billionaire called Thomas O’Connor, everything changed for Sam.
10、Thinking that it wouldn’t come to anything, he emailed the CEO, introducing himself and explaining his ideas.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Money vs. Success, of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U2,B1)
Years ago, Jason was a college professor with a big house. But knowing that many people were living in poor conditions, he felt guilty. Jason decoded to turn his back on his fortune by giving his money to charity and helping homeless people to get on in life. Now Jason lives in a small dormitory room. He appreciates the change. For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Getting To The Top of Lesson 3, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U2,B1)
It boils down to this: I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people. If you are not totally committed to your sport and want to lead a normal life, you can never be an outstanding athlete, let alone an Olympic champion. You may think it is unhealthy or selfish to go to these lengths, but that is the way I roll, no matter what I’m applying myself to.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 3第三单元 Conservation
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、由关系副词when、where和why引导的定语从句
1Extinctions , where entire species are wiped out, are not unusual in our Earth’s history.
(非限制性定语从句)
2In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended.
3There is a long list of reasons why so many species are dying out: air and water pollution, forests being destroyed, factory farming and overfishing.
4For example, we need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected.
5To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
6He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
7I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
2、由关系代词which、that 和who或“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句）
1In fact, over 90 percent of all species that ever lived are now extinct.
2These include the third mass extinction, known as the “Great Dying”, which killed 90% to 96% of all species. (非限制性定语从句)
3And the fifth event, which occurred 66 million years ago, caused the death of the dinosaurs.
(非限制性定语从句)
4Although it is not unusual for species to die out naturally, the rate at which this is now happening is cause for concern.
5A 2015 study by scientists who were based at Brown University and Duke University in the US, looked at how quickly species die out due to natural causes, that is, the “background extinction rate”.
6If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out.
7This would mean we have to significantly change the way we live.
8 In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
9Black robins are the birds that humans saved from extinction.
10 To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
3、It is clear that human activity has negatively affected all other species on Earth, including animals and plants.
4、Of course, as we humans depend on so many species for our survival, we would also be at risk of dying out.
5、含蓄虚拟条件句：
Without forests, we would have no air to breathe, and without clear water we would be unable to survive.
6、定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句 课本P55）
1In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out.（非限制性定语从句）
2But nowadays, human activity has affected all types species that we depend on for living.
3We should set up special areas to take care of endangered animals and plants before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species. (定语从句的分隔现象)
4He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
5The bus which was full of tourists stopped near the Leaning Tower of Pisa.
6Melissa lent me some money, which was very generous of her.（非限制性定语从句）
7The ground is covered with snow and ice, which makes driving very dangerous.
（非限制性定语从句）
8I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
（非限制性定语从句）
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1 How
1、How often、How soon、How far、How tall、How high、How many、How much、How long、How old、How heavy、 How fast、
1How are you? How do you do?
2How often have you heard these conversations?
3How often do we get stuck in traffic jams?
4How often do we arrive at work or school, stressed out, tired and angry?
2、the number of和a number of 与主谓一致
1By how much has the number of cars gone up in the last 20years? （主谓一致）
2In the last 20 years, the number of cars on the roads has gone up by 25%.
（主谓一致）
3But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. （主谓一致）
4Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy.
5A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
6Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group
7Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
3、1Traffic is one of the major causes of global warming and climate change, as car engines produce various types of greenhouse gases.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
4、1Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars.
2While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. (九年级全一册 Unit 9 P67 3a 阅读课文)
3Taking notes when reading a text is very similar to taking notes when listening.
5、1We often think there is nothing (that) we can do about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic.
2Do whichever of these things that suit you.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1The main argument for factory farming is that, apart from being a lot cheaper than traditional or organic farming, it provides more food for a world population that has already reached seven billion, according to the United Nations.
2As factory farms do not use many workers, the costs are low and the production is high.
3For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
4People who fight for animal rights claim that these animals suffer terrible stress.
5To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves. despite=in spite of
2、Sentence Builder------Linking Expressions （课本P63）
1according to---providing sources of information
According to an institute, “74% of the world’s poultry…are produced in this way”.
2moreover---adding new information
Moreover, factory-farmed animals suffer from fewer diseases.
3on the other hand---contrasting statements
On the other hand, opponents of factory farming say that it is cruel to the animals.
4for instance---giving examples
For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
5in addition to--- adding new information
In addition to this, factory farming has a negative impact on the environment.
6in my opinion---summarizing information
In my opinion, we should try to reduce this kind of farming, although we would have to pay more for our eggs and meat.
7to sum up--- summarizing information
To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves.
3、1The official title of “World Heritage Site” is given by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) committee to places in the world that are outstanding examples of cultural or natural history.
2Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy. （非限制性定语从句）
3Besides the temple, visitors can enjoy the grounds outside, where there are more than 1,000 stone tablets and over 100,000 tombs.
4Every year, visitors from all over the world come to admire the mountains, lakes, streams, trees, underground springs and waterfalls, which make Jiuzhaigou Valley an area of outstanding natural beauty. （非限制性定语从句）
5The building that people visit most is the Temple of Confucius.
4、现在完成时、现在完成进行时、现在完成时的被动语态：
1In the last few years, we have seen environmental disasters on a grand scale.
2Thunderstorm, floods, earthquakes, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and forest fires have become increasingly common.
3There have been terrible floods in Asia, Africa, America and Oceania.
4Storms have been getting worse everywhere too, with more hurricanes hitting the US and Central America, （现在完成进行时、介词with的复合结构）
5Reduced rainfall has affected Africa for years, with severe droughts in Somalia and Kenya in 2017, as well as many other zones becoming drier. （介词with的复合结构）
6Volcanic eruptions and earthquakes have always been a threat.
7There have been serious earthquakes in many parts of Asia, Europe, and South America.
8This has mainly been caused by the huge amounts of carbon dioxide produced by factories and vehicles. （现在完成时的被动语态）
9These have claimed more than 1.6 million lives in the last hundred years.
10He warns that the world has not seen the worst yet. （现在完成时的否定式）
5、比较状语从句
1Atlantic hurricanes are 40% stronger now than they were 30 years ago.
2Landslides and earthquakes are even more dangerous now than in the past because around half of the world’s population now live in cities.
6、现在分词短语充当结果状语
1A massive earthquake hit central Italy in August 2016, killing at least 247 people.
2In April 2017, the city of Mocoa in Colombia was hit by a landslide, leaving many dead and injured.
7、A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
8、They build homes from whatever materials they can find.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1If the rate at which they are dying out continues to rise, millions of plants and animals will become extinct in the next decade.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
3Because of conservation efforts, the number of pandas is increasing according to a survey in 2015.
4The number of them is decreasing due to pollution in the river.
5It’s disappointing to see the environment destroyed like this.
6Even though many people are trying to recycle, there is unfortunately still so much plastic waste that ends up being thrown away.
7We really don’t want to see people driving the car when they only need to go around the corner.
2、1A lot of people feel that driving their own cars allows them to have more freedom.
2I think using public transport is worth the effort.
3Relying too much on cars also creates problems such as traffic jams, road accidents and noise pollution.
4Of course, cars are convenient and necessary when travelling long distances.
3、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
1Being a marine researcher is something that I’ve always dreamed of.
2I work with a team of scientists, who are all experts in their fields, on an international project.
（非限制性定语从句）
3I’m currently based in Argentina, which is in South America, studying sea temperatures from Antarctica. （非限制性定语从句）
4Unfortunately, there has been a significant rise in temperatures over the 50 years, which is clearly linked to human activity. （非限制性定语从句）
5Polar ice caps that were frozen all year long, even ten years ago are now melting at an alarming rate.
4、1Why not pack a tent? 2Why don’t we just cycle instead?
3 Why don’t we start walking to school from now on.
5、Guy de Maupassant’s The Necklace
（一）现在分词短语充当伴随状语、后置定语或原因状语
1This leaves her unhappy, suffering from what she thinks as a life of poverty.
2Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown costing four hundred francs, knowing he will not be able to afford the hunting gun he had been saving up to buy.
3They walk towards the Seine in despair, shivering with cold.
4Finally, in defeat, he suggests Mathilde writes a letter to Madame Forestier, explaining she will return the necklace after repair, lying that the clasp had broken.
5The next years are horrible for Mathilde, who works like servant, her own servant having been dismissed.
6At first not recognizing Mathilde, Madame Forestier is shocked by her friend’s haggard appearance.
7Dancing with happiness, and passion, intoxicated with pleasure, Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
8One day on the street, Mathilde meets Madame Forestier, still looking lovely.
（二）长句难句复杂句式
1She even becomes jealous of her school friend, Madame Forestier, who has married a wealthy man.
2As Monsieur Loisel places the wrap over his wife’s shoulders, the contrast of the poverty of her wrap with the elegant ball gown is too much to bear and to save any embarrassment she hurries to leave before anyone notices her.
3At last on the quay side they find “one of those ancient night cabs which, as though they were ashamed to show their shabbiness during the day, are never seen round Paris until after dark”.
4The jeweler offers the couple a similar necklace for thirty-six-thousand francs with the understanding that he will buy it back if they find the necklace before the end of February.
5Monsieur Loisel, frightened by the trouble yet to come, by the “black misery” that is about to fall upon him, by the prospect of all the physical sacrifices and the “moral tortures ” he is about to suffer, goes to pay the jeweler thirty-six-thousand francs and collects the diamond necklace.
6The Loisels arrive home at the Rue des Martyrs, and Mathilde’s happiness turns to horror as she sees that the necklace is missing when she looks in the mirror to admire herself one more time.
（三）动词不定式短语：
1She always feels she has “fallen from a higher station” and longs to be part of the upper class.
2Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
3Mathilde surprises him by refusing to go and throws the invitation onto the floor.
4Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown.
5She agrees to lend it to her for the ball.
6All the man ask her name and want to be introduced to her.
6、1Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group.
2Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
7、1Scientists say that previously the reasons for extinction have varied but human actions will be to blame for the sixth extinction which has already started to happen.
2It is clear that human activity negatively affects almost every natural thing on Earth, from destroying different species of plants and animals to creating various types of greenhouse gases.
3Now we know that cancer is related to traffic pollution which is why more and more people are becoming sick.
4It is unusual to see him cycle to work. see sb. do sth. see sb. doing sth.
5It’s not quite as fast as cycling but it gets me downtown much quicker than if I take my car.
6More and more people are beginning to do something which suits them and protect the environment.
8、Relative Clauses （关系从句---非限制性定语从句）
1My painting won the first prize, which was quite a surprise.
2I got a low mark in the Science test, which made me angry.
3I met the new doctor last week, who isn’t very kind at all.
4I’m going to a new restaurant with my friend, whose cousin is coming to town.
5The boat entered the deep sea, where the storms can be terrible.
9、1These endangered species are threatened with becoming extinct, meaning they will no longer exist on Earth.
2With rising awareness of how we affect the natural environment, hopefully we can learn to protect these food chain and help them to thrive.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Sixth Extinction of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U3,B1)
In the last 500 million years, there have been five mass extinction events on Earth. In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out. Of course, species died out due to many causes. But nowadays, human activity has affected all types of species that we depend on for living. We need to take action to avoid the sixth mass extinction. We should take steps to save endangered animals and plants, and set up special areas to take care of them before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Road to Destruction of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 61: (课本61页,L3,U3,B1)
Many people often get stuck in a traffic jam when they go to work. How annoyed and stressful they often feel! But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. Traffic pollution has been found to cause global warming and climate change to a large degree.
Too many cars do a lot of harm to the environment and our health. Some advice has been given for people to help protect the environment, for example, using public transport or sharing cars, doing your shopping in the shop just around the corner instead of driving to the other side of town. However, people are addicted to using cars. They make excuses for using their cars, “I need to pick up my daughter. What can I do?”
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第一册
Unit 1 Life Choices Lesson 1 Lifestyles 必修 B1 P5 课文语法填空
It’s September. Joe and Li Ying have been invited to write about their daily life in senior secondary school.
Joe is a “digital native” and he does lots of things online, including doing all his schoolwork, chatting with his friends, watching films, reading news and shopping. He also plays computer games and tennis on the screen. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict” because they think he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with his online friends. They are worried that he can’t tell if/whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
Li Ying is a “go-getter” and she studies with a clear goal. Studying is definitely a big part of her life. She always pays attention to all classes and thinks actively, so that she can do other interesting things after school. She likes biology most among all the subjects and likes reading all kinds of books. Meanwhile, she is active in running and voluntary work. Every day she does her homework when she is free at school and tries to use any possible time to revise what she has learnt after school. She uses her time well to achieve all the goals she has set.
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It 必修 B1 P13 课文语法填空
Zhang Tian was inspired by wonderful teachers from small village and applied for and became a volunteer teacher in a village school after graduation. Before he went to the village, he imagined exciting things about living and teaching in a village. But when he arrived, he found the school was much smaller than he had expected and that the living conditions in the village were also more challenging than he thought . Every day, he worked hard and felt tired. Teaching in Guizhou Province has been quite an experience for him.
To make school life healthier and livelier, Zhang Tian introduced more subjects to the school. Now the students do well in English and their school lives are more attractive and interesting, which makes Zhang Tian feel satisfied. Besides teaching, Zhang Tian also brought changes to the village. He made a great contribution to the village, so he became very popular among the village.
Unit 2 Sports and Fitness Lesson 1 The Underdog
必修第一册 B1 P31 课文语法填空
Both Paul and I were huge fans of the NBA, and we used to play on the court which/that was next to our building. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was only 1.6 metres tall, which made him the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul was only 1.6 metres tall too, and he used Bogues as his inspiration, practicing very hard. Although Paul tried out many times for making our school basketball team, our coach was not so sure, so Paul was still usually on the bench, which was really tough on him.
Our team was playing our main competitors this week. During the competition, a player and I crashed into each other and my knee hurt badly, which made me give up the game. The last quarter was about to begin, and my team was behind by 10 points. With our team’s suggestion, our coach permitted Paul to play the game. All the extra hours that Paul had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot. When the game ended, our team had won by 2 points. Because of his excellent performance, Paul was praised by his coach and earned his place on the team.
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness
必修第一册 B1 P39 课文语法填空
I do believe that long-distance running is of great benefit to you.
You do not need a gym membership or any special equipment . Keep it up, and you will know yourself, and see what you are capable of.
As is known to us all, running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. Running increases the flow of blood and oxygen to your brain. It not only makes your heart stronger and allows more blood to flow around your body, but also strengthens your immune system and reduces the risk of serious health problem. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
You’d better warm up and cool down properly before and after running in order not to hurt yourself. A warm-up gets your blood flowing and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
I hope this will be helpful to you.
Unit 3 Celebrations Lesson 1 Spring Festival
必修第一册 B1 P56 课文语法填空
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival---the spirit of family---has largely been kept. Most of the important Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
To Li Yan, a retired grandmother in Heilongjiang Province, Spring Festival is still about the joy of a family gathering. She loves to be surrounded by her entire family. Weeks before Spring Festival, she starts to make preparations for the young people’s homecoming.
For the younger generation, returning home to spend Spring Festival with parents is no easy task. Flights have to be booked as early as possible. Usually tickets are hard to get, and the journey would be tiring. But all the efforts pay off when the whole family sit together around a hotpot, filling each other in on what’s been happening.
The festival even attracts foreigners. Tom Jenkins, who is an exchange student in Nanjing, spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. He joined them in sweeping away the dirt of their house and attaching the Chinese character Fu to their front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives. Everything is so interesting to him, but the best part is to let off fireworks, which is expected to scare away the monster Nian.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas
必修 B1 P64 课文语法填空
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s my memory of Granny as well as gifts and Father Christmas that comes to mind.
I can well remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us. On a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. She was sick, but I failed to notice it. Granny made an effort to help me with my letter to Father Christmas. With her hand shaking slightly , she wrote “Father Christmas, the North Pole ”on the envelope.
In December, we made sugar biscuits, stuffed the turkey and sang Christmas songs. Granny had the patience to sing my favorite part over and over again. On Christmas Eve, Granny watched as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung most of the decorations on the branches.
On Christmas morning, I was on my best behavior as we opened the presents. Later, Granny gave me a special gift---a music box with a ballet dancer inside. After breakfast, as I played, Granny stayed inside by the fire. I remember catching her eye through the window. I called and asked her to join us, but she just waved. Lunch was late, but it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a lot of laughter
A few weeks after that Christmas, Granny passed away. I think of her often. Each Christmas, I make a G-shape sugar biscuit and take out the music box, in memory of Granny.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Spring Festival
of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 54:
Tom Jenkins spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. A week before the festival, the host mother Mrs. Chen began preparations. She swept up the dirt of the house from top to bottom to make it ready for the new year. She also attached the Chinese character Fu upside down on the front door to welcome happiness. Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
Xu Gang usually books the ticket of trains or flights for his trip home weeks before Spring Festival. When he gets on the train, he is surrounded by Shanxi accents. When he gets home, his parents always fill him in on what happened to the people he knows Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
Li Yan and her husband are retired. They start preparing for their family’s return weeks before Spring Festival. When everyone gets home, their house buzzes with activities. One of their favourite family traditions is to make jiaozi.
Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第二册
Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars
必修 B2 P4 课文语法填空
Avatars are digital images that you use to represent yourself online. The first simple avatars appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s and by the late 1990s they had been used in online chats. People started creating their own avatars that didn’t look or act like their real selves. Avatars let you express yourself and they give you lots of room for creativity. Most people create avatars that/which have similar features to their personalities and that look more or less like them and act like them. In most web chats, people can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create freely their own images. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users are worried that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a more positive light.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships
必修 B2 P10 课文语法填空
People have different ideas about how the Internet affects friendships.
Some people think the Internet can harm friendships. Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact---images really cannot replace a real- life smile or hug. Secondly, lots of the content posted on social media is shallow or trivial. Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be. Going online can be particularly dangerous for people that/who are easily influenced or too trusting. In my opinion, face-to-face communication is the best way to maintain healthy relationships.
Others believe the Internet can help develop friendships in many ways. Firstly, the Internet makes communication much more convenient. Secondly, the Internet has also made communication more fun. You can share photos, videos , news stories, and websites with your friends online. Thirdly, online communication can actually bring people closer to each other. Whenever someone needs help, friends from all over the world can immediately provide useful suggestions or information. Finally, I believe the Internet brings people closer together and makes communication with friends more convenient and interesting.
Unit 5 Humans and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story
必修 B2 P27 课文语法填空
About three years ago, something terrible happened to me. Those six hours of terror broke my body and soul. One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands. All at once, the sky was covered with dark clouds and in less than a minute we were in a terrible storm.
It may seem strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool , I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it. I noticed that smaller and tubular objects went down more slowly than other objects. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. And without waiting, I dived into the sea to try and escape.
As you can see, I did escape. In the end a boat picked me up. I was very tired. The fishermen were my old friends, but they were unable to recognize me. When I told them the story, they did not believe it.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole
必修 B2 P33 课文语法填空
On 1 June, 1910, Captain Scott began his journey to Antarctic. At the same time, the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen was also going south. During the polar summer, both teams organized food bases in preparation for their journeys. Amundsen reached the Antarctic first. Then he prepared for the return journey. Scott finally arrived at the Pole. They were shocked when they were the Norwegian flag. Scott wrote sadly in his diary: “Well, we have now lost the goal of our ambition and must face 800 miles of hard pushing---and goodbye to most of our dreams.”
The return journey was one of the worst in the history of exploration. The weather conditions were terrible. Scott realized their hopeless situation: “We are very cheerful, but what each man feels in his heart I can only guess…” Then a terrible storm started. Scott spent some of his last hours writing. He wrote a letter full of sadness to his wife. The news of Scott’s death shocked the world. He had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the extraordinary courage shown by Captain Scott and his men made them heroes.
Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer
必修 B2 P54 课文语法填空
At the Nobel Prize Lecture on 7 December, 2015, an 84-year-old Chinese woman walked slowly on to the stage. She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s. The woman was Tu Youyou , the first Chinese female scientist to be awarded a Nobel Prize for her work.
Tu Youyou was born in Zhejiang Province, China, on 30 December,1930. She studied medicine in Peking University Health Scie, nce Centre. After graduation, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Science. Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a deep knowledge about traditional practices.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria which killed millions of people every year. Across the world, scientists had been trying to fin d a cure. They tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. She researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti-malarial cures. Then Tu Youyou and her team began using modern research methods to study these Chinese herbs one by one. They overcame many difficulties and at last Tu Youyou bravely volunteered to be the first human subject and the test was a success. The medicine they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the most effective drug for fighting malaria in the world.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind the Superman
必修 B2 P60 课文语法填空
Christopher Reeve starred in four Superman films from 1978 to 1987. He spent his spare time visiting sick children in hospitals and doing many other good things, and soon gained a big reputation. However, while he was riding a horse, he fell off the horse and broke his neck. Due to the support of his wife, family and friends, he found the will to live again. In order to recover quickly, he engaged in a range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle. Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career. His positive attitude inspired many people who/that were stuck in illness. He will be remembered as a superhero forever,
Reading Club 2 Anne Frank and Her Diary 课本P66
必修 B2 P63 课文语法填空
During World War II, Anne Frank’s family had to hide in an annexe to escape the Nazi Holocaust. To keep busy, she wrote in her diary. Unfortunately, on 4 August, 1944 , the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there was sent to labour camps. The diary was originally written in Dutch. Since then, it has been published in at least 67 languages. Today, the annexe building where Anne and her family hid is a museum. Although Anne’s life in hiding was extremely difficult, her diary reveals her positive attitude. She wrote in her diary “The good news is that you don’t know how great you can be …and what your potential is.”Bringing us so much, her diary will be left in our hearts forever.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第三册
Unit 7 Art
Lesson 1 Masterpieces
必修 B3 P4 课文语法填空
In 1889 Van Gogh painted The Starry Night using his unusual way. At that time he stayed at home for his mental illness which some experts thought affected his sense of sight. The drug that he took made people see yellow spots. Unfortunately, Van Gogh only sold one painting in his lifetime. Though he thought The Starry Night was a failure. It is now one of the world’s best paintings.
In 1893, Edvard Munch was suffering a lot of pain because of his mental health problems. He painted The Scream, which shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream. In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him to paint the picture.
Rene Magritte painted a series of paintings, including The Empire of Light. It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night. What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds. It seems like quite a mysterious scene. Magritte was inspired by his thoughts and ideas. The viewers have different reactions to The Empire of Light. As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
Lesson 3 A Musical Genius
必修 B3 P10 课文语法填空
Ludwig van Beethoven was a German composer. He is regarded as one of the greatest composers in the history of music. One day in February 1824, at his little house in Vienna, Austria, Ludwig van Beethoven sat back in his chair and smiled. The famous German composer’s ninth symphony was finally completed. As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
At a very famous theatre in Vienna, the audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years. For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score. Finally, joyous/joyful note signaled the end of the symphony, and the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats, but Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score. It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
However, most of them had no idea that he was deaf! The one person in the room who/that didn’t hear the symphony---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
Unit 8 Green Living
Lesson 1 Roots and Shoots
必修 B3 P29 课文语法填空
If you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up, you are probably suffering from what is known as “Just-me-ism”. You might think it is no big deal. “How can it matter if I leave a little piece of litter on the road? ”But what if millions of people think the same? Then our world would be piled with litter and run short of natural resources at the same time. See? “Just-me-ism” is harmful!
To inspire young people to take action for the environment, animals and their community , Roots & Shoots was established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall, a scientist who’s the world’s best-known expert on wild chimpanzees. In addition to her research, she has been whole-heartedly committed to environmental protection. The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people so they can help to build a future that/which is secure and live together in peace with nature.
Dr. Jane Goodall is convinced that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference. ”So her institute Roots & Shoots is all about educating people to play their part in making the world a better place. And you cannot be absent.
Lesson 3 “White Bikes” on the Road
必修 B3 P35 课文语法填空
Why is Amsterdam a good city foe cycling?
The idea of “white bikes” began about 50 years ago. And ever since then, people in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. Flat and therefore convenient for bikes , Amsterdam is a good city for cycling. Because of its convenience for bicycles, Amsterdam has become very popular with cyclists---an amazing 38% of all trips are made by bike. That’s how it gets the nickname “the City of Bicycles”.
In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea that it would be better for both people and the environment if only bicycles were allowed in the city centre. They painted hundreds of bicycles white and placed them in many areas around Amsterdam for people to use free of charge. Soon after, however, problem came up and the “white bikes” all disappeared---thieves stole them all in a matter of weeks! But in 1999 the “white bikes” returned with a computer tracking system to record their every move! Thanks to the ideas and efforts of many people, you can now enjoy clean air and easy transport in central Amsterdam.
Nowadays, the idea of “white bikes” has pedaled its way around the world. In China, more and more cities have their own “white bikes” programs. Both the locals and tourists like to use shared bikes because bike-sharing is a cheap and easy way to save energy, reduce air and noise pollution, and enjoy the benefits of exercise in cities.
Unit 9 Learning
Lesson 1 Active Learning
必修 B3 P54 课文语法填空
While sometimes the human brain can learn by itself, we need to actively take part in the learning process and to reflect on what we have learnt. We are supposed to take an active role in our learning.
Your inner voice expresses your personal opinions. If you pay too much attention to your inner voice, you will risk missing important information. Active learners are open-minded, and they are in a better position to make decisions. If you find your inner voice difficult to control, you can argue with it as most active learners do. Be flexible in your opinions and you might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all. What’s more, asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning. The answers will lead you to further learning, and the very act of working out questions will help you to achieve a higher level of understanding.
Active learners attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea. Try to find out the source of an idea, and you will increase your chance of learning something. In addition, active learners do not judge people based on first impression or personal feelings. We needn’t assume that some people are always right because of who they are or just because they are your friends.
Lesson 3 The Secrets of Your Memory
必修 B3 P60 课文语法填空
We remember things that have strong connections in our mind, especially emotional connections. Childhood memories are often very emotional ; therefore, we remember them much better. So when remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
A person with a photographic memory could remember every detail of something, but most of us do not have amazing memories. Asking questions also helps with memorization. Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that/which are already known.
Forgetting the new words is natural for many people. One of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
Our memory reaches its full power at the age of 25. After this age, however, the brain starts to get smaller. By middle age, our memory is significantly worse than when we were young.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 1 Relationships Lesson 1 Teachers
选必 B1 P15 能力素养进阶 短文填空
When I was at school, I was poor at most subjects, especially maths. At that time, I thought I had no gift for maths. What was worse, I showed no interest in science, which was completely strange to me. I felt bored when I learnt about maths and science. It was a real headache for me to understand what science was about. I had almost lost heart when Mr. Jenkins became our maths teacher.
Mr. Jenkins could make everything he taught interesting and lively. The way he used to explain difficult things was full of practical examples. Realizing that I was a little lazy and had little confidence in science, Mr. Jenkins encouraged me to find out my strengths by asking me to give a presentation to the class. It was the first time I explained science to an audience. But now it is my job. While working now, I often wish I could get advice from Mr. Jenkins again.
Lesson 3 So Close, Yet So Far
选必 B1 P32 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Socializing with my friends online is my life. The moment I wake up, I check through all my social networking apps, reading my emails and posting updates, etc. I have 500 friends online and I live with several roommates, but I feel lonely. It seems that I have an active social life, attending parties and playing sports, but I’m absent-minded, because I strongly obsess over my phone.
Social networking is the master of my life. Though sometimes I set deadlines to tear away myself from my phone, I fail again and again. Spending so much time socializing online, I always feel depressed and alone. As a result, I can’t finish what I should do in my real life.
It is common that at parties or at a family holiday, most members fix their eyes on their phones, which they think is normal rather than rude.
What is most worrying is that it is impossible to drop my phone, because I need it for my studies because my teachers and classmates need to contact me. It is a problem that we are so close but really so far.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 2 Success Lesson 1 Money vs Success
选必 B1 P58 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Sixteen years ago, Jason was a college professor with a huge six-bedroom house and a fortune of two million dollars. A few years ago, he knew millions of people died of hunger every year, and there were places with no schools and no teachers. And they didn’t have the chance to learn and get on in life. This worried him a lot and he felt guilty being a rich man without doing anything. Therefore, he gave away all his money to charities. Whenever he had more than two thousand dollars, he would give away small bank notes to homeless people in the streets of local areas.
Now, he lives in a small dormitory room with only second-hand furniture. He also grows some vegetables and a few flowers. He gets his clothes and a lot of other things from charity shops. “I’m much happier, because I am living according to my values. Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life, ”said Jason.
Lesson 3 Getting to the Top
选必 B1 P78 能力素养进阶 短文填空
I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play. I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games; I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys. I have always lived my life to extremes. I think of countless birthday parties and nights out I have missed, ruining a family holiday in France because of the endless search for a swimming pool to train in, almost missing my brother’s wedding because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown Johannesburg and driving through the “ no-go ”areas.
Being a professional athlete is no different. Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 3 Conservation Lesson 1 The Sixth Extinction
选必 B1 P109 能力素养进阶 短文填空
In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended. The reasons for extinctions are varied. According to scientists, they include volcanic eruptions, asteroids hitting the Earth from space, changes in sea levels, the decrease of the oxygen content of the sea and global warming. Many scientists say we are now entering the Earth’s sixth mass extinction. This time, human activity will be to blame.
They found that human activity is causing species to die out 1000 times faster than normal. If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who/that have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out. We need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected. We need to change how we work and travel by using cleaner, more natural sources of energy, such as wind and solar energy. We also need to improve our farming methods to reduce water, air and land pollution. In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
Lesson 3 The Road to Destruction
选必 B1 P126 能力素养进阶 短文填空
We know that cars are bad for us. Here are five easy ways to improve our environment.
Use your legs. In 2014, over 55% of car journeys were under eight kilometers. Instead of taking short car journeys, we could easily walk or cycle. Leg power can save your money, keep you fit and help you live longer.
Use public transport. Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars. Sometimes it can take a little bit longer, but you can relax, read a book, talk to someone---who knows?
Think before you go. Do you really have to go to that shopping centre on the other side of town? What about the shops around the corner? Before you get into your car, think about whether you really need to make the journey.
Share cars. If you really have to use a car, share journeys with someone else. It is much cheaper and kinder to the environment.
Take actions! If your street is full of heavy traffic, talk to your neighbors about it. Write to the papers. Go to the city government. Ask for speed limit. Do whichever of these things that suit you. Don’t just sit around and complain.
All quite simple, isn’t it?
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》
北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第二册
选必 B2P5 U4L1 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
(A) An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
(B) Sherlock Homes asked his friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, Watson believed there were millions of galaxies and billions of planets. From the current atmosphere, he predicted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. He didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
(C) A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found almost everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance which had an amazing clown. Actually he was the clown.
选必 B2P13 U4L3 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Today we’ll introduce Rowan Atkinson, who is an English comedian.
He was born on 6 January,1955 and spent his early years on the family farm with his parents and three older brothers. At primary school, he had already shown admirable acting talent. When he was 13, he earned a scholarship to a boarding school. Then he went to Newcastle University and got the highest mark in his years at the university. Later, he studied in Oxford where he got his master’s degree in electrical engineering, which may explain why he is interested in fast cars.
One of the roles played by Atkinson in his comedy is Mr. Bean, who is very popular in Britain. Mr. Bean is liked internationally as the awkward, clumsy but always amusing figure. The popularity of Mr. Bean makes Atkinson famous all over the world.
选必 B2P30 U5L1 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
When Helen was in her childhood, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen often behaved unbearably. She was sometimes troublesome, stubborn and angry, and had a tendency to break things when she was not understood. For Helen, Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher, whose technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. With this method, from “doll” to “water”, Helen got the world of words opened up to her. With Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanding, her thinking process changed as well. As she grasped the key to language , she discovered more complex words. Although trying to learn words was a gradual and sometimes painful process, Helen was always enthusiastic about learning. Helen finally understood the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
选必 B2P38 U5L3 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
Bacon ‘s true interest was not the inefficient working style of the government, but the worthy search for knowledge. Galileo Galilei proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”. The church and many people tended to ignore the facts and didn’t want to challenge what they had always comfortably believed.
It is not surprising that people wanted to believe these primitive ideas. At first, people approved of Galilei’s studies and urged him to continue, but later when he proved Aristotle wrong, they grew angry and put him in prison. People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
选必 B2P55 U6L1 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
The source material for a film may be taken from classic novels, short stories, comic books and stage plays, as well as non-fiction such as biographic and autobiographies, even those written by ghost writers. All can work well, but why do many adaptations and indeed remakes fail with both cinema audiences and critics?
Firstly, because of the time limit, the adapted film is always found not close to the original story. Besides, the selected cast may not satisfy readers as they have their own imaginations about the characters. What’s more, some books are really unfilmable for technical reasons. In spite of the challenges, there have been some highly successful films made from popular books, such as Jaws, Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings. Maybe the best proof of a successful adaptation is the James Bond series, the majority of which has been adapted from the 007 novels of Ian Fleming. Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone has their favorite.
选必 B2P63 U6L3 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
An advertisement uses words and pictures to persuade people to buy a product or service, or to believe in an idea. Generally speaking, there are two main types of ads, which are commercial ads and public service ads respectively. Commercial ads are paid for to advertise a product or service, and the features of the public service ads are as follows: Firstly, they often run free of charge; secondly, they are meant to educate people about health, safety, or any other problem that has an effect on public welfare; thirdly, don’t play tricks on people; lastly, they aim at teaching and benefiting people, helping us lead better lives. Of course, we also should pay attention when seeing ads. For one thing, be aware of the skilful methods which are used in ads to try and sell us things. For another, avoid falling for the tricks some advertisements play.
《高中必刷题》
总主编 杨文彬 学科主编 陈利民 李娜 周成霞
首都师范大学出版社
英语 高一 1 必修 BS 必修第一册、第二册合订
课文改编填空
必修第一册 Unit 1 Life Choice
Lesson 1 Lifestyles P2 课文改编填空
Joe is a “digital native”---he has been using the computer since his childhood.
He does a wide range of things online such as doing homework, chatting with others and reading the daily news. He also shops fpr various necessities online because it is convenient to compare the qualities and prices from different online shops.
However, his parents are worried so his mum keeps telling him to go out with his school friends. According to them there is a danger that he may not be able to tell whether the friends online are real friends.
Li Ying is a go-getter. Secondary school is a new start for her and studying is definitely a big part of her life. She tends to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of every term and she listens attentively in all classes and thinks actively, so that she can have more space time to do other things that she is interested in after school.
Besides, she has a top 10 reading list and she tries to keep it updated. She is also active in sports clubs, which makes her excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together. To achieve all she wants, she must use her time wisely. As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It P9 课文改编填空
After a long day, Zhang Tian finally got back to his small room, feeling tired. It is typical of him to start working early in the morning and prepare lessons late at night. Coming to Guizhou Province to teach has been quite an experience for him.
He graduated from university and got a teacher’s certificate last year. He was inspired by the idea of living independently away from home. So he applied for and became a volunteer in a village school, imagining all sorts of exciting things.
However, not everything lived up to his hopes. The school was much smaller than he had expected and even the power and water supplies were unstable. The thought of leaving once flashed through his mind, but he quickly gave up on the idea.
In the school, he was the only English teacher while the other two were responsible for maths and Chinese. To make school life healthier and livelier, he introduced more subjects to the school, and the school is now full of laughter and music.
His first year has been tough but enjoyable. What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read , speak and write in English, and they became more confident. The contribution he made to the village was great and the villagers treated him as one of them. Although he had intended to stay for only one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year.
必修第一册 Unit 2 Sports and Fitness
Lesson 1 The Underdog P20 课文改编填空
Paul and I were on our school basketball team, The Lions. We were both big fans of the NBA. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul regarded him as his inspiration. Paul once said, ”If Bogues could make it, why not me? ”
However, our coach was not so sure. So Paul was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
This week, The Lions were playing against our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect. It would be a tough game and Paul didn’t know he would get the chance that he had been waiting for.
During the game, I crashed into another player and my knee hurt badly. We were about to lose so the coach agreed to give Paul a shot. Paul rushed onto the court and all the extra hours he had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot, and the crowd couldn’t stop clapping and cheering.
When the game ended, our team had won by two points. The coach hit Paul on the shoulder and said, “You’ve just earned your place on the team, big guy!”
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness P27 课文改编填空
As people often say, any exercise is better than none, but long-distance running in particular has a lot of benefits.
It is great for beginners---you don’t need a gym membership or any special equipment. There is no better way to know yourself and to see what you are capable of.
Running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. It can strengthen the immune system and reduce the risk of serious health problems. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up. Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from any aches or tension.
If you are new to running, here is some advice for you. A warm-up gets your blood running and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
Besides, remember the following principles. First, draw up a training plan and set achievable goals. Second, keep running. There will be times when you want to give up, but hang in there and tell yourself that it will get easier with time. All the sweat and hard work will be worth it in the end. Finally, make sure you do not overdo it.
必修第一册 Unit 3 Celebrations
Lesson 1 Spring Festival P38 课文改编填空
It was the first time for Tom Jenkins to spend Spring Festival in China with his host family. Spring Festival is highly valued by every Chinese family. Preparations began a week before the festival. First, the house cleaned from to bottom. Next, the Chinese character Fu was attached upside down to the front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
Xu Gang usually starts planning his trip home weeks before Spring Festival , as train tickets or flight have to be booked as early as possible. The moment he gets on the train , he knows that he is heading home to his family. When he gets home, his parents will fill him in on what has been happening ---who has got married or had children or gone away to university. When he was a kid, Spring Festival was all about firecrackers, sweets and decorations. As he gets older, coming home is the most important part of it.
Li Yan and her husband are both retired. Weeks before Spring Festival, they think about what the children would like to eat, what they need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared. They always have jiaozi as they mean something special on this occasion---they are a sign of their wishes for health and happiness in the coming year.
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival--- the spirit of family---has been kept.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas P45 课文改编填空
The last Christmas Granny spent with us was an unforgettable experience, which began in the middle of November on a cold, windy day.
Granny came to celebrate the Christmas with us. But at that time, I didn’t know she was ill. Most of the time she just sat on the sofa by the fire. When I wrote to Father Christmas telling him about the presents I wanted, Granny tried her best to help me.
On Christmas Eve, Granny sat by the fire as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung the decorations onto the tree. “That’s the most beautiful tree I have seen,” Granny remarked. On Christmas morning, to my surprise, my stocking at the end of my bed was full of presents and there were more under the tree.
After breakfast, David and I played outside while Granny remained inside by the fire., I remember catching her eye through the window.
Although lunch was late, it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a big turkey with potatoes, followed by yummy pudding. David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow.
Several weeks later, Granny passed away. I miss her very much, especially at Christmas. When it comes to our magical and special Christmas, I think it is not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind, it is also my memory of Granny.
必修第二册 Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars P60 课文改编填空
Avatars, which people use when exploring the Internet, are the digital identities people created to communicate and express themselves. They first appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s. Nowadays, avatars have such a wide variety of forms and uses that they are everywhere.
The avatars people choose say a lot. People tend to create avatars with features similar to their personalities, which look like them to a certain extent. However, nearly all avatars are tall, young and good-looking, for people obviously make improvements and experiment with new things in a more desirable way.
Avatars give people a lot of room for creativity They are enabled to create new identities, from dressing the avatars in fancy clothes to trying being someone of the opposite sex. Many users even have several avatars , each one for a specific occasions ; for example, a sensible one for work and a silly one for fun.
So far, the use of avatars has concerned some people---there are people spending too much time in virtual worlds and cheating online. At the same time , others view it in a more positive light, looking forward to the brilliant future of avatars.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships P67 课文改编填空
Do you think the Internet helps or harms friendships? Opinions are varied?
Some hold the view that while/although/though the Internet brings people closer, it harms friendships indeed. First, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face communication. Instead, according to a parenting expert, the Internet makes it harder for children to concentrate or show kindness. Second, in makes people self-centred. Unlike the long-term and rewarding friendships in the real world, people only care about their online popularity. Third, true friendships are built on trust while online friendships may not be so. Sometimes, if you are too trusting, it can be particularly dangerous, because you can’t be very sure that the friends you are chatting with are honest.
However, others believe the Internet helps develop friendships. For one thing, people can stay in touch with friends conveniently ,whether they are at home or on the move. For another thing, chatting online adds more fun to communication and takes less time with videos, photos, and emojis all available. Useful suggestions or information is provided immediately by people , which makes people feel loved and cared for.
必修第二册 Unit 5 Human and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story P78 课文改编填空
The story happened three years ago when we were on our way home from fishing. All at once, we were caught in a storm. With a huge wave covering the boat, my younger brother fell into the sea. The moment my elder brother cried out the most frightening word “Moskoe-strom”, I knew a disaster was falling on us.
Hopeless and terrified, we were going in the direction of the whirlpool. It felt as if I were falling from a mountain top. But when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than before. Out of curiosity, I observed it and drew three conclusions, which later proved to be life-saving. Having tied myself to a barrel, I jumped into the sea. Not long after that, the boat was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool.
Shortly afterwards, the storm was over. I floated in the water for a couple of hours until some fishermen picked me up. They were unable to recognize me, for it took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole P85 课文改编填空
The race to the South Pole began in 1910 when two teams, led by Scott(British) and Amundsen(Norwegian), announced their plans to go south and prepared for it.
Amundsen was the first to leave on 8th September, 1911. With dogs pulling the sledges and all men on skis, they made rapid progress. On 14th December, they reached the Pole successfully. However, Scott’s men met a series of troubles after departure. First, two sledges broke down; then the horses couldn’t stand the cold. Therefore, they advanced slowly. When they finally made it to the Pole, it was already 17th January, 1912.
The return journey was even worse. Apart from tiredness and bad weather, the fact that they were running out of food added to their difficulties. Despite the hopelessness, they still made time to collect rocks, which later proved to be valuable. Then disaster fell on them---two members died first. Then the rest of the team continued their way until, unfortunately, they were trapped in a terrible storm. Nobody survived. Although they didn’t win the race, they were remembered as heroes.
必修第二册 Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer P96 课文改编填空
Tu Youyou, a Chinese female scientist, was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin on 7 December, 2015. When it comes to the honour, she remained modest, insisting that it was not only an honour for herself but also recognition and encouragement for all scientists in China.
Born in Zhejiang Province in 1930, she chose to study medicine. Years of studying traditional Chinese medicine and working with experts in the field enabled her to gain a deep knowledge about traditional practice. In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria. It hit her that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. So she researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti- malarial cures, which was not an easy task. Despite a lack of staff and poor laboratory conditions, they eventually came across a promising chemical after countless failed experiments. The medicine they discovered has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
Although she is internationally renowned for her work, Tu Youyou is not interested in fame. She conducts research as usual and believes that there is a great potential for future advances if the wisdom of both Chinese and Western medicine can be fully integrated.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind Superman P103 课文改编填空
Christopher Reeve is indeed a superhero both in the Superman films and in reality, whose life story is beyond our imagination with ups and downs.
He had a passion in/for acting at an early age and finally won the opportunity to star in four Superman films. He had been devoting himself to helping people in need when disaster struck him. A fall from his horse caused severe injuries to his neck. Even breath was impossible without a machine. With the support of his wife, parents and friends, he eventually got rid of despair and found his goal of life again.
After engaging in intense recovery training, Reeve succeeded in returning to his film career. In addition, being energetic and passionate, he never quit his charity cause, from writing positively to encourage people to raising money to promote research into back injuries and disabilities. His confidence and optimism inspired people greatly.
To our sadness, on 10 October,2004, Christopher Reeve passed away. People will memorialize him as a superhero forever.
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二上 BS 选择性必修 第二册 《高中必刷题》
课文改编填空
选必第二册 B2P2 U4L1 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
Life often bears fun and embarrassments, making it charming to taste and explore. Here are three funny experiences in life.
An art collector spotted a cat consuming milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store while he was walking casually on the road. He realized the saucer was so valuable an antique that he offered to pay a high price to buy the cat, hoping the owner would give away the saucer as well, Ironically, the owner refused to throw in this lucky saucer, which had helped him sell 68 cats that week for the same reason.
Sherlock and Watson shared a similar funny experience. One camping night, they woke up with millions of stars shining in the sky. According to the scientific measurement of time, Watson figured out the exact time. From the atmosphere, he forecast a bright day the next day. In the end, he was purely embarrassed to be told that their tent had been stolen.
The same embarrassment also happened to a middle-aged man who had been suffering depression for several months. He saw a doctor. After an examination, he was told everything was right and that what he needed was only a real laugh. The doctor recommended an amazing clown---Grock, and he replied Sadly, “I am Grock.”
选必第二册 B2P11 U4L3 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Mr. Bean, a classic character in comedies, is recognized for meeting endless ridiculous situation in his daily life. In one of the most popular episodes, Mr. Bean comes to a fancy restaurant in celebration of his birthday, only to find that the only dish that he can afford is one named “steak tartare”, which is actually a raw hamburger. The moment the dish is served , he attempts to chew it. However, he finds it is too disgusting to swallow, and he has no alternative but to hide his real feelings. During all the dinner time, he occupies himself with hiding the raw meat, and even throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist. What a funny but embarrassing birthday!
Contrary to Mr. Bean, Rowan Atkinson, who played the role of Mr. Bean, lived a normal life. Born into an ordinary family, he was treated in such a strict manner that he stood out well in his study and even attained his degree at Oxford. Besides, he was convinced he would be a successful actor with his talent for acting. Years later, it is obvious that his hard work has paid off in the end.
选必第二册 B2P25 U5L1 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
Have you ever heard some inspiring stories of the disabled? Helen Keller is one who deserves to be mentioned. Helen a well-recognized female author, had several strong restrictions to her body. She could not read or write at her early age, but later she mastered several languages. Anne Sullivan, a teacher at a school for the disabled, played an irreplaceable role in Helen’s growth and achievements. Anne adopted simple approaches to teaching, repeatedly spelt new words by writing on Helen’s hands, and asked her to imitate these spellings. In the beginning, she would not learn the words unless they could be touched, such as water, doll etc. Gradually, her interest grew and she explored complicated and abstract words. In the process of learning the word “think”, she struggled a lot and made breakthroughs by accident when finishing small tasks. As for the word “love”, she felt discouraged after trying many times without understanding it. Despite many failures, Anne kept on encouraging her to try. Helen carried on thinking and suddenly realized it was as beautiful as the sun and clouds. It was Anne that enlightened Helen’s mind and brought a broad world to her.
选必第二册 B2P34 U5L3 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
As Bacon said, who questions much, shall learn much, and remember much. In history, there are endless questions that promote human civilization to a high degree. In the 17th century when people tended to believe more in religions than facts, great scientists like Bacon and Galilei went against the mainstream view of that period. They searched for the truth of science on the basis of analysis. At that time, the earth was believed to stand still, but Galilei disagreed and was urged to continue his further exploration. Ironically, people grew angry and put him in prison when Galilei proved Aristotle wrong, who was a highly respected scientist. However, anyone is likely to make mistakes, Aristotle and Galilei included. With countless questions raised and solved, our knowledge of the world is increasingly expanded. We appreciate the past great men for their wisdom, for they are brave enough to challenge themselves as well as inspiring the future generations to explore more unknown and brand-new areas, On the whole, a world full of questions is exactly the one that we are fighting for.
选必第二册 B2P48 U6L1 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
Reading a favourite book is one pleasure; watching an enjoyable film is another. But it is rather challenging to produce a creation in combination with the two. A good book doesn’t guarantee a popular film while a good film may arise from one plain book. It takes a lot for filmmakers to achieve a perfect balance between them.
The source material for a film must be faithful to the original, whether it is taken or adapted from books. Chances are that the film screenwriter makes so many changes that the audience feel far from the book. As a result, the film ends up failing. Also, a success depends on the cast acceptable to the audience. Readers of the book generally visualize their ideal characters, which means they are not likely to accept other images. Besides, if we take technical restrictions into consideration, the result will turn out to be different. Take CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology for example. It allows more unfilmable books to appear on screen. Despite these challenges, it is common to see many highly successful works made from books like Harry Potter.
选必第二册 B2P58 U6L3 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
Advertisements play an irreplaceable role in enriching people’s daily life by promoting and selling products to customers. Over the past decades, the types and styles have changed/have been changing constantly to upgrade the advertising game.
The most common advertisements are commercial ones, which simply give basic information of the products. Take “Tsing Tao Brewery”for example. It is easy to get the name of the products as well as the location of the company. Gradually, advertisers find it necessary to combine attractive pictures or words of the experts with the original advertisements. With the advertising bomming, those consisting of outstanding designs and creative ideas are likely to be distinguished in the growing competitive advertising market. At present, being visually attractive and repeating old ideas are out of date as the customers have been bored with the familiar strategies to promote products. Therefore/Thus, advertisers have to adopt creative ideas trying to make the customers forget that they are being talked into buying goods by someone. Apart from the commercial advertisements, public advertisements are gaining much attention. For instance, some are educating people on fighting AIDS, while some are calling for saving water.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4 Humor 第四单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 What’s so funny? of Unit 4 Humor, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、三种时态：
1Everything had been going wrong for him.
2So, after he had been feeling depressed for over a month, he decided to go to the doctor .
3Finally, after he had been waiting for about half an hour, he was called in for his consultation. 4“Well, I’ve been having a bit of a crisis.”
5“And I’ve been doing a lot of work.”
6I will be working in the United States for three months.
7This time next week, I’ll be arriving in New York.
2、三种时态：
1The eager fans had been waiting for six hours before they finally got the tickets for the football match. 2I had been looking for that for weeks---where did you find it?
3Mrs. Wang will be staying with her friends when she goes to Hainan.
4As he had been repairing his car all afternoon, he was messy.
5This book is taking me so long that I will be still reading it by this time next year!
6She has been studying English since she left school.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、His humor is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
2、He cannot hide his feelings, except when the waiters asks if everything is fine.
3、When the waiters are not looking, however, he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach.
4、He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
5、强调句型/强调结构/强调句
But it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
John Lloyd, who worked as a producer for BBC Television, says that one rarely meets someone with such genius, and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、One afternoon, hundreds of unlucky passengers, who had been expecting to board a flight to New York, were told it had been cancelled.
2、One unfortunate agent was dealing with the passengers, when an angry man, who had been standing in line for some time, pushed his way to the front.
3、This is probably all it takes to make an image of Charlie Chaplin as the “Little Tramp”, one of the most famous comedy characters in the world.
4、His early films were such huge commercial successes that film companies were falling over themselves to hire him.
5、Making the joke look effortless and simple was part of his genius.
6、“The best definition of humor I ever heard is that it’s getting people in and out of trouble.”
7、From actors such as Charlie Chaplin, who was famous during the silent age of film-making to Rowan Atkinson who plays Mr. Bean on TV and in films, British comedy has never gone out of fashion.
8、1And while there are many popular dramatic actors in Britain, there is something extra special about British comedy and comedians for global audiences.
2Most non-British people see the British as being very reserved, polite and formal and while that is true to a certain degree, British people love to express themselves through humor too.
3While one person might lightly giggle at a joke, another might fall about with laughter.
9、Humor is a part of every culture but it could be said that it is one of core characteristics of British culture.
10、You will often find passengers getting on buses joking with drivers.
11、So now that we have established how important humor is to British people, what exactly makes them laugh?
12、There have been many popular comedy TV programs which have explored the absurdity of people with less money and status attempting to copy the lifestyles of the wealthy and others which humorously explore life for the less well-off.
13、Another area that might be difficult for foreigners to get when it comes to British comedy is “word play”.
14、强调句型：
Sometimes, it’s not just words that have two meanings but also expressions.
15、名词性从句：
Now, whether or not you find these types of jokes funny is personal to you, but the fact that they are easily understood by English speakers of all ages, means that it is very much a part of British comedy.
16、Two other characteristics of British comedy that are unique are joking about topics that would be considered “taboo” in other cultures and humor focused on self-depreciation.
17、长句难句复杂句式：
But the wide range of techniques used by British comedians and comedy writers, from satire, to puns, to self-mockery, means that there is something for every taste in comedy, although the polite British approach to delivering jokes means that sometimes it’s difficult to even tell if it is a joke or not!
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook on page 78---page 82 of Unit 4, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、两种时态：
1He has been talking to a friend and tells her he will be having a drink in the bar at 7 and asks her to join him there.
2The man thinks that maybe the barman has been talking to him, but the barman has been cleaning glasses at the other end of the bar.
3Knowing that his friend will be arriving soon, the man wonders if it is her, but there is no one he recognizes around.
4He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years.
5Even if you have been studying for a long time and feeling sleepy and bored, laughing can make you feel energized as if you had just had a nap!
2、强调句型：
It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
3、几种时态：
1After I sent you the invitation, I had been wondering when I would hear from you.
2We have been practicing extremely hard for months.
3However, we would be playing by the time you arrive.
4I will be looking out for you after the match.
4、An interesting fact about him was that he never swore on stage, which is a far cry from some of the modern comedians. a far cry from 大相径庭，天壤之别，相去甚远。
5、Another interesting fact about him was that he died three days after the rock and roll star, Elvis Presley. 猫王。
6、What can you infer from the fact that Groucho was the host of the quiz show You Bet Your Life? that引导同位语从句。
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---What’s so funny of Lesson1, Unit 4 Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 10: (课本10页, L1, U4, B2)
An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
Sherlock Holmes asked his faithful friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. “Millions and millions of stars,” said Dr. Watson. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, he believed there are millions of galaxies and billions of planets. He deduced that it was probably a quarter past three based on the scientific measurement of time. From the current atmosphere he forecasted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. Watson didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance . Actually he was the amazing clown.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text---My Favorite Comedian of Lesson3, Unit 4, Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 25: (课本25页, L3, U4, B2)
Undoubtedly, one of the funniest and well-known comedians in the world has to be Rowan Atkinson, who is mostly known as Mr. Bean. He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years. Mr. Bean’s extraordinary actions or tricks seem to have universal appeal to people of all ages and cultures. The uncomfortable and desperate situations he gets himself into are just so ridiculous that it’s impossible not to laugh.
Rowan Atkinson is rarely seen out of character, although generally people know his name and nationality. Contrary to his character on screen, he is highly educated. He received a scholarship to attend secondary school and then obtained a degree in electrical engineering. It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
He has a high reputation among actors but he is very kind and down to earth in real life. His ability to rely purely on his face and body to make people laugh rather than words is such a special talent. Therefore, he is seen as a remarkable comedian in the contemporary acting world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5 Education 第五单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 5 Education, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1By the time she was seven years old, she still couldn’t speak, read or write and needed to have everything done for her.
2Helen’s parents got a superb teacher recommended to them, a woman named Anne Sullivan. 3Finally, she got the world of words opened up to her.
4We’re going to have a video of the wedding made.
5I’ll have my tyres checked. 6I’ll have the washing machine repaired soon.
7Many years ago Pauline had a portrait painted by a well-known painter.
8Have you ever had your voice recorded?
9Have you ever had your face made up with face paint when you were a kid?
2、As一词用法小结：
1As the water flowed over Helen’s hand, Anne spelt out “W-A-T-E-R” into Hen’s other hand.
2As Anne wrote on Helen’s hand, Helen suddenly realized that the movement of the fingers meant the cool liquid flowing over her hand.
3As Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanded, she asked more and more questions.
4However, one day as she was working on a simple task, she had a breakthrough.
5As she did this, Anne touched Helen’s forehead and wrote the word “think” on her hand. 6As she thought about its meaning again, the sun came out.
3、状语从句：
1Anne spelt words by writing on Helen’s hand so that Helen could get a mental picture of the words. so that=in order that
2Now that Helen grasped the key to language, she was very eager to learn more and use it as much as she could.
4、形式宾语和真正的宾语从句：
“I thought it strange that my teacher could not show me love.”
5、It was the first time Helen had understood such a complex word---a word for something she couldn’t touch.
It/This is the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（现在完成时态）。
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 Understanding of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、名词性从句：
1It seems obvious now how we acquire knowledge and understanding.
2It is not surprising that people wanted to believe the primitive ideas as they had been put forward by the great philosopher Aristotle (384-322 BCE).
3People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
4It is still often true today that people don’t want to abandon what they’ve always thought as true.
5It is important to not only describe what it shows, but also tell what lessons are taught.
2、长句难句复杂句式：,
Although today we are more used to typing a few key words into a search engine and waiting for the Internet to give us an answer, modern scientists and thinkers are still solving the world’s problems with this type of analysis---luckily for us.
3、定语从句：
1However, in the 17th century when Francis Bacon (1516-1626) suggested that this type of thinking was the way to gain knowledge, he was going against the views of the day.
2At that time, people believed more in the church than in facts and people like Galileo Galilei (1564-1642), who proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”, were often punished by the church with no one coming to their defense.
3In fact, when Galilei proved that the Earth was not the centre of the universe, instead of believing him, people chose to believe views that were almost 2,000 years old!
4We owe so much of our knowledge and understanding of the world to people like Bacon and Galilei, who were brave enough to step out from the shadows of conventional thought in order to find the kingdom of knowledge that today’s civilization is built upon.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop, Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、状语从句的省略问题：
1However, when looking at it more closely, I see something interesting.
2It is important to use the present tense when describing and commenting on the picture. 3They need to see pictures and images when learning.
2、have/get/find/…… sth. done He has his back turned to us.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1The overall message (that/which) we can take from this picture is that it is important to have routines and timetables, as they can help us stay organized, but sometimes routines can control us, rather than us controlling the routines.
2It is important not to become too preoccupied with routines and schedules, because they can make us blind to what is in front of us.
3Technology has become more and more important in how people learn: the Internet, videos and tablets have exposed us more to English in the classroom, as many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities and interactive whiteboards.
4One interesting thought is that there may no longer be a need for translators as, though not perfect yet, we already have software to do it.
5For instance, one of its principles is that children are unique individuals who must be free to learn without being criticized or restricted.
4、强调句型：
It is the child that controls the pace, topic and lessons, not the rest of the class or the teacher.
5、as一词用法小结：
1Children are encouraged to repeat activities as often as they wish.同级比较状语从句
2The furniture is light so they can arrange it as they wish. 方式方法状语从句。
3Maria Montessori wanted to free children’s minds so that they could learn by self-teaching and self-correction. 目的状语从句 so that=in order that
4Her works have been translated into many languages so that people around the world can learn more about the Montessori philosophy. 目的状语从句
5The cabinets are low so that the children can reach them. 目的状语从句
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 5, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
2、长句难句复杂句式：
In conclusion, education is important not only because it facilitates the acquisition of knowledge, but also because it promotes an individual’s physical, mental, moral and social development .
3、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1Sam had got/had had his life changed by one amazing teacher.
2He got/had his confidence knocked due to some bad exam results.
3She also had/got her concerns shared by another teacher that Sam might fail many of his subjects if things didn’t change. that引导同位语从句; if引导条件状语从句。
4Sam felt that he got/had his confidence increased.
4、Some of my students have large vocabulary and can spell words well, while others struggle.
5、名词性从句：
1Besides, it was believed that just by following the law, people would become good citizens.
2It is clear now that the true priority of education is to develop the whole person rather than just provide information to learn.
3Of course that is why it is vital that we always keep learning and questioning.
4We should not ignore the fact that pollution is still a serious problem though our environment is getting better and better. that同位语从句; though让步状语从句。
6、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1I must get my broken glasses repaired. 2I had my letter delivered yesterday.
3We are having our house painted next month.
7、They prefer learning activities where everything is explained to them rather than having to read instructions.
8、各种从句/长句难句复杂句式/状语从句的省略：
1To me it seems that a kinesthetic learner has the most fun.
2It turns out that I am a visual learner as I love art and also drama where we have to visualize situations.
3It’s really helpful to understand your preferred style as it can help you design strategies that will help you be successful when learning both now and in the future.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 33 : (课本33页, L1, U5, B2)
When Helen was young, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen’s behavior was often unbearable and sometimes she was troublesome, stubborn and angry with a tendency to break things when she was not understood. Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher. Anne’s technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. The precious knowledge she taught Helen gave her hope and joy. From “doll” and “water”, Helen knowledge and vocabulary expanded and this changed her thinking process. As Helen grasped the key to language, she discovered more complex words. Helen now understand the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2
选择性必修第二册 on page 46: (课本46页, L1, U4, B2)
Helen Keller was an exceptional girl. When she was a child, she couldn’t communicate because she couldn’t see or hear. As a result of these restrictions, she was often troublesome and badly behaved. Fortunately, Anne Sullivan, who was a superb teacher, was brought in to help Helen.
Anne had a simple technique for teaching Helen vocabulary. Anne would, for example, let Helen play with a doll, and then spell “D-O-L-L” on her hand. In this way, Helen built a mental picture of the word. Anne used this technique for other words as well. For example, she put Helen’s hand in a stream of liquid to teach “water”.
As Helen’s knowledge expanded, Anne started to teach more complex words. However, it was still hard for Helen to learn concepts like “think” because she couldn’t touch them, and Helen was often disappointed. Luckily, one day, she had a breakthrough. She was making necklaces when she made some mistakes. She didn’t know how to fix them, so she stopped to think. When she did this, Anne touched Helen’s head and wrote “think” on her hand. It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6 The Media 第六单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 From Page To Screen of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It的用法：A、人称代词； B、非人称代词: 天气、日期、时间、距离、情况；
C、形式it: 形式主语、形式宾语； D、强调it
1… but it’s normal to have high expectations when a film of favorite book is made.
2… it is safe to say that great films may be made from not particularly good books.
3Since a typical film is only around two hours long, it becomes a question for screenwriters to decide what is appropriate for the screen d what to leave out.
4It allowed the previously unfilmable to become a reality. (It= CGI=Computer Generated Image)
5One may think that it is the book writer who is in the best position to do film adaptations.
6This can actually be a disadvantage because they may be too close to the material and find it difficult to adapt to a new form.
7In this situation, it is clear that viewers will not be disappointed!
8For me, anyway, it is always a bad idea to watch a film of a book you love.
9CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology has made it possible for the previously unfilmable to become a reality.
2、各种从句：
1There are many times I have been pessimistic about or even disappointed by a film of a book I love.
2This is where I think many film adaptations fall down.
3At other times they are not, and there are instances where writers have been very unsatisfied with the film versions of their work.
4Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone seems to have their favorite.
5A key question is obviously how close to the original the film is.
6Readers of the book have very definite ideas about how characters should look and sound.
3、动名词短语充当主语和介词的宾语：
1Reading a book and watching a film are two very different experiences.
2Finding actors acceptable to film audiences can mean the difference between success and failure.
3Screenwriters have difficulty deciding what is appropriate for the screen.
4For many of today’s advertisers, repeating old ideas is not a successful approach.
5 The top advertisers of today believe that using humor as well as new and unusual ideas to surprise people is important. 动名词短语充当主语, 单数第三人称。
4、It的用法：
1It took Simon two hours to finish his homework.
2It was unbelievable that they made such a film in one month.
3Jason found it interesting to read the new comic book.
4The film is very interesting, and it is obvious that the viewers will not be disappointed.
5I don’t find it easy to learn language. It is only by studying very hard that I improve my English.
6In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
5、状语从句的省略：
1What factors should be taken into consideration when adapting books into films?
2Speakers have their opinions when talking about a specific issue.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Questions About Media and Lesson 3 The Advertising Game of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、1In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
2For this reason, it’s now normal to see advertisements that consists of pictures or words from experts to show people how good the product is.
2、used to和would:
1Advertising agencies would create a basic type of advertisement known as a commercial advertisement.
2Classic advertisements used to give information about finding certain products.
3From the name you would know what the company sells, where they are located, and the name of the product.
4Advertising agencies used to create this kind of advertising and it could be very effective.
5Ideas that would work in the past genuinely are not as effective now.
6These advertisements have helped to increase public knowledge about topics that used to be ignored by most people, and this has made our society a better place for everyone.
3、be/get used to doing sth.
Because of the boost in advertising, people are used to seeing a high standard of visual design.
4、部分否定：
However, not all advertising is about selling products and services for a profit.
5、定语从句：
1It was likely to be the name of a company, part of which might include the name of the place from which the product originated.
2But then they realized that it might not be suitable for a marketplace where products and services are in direct competition with each other.
3Their aim is create something that has never been seen before and that people find interesting.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
1As present-day advertisers often have large budgets, huge amounts of money are spent on applying modern design techniques to make these advertisements as visually attractive as possible.
2They realize that it does not matter how attractive the idea linked with the product is---most people know and anticipate that the main purpose of the advertisement is to make customers buy the product.
3To stand out in a world of competitive advertising, they must combine the highest standard of design with creative ways to make people believe that they “must have the product”.
7、used to和would:
|
Affirmative
肯定句 |
We used to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors would come to see us. |
|
Negative
否定句 |
We didn’t use to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors wouldn’t come to see us. |
|
Question
疑问句 |
Did you use to live in a crowded flat?
Would visitors come to see you? |
8、used to和would:
1We used to live in a crowded flat in New York.
2They would/used to climb the mountain every week.
3She used to have more friends than anyone
4I would/used to buy sweets the size of golf balls.
9、used to和would:
1We used to live in a small town but last year we moved to a big city.
2My primary school teachers wouldn’t give us any homework but they would teach us a lot in class.
3Harrison Ford used to accept the strangest jobs before he became an actor.
4I didn’t use to like seafood, but now I just love it.
5Mr. Smith used to/would watch tasteless TV talk shows all day before he lost his sight.
6When I was a child, we used to live near the coast.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop---A Film Review 影评 and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、either…or… ; neither…nor… :
1The owner of the castle is an abnormal creature, half-man, half- beast, who tells the trader---either one of his daughters replaces him as a prisoner in the castle, or he will die.
2Although it has neither cute characters nor wonderful songs in this version, it speaks to people of all ages.
3The film has neither good special effects nor good music.
4Now when it comes to advertising, often the aim is to try and create an emotion in the person viewing it, either by making it humorous or even sad.
2、The film does, however, have its faults.
3、It must seem a little odd to get a letter from your own mother whom you see every day, but I hope you will read this and take what I have to say seriously.
4、when和whenever引导时间状语从句：
1You even do this when we’re having a family meal in a restaurant or when I’m talking to you.
2You may not realize this, but whenever you feel even slightly bored, you check your phone.
3And if I ask to leave your phone at home when we go out, you sulk and get twitchy, almost as if you’re suffering withdrawal symptoms.
4I have tried to talk to you about this , but whenever I ask you to put down your phone and look at me, you said “in a minute”.
5And it’s so easy to just send a message when I want to chat with them.
5、because引导原因状语从句：
1I bought you a phone for your 12th birthday because you wanted one so much.
2It was weird getting a letter from you, but I suppose you felt this was the best way because I’m always on my phone!
3I suppose I didn’t think there was a communication problem because I spend so much time with you.
4 I spend a lot of time on my phone because I like to keep in constant contact with my friends.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress, Literature Spot and Workbook on page 88 to page 92 of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、while居中，“而，然而”，表示比较、对照、转折，引导状语从句：
1When we hear that they might be adapted into films, some people feel excited while others are unhappy.
2Some novelists have happily been involved in the film production while others like the American author J.D. Salinger, fought to ensure that their books would never become films.
2、同位语从句：
Often people are pessimistic about the chances that their favorite characters and stories will be shown on screen.
3、be of great interest=be very interesting ; be of great value=be very valuable;
be of great importance=be very important; be of great use=be very useful; be of great of help=be very helpful;
For example, people can upload videos of events they believe are of interest to others.
4、While置于句首，“虽然、尽管”，引导让步状语从句：
1While traditionally, large corporations have been the ones to produce and report on the news, things have changed greatly in recent years.
2While there has been lots of advantages for readers, TV stations and especially newspapers have been negatively affected, as fewer companies choose to pay to advertise through them.
5、it的用法：
1It’s common for people to engage in activities such as micro-blogging where they can share their ideas and opinions on whatever topic they choose.
2Eventually it became clear that this approach was not suitable for situations where companies were directly competing with each other.
3And now it’s common for commercial advertisements to have budget as big as films.
4It is also common now to pay celebrities from films and sports to participate in advertising campaign to further encourage the public to buy a product.
6、as一词的用法小结：
1Advertising has existed as long as people have been selling goods, but it has gone through many changes over the years as economic development has occurred.
2There have been some criticisms and negative views on advertising as people feel that companies are no longed being honest and straightforward.
7、used to和would:
I used to love reading newspapers. Every morning at breakfast I’d read the paper from cover to cover.
8、Language points in Literature Spot from page 71to page 73: 长句难句复杂句式：
1I had done forty of the fifty miles of curving twisting highway before it started to cool off, but it didn’t really get cool until I reached the dam and started along the south shore of the lake past the piled-up granite boulders and the sprawled camps in the flats beyond.
2I wondered who the hell Fred Lacey was and what he wanted and why he didn’t want to stay home or leave a message if his business was so urgent…
9、Summary of No Crime in the Mountains on page 71:
A letter arrived at Evens’ office from Mr. Lacey. Evens arrived in Puma Point and went to the hotel. Evens spoke to Mrs. Lacey on the phone. He spoke to the girl in the phone office. He walked back to his hotel, got into his car, drove around the lake and stopped. He smoked his pipe and watched the boats in the lake. He found the body of Mr. Lacey under the tree.
10、状语从句的省略问题：
1If in groups, how will you divide up your groups?
2If so, what will they be? 3If yes, what are they?
4If not, the company might associate with their bad behavior.
5If at all possible, register at the Indian Head Hotel, and call me at 2306. 课本P72。
11、as一词用法小结：
1I laughed out loud as I read it!
2Some people feel pessimistic about the future of theatre as they feel it is not popular with young people anymore.
3 He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
12、同位语从句：
I saw a musical version of Harry Potter recently that was wonderful and is proof that the theatre world is alive and well!
13、it的用法：
1I found it unusual that they used a cast of new and unknown actors , which is risky, but here it pays off.
2So does that mean it is better to advertise when there are lots of viewers?
3It is hard not to be influenced by ads.
4It is easy to run a good advertising business.
14、used to和would:
1Mr. Loxton used to live in an old house.
2He never used to have time to do maintain on his house.
3The gate which used to be brand-new became old.
4Mr. Loxton would just ignore everything that broke.
5He used to have an old car which he would wash every Saturday.
6But now he has a new car which he wouldn’t dream of washing himself.
7He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
8In his early days he would dream of having a lifestyle like this---it used to look so appealing.
9I wouldn’t have believed that were possible, would you?
15、While 置于句式，“虽然，尽管”，让步状语从句：
While direct hard-sell ads might be easy to detect---such as those for products endorsed by celebrities---soft-sell ads may be more difficult tosspot.
16、部分否定：
1Not all ads are directed towards the end customer.
2 Not all ads speak directly to customers.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7 Careers 第七单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 EQ:IO of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1Even if they never see their results, they feel that their IQ is what determines how well they are going to do in life.
2When they see other students doing better than them, they usually believe that those students have a higher IQ and that there is nothing (that) they can do to change their situation.
3While your IQ tells you how intelligent you are, your EQ tells you how well you use your intelligence.
4Professor Salovey, who invented the term EQ, gives the following description: at work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
5For example, have you ever wondered why some of the smartest students in your class, who you think deserve good grades, sometimes end up failing exams?
6It is generally believed that people with high EQs are open to new ideas and have positive attitudes towards life.
7On the other hand, there is little doubt that people with low EQs often have problems getting on with other people and dealing with difficult situations; hence they have a harder time adjusting in life and in their careers.
8When students were introduced to those who had disabilities, they found that, afterwards, the non-disabled students were more willing to help people with difficulties.
9To get ahead in the world and lead a happy successful life requires getting on well with other people and being able to understand and react to situations in the best way possible.
10And the fact that it might be possible to raise EQs means that schools need to make sure that their students are receiving an education they really need, not solely based on IQ but on developing the entire character.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Supported by his research, Professor Salovey suggests that when predicting someone’s future success, their character, as measured by EQ tests, might actually matter more than their IQ.
2At work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
3Professor Mayer, recognized by many as a leading expert in the study of changes to people’s EQs, recently announced the results of a study on senior secondary school students.
4Compared to students who had not been involved in the study, they also showed a better understanding of the disabled students’ feelings.
3、The more……, the more……句型：
A high EQ is necessary for this---the higher the better.
4、Focus on Language: Verb-ed Form---动词的过去分词
Ex. 9 Join the sentences by using the –ed form of the verb.
Example John was accused of stealing money. He was brought to court.---
Accused of stealing money, John was brought to court.
1Jane was scared of the lightning. She refused to go outside. ---
Scared of the lightning, Jane refused to go outside.
2The man was arrested by the police. He felt hopeless. ---
Arrested by the police, the man felt hopeless.
3The two lions were sent to a local zoo. They are reported to have settled down well. ---
Sent to a local zoo, the two lions are reported to have settled down well.
4The medicine is taken in time. It will be quite effective. ---
Taken in time, the medicine will be quite effective.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Career Skills and Lesson 3 Meet the New Boss: You of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1Most people now have no intention of following in their parents’ footsteps or even staying at one job for very long.
2In fact, planning to work in the same field or industry for your entire working life just isn’t practical anymore.
3The skills you have now are unlikely to remain relevant and be enough to help you through your entire career.
4But this is hardly a recipe for great career success.
5Lifetime security from one employer is no longer certain or even likely.
2、祈使句+and+简单句：
Keep doing this, and you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.=
If you keep doing this, you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.
3、What if......句型
What if your job disappears after working for 10 years in the field.
4、长句难句复杂句式：
The truth is that you are the boss of your career, and it is up to you to decide what you can do and how well you can do it.
5、would do
1You’d follow your father to sea, onto the farm or into the workshop.
2You’d follow your mother into the kitchen or sewing room.
3You would do the work your parents did.
6、The sentences that show irony: 表达讽刺的语句：
1You might be lucky. These strategies might bring you a nice, comfortable life…
2If you think you can wok eight hours a day and build a career, think again.
3 If you think you can’t be replaced by software or your can’t be outsourced to some robots on the moon, you are wrong.
7、Focus on Language: Negative Expressions: 否定的表达方式：
Complete the sentences with the expressions from the Sentence Builder:
1High grades are no longer enough to guarantee success in a career.
2Keeping the same job for life is not a realistic expectation anymore
3The job you have today is unlikely to be the same as the job you’ll have in 20 years’ time.
4It’s hardly surprising he lost his job: he was always late and never met his deadlines.
5The company has no intention of hiring more staff because it can use robots to do the work instead.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 7 Careers, 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1I would also like to learn more about the things that are going on in the city, as I feel that it is important to know about the city (which) we live in.
2Moreover, I feel that I can get on well with people from different backgrounds since I have worked with lots of different people on many projects for local events.
3In addition, I am also a good photographer , which might be useful for some of the articles.
4I look forward to hearing from you.
5In your application, say which job you are interested in, why you are the most suitable candidate for the position and give details about yourself.
2、时间状语从句、现在分词短语充当时间状语和伴随状语以及状语从句的省略问题：
1But when you move to a new environment or have to work with some new people, it is not always easy for them to recognize you or respect you immediately.
2Moving to a new working environment, you may need to deal with things that don’t belong to your own field.
3Learning or working in a new working environment, you need to have a good sense of judgment when joining a discussion or making a decision.
4Be confident and make eye contact when talking to people.
5Then, walk in holding your head high and smile.
6When working together with others, it is important that you have a clear vision and a working plan to achieve it.
7When working, don’t focus on what is your work and what isn’t.
8After doing your own work, always be ready to help others.
3、remember to do sth.; remember doing sth.
Remember to look other people in the eye---it’s the key to creating a connection with people.
4、While句首，引导让步状语从句：
While there may be some advantages to work at this time, working at night also brings particular problems.
5、What I’d like to do is working with high school students and helping them with their future.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 7, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句：
1Up until quite recently, it was believed that IQ was the most important measure of intelligence and those with high IQs were the ones who got ahead in life.
2Professor Salovey, the expert who invented the term, explains that in the workplace IQ gets you employed but EQ gets you promoted.
3For example, if students who are highly academic and intelligent fail to achieve the grades (which/that) they deserve in exams it may be because they have lower EQs.
4Logical thinking, which is the ability to use our reason well, will be highly useful in the workplace, as it will help us use our knowledge to persuade others.
5And given that people will not stay in the same career for long, we can expect that we will have to go back to education and training at some stage to be qualified to work in another field.
6As the company is determined to find the right candidates, they will ask a lot of detailed questions to find out what you know about the company.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Given the fast pace of the job market now, 21st century employees are faced with challenges that their parents never experienced.
2Compared to previous generations, standards are set higher for them and they are expected to have more qualifications and a wider range of new and essential skills.
3Required to innovate constantly, 21st century employees need to be ready to adapt to new challenges and roles quickly.
4Thrown into a hyper-connected workplace, today’s graduates will also have to prepare to move around to jobs at different companies.
5Designed to be more dynamic and inspiring, working environments will be more exciting than offices of the past.
6Workers will happily enjoy many extra benefits, such as gyms and games rooms, provided by companies.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1Most people tend to associate good results in IQ tests with intelligence, but believe it or not, there is more to the issue than you may first realize.
2The most important skills are comprehension and critical thinking, both of which help you to become more logical in your work and persuade others to agree with your approaches.
3There is a strong chance that people will regularly train again to learn more skills until they reach the time (that/when) they stop working.
4An increasing number of them will work at start-ups, which will be seen as providing a more dynamic and exciting working environment than their parents would have been used to.
5Alternatively, , you can decide to leave the traditional career path altogether and set up your own company, which means that all the decisions can be made by you instead of your boss or your company.
4、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1It isn’t common for children to have the same job as their parents anymore.
2There are hardly any jobs that a robot can’t do.
3People with limited computer skills are unlikely to be successful in any career.
4It is no longer strange for people to have several careers during their life.
5The manager has no intention of giving her a promotion because she’s lazy.
5、Reading and Writing on Page 81------Survival of the Fittest
1Between now and the 21st century, citizens of the world’s richest and most advanced nations will find it more and more difficult to keep up with the demand for change.
形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语。
2Now we find ourselves living at the end of the timeline that Toffler imagined and we’re still experiencing rapid changes, not least in the world of work.
find sb./oneself doing sth.; find sth. done
3People will also need to move around more so they can take different jobs at different companies, because this will give them their best chance of climbing the career ladder, as the number of internal promotions falls.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---EQ;IQ of Lesson1,Unit 7 Careers, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 10 : (课本10页,L1,U7,B3)
Most students feel their IQ, which refers to Intelligence Quotient, is what determines how well they are going to do in life, but new research suggests that EQ is a better way for predicting success. Professor Salovey says it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He may be right. Students with high IQs sometimes end up failing exams and this may be due to a lower EQ. The association between IQ and EQ is interesting. People with low EQs find it harder adjusting in life and in their careers. Altogether, the results of studies show that a high EQ is necessary for getting on with people and being able to react in the best way. So schools need to be sure to develop a student’s entire character.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Career Skills of Lesson 2, Unit 7,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 13 : (课本13页,L2,U7,XB B3)
Kristy comes to a guidance counselor, Mr. McDougall, for advice on future jobs. Mr. McDougall says there’ll be new jobs related to information technology, bio-technology and green technology. So he advises Kristy to learn different kinds skills. First, he thinks the ability to learn new skills is important because in the future people may have four or five different jobs over many years. Second, using the Internet, learning new IT skills and keeping up with technology developments will be important because these will give people the tools they need in the future. He also mentions languages. More people may speak a second language. Lastly, he says critical thinking and creativity will be crucial in the future.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8 Literature 第八单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 The Last Leaf of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、State Verbs and Activity/Action Verbs: （静态动词和动态动词）
Activity/Action Verbs: go、kick、watch、rain，可以用于任何时态和语态。
State Verbs：不能用于进行时态,通常用于一般现在时。三种主要类型：
1描述感情和态度的动词：love、hate、like、prefer
2表示“思维” 的动词：think、know、believe、understand、remember
3描述感觉感官的动词：see、smell、taste、hear、sound、
4常见的表示“所属拥有”等的动词：have、own、belong 、want、need、mean、cost、seem、appear、wish
5既可以用作静态动词又可以用作动态动词：
(1)Mick looks like his sister. Mick’s looking at his sister.
(2)I have a cat. I’m having a bath.
(3)I think you’re right I’m thinking of going to Spain.
(4)Can you see that man? I’m seeing the doctor.
(5)但是在非常非正式的口语英语会话中：
I’m hating this movie. I’m loving you work. I’m loving your explanations.
(6)A Quiz------Are these sentences correct or wrong?
Number One: Do you prefer jazz or rock music? correct
Number Two: Are you belonging to the football club? wrong
Number Three: I’m having lunch with Kate today. correct
2、现在分词短语的基本用法：
1Greenwich Village is a place where the art people came together, hunting for apartments with north-facing windows and low rents. 伴随状语
2Mr. Pneumonia placed his icy finger on Johnsy; and she lay, barely moving, in her bed staring at a blank wall under her blanket. 伴随状语
3One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain. 伴随状语
4Johnsy lay for a long time looking at it. 伴随状语
5The janitor found him lying in bed helplessly with pain yesterday morning.宾语补足语
6His mother found him watching TV when she came home. 宾语补足语
find sb. doing sth. 发现某人正在做某事
3、see sb. do sth.; see sb. doing sth. 试比较：
1I want to see the last one fall.
2I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. （课本P36 Lesson 3）
4、动名词的复合结构和被动式：
1Sue told him about Johnsy’s longing to slip away like the leaves.
2I struggled against being drawn deeper, deeper down.
5、长句难句复杂句式：
1In November, a cold unseen stranger, whom the doctors called Pneumonia, arrived in Greenwich Village.
2Are there people in the world that foolish to think they’ll die because leaves drop off from a vine?
3 This is not a place in which Miss Johnsy shall lie sick.
4They couldn’t imagine where he had been on such a terrible night.
5Didn’t you wonder why it never moved an inch when the wind blew?
6、不定式的不定式：
1The next morning, Johnsy woke and asked for the curtains to be opened.
2The following day, Johnsy asked again for the curtains to be opened.
7、过去分词的基本用法：
1What’s more, a cold rain was falling, mixed with snow. 伴随状语或后置定语
2And then they found a lantern, still lit, and some brushes. 伴随状语或后置定语
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Poetry and Lesson 3 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在分词的基本用法：
1I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. 宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行。
2“Help, help!” I shouted, swimming towards the boat in desperation.
伴随状语，主动含义、正在同时进行。
3“No; but, being in my master’s service, I followed him.”
4My mouth, opening and closing, filled with salt water. 伴随状语，主动、同时进行
5The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
伴随状语，主动、同时进行
6He was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside. 后置定语，主动含义
2、过去分词的基本用法：
Suddenly I felt myself quickly drawn up to the surface of the sea. 宾语补足语，被动含义
3、不定式短语充当结果状语的句型：（参见课本P103, so as to do 如此……以致）
If master would be so good as to hold onto my shoulder, master would swim with much greater ease.
4、as if从句：
1It seemed to me as if a cry answered him.
2The blow produced a sound of metal; and, incredible though it may be, it seemed as lf it was made of metal plates.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、I couldn’t say where I was, nor could I imagine.
2、hear sb. do sth.; hear sb. doing sth.
I could hear Ned and Conseil breathing quickly.
3、动名词的复合结构和完全倒装:
Then came the sound of a heavy door opening
4、强调句型：
1It is my insanity that has made me act so badly.
2It was the King who poisoned the wine your mother drank.
5、让步状语从句和动名词的复合结构：
1I appreciate you saying that---even though I should want revenge for what you have done to my father and sister.
2Even though I forgive you personally, for the sake of the honor of my family I cannot accept your apology.
6、状语从句：
1Since Hamlet is the weaker fencer, Laertes will need three more hits than him to win.
2Now that the poison is in your blood, there is no cure.
7、定语从句：
1That was the poisoned wine but there is nothing(that) I can do about it now.
2Please forgive me for everything that has happened.
8、I would prefer to keep playing.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、动名词的复合结构和完成式：
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night.
2、现在分词短语充当原因状语：
Being more advanced than us, they do not want peace but rather to destroy us.
3、As一词用法小结：
1They call their group “Daybreak” as they believe they could start a new chapter in human history.
2The wind moaned through the trees as she wandered lost and lonely through the frost.
3It was as dark as a long winter night without moon or stars.
4As he looked at th, e waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
4、so……that……引导的结果状语从句：
1It was so dark that she could hardly see a thing.
2But it was so difficult and so painful that she only moved a metre or so before she gave up.
5、形式宾语、宾语补足语和真正的宾语：
She began to walk more quickly but found it difficult to see where she was going in the darkness.
6、find sb./oneself doing sth. 现在分词短语充当宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行：
She took a step forward, and found herself falling down a hill, rolling over and over.
7、As一词用法小结：
As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
8、look at sb./sth. doing sth.; feel sb./sth. doing sth.; see sb./sth. doing sth.:
1As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke with a shout.
2He could sense some unseen person in the room and was certain that he saw a pair of dark eyes near the door staring at him.
9、动词的非谓语形式（非谓语动词）：
1My advice to anyone hoping to become a writer or a person who writes poetry, is to listen to your emotions and feelings as much as possible.
2Getting out and about in nature is also highly recommended.
3I recommend reading some groups of similar works of poetry from famous poets from different times in history. recommend doing sth.
10、目的状语从句：
On the other hand, some poems are structured so that there is particular attention on some words and not others.
11、结果状语从句：
The man had been at sea for so long that it was hard to remember what land loked like.
12、长句难句复杂句式：
1Excitement had been building among them as Captain McCormick had said that they were a little more than 30 leagues from the island of St. Martins where evidently sunshine, dry land and fresh food awaited them.
2At least that’s what Officer David said he had overheard when the Captain spoke to Commander Barnaby.
3The first light of the sun lit up the sky as daybreak was approaching.
4She loves that even though writers may have lived long ago, they share the same views as those of us who live now.
5McCarthy dedicated the award to his father as he was the one who always encouraged him to become a writer.
6Continuous as the stars that shine and twinkle on the milky way, they stretched in never-ending line along the margin of a bay.
13、介词with的复合结构：
A wonderful night was held for literature fans last night, ending with Mark McCarthy winning the top prize for his latest work Darkness Surrounds.
14、现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain.
15、长句难句复杂句式：
1The beauty of poetry is that the emotions (that/which)the poet is trying to convey are often disguised in images so that the poet can maintain a feeling of privacy.
2The poet describes the sail of his friend’s boat disappearing into the distance while he watches the river rolling by. Watch sb./sth. doing sth.
3The interesting thing about poetry is that anyone reading a poem can have their own views of feelings about it and heated discussions can often arise over what the poet was originally trying to say or express.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
Exercise 4---Read the extract again. Order the events (a-f) on page 37:
1、There was a crash and the professor, who was the narrator, fell from his boat.
2、The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
3、Conseil supported the professor and stopped the professor from drowning.
4、A hard body struck the professor. He held onto it and felt that he was being drawn up.
5、The professor’s chest collapsed, but then he woke up and saw his friend Ned, the Canadian.
6、The professor learnt that he was above a metal “island” and then he was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside.
Exercise 5---Pair Work Read again and take notes. Then tell the story to your partner on page 38:
1、A violent crash happened. The professor fell from the boat,
2、Suddenly, he felt himself drawn up to the surface of the sea. He grabbed Conseil’s arm.
3、Around one o’clock in the morning, he felt terribly tired and he sank into the ocean.
4、At this moment, he hit a hard object in the water; The professor woke up and saw Ned.
5、The professor moved himself to the top of the object, It was a human construction.
6、At last this long night passed. Daybreak appeared. Suddenly a noise came from inside the boat
7、One iron plate was moved, a man appeared, uttered an odd cry, and disappeared immediately.
8、Some moments later, eight men appeared and drew them into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---20,000 Leagues Under The Sea of Lesson3,Unit 8,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8, Literature B3)
Exercise 7 Complete the summary with the words below.
The professor was thrown from the boat when it violently crashed. He had no recollection of falling in but, Conseil grabbed him and saved him from sinking. In desperation Conseil cried for help and a human voice responded a cry back, just as the professor became unconscious. He started to drown but was struck by a hard body which drew him up to the surface. He came across Ned, who had also been thrown into the sea. The professor could see the “whale” evidently was a hard iron body and was smooth and solid concluding it to be of human construction. At daybreak a man opened the door and they were drawn down into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---The Last Leaf of Lesson1,Unit 8 Literature, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册in Check Your Progress on page 46: (课本46页,L1,U8, XB B3)
“The Last Leaf” is a beautiful short story written by O. Henry. In the story, the two main characters, Johnsy and Sue, lived in a studio apartment in a three-story building. The author describes the illness “pneumonia” as a person who placed an icy finger on Johnsy making her terribly ill. She lay in bed under a blanket, looking blankly at the wall. The doctor took Sue aside and told that Johnsy had only a small chance of surviving the illness. Sue noticed that Johnsy wasn’t staring at the wall but was actually looking out the window at leaves on an ivy vine and counting backwards. She said they had been falling for days and when the last one fell, she would die.
Sue went to fetch her neighbor Mr. Behrman and told him what Johnsy said about wanting to slip away like the leaves. Mr. Behrman said that was nonsense.
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night. Johnsy came to realize her foolish thought and started to become healthier.
However, Mr. Behrman died from pneumonia. In a snowing and raining night, he painted his masterpiece---a vine leaf on the wall outside of Johnsy’s window.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修 第三册/ Module 3 模块3
Unit 9 Human Biology 第九单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 To Clone or Not to Clone of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在完成进行时：
1Dr. Millhouse has been doing research into how the human body reacts in extreme conditions.
2Natural cloning has been going on for generations.
3For example, gardeners have been using a form of cloning when they take a cutting from a plant and place it in a suitable medium, such as soil.
2、have sb. do sth.; let sb. do sth.; make sb. do sth.; leave sb. do sth.; get sb. to do sth.
They trained the participants to do special breathing exercises and then had them practice the exercises in extremely low temperatures outside.
3、强调句型：
It is health that is real wealth and not pieces of gold and silver.
4、过去完成时态：
1For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially.
2Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
3There had been a number of failures before they eventually found a way to successfully clone a monkey.
4In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned.
5、现在完成时态：
1After Dolly, scientists have cloned more than 20 mammal species, including camels, cattle, deer, dogs, goats and mice.
2However, they have found a similar pattern of health problems with these other species as well.
3This has led to questions such as, “Will this be a major issue for all cloned animals?” “Will it continue to happen forever?”
4In comparison with other species, cloning primates has proved to be “much harder”.
5This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
6Natural cloning has taken place for generations.
7How has the science of cloning developed since the first cloned mammal.
8Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats.
9In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes.
6、动词不定式的完成被动式：
They were the first-ever primates to have been cloned.
7、过去完成进行时：
Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
8、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason they worked so hard to break this technical barrier was to get animals with edited genes and produce animal models that are helpful for medical research and human health.
2 This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
3While some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, others raise moral concerns.
4So far, it is unknown what will happen to Zhong Zhong and Hua Hua as they grow up
5As Einstein said, “Science is a powerful instrument. How it is used, whether it is a blessing or a curse to mankind, depends on mankind and not on the instrument.”
6Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
7 It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys.
9、a number of; a large number of; the number of
1With this technology, we have potential to raise a large number of monkeys with identical genes in a short amount of time.
2This could help save research time, reduce the number of animals required for testing.
3An epidemic can affect a large number of people in a given population.
4An epidemic is the name given to an infectious disease that rapidly spreads to a large number of people within a short period of them---usually two weeks or less.
5Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
6The number of deaths is different for every disease.
7Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
8But the actual number of deaths is probably much higher.
9An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
10、Complete the passage with the proper form of the words in brackets.
On Thursday, the Institute of Neuroscience announced it had cloned two monkeys using non-reproductive cells. It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys. The news of the successful cloning has attracted attention from around the world. However, cloning primates have also raised ethical concerns. For example, some people have been discussing issues concerning how clones will be treated in society.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Brain Power and Lesson 3 Epidemics Explained of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、Lesson 2 Brain Power Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
2、完成体:
1Epidemics have been happening for as long as there have been people living on Earth.
2Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
3Since bird flu first appeared in 1997, it has taken more than a hundred lives.
4 Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
5Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
6Having killed up to 50 million people in 18 months, the Spanish flu is believed to have been the most severe epidemic in history. 现在分词的完成式；动词不定式的完成式。
7Since the end of the SARS epidemic, scientists have been doing trials on treatments to prevent any future outbreak.
8Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
9According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone. 10Has your headache got over yet?
11The price of this drug has gone up twenty cents since August.
12Jordan has come up with some creative ideas for helping the sick.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1They can be caused by several different factors, such as a virus being carried into an area, or changes in the way (that) people live, like more people living in an area, which increases the chances of them coming into contact with a virus or bacteria.
2Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
3Scientists now estimate that up to 50% of the area’s population died from the epidemic, making it one of the main causes of the fall of the Roman Empire.
4Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
5Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
6Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、a number of; a large number of; the number of; the numbers of
1An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
2、完成体:
1 According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
3Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) is a system of medical care which originated in ancient China and has evoked over thousands of years.
4It has developed a unique combination of treatments related to helping well-being and the prevention and treatment of disease.
5But with the development of technology, the DNA detective has been used in other aspects.
6It has been one of the key weapons for unsolved cases.
7From Melanie’s body, the police have found a full DNA profile of the killer.
8After 30 years, the criminal had still not been found.
9Experts found that it had belonged to a 70-year old man with a broken nose and a cut above his left eye.
10But they were able to find a book he had owned for decades at Uppsala University.
11What have DNA detectives helped to find?
3、长句难句复杂句式：
Some scientists say the team should not have announced their findings so early---they should have looked more carefully for the DNA from Copernicus’ mother or her relatives to check the results, as it is the mother’s DNA that is passed on intact to her child.
should not have done sth.; should have done sth.; as一词的用法；
it is……that…… 强调句型，强调主语。
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、完成体;
1Since then, other animals such as goats and camels have been cloned but have also experienced similar health problems.
2In comparison with other species, attempts to clone monkeys have been far more complicated.
3Scientists have located different areas of the brain.
4Epidemics have been occurring as long as humans have been on Earth.
5In human history, there have been some deadly epidemics
6And since then, scientists have undertaken trials on treatments to prevent future deaths.
7Yes, but by November 2014 there had been almost 5,000 deaths.
8They have not developed a vaccine yet, but they have learnt to isolate patients when they have symptoms.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason why they wanted to break this technical barrier was that monkey cloning might offer clues as to how to cure illness and disease.
2As the technology improves and becomes more accurate there would be even greater benefits.
3While some people see cloning as crucial for medical and scientific development, others have ethical concerns about how it could be used.
4There is a risk that this could be abused by some companies or people.
5Whether it is a blessing or a curse for humanity remains to be seen and depends on how we choose to use it.
6Initially, it was believed that epidemics posed little threat to the modern world, until SARS outbreak in 2002.
3、a number of; the number of
1An epidemic is an infectious disease that spreads rapidly to a large number of people within a short period of time.
2A disease reaches epidemic levels when a certain number of deaths occur as a result of it and this number will be different for each disease.
3In the early 20th century, the Spanish Flu of 1918 was a massive epidemic that killed an estimate of 50 million people, more than the number of people who died in World War I.
4、The Summary of The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 71:
1The writer went outside with her cup of tea.
2The shepherd and his donkey came into view.
3The shepherd used his cane to dismount from his donkey.
4The shepherd tried to show that he wanted a cup of tea.
5The shepherd started to talk louder.
6The shepherd got a bit angry because the writer couldn’t understand.
7The writer gave the shepherd a cup of tea.
8The writer asked the shepherd questions.
9The shepherd started laughing a lot.
5、The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 72---page 73::
1独立主格结构：
(1) They appear early one morning while I am sitting outside, my back against the wall of the spitaki, a cup of tea cradled in my hands.
(2) He has a big white moustache, blue eyes, a dandy’s flower stuck in the lapel of his green army jacket.
2长句难句复杂句式：
(1)Where does the path behind the house lead and who lived here and how do you make cheese and are the sheep in the neighboring field yours and what is this place, truly, and how do I go to the mountains behind the house? 连发6个问句。
(2)It is an international assumption that when people don’t hear and understand our language, we think they can’t hear at all.
3现在分词短语充当状语：
(1)Barba Andreas names the plants for me, pointing with his cane and leaning down to pluck off the chamomile blooms.
(2)Sitting on a milk crate, he lifts his bad leg up to rest on a stone.
(3)Finally, smiling but clearly frustrated, he grabs the tea-pot with one large hand.
(4)He slaps his knees, guffawing.
6、Workbook of Unit 9, XB Book 3 （选择性必修第3册）on pages 88---pages 92:
1动名词短语的基本用法：
(1)Finally, and probably the most difficult for me was joining some new clubs. 表语
(2)Making new friends and learning new skills keep the brain active. 主语
(3)Living in poor or unhealthy conditions or working in hospitals and other health facilities also pose a risk to people. 主语
(4)Increasing the speed of your runs quickly teaches your body to burn fat as fuel. 主语
(5)Participating in shorter races to build up to the marathon is a good idea. 主语,单三。
(6)So, living to 150 might be a realistic expectation for teenagers today thanks to future scientific advances. 主语
2Exercise 4---The Perfect Complete the sentences with the perfect form of the verbs in brackets on page 89
(1)The cyclist has been performing impossibly well for several competitions, raising the suspicions of the judges.
(2)He has been representing his country at international events for over a decade and continues to impress everyone.
(3)Scientists had discovered even more ways to improve physical performance over the past ten years.
(4)I have been trying to qualify for the swimming team for three years, but I still can’t quite make the cut.
(5)She had finished five seconds earlier in the event, so she was chosen for the Olympic team.
7、Diseases come on horseback, but go away on foot. 病来如山倒，病去如抽丝。
8、部分否定： Not everyone can run a marathon.
9、the number of；a certain amount of
1Gradually build up the number of miles you run so you can improve endurance without injury.
2There is a certain amount of destiny with the genes you are born with but also you can help yourself by ensuring you stay fit and healthy for longer.
10、长句难句复杂句式以及省略句：
Painkillers such as ibuprofen are not recommended for runners as they can increase the risk of lung and heart problems if used too much.
11、Reading and writing---How to live to 150! on page 91-page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3:
1The first person to live to 150 may already have been born, according to scientists.
2Worldwide life expectancy has more than doubled in the last 200 years.
3Longevity is one of the modern world’s great success and science is beginning to find evidence that our genes have a lot to do with whether we will live a longer life.
同位语从句，宾语从句。
4Thirdly, where you live can influence your life. 主语从句
So try to live somewhere peaceful and quiet where you get on with your neighbors.
定语从句
5Scientists believe that having small amounts of things we would normally classify as harmful might be good for us, such as chocolate, coffee or sunbathing! 主语
12、Exercise 11 Complete the statement from a scientist based on the information in the text on page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3选择性必修第3册：
“Improvements in health and lifestyle mean that life expectancy has more than doubled over the past 200 years . We believe the first person to live to 150 may have been born.
We have identified a “longevity gene” that is common in people who live to an old age. We are now conducting experiments on mice by giving them the gene and observing their life span. If we can successfully do this, then we may be able to provide gene therapy to humans and ensure everyone can live a longer life than they currently do.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---To Clone or Not to Clone of Lesson1,Unit 9,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page :54 (课本54---55页,L1,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Natural cloning has taken place for generations. An example of this is identical twins. A sheep called Dolly was the first mammal to be cloned artificially. Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats. In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned. In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes. Scientists say that this major breakthrough offers the potential to create monkeys with identical genes to give more accurate research results and perhaps lead to cures for various diseases. Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Brain Power of Lesson2,Unit 9,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 57: (课本57页,L2,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Epidemics Explained of Lesson 3,Unit 9, Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 62: (课本62页,L3,U9,Human Biology XB B3)
An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
Professor Jim Smith conducted a study to compare the bird flu epidemic which occurred in 1997 with other deadly epidemic in our history . He found that the earliest epidemics took place as early as 500 to550 CE, which killed half of the population in that particular area. The same epidemic, called “The Black Death” returned in the 1330s in Asia and spread quickly to Europe. Some hundred years later, the Great Flu epidemic broke out in 1918, also known as the Spanish Flu, killing 50 million people. This aws considered the most severe epidemic in human history. The 1997 bird flu which claimed over 100 lives was an adaptation of the Great Flu of 1918.
At the start of the 21st century, there were two major epidemics: SARS and EVD. The more recently discovered SARS disease infected about 8,000 people. According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
Globally, researchers are coming together to try to identify the causes for epidemics and help to find effective treatments.
2022年11月15日星期二下午3点40分许，平凉二中办公楼211室
2023年2月18日星期六下午3点45分许，甘肃信雅达公司1017室
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 10 Connections 第十单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 How Closely Connected Are We? of Unit 10, Connections 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The most important thing is that we are always there for each other whenever one needs some help or just a bit of encouragement.
2“Six Degrees of Separation”refers to the theory that any person on Earth can be connected to any other person through a chain of no more than five other people.
3强调句型：
It was this research that inspired the phrase “Six Degrees of Separation”.
4Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
2、被动语态和被动式：
1The concept was first talked about as long ago as in the 1920s.（一般过去时态的被动语态）
2In the 1950s, an attempt was made by two scientists to prove the theory mathematically. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
3Once the parcel had been received by this person, he/she would send the parcel onto a contact of theirs until the parcel could be personally delivered to the correct person.
（过去完成时态的被动语态、情态动词的被动语态）
4Amazingly, it only took between five and seven people to get the parcels delivered, and once released, the results were published in the bimonthly magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
5Its name was used as the title of a play and then a film. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
6Then, more films and TV programmes based on the concept were made and broadcast. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
7For example, the Oscar-winning film Babel is based on the concept of “Six Degrees of Separation”. （一般现在时态的被动语态）
8The lives of all the characters were closely connected, although they did not know each other and lived thousands of miles apart. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
9Soon the game was being played in university across the United States.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态）
10This became known as the “Columbia Small-world Project” （一般过去时态的被动语态）
1192 percent were connected by only for stages, or five degrees of separation.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
12How might you be connected to the driver of the bus you regularly take or the person who delivers your parcels? （情态动词的被动语态）
13All of the packages in Milgram’s experiment were delivered to the right people after passing through the hands of between five and seven people. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
14The results of Milgram’s experiment were published in the magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
15We were given the task finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
16We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. （一般过去时态的被动语态、过去完成时态的被动语态）
17While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态、一般过去时态的被动语态）
18Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
19After all the letters were exchanged several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letters with chains of five or six people in each case.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Community Spirit and Lesson 3 Anne of Green Gables of U10, Connections选择性必修第四册B 4
1、情态动词+动词不定式的完成式：
1 “No boy! But there must have been a boy.” Insisted Marilla.
2I might have expected it.
3I might have known it was all too beautiful to last.
4 I might have known nobody really did want me.
2、被动语态：
1She couldn’t be left there alone.
2Suddenly she seemed to grasp the full meaning of what had been said.
3Marilla had been wondering where Anne should be put to bed.
4When Marilla came up for the light, she saw the untidy way the clothing had been thrown on the floor.
3、现在分词短语的用法：
1Sitting down on a chair by the table, throwing her arms on it, and burying her face in them, she proceeded to cry stormily.
2“Yes, there is need!” The child raised her head, revealing a tear-stained face.
3“You’re not eating anything,” said Marilla sharply, eying her as if it were a serious problem.
4She lit a candle and told Anne to follow her, which Anne did, taking her hat and bag from the hall table as she passed.
5She carefully picked up Anne’s clothes, placed them neatly on a yellow chair, and then, taking up the candle, went over to the bed.
6And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
4、倒装句：
1Burst into tears she did.
2In one corner was the bed, a high , old-fashioned one of dark wood.
3Midway between table and bed was the window, with an icy white curtain over it.
4To bed went Matthew. And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
You would cry, too, if you were an orphan and had come to a place you thought was going
to be home and found that they didn’t want you because you weren’t a boy.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、被动语态：
1On 21 September, the first Community Street Festival in our city was held on Redwood Street.
2The performers were rather good and well received by the public.
3The festival was well organized
4The majority of Beijing’s Hutong were built between the 13th and 19th centuries during the Yuan, Ming and Qing Dynasties.
5Because the houses were built facing each other around courtyards, the families who lived there were an important part of each other’s life, no doubt sharing recipes, borrowing mops, and burning fragrant incense together.
6They supported each other when help was needed and shared the joy and sorrow of everyday life.
7Because of the hutongs, courtyards were joined together for miles around creating a network of people working, playing and living together---a real community.
8Many new hutongs were quickly built to house the increasing population but these were poorly made.
9The turning point came when the People’s Republic of China was set up.
10Conditions were improved a great deal.
11The agreement must be completely honored.
12Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
13A promise has already been made by me to heaven!
14It is true that the debt has not been paid.
15Justice must be done. The agreement must be honored.
16You will only have what is owed you according to the guarantee.
17The offender’s life can only be saved by the Duke.
18He will be punished with death.
2、现在分词短语的用法:
1The festival was highly successful, attracting over 10,000 people from over 20 communities.
2People attending the event were mainly families.
3The acts appealing to children were particularly popular.
4There were also many outlets serving food and drink.
5The man sitting next to you was loud, spilt his drink on you, and made fun of your team.
6When learning about another person’s abilities and competences, the positive information gets weighed more heavily.
7The hutongs not only link Beijing’s streets and communities but also its past and present, showing that Beijing is truly an ancient yet modern city.
3、强调句型：
But often it is the hutongs that have the strongest impressions, as they offer travelers a rare view into Beijing’s past.
4、动名词短语充当主语：
Caring more about the very negative, immoral things is a direct result of the comparative rarity of those bad behaviors.
5、形式宾语和真正的宾语：
They were then able to place guards at the entrances of hutongs, which made it easier to keep an eye on people’s movements.
6、从句长句难句复杂句式：
Bassanio is successful in wooing Portia and they agree to marry, but then Antonio receives news that his ships have been lost at sea and it will be impossible for him to give Shylock a pound of his flesh.
7、倍数的表达方式：
1Yes, I can offer the court twice the amount of Antonio’s debt.
2If that is not enough, I can pay ten times the amount.
3Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
4Accept three times your money.
5Pay me three times the amount of the debt.
8、have/get/find sth. done
Can I not even have the loan returned to me?
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Many of you may be familiar with the idea that all of us are connected to everyone else by an average of about six people.（同位语从句）
2It is the idea that we all know everyone else in the world through about six people. （同位语从句）
3Back then we knew all of our neighbors’ names and we relied on the fact that they would help us out when we needed some help. （同位语从句）
4Research highlights it is far more satisfying to physically laugh out loud in real life rather than to replace the act with a typed representation of laughter such as “haha” or “LOL”.
5I got so annoyed when people check their phones for social media updates while we are spending time together.
2、被动语态：
1It was first mentioned in the 1920s by an Hungarian author Frigyes Karinthy who discovered social network.
2They were given a parcel as well as the name, job and location of a stranger somewhere else in the country.
3That person in turn did the same until the parcel reached the person it was supposed to.
4The results were released and published by a magazine called Psychology Today.
5She was sent to a house belonging to Marilla and Matthew.
6Marilla was frozen in amazement as she expected to be sent a boy.
7Marilla told Anne that she could stay with them until the matter was investigated.
8Anne was very emotional when she heard she might be sent back.
9I saw an email that was sent to me from a woman whose name was not known to me.
10I was emailed by lots of people I didn’t know last year.
11This email was intended to be read by someone else with the same name as me!
12Because in the email I was invited to go to a school reunion for people who had left school twenty years ago! Before I was born!
13Her email was read by a school girl!
14 Her email was received by the wrong person.
15The email would now be resent to the right person.
16I recently signed up to a bimonthly newsletter that is emailed on the first and last Friday of every month.
17This small sample of people were then sent a package to pass oh to a stranger by sending it to someone they know.
18Most of the households were made up of young families like ours.
19I was shocked to read this and as it had never been told to me that I had other family members.
20At first I was stuck in one place with shock.
21When the results of our research were analyzed, ……
22Because this experiment had been attempted before, ……
23We were shocked to see how many things in the flat had been broken or damaged by……
24The positive effects of this community on its people were confirmed by……
25My parents were being looked after in a care home in the community where they had always lived.
26But the next morning we were woken up at 5 am by trucks/lorries collecting garbage/rubbish outside.
27We were bound together by living near each other.
28Social media sites have been blamed for most of the world’s social problems from feeling disconnected and lonely to having difficulty forming meaningful relationships.
29Don’t become too focused in the online social life you’ve created for yourself.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---How Closely Connected Are We? of Lesson1, Unit 10, Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page11 : (课本11页, L1, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
The Description of a “Six Degrees of Separation” Experiment
We were given the task of finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar. So we did. We couldn’t send parcels, but we could letters. Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to. After all the letters were exchanged several times, several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letter with chains of five or six people in each case! We think this means that our experiment was a success and it supports the theory.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Anne of Green Gables of Lesson3,Unit 10,Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page17 : (课本17页, L3, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
When Matthew arrived with the little girl, Marilla froze in amazement because Mrs. Spencer promised she was going to send a boy. When Anne grasped the meaning of their conversation, she burst into tears and proceeded to cry loudly. Marilla had no idea how to comfort her. When she tried, the girl revealed a tear-stained face and told her she was in the depths of despair. Marilla asked Anne to stay for the night and she would investigate the affair. Later she brought Anne to a little bedroom. Anne undressed and dived down into the bedclothes. Marilla said she would return for the candle as she dared not leave it for the child to put out. When she returned, she said “Good night” awkwardly but not unkindly. Anne was still upset and crying.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 11 Conflict and Compromise 第十一单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Living in a Community of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、情态动词./Modal Verbs：
1Ma Ming, drummer for the rock band “Storm”, had to pack his bag.
2They couldn’t relax or read a book without plugging their cars.
3We told him that he ought to cease drumming or leave the property.
4We had to take action.
5I don’t have to do my own washing
6He could no longer tolerate it.
7We dared not go onto our balcony.
8We could hardly get rid of the smell of fish.
9I couldn’t stop him.
10During the day, she had to go to work.
11So she could only study in the evening.
12To help her get focused, I dared not turn on the TV loud as she always studied late.
13I think she ought to have enough sleep.
14I dare not sleep without the light on now.
15
2、现在分词短语的用法：
1Being single, Ma Ming often held parties at night.
2Ma Ming’s neighbors said they were being driven mad being exposed to such noise.
3、虚拟语气：
The flat-owner said if he had known that Ma Ming was a drummer, he wouldn’t have rented the flat to him.
4、动名词短语的用法：
1Why does Mr. Smith recommend staying in a library?
2Getting enough sleep is important for people’s health.
3Otherwise he didn’t really mind having to leave the flat.
4Living in a hotel means the hotel staff makes the bed every day.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1He’s bitter over the fact that people thought of his music as “noise”. （同位语从句）
2Mckay’s wife, Laurence said that, while Mckay is usually a peaceful and pleasant person, he had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
3She added that it wasn’t only the water falling onto their balcony from Smith watering his plants that bothered them, but also the way (that) he cleaned his fish tanks.
4We’d be sitting there happily reading our newspaper, when suddenly so much water would come from above that we’d be as wet as if we had showered with our clothes on!
6、被动语态：
1 They were being driven mad
2 He had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Dealing with Conflict and Lesson 3 War Memories of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册
XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Do Chuc is a 48-year-oldVietnamese farmer whose two daughters and aunt were killed by American soldiers in My Lai that day. （定语从句）
2He and his family were eating breakfast when the American soldiers entered the village and ordered all civilians out of their homes. （并列分句）
3Together with other villagers, they were marched a few hundred metres into the village square where they were told to sit. （定语从句）
4Then he watched in surprise as the soldiers set up a machine gun. （时间状语从句）
5One of their men, speaking in English, said that he had worked in England for dome years and that he was fed up to the neck with this war and would be glad when it was over. （宾语从句、时间状语从句）
6We told him he wasn’t the only one who was fed up with it （定语从句）
7The German officer asked Bill if we would like some beer and they brought them over to us. （宾语从句）
8The officers came to an understanding that we would celebrate Christmas in temporary peace until midnight.（同位语从句）
9Just before midnight, we all decided not to start firing before they did.
（时间状语从句）
10One of their men shouted across in English and asked how we had enjoyed the beer.
（宾语从句）
11We replied that we were very grateful and spent the whole day chatting with them.
（宾语从句）
12I got a phone call from the chief nurse, saying, “You’ve got a patient there who is going to get an award . Make sure that the ward looks good.” （定语从句、宾语从句）
13“Let’s clean up the ward because we’ve got VIPs coming in.” （原因状语从句）
14When he was waking up after the surgeon had finished, he whispered, “Don’t you remember me, ma’am?” （时间状语从句）
15But really I didn’t because there were so many of them. （原因状语从句）
16The general was coming to give him the award because he happened to be number 20,000 to come through this hospital. （原因状语从句）
17They had this little ceremony, where they presented him with a Purple Heart and a watch. （非限制性定语从句）
18As the general handed him the watch, “from the army, to show our appreciation, ” the kid more or less threw the watch back at him. （时间状语从句）
19If I remember correctly, I started sobbing and I think (that) he was crying , too.
（条件状语从句、宾语从句）
20That was the only time (that) I let somebody see what I felt. （定语从句、宾语从句）
21It took a lot for him to do that, and it sort of said what this war was all about to me.
（宾语从句）
22We were walking slowly back to the base at about midnight, talking about the evening, when someone mentioned South Africa’s famous wild animals. （并列分句）
23We were chatting about stories (that/which) we’d heard when suddenly my friend, Bob, begged us to be quiet. （定语从句）
24I stayed there till morning when I climbed out and walked back to the base.
（时间状语从句）
25They thought (that) I’d been eaten! （宾语从句）
26I swore that I’d never go thinking and then walking in the wild at night again.
（宾语从句）
27Discuss the ways in which war causes suffering. （定语从句）
2、介词with的复合结构：
Two of our men then threw their equipment off and climbed out of the trench with their hands above their heads as our representatives.
3、have/get/find sth. done
This time he’d had both his legs blown off---he was all-of-about 20years old.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1In many countries, there are already laws which do not allow advertising for tobacco products like cigarettes. （定语从句）
2If children see fewer advertisements on TV of people doing these activities, they are much less likely to try to copy their behavior. （条件状语从句）
3A reason why people are against the idea is that making the products creates jobs and brings in large amounts of tax. （定语从句、表语从句）
4The money invested in making these unhealthy products could be used for more worthwhile business, such as those that improve our environment. （定语从句）
5Furthermore, it is not right to make money from activities which harm human health.
（定语从句）
6The case of an American woman, Terri Schiavo, whose husband won a legal battle to have her taken off life support machines after she spent 15 years in a coma-like state, has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue that surround the care of coma patients. （定语从句、时间状语从句、定语从句）
本长句可以缩略为：The case has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue。
7Even though 15 years had passed, Terri’s parents still believed that her coma was only temporary. （让步状语从句、宾语从句）
8Her husband disagreed and said that Terri would not have wanted to live on in this state. （宾语从句）
9Others claimed that life is sacred, which no one has the right to end , but many would say it (that) was the right thing to do for Terri.
（宾语从句、非限制性定语从句、宾语从句）
10Terri fell into a coma when a heart attack robbed her brain of oxygen, causing permanent harm. （时间状语从句）
11Even though the patient may seem to be “awake” at times, their brain remains unconscious and cannot be woken up. （让步状语从句）
12Although doctors don’t fully understand comas and the process of recovery, it is generally agreed that a patient’s chances of recovery decline the longer they stay in a coma. （让步状语从句、真正的主语从句）
13Therefore, after 15 years it was very unlikely that Terri would ever recover.
（真正的主语从句）
14Even in less severe cases, doctors admit that they don’t know if or how well patients will progress. （宾语从句、宾语从句）
15When there is a minimum of harm to the brain and the coma is brief, patients often return to normal but with some loss of memory or other brain functions.
（时间状语从句）
16When the harm to the brain is worse and the coma is longer , some patients recover slowly while others show little or no progress over a period of years.
（时间状语从句、并列分句）
17Perhaps it’s not surprising that Roslyn Darch of Houston felt annoyed when she tripped over a little kid running around a furniture store, and broke her ankle.
（真正的主语从句、时间状语从句）
18The owners were clearly surprised at the size of Roslyn’s payout, particularly since the child (whom) she tripped over was her own son. （原因状语从句、定语从句）
19Some argue that this is just greed---that the amount of money is far too much for the injury suffered---and besides, it’s not the shop’s fault that a mother can’t control her child anyway. （宾语从句、真正的主语从句）
20Others would say that it’s good to see the law taking the side of the individual against the big corporations, for a change. （宾语从句）
21Take the example of the hundreds of smokers who have received millions of dollars from the tobacco companies, after saying (that) they were responsible for the terminal illness (that/which) they had developed because of smoking.
（定语从句、宾语从句、定语从句）
22Whatever you think, the compensation culture which has emerged in recent years is spreading, and it will affect all of us. （让步状语从句、定语从句）
23A group of overweight New York teenagers sued a giant fast-food company, claiming that they had not had enough warning that a diet of burgers, fries and milkshakes would make them fat. （宾语从句、同位语从句）
24The parents of a 19-year-old English school girl successfully sued her school for ￡42,000 compensation when she failed to get a top grade in a university entrance exam.
（时间状语从句）
25However, the drink was on the floor because York had thrown it over her boyfriend 30 seconds earlier, during an argument. （原因状语从句）
26If you think that going on holiday is a good way to get away from all this trouble, think again---millions of people complain to the British Tourist Authority every year, and many receive some form of compensation. （条件状语从句、宾语从句）
27We recently had a claim from someone who said (that) their holiday was ruined because they didn’t get on with their travelling companion.
（定语从句、宾语从句、原因状语从句）
28And we regularly get complaints from holidaymakers travelling abroad who say (that) the locals don’t speak English. （定语从句、宾语从句）
29We knows where it will end? （宾语从句）
30Some say (that) there should be penalties for excessive claim, or that there should be a limit on payouts. （定语从句）
2、强调句型：
And it’s not only claims for physical injuries that are keeping the lawyers busy.
3、be/get/become used to sth./doing sth.
Staff at a famous company is used to dealing with requests for compensation following poor weather , cancelling flights and lost luggage.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1There have been so many conflicts in modern history that have led to loss of life.
2It was about World War I, where millions of young men spent years in mud trenches fighting each other.
3He was interviewed as an elderly man and was weeping as he spoke about it.
4Although it was a tough documentary to watch, I feel (that) it gave me an appreciation for the value of peace.
5The first we knew of it was when we heard bells ringing and people running into the streets.
6Others were telling each other that it was a day that would go down in history.
7I was so angry (that) I couldn’t believe (that) he would dare do something like that!
8He was surprised as he didn’t realize (that) he had hurt me so much.
9The first thing (that) you should remember is that people who bully have low self-esteem.
10One night, I heard some noise and when I looked out the window, I saw that it was a van.
11I work in the area of conflict resolution for business and individuals which means I help fix (resolve) disagreements that arise.
12When asked to help resolve a conflict, the first thing (that) I do is to ask (inquire) about what has led to the problem.
13Then I can see clearly where they disagree and identify (detect) who might be wrong.
14Usually I find that even things that seem complicated can be overcome.
15Although Zambia is a very peaceful country, I was aware that there are other countries in Africa, where there have been a lot of violence conflicts.
16Since it got independence from France in the 1950s, there have been many violent conflicts between the government and rebels who do not want the leaders in power.
17This is a good thing as it ensures that there are many different cultures and backgrounds all working towards the same goals.
18We monitor cities and villages to ensure that no conflict is occurring, help bring supplies of food and medicine to those who need them and write reports on everything (that) we do and see.
19When they see my role and how others respect me, I hope (that) they feel that they also deserve to be respected and treated equally to men.
2、情态动词：
1The woman has to/ought to lock her doors at night because there have been many break-ins in her neighborhood.
2The man couldn’t believe how often his neighbors played music loudly at night.
3You don’t have to agree with my point of view if you feel strongly against it.
4The government has to/ought to introduce a ban on smoking in all public places, including parks, to the public’s health.
5When I saw someone throwing an old TV away on the street, I dared not confront them about it, but I wished I had been braver.
6You should try to understand that your parents are worried about your safety.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---War Memories of Lesson 3, Unit 11, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 39: (课本39页, L3, U11, XB B4)
Story A
Do Chuc’s family were marched into the village square, watched the soldiers set up a machine gun, and then the shooting started.
Story B
On Christmas Day, the soldiers on the frontier celebrated Christmas together. They greeted each other and shook hands. They were all fed up to the neck with the war.
Story C
The young soldier had both his legs blown off. He was given/was awarded a Purple Heart and a watch for being number 20,000 to come through the hospital.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 12 Innovation 第十二单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Scientific Breakthroughs of Unit 12 Innovation 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The Internet is an invention that I cannot live without as I use it every day for study, fun and communication.
2If you had to choose the single most important discovery of the 20th century, you would have a real problem on your hands.
3Communications changed with the introduction of mobile phones, and the way (that) we correspond went from writing letters to emailing and sending instant messages.
4Einstein then showed in his “theory of reality” that not even time, mass of length are constant---they change according to our experience of them.
5He double-checked and saw a blue mould in the dish around which the bacteria had been destroyed.
6With 18,000 tubes, thousands of circuits and 6,000 switches, it used so much energy that when it was turned on, the lights in the local town went out!
7In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web, which enabled computers all over the world to communicate with each other.
8Without the breakthroughs of these pioneers in science and technology, whether lucky or planned, the world as we know it today would be a completely different place.
9I really don’t know what I want to do when I leave school.
10My mum is a biologist, but it seems to me that all (that) she does is looking at bacteria through a microscope.
2、have/get/find sth. done
With the development of computers, people expected to get more things done efficiently.
3、介词with 的复合结构：
1With computers talking to one another, it would enable government leaders to communicate with each other.
2Human life on this planet has been transformed into a “global village”, with all the different countries linked in the chain of common interests.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Aha and Lesson 3 Stephen Hawking of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Hawking was famous, not just for his brilliant work in theoretical physics and cosmology, but also for overcoming the challenges of ALS (a disease that affects muscle control).
2At the age of 21,when Hawking spent his first year at the University of Cambridge, physicians discovered (that) he had a rare, slow-progressing form of ALS.
3In the early stages of his career, his illness got worse, but he was allowed to do research only rather than teach, which was easier for him.
4Soon his doctors developed a piece of speech-generating equipment that allowed him to speak.
5However, as his illness became worse, he lost the use of his hands.
6Although Hawking’s physical abilities declined over decades, he never ceased his studies and he developed a number of new ideas about black holes.
7Hawking believed that the birth of the universe (the “Big Bang”) created many small black holes.
8His theory was that there was a sort of hole in the centre of a black hole.
9However, many people could not really understand what he had written.
10Hawking argued that we should look for a different way to discover the deepest secrets of the universe.
11Instead of trying to find one big new explanation, scientists should put together all the ideas that they already have.
12He said (that) it had not prevented him from having a family, and being successful in his work.
13My expectations were reducing to zero when I was 21.
14And he believed (that) this was because of the help (that/which) he received from his family and a large number of people and organizations.
15While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined.
16Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person.
17He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
18However, in spite of not being able to talk, he was still able to communicate by raising his eyebrows when someone pointed to the right letter on a spelling card.
19What’s the most serious problem that’s ever happened to you?
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1James Watt was an engineer, scientist and inventor, who was born in Scotland in 1736.
2One day when he was 12 years old, he was sitting in his family kitchen watching a kettle boiling water.
3As the water boiled, the steam made the top of the kettle bounce up and down.
4He thought deeply about what was happening, as steam was only water but seemed to be powerful enough to lift a kettle top.
5He reflected further on the process, estimating how much power could be created by a larger amount of water.
6This was a great improvement on the Newcomen steam engine, which was commonly used at the time.
7Steam engines helped to power factories that started the Industrial Revolution.
8In the area of transportation, steam engines were used to power trains and boats, helping people to travel greater distances in much shorter times.
9Because of the invention of paper, China was one of the first nations to start producing historical records, maps and literature.
10Early Chinese scientists discovered how they could make something explode.
11This invention made it much quicker and easier to reproduce written work and led to the first ever mass-production of books and literature.
（形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
12In the West, magnetism was not discovered until the 15th century.
（……not……until……句型）
13One regulates almost everything (that) we do, another affects the way (that) we eat, and the last has changed the very look of our cities.
14Refrigerators as we know them today work very differently.
15Compressed gases in a metal coil inside the refrigerator stuck the heat out of the surrounding air as the gases expanded.
16Now it is a common object in most homes and people would find it difficult to imagine living without it. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
17But it wasn’t until 1857 that a man called Elisha Otis designed and built a machine
that used hydraulics to carry people between the floors of a building.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型、定语从句）
18In 1880, a German inventor, Werner von Siemens, introduced the first electric powered elevator---and the lift, as we know it today, was born.
19Elevators have changed not only our lives by making it possible to live in bigger and taller buildings, but also the city skylines. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
20Modern Chinese cities like Beijing, Shanghai and Hong Kong would look very different indeed if the elevator hadn’t been invented.（虚拟语气）
21Next time you rely on any of these inventions, be grateful and think about the science and imagination that have gone into them and how much they have changed our everyday life.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Every great idea needs someone who has an incredible vision and is willing tobe a pioneer.
2100 years ago, could people have imagined that there would be an International Space Station orbiting the Earth? （can/could have done sth.）
3There are so many amazing scientists and scientific discoveries that it is hard to choose the most important one.
4He showed us that mass, energy and time are not constant, which changed our entire understanding of the universe.
5Einstein changed our understanding of ourselves and the universe around us, but it was Alexander Fleming, who, I think, changed the quality of our lives.
6His discovery that blue mould, a form of penicillin, could kill bacteria, saved millions of people around the world. （同位语从句）
7It wasn’t until 1990 that Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型）
8The doctors were not sure at first what was wrong as it was such a rare illness.
9 Although I am prevented from doing a lot of things (that) I would like to do, I discovered that I really enjoy maths, science and astronomy.
10What I mean is that it’s good to have time to do nothing, to just sit and feel bored.
2、Literature Spot--- The Martian Chronicles---the colonization of Mars by Earth people ---地球人殖民火星
1And every morning you could see Mr. K eating the golden fruits that grew from the crystal walls, or cleaning the house with handfuls of magnetic dust which , taking all dirt with it, blew away on the hot wind.
2Afternoons, when the fossil sea was warm and motionless, and the wine trees stood still in the yard, and the little Martian bone town was all enclosed, and no one drifted out their doors, you could see Mr. K himself in his room, reading from a metal book with raised hieroglyphs over which he brushed his hand, as one might play a harp.
（3个用and 连接的并列的时间状语从句、定语从句、时间状语从句）
3 And from the book, as his fingers stroked, a voice sang, a soft ancient voice, which told tales of when the sea was red steam on the shore and ancient men had carried clouds of metal insects and electric spiders into battle.
4Mr. and Mrs. K had lived by the dead sea for 20 years and their ancestors had lived in the same house, which turned and followed the sun, flower-like, for ten centuries
5In the distance she heard her husband playing his book steadily, his fingers never tired of the old songs.
6Quietly she wished (that) he might one day again spend as much time holding and touching her like a little harp as he did to his incredible books.
7She lay back in a chair that moved to take shape even as she moved.
3、动名词的复合结构：
The evidence gathered so far, has led to many experts suggesting(proposing) that a human mission to Mars should be attempted.
4、recommend +that宾语从句
1They have recommended that countries work together to provide investment and expertise.
2Physicists also recommended that alternative fuel and energy sources would need to be researched.
5、同位语从句：
If humans can reach Mars and the theory that water is hidden deep in the planet proves true, then it would be the greatest scientific achievement in history.
6、while
1While I was sitting on the beach, it just came to me.
2His new idea succeeded in adapting DNA and genes to “turn off” certain bad ones while keeping the healthy parts active.
7、As an additional benefit, we find that people who have diabetes, another chronic illness, could also benefit from the treatment.
8、Ever since my parents bought me a microscope for my birthday, I’ve just been hooked on science.
9、It’s amazing that many scientists seem to have had an incredible “ahs moment”.
10、He perceived the universe in a way that I think only Einstein had before.
11、She designed a mobile phone app that allows people with learning difficulties to improve their reading skills.
12、Many users of the app have said that they prefer using it instead of other more traditional methods.
13、Reading and Writing---A Profile of Elon Musk
Workbook, P91---P92, Unit 12, XB Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on P91---P92 (课本91---92页, Workbook, U12, B4)
1Using his own fortune, Musk founded his company that designs rockets and space vehicles.
2Musk also received contracts from NASA and the US space agency, thus making history by proving, that the concept of commercial space exploration was both possible and affordable.
3The company is named after Nicolai Tesla, the Serbian American inventor and physicist, who is best known for designing the AC electrical system.
4By creating opportunities to explore new planets, Musk believes that in the event of a major catastrophe on Earth, there would be the potential for the human race to continue elsewhere.
5According to Musk, “I came to the conclusion that we should aspire to increase the scope and scale of human consciousness in order to better understand what questions to ask. Really, the only thing that makes sense is to strive for greater collective enlightenment.”
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Stephen Hawking of Lesson 3, Unit 12, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 60 (课本60页,L3, U12, B4)
Stephen Hawking was born in 1942. He studied at University of Oxford and Cambridge, but at the age of 21, he was diagnosed with a serious disease. However, he finished his studies and got a job at the University of Cambridge and continued his work in theoretical physics and cosmology . While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined. In 1985, after an operation, he started to use speech-generating equipment to help him talk. However, Hawking never ceased his studies and he continued to develop his theories on black holes. Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person. From his diagnosis at 21 he regarded everything since then as a bonus. He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
2023年3月6日星期一下午4点30分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室
完成电脑录入
,
※The writer hung decorations on the branches.
※Granny and the writer stuffed the turkey.
※Granny took a seat by the fire.
47、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: (4Read the story again and complete the timeline)
In the middle of November on a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the present I wanted.
In December, Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite Christmas song over and over.
On Christmas Eve, Granny and the writer left sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas. Granny and the writer put a stoking at the end of the bed
On Christmas Day, the whole family, together with Auntie Kath and Cousin David, had Christmas lunch. The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
48、The Summary of the Reading Text---A Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens of Literature Spot , Book 1 必修第一册 on page 71:
Scrooge’s nephew invited him for Christmas dinner. Jacob Marley appeared and told Scrooge about the three ghosts. The Ghost of Christmas Past showed Scrooge his life when he was young. The Ghost of Christmas Present showed Scrooge the Cratchit family’s Christmas dinner. The Ghost of Christmas Future showed Scrooge what was going to happen to him. Ebenezer Scrooge enjoyed Christmas Day and started to be generous. Bob Cratchit arrived late on the day after Christmas.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4第四单元 Information Technology
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Think about not just the individual sounds , but also think about the overall feeling of the sentence. not only......but also......
2Focus on the mouths of native speakers and pay attention to your own mouth positions as you’re practicing sounds.
3Practicing individual sounds is more important than practicing stress.
4A baby watches his mother’s mouth closely when she speaks, because he wants the combination of the visual information and what he’s hearing.
5Children repeat themselves to build muscle memory and to develop the fine and subtle changes in mouth position needed for speaking a language.
2、1In practicing, it would make no sense to sing the song from start to finish over and over.
2It’s easy for your English to be natural and clear when you’re hardly moving your mouth at all.
3、1I use apps to buy things online.
2The First Industrial Revolution used water and steam power to mechanize production.
4、These digital identities, known as avatars, are a key part of how people use the Internet to communicate and express themselves.
5、Focus on language: Past Future 过去将来时态 The future in the past
1Yet, very few people knew that future avatars would have such a wide variety of forms and uses. 2When people started creating their own avatars, they discovered that they were going to have the power to create new identities that did not look or act like their real selves at all.
3When Internet users realized that their avatars would be seen by many people, not just their friends, they started having more than one avatar.
6、各种从句
1They also experiment with things like different hairstyles---which says a lot, perhaps, about what they want to look like.
2Some users worry that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world.
3The use of several avatars can be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online.
4They look forward to a time when their avatar will act like a real person and travel around bigger, more exciting virtual worlds.
5As we know, important social skills are developed through direct contact with other people.
6How many followers do I have? ---though we know that the number of “likes” or followers cannot compare to having long-term and rewarding friendships.
7Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be.
8And with online communication you can never be 100 percent sure that the people you are chatting to are being honest about who they are.
9Because of this, going online can be particularly dangerous for people who are easily influenced or too trusting.
10You can stay in touch with friends no matter where you are or what you are doing.
11There are so many online tools you ca use to be creative.
12To me, this is a very thought-provoking argument, as it points out the benefits of online friendships.
13As Eileen Kennedy Moore, an authority on the subject, points out, online friends “fill holes real-life friends can’t”.
14This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today.
15Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
16That’s why I believe that books about foreign cultures of imaginary worlds are the best.
7、1Listening for key words helps you understand the conversation better and find the answers to questions more quickly.
2Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact.
3Talking to people online or having a friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real-life communication.
4In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centred because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers.
8、1Before listening, read the questions carefully.
2While listening, pay attention to the words related to the questions.
3If so, list them below.
4It also makes the art accessible to the world while protecting the original artworks for the future.
5A tool that tracks and shows your pulse rate while you exercise.
6But some classmates expressed concerns about online safety when using avatars.
7When reading an article online, it’s important not to skim too much, so that you can understand the full context.
8When browsing social media, people often see photographs and stories showing beautiful holidays, fun parties and fashionable clothes.
9、1While the Internet can bring people closer together, it can also harm friendships.
While 句首=although=though. “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句。
2While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy
3While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
4Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
10、According to a parenting expert, Denise Daniels, communicating through a screen makes it more difficult for children to concentrate or show kindness to others.
it 形式主语；more difficult 宾语补足语；for children to concentrate or show kindness to others 动词不定式的复合结构充当真正的宾语。
11、It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
（课本P94）强调句句型
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型 B1U2 Workbook P85
12、1Using a smart phone, a tablet or a computer, you can be in contact at home and also where you are on the move. 现在分词短语充当方式方法状语。
2Walking into the China Pavilion at Expo 2010 in Shanghai, people were amazed by the sight of a huge digital painting.
3You can see the wind blowing through the trees and across the water.
4Since then, she has been addicted to the Internet, using different kinds of software applications on her mobile device.
13、各种从句：
1Digital technology allows today’s artists to express their ideas in ways that ancient artists would not believe possible.
2Information Technology has developed in ways that people would never have imagined.
3Dunhuang Caves, which are protected ancient treasures in the Gobi desert in a remote part of Northwest China, are filled with invaluable paints and sculptures.
4The good news for art lovers who cannot travel and for the caves themselves is that scientists have created a 360-degree, 3D digital projection of the caves
5What students dislike is that in order to use apps these days, they are often required to set up an account and put in personal information.
6Then, something happened that changed how she felt about online communication.
7At first, my father had some concerns that she was spending too much time in virtual world, but now he sees how happy she is.
8We are all very proud of her as she has proven that it’s never too late to learn a new skill.
14、过去将来时态：课本P24
1Nobody at that time imagined that 20 years later people would have phones in their pockets and would use them for many functions other than just making calls.
2At that time, even scientists didn’t realise that one day people would be able to connect with family and friends anywhere through video chats.
3And most certainly, people back in the1980s wouldn’t understand that clothing and delicious food would be sent to their homes by simply using an app on the phone.
15、Nearly one third of the students have tried apps with the latest technologies like VR, AR and MR. 分数的表达方式。
16、1She thought online communication wasn’t worth spending time on and it made people more self-centred. be worth doing sth.
2All her friends seemed to spend about 90 percent of their time talking to friends on the Internet and only about 10 percent talking to them in real life. 百分数的表达方式。
3She spends a lot of time each day exploring websites and chatting with other people online.
17、From then on, neither of them criticized anyone for having online friendships.
neither; either; either... or... ; neither... nor... ; not only...but also...; both...and...
18、I agree with it saying that your choice of avatars says a lot about your personality.
19、He dressed them in fancy clothes with beautiful hairstyles and they all act more or less like him.
20、My mother had never used a mobile phone until she received one for her birthday this year. not/never......until......句型。
21、1In my opinion, playing computer games is one way to escape from reality.
2Having games on my mobile phone can make it difficult to focus on my homework.
22、过去将来时态：课本P79
1She would become the next big thing in the technology world.
2Her first app would become one of the biggest selling in the world.
3People would appreciate the fact that they wouldn’t have to spend so much time searching for products they wanted.
4I knew I would be able to make a successful app.
23、However, for young people today it is considered completely normal to share pictures of their lives and interact online every day.
24、Fans of social media point out that the world has never been so connected as it has allowed people to make friends, learn about the world and celebrate life.
25、They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became. the more......, the more...... 句型。
The more you read, the faster you’ll be. 九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation
26、1There are a number of reasons for this.
2The number of “likes” and comments on their posts can make them anxious about their popularity.
27、For those looking at these pictures and comparing them to their own lives, they can end up feeling sad and depressed.
28、Of course, there is also the problem of “cyber bullying” where people become victims of bullying online when others make negative or cruel comments about them.
29、We don’t have to disconnect from the Internet to live a happy life, but we should realize that the pictures we see and stories we read are only part of a bigger picture.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Avatars of Lesson 1, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 11:
Avatars are digital identities that you use to represent yourself online. You can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create your own images. Although avatars haven’t been around for long, they are widely used.
Avatars let you express yourself and give you room for creativity. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users worry that they are spending too much time in virtual world that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a positive light.
31、The Summary of the Reading Text---Internet and Friendships of Lesson 3, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 17:
Some people believe that the Internet has many negative aspects. Talking to people online or having friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real life communication. While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy relationships. This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today. In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centered because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers. Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5第五单元 Humans and Nature
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、关系副词引导的定语从句：
1That was the day when it took only six hours to break my body and soul.
2One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands where we often risked going and got more fish than others.
3As you can see, the reason why I’m here to tell the story is that I made the right decision.
4I was still tied to the barrel and the waves soon carried me to an area where the other fishermen were. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. tie...to...; be tied to...
5Is there a shop nearby where I can buy some sweets?
6We can go there on Sunday when few people go to work.
7He didn’t tell me the reason why he was so upset.
8I will never forget the day when I joined the People’s Liberation Army.
9I was born in a city/town/village where there is a famous mountain called Mount Kongtong.
10I will never the reason why he quitted school when he was in Grade Eight.
11My story happened on a dark night when the sky suddenly clouded over and we were in a terrible storm.
12Find a shelter where you can stay.
13Some things I liked were exciting scenes---especially the one where the horses are attacked by a pack of wolves.
14List the reasons why people enjoy the film Wolf Toterm.
15I began my day as normal and decided to go with my friend to a beach where we usually surfed.
16He managed to pull us both away from the whirlpool and back to the beach where the other surfers were.
17His bravery and quick thinking was the reason why I survived that day.
18Neither of them had ever been in such an extreme situation before, using just a compass to find the area where the kind of frog they wanted to study lived.
19Some people are beginning to make plans in preparation for the end of the world, when massive natural disasters occur and cause extensive damage.
2、It took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
3、1The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P31 课文
2Find safe shelter the moment you see a storm approaching. 课本P82
3The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P84 汉译英
4I felt great sadness the day my friend moved to another country.
the moment=as soon as “一......就......”，引导时间状语从句。
比较状语从句：
1It may appear strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it.
2Now I have told you, and I cannot expect you to believe me any more than the fishermen did.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4、I felt sick, as if I was falling from a mountain top in a dream.
5、1The first, the larger the bodies were, the more rapidly they fell.
2Generally, the further south you go, the cooler it will be.
3They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became.
4The more you read, the faster you’ll be.
九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation the more......, the more...... 句型。
6、1Some time after I left the boat, with my brother in it, it was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool. 介词with的复合结构。
2That leaves the wolves with nothing to eat so they start attacking the farmer’s animals.
7、1I began to think how amazing a thing it was to die in such a way, and how wonderful it was to see the power of nature.
2The main character quickly sees how easy it is for humans to upset the natural balance of the environment.
3Yes, the book and the film really show how important it is for humans to protect the environment.
4It was very tough to watch but it was amazing to see how brave the professional teams are when they help to save people who are in trouble.
8、1Why did the storyteller survive while his elder brother didn’t?
2One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm.
3While he was on the way to Antarctica, he received a massage from the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen which said he was going south, too.
4I had swum far from the shore when the danger became clear.
5They were feeling cheerful as they sailed down the great river.
6But just as they started to feel really sad and worried that their would be a failure, they saw the frogs they had come to look for.
7All of their worry was forgotten as they enjoyed the view of the frogs jumping over the water.
8As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!” B1U1P9
9After all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible.” B1U2P39
10They go whenever and wherever they are needed.
9、1Trained dogs are used to help search for anyone who is still alive.
2We use search and rescue vehicles and trained dogs to look for anyone who is still alive.
use sth. to do sth. , sth. be used to do sth. ; used to do sth. , used to be... ;
I used to get up early and read English aloud for an hour every morning when I was young.
I used to be a farmer in my home village.
be/get/become used to sth. , be/get/become used to doing sth.
I am a strong swimmer and very used to swimming in the sea.
10、1Amundsen was the first to leave on 8 September,1911.
2The most important thing is to protect yourself as much as you can.
3Their role is to save lives and provide medical help to people in disasters.
4Mr. Wang’s advice is to move away from things that can break or fall.
5Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole.
6Their goal is to reduce suffering and loss and save as many people as possible.
7If that happens, my advice is to stay home.
8In the rescue attempts, our first and most important goal is to save lives.
9If you want to become fit and health, my advice is to try different sports and activities to see which on you enjoy the best. 课本B1U2P46
11、1He had teams of dogs pulling the sledges and all his men were on skis.
2Putting on our shoes in the morning is getting slower and slower.
3The next to go was Captain Oates, who was having great difficulty walking.
4Scott spent some of his last hours writing.
5Even Amundsen was moved by Scott’s death saying “Captain Scott left a record, for honesty, sincerity, for bravery, for everything that makes a man.”
6Practice maintaining, interrupting, and ending a conversation in the following situations.
7Stop your car as soon as you can, but avoid stopping near a building or under a tree.
8The car’s metal body can protect you from falling objects.
9Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive.
10Why do we avoid doing what we love to do? 为什么不去做我们热衷的事情呢？ 课本P97
12、1They were shocked when they saw the Norwegian flag.
2The news of Scott’s death shocked the world.
3Why was the world shocked by Scott’s death?
4The two students were shocked at the lecture on nature. 课本P29
13、1Rescue teams try to save people trapped under buildings.
2Scott had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the great courage shown by Scott and his men made them heroes.
3Annaud actually had wolf clubs specially trained for the film.
4In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
5Professional organizations save people trapped in natural disasters.
14、1Read the text again if necessary.
2If possible, find a strong shelter nearby which will cover your whole body.
3When in the water, they are swallowed by fish and other animals and then enter the food chain.
15、1Stay away from anything that can break or fall.
2Move away from anything that can fall.
3I admire the way the film crew took such good care of the animals.
16、1In fact, it’s a common saying that in New Zealand, you can get four seasons in one day!
2As a result, a decision is made to kill the wolves, ignoring the warning that wolves protect the grassland from the invasion of hares, rats and other animals.
that引导同位语从句。
3Even more concerning is the fact that the plastic has also been found in drinking water across the world. that引导同位语从句。
17、In fact, one third of the country is made up of national parks, which are full of hiking trails and beautiful campsites. 分数的表达方式。
18、1New Zealand is home to nearly 5 million people, 31 million sheep and 10 million cows.
2Moa birds were native to New Zealand.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4 New Zealand is also home to the world’s largest insect---giant weta.
19、If people hadn’t taken the meat, the wolves would have left the farmer’s sheep alone.
虚拟语气，与过去事实相反的假设。
20、1Thanks to their work, lots of people were able to survive natural disasters.
2Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress. B1U2P37
3Some natural disasters are due to human activities, such as floods, drought and landslides.
4Because of this, al the athletes were given tips on how to survive on a track during a storm.
课本P82
5Because of this, in the not too distant future, we may experience large-scale natural disasters.
课本P83
because of thanks to due to owing to on account of
21、1Yes, every second counts, so that as many people as possible can be saved.
so that=in order that “以便，为了，目的是”，引导目的状语从句。
2These pieces are called micro plastics and are so small that the are invisible to the naked eyes and are very difficult to remove from the water. 课本P85
so...that... , “如此......以致于......”，引导结果状语从句。
22、关系副词引导的定语从句：课本P83
1There have been news reports of a bad landslides near the place where they live.
2The place where they live is quite remote, which is the reason why they have no Internet access.
3The bad weather is most likely the reason why the phone lines are down.
4I remember the time when my sister was in Japan during an earthquake.
23、Micro plastics come from a number of different sources.
a number of the number of
24、need to do sth.
1We need to find a solution to remove micro plastics from our oceans.
2We also need to introduce new taxes and other means to encourage companies to choose environment-friendly ingredients and recyclable packaging for their products.
3We need to take personal responsibility, too.
25、1Almost every country across the world agrees that we cannot continue using so much plastic in our lives.
continue doing sth. continue to do sth. To be continued （未完待续）
2We all have the freedom to choose how we spend our money and what kinds of business and products ( / ) we support.
26、1It’s Up to Us Too.
2It’s up to you to decide whether you will take part in the coming school sports meet or not. It’s up to sb. ; It’s up to sb. to do sth.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Sea Story of Lesson 1,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册 on page 33:
(课本33页,L1,U5,B2)
The storyteller experienced a Moskoe-strom which broke his body and soul. One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm. A huge wave covered the boat and his younger brother fell into the sea. The boat went over the edge into the whirlpool and they went round in circles. They storyteller felt there was no escape but observed that round objects fell down more rapidly, tube-shaped objects of equal extent fell down more slowly. So he tied himself to a barrel to help himself float. He tried to make his elder brother understand, but he was too frightened and stayed in the heavy boat. Finally, the storyteller survived the storm.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text---Race to the Pole of Lesson 3,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册on page 47: (课本47页,L3,U5,B2)
The polar summer of 1910-1911 was very special for at least two people: Roald Amundsen from Norway and Captain Scott from the UK. Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole. Amundsen started his journey earlier and his team arrived first after nearly two month’s travelling. To celebrate this, he planted his country’s flag at the South Pole. Scott and his man arrived later and were saddened when they learned that Amundsen had beaten them. Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive. Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6第六单元 The Admirable
1、1I think my uncle is someone I admire.
2What qualities of people they admire are mentioned by the speakers?
2、Relative Clauses 定语从句
1She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s.
2A scientist who was on the Nobel Prize Committee called Hans Forssberg explained that “the discovery of artemisinin has led to the development of new drug which have saved the lives of millions.”
3Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a dep knowledge about traditional practices.
4In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
5The reason why this was difficult was that the team had limited resources.
6They did dot have enough staff, and the laboratory in which they worked had poor air quality.
7The medicine (that/which) they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
8Even though Tu Youyou is not interested in fame, she has become a scientist whose work is internationally renowned.
9In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team whose goal was to find a cure for malaria.
10We climbed to the top of the mountain from which we had a beautiful view.
11David is my friend with whom I often play tennis.
12He has 20 books, only two of which are interesting.
13This is quite an interesting job for which I really want to apply.
14Tu Youyou is the scientist whose discovery has led to the development of new drugs which have saved millions of lives.
15Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
16Choose a person whom you regard as a history maker for China.
17Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
18The story of Christopher Reeve’s life is one that is almost impossible to imagine---from a wildly successful Hollywood career, to the horror of life-threatening injury; Reeve experienced both. 课本P58L3U6B2.
19He fell into a depression which lasted for many months.
20For the years that followed he focused his attention on his goal of one day walking again.
21What I do is based on powers (that/which) we all have inside us.
22His positive attitude inspired many people who were stuck in illness.
23You’re not going to be able to experience every single thing that can happen to others, but you can use your imagination to think about how it might feel and use that understanding to empathize with them.
24John has devoted his spare time to working with organizations which help disabled people.
25It is a job that calls for a special blend of skill, talent and bravery, as well as great physical and mental strength.
26The knowledge that we can gain from exploring space is invaluable.
27Among them was Sharon Christa McAuliffe, a second school teacher, who was going to be the first teacher in space.
28Throughout history, we can find examples of inspiring young people who showed courage and hope in times of extreme hardship.
29This was a time when the German Nazis were killing Jews.
30“I don’t think of all the misery,” she wrote “but of the beauty that still remains.”
31Of all the people who had hidden in the annexe, only Otto Frank, Anne’s father, survived.
32Today, the annexe building in Amsterdam where Anne and her family hid is a museum called Anne Frank House.
33We should search online and find admirable people who have different types of strengths.
34I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice.
35She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize.
36In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
37The medicine (that/which) they discovered was artemisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
38From 1978 to1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful.
39Are there any other things about apps (that) you want to explore further?
40Think about ways in which you and your group can help, and decide your research topics. 课本P75 Project 5
41Find out as much as you can about each person and the reasons why you admire them.
42Think about how to organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form. 课本P76 Project 6
43There have been, and still are, many admirable people---people who display the characteristics of wisdom, strength and courage. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
44Mahatma Gandhi is another famous person who was admired all over the world.
45He was a very kind person who gave time and money to charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
46Do you prefer the way (that) Chen Xi or Li Zhen started the speech and addresses the students?
47Write the name of the students whose speech you prefer.
48Who has a quote that reminds you of Martin Luther King who fought to win equal rights for all people?
49Who used the words that meant the same as “Be optimistic and always try to brighten someone’s day.”? 课本P88U6B2 Workbook
50Guido, an exuberant and cheerful Italian-Jewish waiter, gets married to Dora, who is not Jewish.
51The prize is a real tank in which they can leave.
52Here he is referring to the tanks belonging to the allies that he hopes will eventually come to save them from the concentration camp when they win the war.
53 I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films (that) I have seen---one that I will never forget. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
3、状语从句的省略问题：
1When thanking the Committee for the honor, Tu Youyou said, “This is not only an honor for myself, but also recognition of and encouragement for all scientists in China.”
2When listening, pay attention to words related to order and sequence.
3The training is always tough, but we all do our best, since we all want to earn a place on the team when playing against other schools. 课本B1U2P46
4While horseback riding, he was thrown off his horse and broke his back.
5It’s important to use linking words where necessary. 课本B2U6P63 Writing Help
4、同位语从句:
1However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret.
2Tu Youyou was noted for her bravery in being a scientist during a difficult time for science in China, her ability to use old wisdom and new methods to achieve her goals and the fact that her work bridged the Eastern and Western worlds, saving millions of lives.
3There is no doubt that he was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
4I have a dream that one day, on the red hills of Georgia, the sons of former slaves and the sons of former slave-owners will be able to sit down together at the table of brotherhood.
5I have a dream that one day, even the state of Mississippi, a state sweltering with the heat of injustice, sweltering with the heat of oppression, will be transformed into an oasis of freedom and justice.
6There’s no doubt that courage is important.
5、1Today, Tu Youyou continues to conduct research despite her age.
2Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
3Despite hundreds of failures, she kept on doing research with limited resources.
教师用书P103B2.
4Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. 课本P62U6B2
6、You have one minute to persuade the committee to include Tu Youyou.
7、形容词后接宾语从句：
1The girl is certain that Gandhi was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
2The boy is uncertain that Gandhi inspired Martin Luther King.
3The boy is uncertain that Gandhi did not win the Nobel Peace Prize.
4I’m pretty sure he didn’t.
5I am afraid that he won’t come to class on time.
6With the progress of new medical research, I’m confident that people like me would be able to walk again one day.
7Yes, I’m certain that courage is important.
8I’m certain/sure that some may actually have weak bodies, but they have great intelligence or courage in difficult situations.
9I’m not sure if that’s true.
10I’m sure that he was a great actor. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
11I’m pretty sure it was during the 1990s. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
8、Thus, not only is he known as a superhero in the Superman films., but he is also regarded as a superhero to many in real life.
not only......, but also...... .
9、1His injuries were so severe that he had no movement or feeling in his body at all and even needed a machine to help him breathe.
so...... that...... “如此...... 以致于......”，结果状语从句。
2Jenny’s injuries were so severe that she had to spend months in hospital.
3His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive.
4At first, he was so depressed that he wished he was dead, but with the support of his family and friends, Reeve decided to live again. 课本P86L3U6B2 Workbook.
10、Having once been a healthy and successful young man to being trapped in a broken body was like a living nightmare to him.
11、宾语从句中套有宾语从句
He admitted that during the early stages of living with his injury, he wished that he was dead and even thought of ending his life.
12、强调句型：
1It was only due to the ongoing support of his wife, parents and friends that he eventually found the will to live again.
2It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
B2U4L3（课本P94）强调句句型
3He believed it is the character of a person that is important and not the color of one’s skin. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
4It was Shan herself who did it. 强调句句型 课本 P85U2B1 Workbook
5It is this rich diversity and the delicate balance between all the different forms of life that make life possible on our planet. 强调句句型 衡水金卷先享题 语法填空 U1B1
6 When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
13、过去分词短语充当后置定语：
1He engaged in a wide range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle and made remarkable progress.
2He undertook an intense exercise programme designed to help him rebuild muscle.
3Gather the ideas offered by your classmates in the survey. 课本P74 Project 4
4It is a story set in 1939 at the start of World II. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
5They are in love and have a son named Giosue.
14、manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.
Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career by directing, producing and even starring in films.
15、现在分词短语充当结果状语：
1Reeve became a passionate and energetic advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, raising millions of dollars in support of medical research.
2He soon gained a reputation for raising awareness for good causes.
动名词短语充当介词的宾语。raise awareness for “提高对......的认识”
3现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
He visited sick children in hospitals and worked with organizations such as Save the Children, speaking out about health, education and child protection to help those most in need.
4He also flew the flags of China and the United Nations, symbolizing China’s wish to explore and use space peacefully. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
5When YangLiwei climbed out of the spaceship, he smiled and waved to the crowds waiting for him. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
6On 4 August, 1944, the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there were sent to labor camps. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
7Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
8Observing the natural world can help us understand bigger ideas. 动名词短语充当主语
9Eventually, Guido hides Giosue, all the while pretending it is a game and they are playing hide-and- seek. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
16、be busy with sth. ; be busy doing sth. ; be busy with doing sth. ;
too......to......结构。
1So you can see, I’m too busy with living to think of giving up!
2I thought 21 hours was too short t stay in space.
17、might have done sth.
1What might have they said to Reeve?
2After Reeve became an advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, what might he possibly have said to his audience?
3What might Reeve’s doctor have said to Reeve directly after the accident and when he managed to return to his film career?
18、1You’d better maintain a positive attitude no matter how much you lose.
让步状语从句。
2Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and became well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
3When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help.
19、see/hear/watch/observe/notice... sb. do sth.
see/hear/watch/observe/notice/feel/find... sb. doing sth
Million of people around the world, including many students in primary and secondary schools, watched the disaster happen live on TV.
20、表语从句：
“The good news,” she wrote ,“is that you don’t know how great you can be, how much you can love, what you can accomplish, and what your potential is !”
21、部分否定
Listen, not all admirable people are like supermen in films.
22、关系从句（定语从句）课本P70 U6B2
1The Vikings were a group of people who came from Scandinavia.
2By around 900 AD, there were many places in Northern Europe where the Vikings chose to live.
3982 AD was the year when a man called Eric the Red decided to set sail further west. 4According to the old stories, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he committed a murder, from which he got into trouble.
5Eric the Red reached Greenland and discovered that people could live in the place where he landed.
6In the year 1002, when Eric the Red‘s son Lief was planning a trip further west, Biarni was the man with whom Lief discussed his plan.
7He then sailed further south to an island which is now known as Newfoundland, in Canada.
23、关系从句（定语从句）课本P87U6B2
1I can’t remember the reason why I did this.
2Reeve worked with organizations that/which help people most in need.
3Look at my sofa for which I only paid 100 dollars.
4She remembered the time when she first met Maggie.
5My grandfather is a man whose life has been an inspiration to me.
6Martin Luther King is a great man who/that fought to win equal rights for black people in the US.
7Tu Youyou discovered the drug that/which is used to treat malaria.
8He is a person of whom I am very afraid.
9This is the place where she lives.
24、强调谓语动词：
He did work again and raised lots of money for charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
25、As一词的用法比较
1As they are preparing for Giosue’s fifth birthday, Guido and Giosue are arrested and taken to a concentration camp.
2I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films I have seen---one that I will never forget.
26、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 62:(课本62页,L1,U6,B2)
On 7 December, 2015, Tu Youyou was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin, a life-saving drug for malaria.
Tu Youyou majored in medicine in university and later studied Chinese medicine with experts in the field.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was given the mission to set up a team to find a cure for malaria. When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help. Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. In order to test the medicine, Tu Youyou and her team tested the medicine on their own bodies. They finally discovered the most effective drug to cure the disease.
Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and become well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 67: (课本67页,L1,U6,B2)
I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice. She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize. After her graduation from university, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Sciences. In 1969, She was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year. It was not an easy task. Scientists over the world had tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. And Tu Youyou’s team had limited resources and they did not have enough staff. Tu Youyou studied ancient Chinese medical literature and visited experts in traditional Chinese medicine. Tu Youyou and her team used modern research methods to investigate the Chinese herds one by one. After hundreds of failed experiments, they eventually came across a promising chemical. The medicine they discovered was artimisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Superhero Behind the Superman of Lesson 3，Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 68: (课本68页,L3,U6,B2)
In our English class, I read an amazing story about Christopher Reeve. He was born in 1952 to a
novelist father and a journalist mother. From 1978 to 1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful. A terrible accident in 1995 changed the course of his life forever. While horseback riding, he broke his neck. As a result, he had no movement in body and couldn’t even breathe without the help of a machine. His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive. At first, Reeve’s disability made him very depressed but eventually, he decided to recover as best he could. He undertook an intense exercise program designed to help him rebuild muscle. Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. He inspired many people with his commitment to recovery and his desire to help others. For that reason he is regarded by many as a superhero in real life, as well as on film.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7第七单元 Art
1、名词性从句： 一、宾语从句
1Van Gogh painted what he saw from his window---the night sky with clouds, stars and a moon.
2His unusual use of colour has led experts to think that Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
3He also thought The Starry Night was a failure.
4In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him.
5Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
6Some feel that the paintings look dark and troubling.
7As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
二、主语从句 1What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
2What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
三、表语从句 1However, the fact remains that The Starry Night is now one of the world’s most famous paintings.
2What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
3What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
4His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their sense of reality.
四、同位语从句
that引导同位语从句
※ 阐述详解
that引导同位语从句时，常跟在某些抽象名词
（如fact,hope,desire,thought,suggestion,idea,news,problem,possibility,chance,doubt,
question等）之后，对前面的名词起补充解释说明的作用。
※ 充电堡
（1）在某些名词（如demand, wish, suggestion, request等）后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“should+动词原形” ，should可以省略。
（2）同位语从句也可以由连接代词who, what, whose, which,连接副词how, when, where, why或从属连词whether来引导。
1If the audience stands up and applauds at the end of a performance, it is regarded as a sign that they love the performance. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N3)
2The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 4 N6)
2、定语从句1He also took a drug that can make people see yellow spots.
2 Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
3The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
4Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
5The one person in the room who didn’t hear the symphony ---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
6After all, what use is a conductor who could not hear his orchestra---even if he is a musical genius?
7What’s the first thing many people notice in this painting?
8 What’s the last thing many people notice in this painting?
3、过去分词短语充当后置定语和原因状语：
1It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night.
2Magritte was a painter inspired by his thoughts and ideas.
3Inspired by his struggle with deafness, the composer produced some amazing pieces.
4、may have done sth.
1Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
2What may have inspired the painter?
5、as一词的用法：
1His paintings were visual experiments as he tried to play with reality.
2As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
3The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years.
4As the final, joyous note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats.
5Before a big performance, the performers backstage are usually anxious as it is stressful waiting for the performance to start. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N1)
6、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1It is hard to believe that Van Gogh only sold one painting during his lifetime.
2The reason why Magritte painted in this way was that he wanted to challenge how people see the world.
3Looking at the paintings, we don’t know whether it is night or day.
4The fact remains that Munch’s The Scream is one of the best-known paintings ever made.
5It is unclear whether Van Gogh wanted to paint yellow sports or that was what he really saw.
7、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1Xu Beihong was important in modern Chinese art in that he developed the tradition of combining poetry with painting.
2The reason he held several exhibitions in Asia and Europe was that he wanted to promote Chinese art.
3The reason it is a favourite of many art lovers was that it was painted so skillfully with dark and light colours.
8、Language Focuses in the Reading Text of Lesson 3, Unit 7, Book 3 on page 14-page 15名词性从句
1Everyone knows that Ludwig van Beethoven is a musical genius but few might know how he created Symphony No. 9 in D minor and how its first show went.
2At 54 years of age, he didn’t know that this would be his last symphony.
3As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
4Beethoven was afraid that the performance would be a disaster.
5Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
6Most of them had no idea that he was deaf!
9、“not……until……”句型的强调句型
It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
10、现在分词短语充当伴随状语
1He proceeded with the composition until his death in 1827, writing more than 130 musical works, including his Symphony No. 9 in D minor.
2Writing the piece had taken several years.
3For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score.
4 The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
11、begin to do sth. continue to do sth. continue doing sth. hesitate to do sth.
1But then he began to lose his hearing.
2But in the end he continued to write music.
3But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score.
4 The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly.
12、if引导什么从句？可以用哪个单词替换？
1Could you tell me if this kind of film would be acceptable?
2I wonder if you could also give me more information about how apply to be part of this festival?
13、1I appreciate your help and look forward to hearing from you.
2Having afternoon tea was a social ritual for many upper-middle-class women in France.
14、1These videos reveal some techniques employed by famous pianists.
2The effect of the painting is achieved by techniques used in French impressionism.
Language Focuses in the Texts in the Reading Clubs 1 & 2 on page 21---page 23 of U7,B3 15、1Zhang Daqian，born in 1899 in Sichuan Province, was one of China’s most brilliant and popular artists.
2Born into an artistic family, Zhang Daqian was first taught how to paint by his mother and siblings.
3Graffiti is writings, drawings or marks made on walls in public places.
4Today, graffiti is often a mixture of writing and pictures, usually signed with a tag, which is a signature unique to an artist or group.
161Not only was he extremely productive ---it is said that he created an average of 500 paintings a year---but he was also able to master a variety of painting styles ,ranging from detailed portraits to expressive landscapes.
2It is said that the two artists admired each other.
3It is believed that graffiti in its modern form first became popular in the United States in the 1960s.
17、Some think it is a crime if done without a property owners’ permission, while others see this as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression.
181New Yorkers used to see the graffiti on the wall of poor neighborhoods and subway trains as something threatening and as an example of urban decay.
2Kel Rodriguez, who used to paint New York subway trains, now works as an art director for one of the biggest newspapers in the United States.
191What makes one of his works special is that in the painting there is a tiny insect near the Chinese cabbage.
2It is interesting that Qi Baishi’s style of painting often leaves the audience guessing the meaning of the work and makes them use their imagination.
3What makes his painting highly valued is his style of painting.
20、Picasso gave Zhang 600 works in total, all of which were his imitations of Chinese paintings 定语从句
21、名词性从句
1I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing works of art.
2I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure.
3I’m glad you liked it. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
4I was worried that you couldn’t understand the story because at times the language was very confusing. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
5It’s a pity that I couldn’t understand the whole story.
22、1It was my first time going to a concert.
2It’s amazing to be surrounded by music in a theatre.
23、The performance was such a success that the audience did not hesitate to clap and cheer loudly.
24、After attending the concert I think I now know why Beethoven is regarded as one of the world’s greatest composers.
25、Ex. 4, P79, Wb, U7,B3 名词性从句（《教用》P150）
1It is unknown what the number of artists involved in the exhibition was.
2It is our concern that we may destroy some pieces of historic art.
3Who the author of this masterpiece is remains a mystery.
4The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. 5It is his idea that the less you smoke, the better your health will be.
6His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their thinking.
26、Over the years of his performing and writing , it was clear that Mozart was far more gifted and talented than others in his field, although at times he found that people showed hesitation to support him financially.
27、Radio, television and the Internet have made it easier for sounds to travel across cultures, and styles have become more mixed.
28、If there is one thing the history of popular music has shown, it is that good musicians will always create new music from the different styles they hear.
29、The Summary of the Reading Text---Masterpieces of Lesson 1,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 24: （课本24页,L1,U7,B3）
I think the three paintings we’ve just learnt about, The Starry Night, The Scream and The Empire of Light are all amazing artworks. I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing work of art.
The Starry Night shows the night sky with massive circles of white and yellow, I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure. In the painting The Scream, the figure is letting out a loud scream. That made me uneasy. What a powerful painting! Did Munch know that he had created such an unforgettable painting for so many people? As for the third painting, The Empire of Light, some find this painting to be dark and troubling , but I found it to be rather calming.
I think different people may have different reactions to paintings, but all in all, I really like all three of these works.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson 2,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 78: (课本78页,L2,U7,B3)
Beijing Opera is a national treasure of China. Actors play one of four roles: sheng, male roles; dan, a female roles; chou, clown roles and jing roles. In the early days, Beijing Opera was most often performed on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or outside temples, The music had to be played loudly and performers had to sing with sharp voices, in order to be heard over the crowd. They had to wear bright costumes in colourful patterns to attract the audience’s attention. Symbols play a very important role in Beijing Opera. Many body movements can represent complex actions. For example, when a lady is riding in a carriage, the performer actually walks with a flag on each side. Four generals and four soldiers refer to an army of thousands. In other words, every action and movement in Beijing Opera is important.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8第八单元 Green Living
1、Most people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
2、Well, say you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up.
(详见课本P101,课文注解1)
3、1How can it matter if I leave one little tap running, one little light on or leave a little piece of litter on the road.（陈述语气）
2Of course, it wouldn’t matter if there were just a few people in the world. (虚拟语气)
3However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society. (虚拟语气)
4、过去将来时态的被动语态/虚拟语气的被动语态
1Millions of gallons of water would be wasted;
2Millions of lights would be left on;
3 Millions of pieces of litter would be dropped.
5、1The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people, from pre-school to university students, so they can help to build a future that is secure and live together in peace with nature.
2What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
6、强调句型
It is by acting together, in this exciting way, that we can involve thousands---millions---of people, and this is what is going to change the world.
7、Dr. Jane Goodall believes that the most important thing is that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference.”
8、现在分词短语或过去分词短语的语法作用
1Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall.
2Inspired by her example, he began to work harder.
3As I walked down No. 1 Street, I saw volunteers encouraging people to join in.
4Inspired by the message of the project, many people felt that we should act now, as we have seen an increasing number of highly polluted days this year.
5While recently, many have become more concerned about environmental protection, there are still some who haven’t, thinking that someone else will deal with the problem.
6However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society.
9、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Text of L3,U8,B3 on page 36---page 37
1They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were.
2They were hopeful that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport.
3People would leave the bike in the place where they finish their journey, so that someone else could then take it and use it from there.
4In 1999, the “white bikes” returned to Amsterdam---this time with a computer tracking system to record their every move. 介词with的复合结构
10、Writing Workshop--- A Survey Report---on page 40 of U8,B3
1As the diagram shows, the percentage of those who felt that they needed to help protect the environment is as high as 90%.
2Around 90% had tried to recycle waste such as glass, metal and paper, and more than two thirds (70%) had tried to cut back on the use disposable packaging, such as plastic honey bottles, and butter and yoghurt containers.
3To sum up, it seems that almost all who took part understood the need to help take care of the environment.
11、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Texts of Reading Clubs 1& 2 on P43---P45 of U8,B3:
1In Europe, Sweden is setting a great example when it comes to recycling.
2Where most people see a problem, e few clever individuals have seen opportunities.
3If the waste is not disposed of properly, it can lead to disease, pollution and other environmental issues.
4Other human activities, such as construction and the burning of waste, also contributes to air pollution.
5You can easily contribute to reducing air pollution by only using a car to make journeys when it’s absolutely necessary. If it isn’t, try using public transport instead.
6Global warming has already caused a wide range of problems.
7This resulted in the flooding of the River Po near Turin in Italy.
8In Hong Kong, it is predicted that the three existing landfills will be full within the next decade.
9They believe that, although recycling waste is effective, the most effective way of solving the problem of overflowing landfills is to encourage people to take responsibility for reducing the waste they produce themselves.
12、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, Book 3
1In addition to her research, she also contributes greatly to green living.
2She has said that many people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
3Bike-sharing in cities has huge benefits because it helps cut down the number of cars on the road, which reduces pollution and leads to cleaner air.
4It also saves money as users don’t have to pay much for it.
5I have to admit that as it is a new idea, there are some problems.
6We just need to be patient as they are still not perfect at the moment.
7For example, in some cities where bike-sharing system are in place , some people have damaged the bike on purpose, which increases costs.
8There are too many people driving on the road.
9It’s frustrating to see fuel wasted.
10 That’s really annoying.
11When stopped in a traffic jam, I always feel annoyed.
12Do you know that cars produce more air pollution while stopped in a traffic jam than when they are moving?
13Despite the good rain this week, the drought has not yet been broken.
14It is convenient to use “white bikes” as they save time.
15People in our city like to use “white bikes” as they feel they save energy and help the environment by reducing pollution.
13、Verb-ing and –ed Forms on P84, Workbook,U8,B3
1The police are examining the evidence collected during the investigation.
2Some kids discovered the stolen money hidden in a garden shed.
3The police are busy working on this motorway, fining people for speeding.
4I’ve often met people collecting shells on the beach.
5The escaped prisoner hiding in a forest near Nottingham was seen yesterday in a village shop.
6Fined for speeding, some drivers risk losing licenses.
14、She had her mum sit on the arm of a chair and started to work.
have sb. do sth. 句型
15、They say that, in particular, the last 50 years has seen a huge increase in the quantity of greenhouse gases being released into our atmosphere from factories and vehicles, and that this increase is speeding up the process known as global warming.
16、Much of this has been attributed to human activities, such as increased industry, agriculture, the felling of forests, the rise in transport and the burning of fuels.
17、The melting of the polar ice caps will have dire consequences, with sea levels rising, causing flooding in low lying areas, such as islands and coastal cities. 介词with的复合结构
18、So, how can we stop this from happening?
stop...from...; keep...from...; prevent...from...; prohibit...from...; ban...from...
19、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Roots &Shoot of Lesson 1, Unit 8, Book 3必修第三册on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U8,B3)
Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall. It is called Roots & Shoots because roots move slowly under the ground making a firm foundation and although shoots seem small and weak, they can break open brick walls. The purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people who suffer from just-me-ism. Those people don’t think their actions such as leaving the tap running while brushing their teeth can have negative effects on the environment. In fact, these actions are very harmful. Therefore, Roots & Shoots hopes to involve millions of young people in building a secure future so that we can live in peace with nature. Dr. Jane Goodall believes every individual matters. What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
20、The Summary of the Reading Text--- “White Bikes” on the Road of Lesson 3, Unit 8, Book 3
必修第三册on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8,B3)
People in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. They are particularly lucky because the city is very flat and therefore convenient for cycling. Back in the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea of using free shared bikes. They believed that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. However, shortly after setting up the new system, there was a serious problem as all the bikes disappeared. In 1999, the bike-sharing idea returned to Amsterdam. This time they were designed with a computer tracking system. Thanks to the efforts of many people, the idea of “shared bikes” has now pedaled its way around the world.
&n, bsp;
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 9第九单元 Learning
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1He prefers to study alone in a quiet place so that he can concentrate and keep the details in his head.
2He who learns but does not think is lost. He who thinks but does not learn is in great danger.
3He laughs best who laughs last.
4He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
2、need to do sth.
1We need to train ourselves to be better learners ---to actively take part in the learning process and reflect on what we have learnt.
2They attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea.
3If you try to find out the source of an idea, no matter how crazy it seems, you will increase your chance of learning something.
4They refuse to learn or ignore what is said because of who the speaker/writer is.
3、suggest doing sth. 、risk doing sth.
1I suggest doing five things to take an active role in your learning.
2If you keep paying too much attention to it, you risk missing important information.
3You might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all.
4Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
5In short: Do not stop being curious.
6It is true that we cannot help disliking some people---this is human nature, after all.
4、Your inner voice experience your personal opinions, while the outer voice tells you about opinions from what you hear or read.
5、If you find your inner voice difficult to control ,you can argue with it as most active learners do.
6、practise doing sth.
1I think “arguing with your inner voice” is the most useful, because it makes me consider the other side of argument.
2When I’m reading a book or listening to my teacher, I try to forget what I’ve learnt before or what I think about the book or the person giving me the information and practice concentrating on the information itself.
3At the beginning, I found it difficult to do this and I couldn’t help questioning the ideas I was reading or hearing.
4But now I’ve learnt to avoid listening to my inner voice all the time and sometimes I even argue with it.
5He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.
(九年级全一册，U53a课文P35)
7、manage to do sth.
1Recently, I’ve managed to become a more active learner.
2On the other hand, I also attempted to ask as many questions as I can.
语法小结：A suggest doing sth.
suggest/keep/risk/end up/try/cannot help/advise/avoid/can’t stand/don’t mind/enjoy/start/like/practice/regret/remember/finish/imagine/miss/escape doing sth.
B manage to do sth.
need/attempt/try/refuse/decide/agree/promise/expect/want/start/help/like/manage/regret/seem/remember/hope to do sth.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1My tip for learning English is to read simplified classic works because they can increase my knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
2Dr. Smith’s advice is to increase your knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
3Just memorizing the rules is not helpful.
4His advice is that when you learn a grammar rule, you should try to use it in speaking and writing activities.
2、1This is because when we experience things for the first time, we often have strong feelings of fear or excitement.
2As a result, we remember them much better, as retelling events helps fix experiences in our memories.
3When remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
4As most of us do not have amazing memories like them, when memorizing detailed learning materials, we simply need to focus on the important ideas and be curious about what we learn.
5Asking questions about what we learn also helps with memorization.
6Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known.
7Therefore, one of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review
the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
3、1It has been proved that some people have a photographic memory. 课本P59
2No one has proved that there are people who really have photographic memories.
课本P58
3No one has been proved to have a photographic memory.《教师用书》P104
4、A good strategy to increase memory is to review the material you are trying to remember often ( periodically).
5、Writing information down clearly makes it easier for you to review it later.
6、Retelling events helps fix experience in our memories.
7、1The stranger the picture, the better.
2The more you read, the fast you’ll be. (九年级全一册，Unit 1 P2 2d Role-play the conversation)
3The more you listen, the easier it is to catch on. (课本P103)
4The more she learns, the more she wants to learn.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1That is to say, most of us will have to make an effort when trying to remember things.
2Getting to know the secrets of our memory means learning not only the facts about it, but also the ways to improve it. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
3When acquiring new knowledge, I’ll try to make connections with what I have already learnt.
4For example, this means going over what I’ve learnt soon after learning and before going to bed.
5You can never teach an old dog new tricks.
2、1Living in a foreign country sounds exciting, but it’s not always easy to fit in with another culture.
2I spent a few months (in) studying at a language college in Beijing.
3I really wanted to practice speaking Putonghua whenever I had a chance, but the people I met were often more interested in practicing their English than in helping me practice my Chinese!
4I kept telling him that I knew the way myself, but he insisted on taking me there.
5But I’m used to ordering my own meal.
6What cultural difficulties did the students face when studying abroad?
3、1A closer look at the reading tests, shows the interesting fact that girls are outperforming boys in reading and that this is associated with girls’ greater enjoyment of reading.
2However, not all countries had such an obvious trend.
3And there were a few countries and regions that scored very highly in boy’s reading enjoyment , for example, in Albania,... and Thailand where at least 80% of boys enjoy reading , although these positive numbers are matched and passed by girls who reported an even higher level of reading enjoyment (90% or higher).
4There were clear differences in the choices boys and girls make when deciding on what to read.
5While reading in all forms is certainly beneficial and should be encouraged, the low numbers of boys reading for enjoyment and their limited choices when they do, is evidence of an issue that needs to be addressed. While=Although=Though
6Given that in OECD countries, two in three boys only read newspapers for pleasure proves that there is work to be done.
7The PISA study has helped show a clear pattern in gender when it comes to reading.
8Do you think the evidence in the article is strong enough to explain the finding that girls outperform boys in reading? 同位语从句
9As a mountain climber, Aron is used to taking risks. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
10On April 26, 2003, he found himself in a very dangerous situation when climbing in Utah.
（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
11So he used his knife to cut off half his right arm.（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
12This means being in a difficult situation that you cannot seem to get out of. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1Now that I am an established writer, people often ask my opinion about the best age to start writing. now that 既然 因为 since 既然 因为 once 一旦 既然
2Sometimes, my classmates argued with me about my posts, while others agreed with my ideas.
3My principal even told me that reading my blog had left a deep impression on him and helped him understand many aspects of students’ lives.
4However, he also suggest that I concentrate more on my studies.
5When I first attempted to write a novel, I struggled to think of a story, but believe it or not, it ended up being based on one of my blog posts.
2、1For example, try reading more than just the course-books.
2Secondly, if you are having trouble with unfamiliar words, try thinking about the context in which the words are spoken.
3Unfortunately, just memorizing the rules is not enough.
4I would recommend learning the rules and not worrying if you make small mistakes while practicing.
3、Unfortunately, not all of us are born with amazing memories, but with daily practice we can all significantly improve our brainpower. 部分否定
4、I can’t wait to get over there. I can’t wait to visit you.
5、1That is to say, remembering the word letter by letter is not the best way to learn English.
2What I suggest is to read, read and read.
3If you are planning to come to Poland as a tourist, you will have plenty of interesting places to visit. People who enjoy hiking should consider going to the mountains, in the south of Poland. You don’t have to book accommodation in advance as you will certainly manage to find a local person who will offer to put you up at a very reasonable price.
4If you love sailing and you don’t mind being bitten by mosquitoes, you can go to the lakes in the northeast. You can either choose to stay on a boat or go camping and practice cooking on an open fire next to a lake.
5The coast in Poland is cold but it’s beautiful. If you can’t stand staying in a crowded seaside town or can’t afford to pay for a big hotel, arrange to stay in one of the small coastal villages. You certainly won’t risk meeting too many people if you decide to go for a long walk along the beach.
6、1When we have a conversation with someone, we use various expressions to show the other person that we are paying attention to what he/she is saying.
2For example, if someone tells us about something that we find fascinating or enjoy hearing about, we may remark, “Interesting”.
3These phrases show that we are listening and encourage the other person to give us more details.
4Zhang Ming’s teachers encourage him to study quietly.
5Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
6An effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known
7、1 It’s never too old to learn. You can’t teach an old dog new tricks.
2Now I’m about to graduate from university with a bachelor’s degree in Computer Engineering by distance learning. be about to do sth. when 从句
3I decided to give myself a second chance by studying for a degree in the evenings and on weekends, while keeping a secure full-time job.
4Frankly speaking, the last four years have been hard, but it’s been worth it as I have a new job offer!
5In the past, if someone had worked for a company for over 20 years, they would have stayed there until retirement！ 虚拟语气
6I think that getting laid off will prove to be the best thing that ever happened to me.
7 So many people think that after you retire, all you can do is switch off your brain and bury everything you’ve ever learnt, but that doesn’t have to be the case.
五、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Active Learning of Lesson 1, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U9,B3)
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 block us from learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 disagree with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 gain more knowledge about a topic. 4 In a word, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 try to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 deep within every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 on the basis of first impressions.
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 get in the way of learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 argue with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 achieve a higher level of understanding about a topic. 4 In short, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 attempt to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 at the heart of every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 based on first impressions.
六、The Summary of the Story in Shakespeare’s play Lear King, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 71---page 73: (课本71-73页,U9,B3)
King Lear explains that he is going to divide his kingdom among his three daughters. King Lear asks his three daughters to tell him how much they love him. The two older daughters (Goneril and Regan) tell their father that they love only him. The youngest daughter (Cordelia) explains that she will give her love to her father (King Lear) but also to her future husband. King Lear gives Cordelia’s share of the kingdom to the two older daughters. Cordelia asks her father to explains her honesty to the King of France. The king of France understands Cordelia’s feelings and wants to marry her.
Many people think that King Lear is one of Shakespeare’s best plays. It is a story of madness, death and suffering. King Lear is old but not wise. He loves his two daughters who secretly hate him. He hates the only daughter who really loves him. As the story develops, he comes to realize that he has made a terrible mistake.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 1第一单元 Relationships
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 1, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、现在完成时态
1I haven’t seen Mr. Jenkins since I left school, but I often think about him.
2I’ve read a couple of Graham’s books and seen him on TV.
3However, I have not done as well with all my students as I have withGraham.
2、过去完成时态
1Before Mr. Jenkins taught me, science had simply been a subject full of strange words to me.
2I had heard stories about his bad behavior.
3He was very bright and he had done very well in science subject.
4I knew I had chosen a job with a lot of stress but I love what I do.
5The film had begun when they arrived at the cinema.
6The police arrested the man who had broken into a jewellery shop.
7The whole class cheered for John because he had won an award.
8The whole class cheered for John because he had run the fastest on Sports Day.
9My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol.
My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had hit a stone halfway.
10The dog hid under the sofa because it had eaten the family’s dinner.
The dog hid under the sofa when it had been scared.
11A car crashed into a tree because the driver had fallen asleep.
A car crashed into a tree because it had broken down.
12The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a pay rise.
The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a promotion.
3、定语从句
1The only thing I can remember from school maths is that the angles of a triangle add up to 180 degree!
2That was really the first time I tried to explain science to an audience and now it’s my job!
3As John Dewey, the famous educationalist, said, “Education is not preparation for life; education is life itself.”
4、either too also
I had no idea what hydrogen was, and I didn’t really want to know, either.
5、used to do sth.
1He used to explain things which seemed difficult with lots of practical examples and in simple language.
2I used to teach him!
6、表语从句
1The problem was that I lacked confidence in myself.
2The thing about being a teacher is that you have access to children’s minds when they are open eager to learn.
7、虚拟语气
1Often when I’m preparing a program, I think about how Mr. Jenkins would have done it.
2Sometimes I think, if only I could call him and ask for his opinion!
8、catch/find sb. doing sth.
Once I caught him and his friends seeing who could jump the farther off the school stage.
9、no such thing as
I think it’s important to understand that there’s no such thing as a good or bad student.
10、主语从句
If what I do as a teacher can help turn a child like Graham into such a successful adult, then I know what I’m doing is worthwhile.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、alone、lonely
1Mark never stops socializing with his friends online. But he’s also never felt more alone.
2Yet the truth of the matter is: I feel lonely.
3My friends try to drag me away from my phone, but as soon as I’m alone again, I’m desperate to get back to the online world and the intense activity that it provides.
4I constantly feel depressed, dissatisfied and alone.
2、According to research, over two-thirds of young people find it easier to make friends online than it is “in real life”.
3、I’m way beyond a shy or reserved person, but I’m wired up every day, like most of my friends. 课本P99注释
4、1Since I spend so much time socializing online, I keep delaying things that are important in real life.
2Some spent the dinner bending over their phones, texting friends online but ignoring the ones who sat right in front of them.
3On a family holiday last summer, my sister spent all her time complaining that she needed to charge her phone.
4When it was charged, she just spent hours reading about her favorite pop star.
5、1It’s funny that my friends and I chatter online so much, but we end up having nothing to say when we meet.
2And the extraordinary thing is nobody thought this was rude.
3What is really worrying is that no one I know, including myself, could go cold turkey.
课本P99注释
6、部分否定
Not once did she lift her head to enjoy the view outside her window.
7、I can’t even imagine going without social networking for a week---think of all the important appointments, invitations and news updates you would miss!
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1As you may know, we are running a school-wide public speaking competition, and the final will take place at the lecture hall on 10 May (9 am-12 pm).
2Would you have time to attend a short at the Student Union Room at 4 pm on 8 May so that we can introduce you to the other judges and discuss the details?
3If you have any questions, please do let me know.
2、1Peer pressure can happen when we are influenced to do something that we would not usually do because we want to be accepted by our peers.
2Peer pressure can influence how people dress, how they talk, what music they listen to, what attitude they adopt and how they behave.
3People who are low in confidence and unsure of themselves may be more likely to seek their peers’ approval by going along with risky suggestions or choosing the “wrong” path. be likely to do sth.
4Unfortunately, some bullies are popular and may even lead the peer group, which means others are less likely to challenge their behaviour. be likely to do sth.
5Teenagers want to be liked, to fit in and to be accepted, which means peer pressure can be powerful and hard to resist.
6The most important thing is to build up self-confidence, so that it is easier to say “no” to the peer group.
3、1They feel more comfortable alone and enjoy ideas and thinking.
2When feeling bad or stressed, introverts look inside themselves for energy and motivation.
3Extroverts prefer to be surrounded by people rather than be on their own.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、过去完成时态
1Tina phoned the emergency services and told them what she had just seen.
2A doctor from the Ambulance Service told Tina that he had sent an ambulance.
3Having found the needle, Tina did what the doctor had told her--- to inject her teacher in the leg.
4And because she had done everything she could before the ambulance arrived, her teacher was saved.
5She didn’t tell anyone what had happened.
2、English was never my favourite subject until I joined Mr. Wu’s class.
never/not ……until......句型，“直到……才……”
3、Last month, I was asked to make a presentation in class, something that I would have hated doing before. 定语从句 虚拟语气 hate doing sth.
4、过去完成时态（课本P79U1B1选择性必修第一册 Workbook）
1I hadn’t been there for three years.
2I spent a happy hour sitting a café thinking about the good times I had had there as a student. 3As I was enjoying the coffee, I suddenly saw a familiar face --- it was Mr. Young , who had taught me music in my senior secondary school.
4I thanked him for what he had done for me.
5、Either you are doing something well or you aren’t!
either…or…; neither…nor…; both…and…; not only… but also…
6、1Some young people do have difficulties in maintaining a balanced life when it comes to the Internet.
2Most young people are capable of controlling their lives when it comes to being connected and being offline.
7、各种从句
1The reality is that nobody is perfect and we need to realize that we should find ways to live happier and less stressful lives.
2If we want to show someone we love them, we need to first respect who they are and show them we accept them for who they are.
3We might have friends who are crazy about sports, while we prefer reading.
4By being humble when you make a mistake, you can fix any problem you may have caused and also show that you are a mature person.
5So, try and follow the advice and you will find that you have happier and stronger relationships with your friends and loved ones.
6Respecting the fact that others may not appreciate our hobbies and interests.
同位语从句
五、The Summary of the Reading Text---How Do We Like Teachers’ Feedback? of Lesson 2,Unit 1,Book 1选择性必修第一册 on page 13: (课本13页,L2,U1,B1---录音原文 课本P105)
Matt Dickson interviewed three students about their feelings of English teachers’ feedback. The first student thinks his teachers’ feedback is negative and makes him lose confidence. But he understands her intention. The second student thinks the feedback from her teacher is more effective even though it is more demanding for her teacher. She can raise further questions about anything she doesn’t understand. The third student thinks his teacher often gives very general comments. But he wants to know where his strengths and weaknesses are. He thinks feedback should be specific. For example, the teacher can highlight his mistakes and say things like “You need to work on the past tenses.”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修 第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Success
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、Three famous English Proverbs
1A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.
2The longest journey begins with the first step.
3God helps those who help themselves.
2、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1Do you think being a millionaire means success?
2For a lot of people, becoming a millionaire is a symbol of success and they set this as a ultimate goal.
3They spend half of their time dreaming up ways of getting rich and achieving the success they expect, and the rest of their time thinking about all the things they will do once they become rich.
4Some continue to worry about money when they become millionaires---they worked hard to become wealthy, but then they need to continue making money so they don’t lose the sense of success they have achieved.
5There is a small garden outside with a few fruit trees, which Jason enjoys taking care of.
6He was tired of being regarded as living a successful life, as a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
7I felt very guilty being a rich man without doing anything.
8Sure, many people think that “success” means having millions in the bank or a well-paid job. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
9He discovered that having only a little money made him free.
10For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
3、同位语从句
There are certainly no signs that Jason is a rich and successful man!
4、各种从句
1What I want is to live simply and be helpful to others.
2It’s a kind of satisfaction and a real sense of success that I had never felt before.
3Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life.
5、动名词短语充当主语、表语或宾语
1Having money is wonderful but my family is more important to me.
2I find helping homeless people is not easy.
3Mary’s hobby is collecting stamps.
4Telling Davy your ideas will help him understand you.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1I think being ambitious in what you do is a top secret of success.
2For about five years, when he was a teenager, he spent 10,000 hours (in) working on a basic computer.
2、For more than 50 years, Yuan Longping has devoted his life to rice production.
devote…to…
3、not only…but also… not only… but…as well
1His research has not only helped China find a way to remove hunger but also contributed to world peace and social progress.
2Alibaba has not only become the biggest online sales company in the world but it changes people’s shopping habits as well.
3She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
4Success is not only how we achieve success, but also how we sustain it.
4、He was worried that I had no longer become fun to train with and that I was in danger of being left with only a world championship medal and no one to share it with.
5、1I could have become angry or defensive.
2When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
3Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.
4However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.
should have done sth. should not have done sth.
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth.
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
need have done sth. need not have done sth.
6、what-structure/what结构
1Don’t they know what it takes to get there?
2I knew elements of what he was saying were right.
3I was pushing the limits and extremes beyond what most thought were healthy.
4Call it unhealthy if you want, but that is the way I roll, no matter what it is I’m applying myself to.
5Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
6What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
7It is important to know how to identify what information is accurate (true) and what is inaccurate (false).
8 But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
9What I would like to do in the future is nursing.
10But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
7、1From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play.
2I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games.
3In the words of the British tri athlete Alistair Brownlee, even if it means getting injured , I’d prefer to have three or four outstanding years of winning stuff than having ten years of being average. mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
8、动名词短语
1Being a professional athlete is no different.
2Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
9、各种从句
1If you want to be an Olympic champion, it’s all about that little extra thing (that) you have done in your preparation that will set you apart from your competitors.
2Was she clear about why she had chosen to be an athlete?
3Identify the reasons why the writer was able to get to the top.
4What are the three most important reasons why the writer was able to get to the top?
5What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
6She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
7They stop doing everything that leads up to success after they achieve it.
10、定冠词和零冠词（课本P39）
1Why do Olympic athletes push themselves to the limits?
2I miss / birthday parties, ruin family holidays and skip nights out.
3“We’re worried about you,” said my friend from across the table.
4Don’t they know how hard it is to be at the top in sport?
5…because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown / Johannesburg.
6I was born with an enormous amount of / drive and determination.
7I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys.
8But if your dream is to be the best and reach the winner’s platform, you had better be totally committed to your sport.
9How far is it from the capital city?
10Did you see the last episode of Heroes?
11I’ve bought a new phone. The phone’s got a fantastic camera.
12Who is the best singer at the moment?
13All children should do / sports when they are at / school.
14Is that the house where you grew up?
11、In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
2She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
2、1By the time Huang moved back to China in 2008, he had been living and working in the UK for 15 years. 过去完成进行时态
2He had a good job and a life there, but he gave it all up to return to home, driven by the idea that he needed to contribute to his country. 同位语从句
3Huang was named lead scientist on China’s deep earth exploration program, developing advanced cameras that can see through the Earth’s crust so that it can be analyzed without having to dig into it.
4Huang’s dedication contributed to China’s lunar probe Yutu being landed on the moon in 2013 and the launch of the spacecraft Shenzhou-11 and Tiangong-2 in 2016.
3、1When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
2Rowling’s first novel was rejected by 12 publishers before it was finally published, yet paradoxically, it was this experience that helped her to succeed: “Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.” It was……that…… 强调句型。
3However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
4But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
5But his poor English prevented him from becoming an actor.
6After being accepted for a directing major, Lee spent six years looking for opportunities to direct a film, but was only asked to look after filming equipment.
7He then spent most of his time writing plays which were rejected by more than 30 companies within two weeks.
8This is where the importance of failure comes in: If we can learn how to manage failure, we’ll learn how to succeed.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1Does having a lot of money mean being successful?
mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
2But to him, no one has lived a better life than he has after he decided to turn his back on his fortune. 比较级的否定式等于最高级。
3When it comes to stories about success, I personally think it’s very motivating to talk about influential people and how they overcame great difficulties in their lives.
4Ever since I was a child, I have been obsessive about basketball, playing it, watching it, talking about it, everything!
5Luckily, it suits my personality as I have always lived my life to extremes and pushed myself to the limits.
2、动名词短语充当主语、宾语和表语：
1Earning money is not the most important consideration in my life. (S)
2I think too many people spend time (in) worrying about trying to reach the top, even if they are not happy. (O)
3What I would like to do in the future is nursing. I know it is not success in many people’s eyes. But for me, helping people to recover is success. (P 、S)
4My mother always told me that achieving my goals was not as important as being happy. I totally agree with her. (S)
3、1He felt shameful and guilty of what he had while others might own very little.
2It is said that when employees get tired, it is because they are not doing something they are passionate about.
3Being rejected affects our self-confidence levels and it might take some time to recover, but eventually we will.
4Somehow the funny part they feel is that in a lot of world games their competitors are not from other countries but are actually their teammates.
5But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
6Then they thought he might be satisfied with being a millionaire, so they were all utterly shocked when he donated every penny he had made.
4、动名词短语充当主语、表语：
1Her favourite sports are skiing and climbing mountain. (P表语)
2My favourite activity is reading comedy stories. (P表语)
3Smoking cigarettes is very bad for you. (S 主语 单三)
4So, if family is the most important thing for you, maybe finding a husband or wife and having / children is what you would understand success to be.
5For me, travelling around the world and also having a happy family would make me feel happy and successful.
6He was tired of being a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
5、过去完成时态：
1At 16 years old, Sam had always been a relatively good student.
2Neither of his parents had had the opportunity to attend university and for them, Sam becoming a lawyer was their biggest ambition.
3Since he was only a child, Sam had been passionate about computer programming.
4And by the age of 12 he had known three different programming languages.
6、He knew that achieving this goal would make them happy, but the truth was that he wasn’t sure whether he would feel the same.
7、So he preferred staying in with his computer, rather than going out socializing or playing sports.
8、His parents were fine with this, as long as he continued to focus on his studies.
9、One day, while reading an article online about a young technology billionaire called Thomas O’Connor, everything changed for Sam.
10、Thinking that it wouldn’t come to anything, he emailed the CEO, introducing himself and explaining his ideas.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Money vs. Success, of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U2,B1)
Years ago, Jason was a college professor with a big house. But knowing that many people were living in poor conditions, he felt guilty. Jason decoded to turn his back on his fortune by giving his money to charity and helping homeless people to get on in life. Now Jason lives in a small dormitory room. He appreciates the change. For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Getting To The Top of Lesson 3, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U2,B1)
It boils down to this: I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people. If you are not totally committed to your sport and want to lead a normal life, you can never be an outstanding athlete, let alone an Olympic champion. You may think it is unhealthy or selfish to go to these lengths, but that is the way I roll, no matter what I’m applying myself to.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 3第三单元 Conservation
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、由关系副词when、where和why引导的定语从句
1Extinctions , where entire species are wiped out, are not unusual in our Earth’s history.
(非限制性定语从句)
2In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended.
3There is a long list of reasons why so many species are dying out: air and water pollution, forests being destroyed, factory farming and overfishing.
4For example, we need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected.
5To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
6He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
7I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
2、由关系代词which、that 和who或“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句）
1In fact, over 90 percent of all species that ever lived are now extinct.
2These include the third mass extinction, known as the “Great Dying”, which killed 90% to 96% of all species. (非限制性定语从句)
3And the fifth event, which occurred 66 million years ago, caused the death of the dinosaurs.
(非限制性定语从句)
4Although it is not unusual for species to die out naturally, the rate at which this is now happening is cause for concern.
5A 2015 study by scientists who were based at Brown University and Duke University in the US, looked at how quickly species die out due to natural causes, that is, the “background extinction rate”.
6If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out.
7This would mean we have to significantly change the way we live.
8 In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
9Black robins are the birds that humans saved from extinction.
10 To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
3、It is clear that human activity has negatively affected all other species on Earth, including animals and plants.
4、Of course, as we humans depend on so many species for our survival, we would also be at risk of dying out.
5、含蓄虚拟条件句：
Without forests, we would have no air to breathe, and without clear water we would be unable to survive.
6、定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句 课本P55）
1In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out.（非限制性定语从句）
2But nowadays, human activity has affected all types species that we depend on for living.
3We should set up special areas to take care of endangered animals and plants before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species. (定语从句的分隔现象)
4He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
5The bus which was full of tourists stopped near the Leaning Tower of Pisa.
6Melissa lent me some money, which was very generous of her.（非限制性定语从句）
7The ground is covered with snow and ice, which makes driving very dangerous.
（非限制性定语从句）
8I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
（非限制性定语从句）
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1 How
1、How often、How soon、How far、How tall、How high、How many、How much、How long、How old、How heavy、 How fast、
1How are you? How do you do?
2How often have you heard these conversations?
3How often do we get stuck in traffic jams?
4How often do we arrive at work or school, stressed out, tired and angry?
2、the number of和a number of 与主谓一致
1By how much has the number of cars gone up in the last 20years? （主谓一致）
2In the last 20 years, the number of cars on the roads has gone up by 25%.
（主谓一致）
3But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. （主谓一致）
4Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy.
5A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
6Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group
7Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
3、1Traffic is one of the major causes of global warming and climate change, as car engines produce various types of greenhouse gases.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
4、1Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars.
2While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. (九年级全一册 Unit 9 P67 3a 阅读课文)
3Taking notes when reading a text is very similar to taking notes when listening.
5、1We often think there is nothing (that) we can do about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic.
2Do whichever of these things that suit you.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1The main argument for factory farming is that, apart from being a lot cheaper than traditional or organic farming, it provides more food for a world population that has already reached seven billion, according to the United Nations.
2As factory farms do not use many workers, the costs are low and the production is high.
3For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
4People who fight for animal rights claim that these animals suffer terrible stress.
5To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves. despite=in spite of
2、Sentence Builder------Linking Expressions （课本P63）
1according to---providing sources of information
According to an institute, “74% of the world’s poultry…are produced in this way”.
2moreover---adding new information
Moreover, factory-farmed animals suffer from fewer diseases.
3on the other hand---contrasting statements
On the other hand, opponents of factory farming say that it is cruel to the animals.
4for instance---giving examples
For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
5in addition to--- adding new information
In addition to this, factory farming has a negative impact on the environment.
6in my opinion---summarizing information
In my opinion, we should try to reduce this kind of farming, although we would have to pay more for our eggs and meat.
7to sum up--- summarizing information
To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves.
3、1The official title of “World Heritage Site” is given by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) committee to places in the world that are outstanding examples of cultural or natural history.
2Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy. （非限制性定语从句）
3Besides the temple, visitors can enjoy the grounds outside, where there are more than 1,000 stone tablets and over 100,000 tombs.
4Every year, visitors from all over the world come to admire the mountains, lakes, streams, trees, underground springs and waterfalls, which make Jiuzhaigou Valley an area of outstanding natural beauty. （非限制性定语从句）
5The building that people visit most is the Temple of Confucius.
4、现在完成时、现在完成进行时、现在完成时的被动语态：
1In the last few years, we have seen environmental disasters on a grand scale.
2Thunderstorm, floods, earthquakes, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and forest fires have become increasingly common.
3There have been terrible floods in Asia, Africa, America and Oceania.
4Storms have been getting worse everywhere too, with more hurricanes hitting the US and Central America, （现在完成进行时、介词with的复合结构）
5Reduced rainfall has affected Africa for years, with severe droughts in Somalia and Kenya in 2017, as well as many other zones becoming drier. （介词with的复合结构）
6Volcanic eruptions and earthquakes have always been a threat.
7There have been serious earthquakes in many parts of Asia, Europe, and South America.
8This has mainly been caused by the huge amounts of carbon dioxide produced by factories and vehicles. （现在完成时的被动语态）
9These have claimed more than 1.6 million lives in the last hundred years.
10He warns that the world has not seen the worst yet. （现在完成时的否定式）
5、比较状语从句
1Atlantic hurricanes are 40% stronger now than they were 30 years ago.
2Landslides and earthquakes are even more dangerous now than in the past because around half of the world’s population now live in cities.
6、现在分词短语充当结果状语
1A massive earthquake hit central Italy in August 2016, killing at least 247 people.
2In April 2017, the city of Mocoa in Colombia was hit by a landslide, leaving many dead and injured.
7、A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
8、They build homes from whatever materials they can find.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1If the rate at which they are dying out continues to rise, millions of plants and animals will become extinct in the next decade.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
3Because of conservation efforts, the number of pandas is increasing according to a survey in 2015.
4The number of them is decreasing due to pollution in the river.
5It’s disappointing to see the environment destroyed like this.
6Even though many people are trying to recycle, there is unfortunately still so much plastic waste that ends up being thrown away.
7We really don’t want to see people driving the car when they only need to go around the corner.
2、1A lot of people feel that driving their own cars allows them to have more freedom.
2I think using public transport is worth the effort.
3Relying too much on cars also creates problems such as traffic jams, road accidents and noise pollution.
4Of course, cars are convenient and necessary when travelling long distances.
3、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
1Being a marine researcher is something that I’ve always dreamed of.
2I work with a team of scientists, who are all experts in their fields, on an international project.
（非限制性定语从句）
3I’m currently based in Argentina, which is in South America, studying sea temperatures from Antarctica. （非限制性定语从句）
4Unfortunately, there has been a significant rise in temperatures over the 50 years, which is clearly linked to human activity. （非限制性定语从句）
5Polar ice caps that were frozen all year long, even ten years ago are now melting at an alarming rate.
4、1Why not pack a tent? 2Why don’t we just cycle instead?
3 Why don’t we start walking to school from now on.
5、Guy de Maupassant’s The Necklace
（一）现在分词短语充当伴随状语、后置定语或原因状语
1This leaves her unhappy, suffering from what she thinks as a life of poverty.
2Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown costing four hundred francs, knowing he will not be able to afford the hunting gun he had been saving up to buy.
3They walk towards the Seine in despair, shivering with cold.
4Finally, in defeat, he suggests Mathilde writes a letter to Madame Forestier, explaining she will return the necklace after repair, lying that the clasp had broken.
5The next years are horrible for Mathilde, who works like servant, her own servant having been dismissed.
6At first not recognizing Mathilde, Madame Forestier is shocked by her friend’s haggard appearance.
7Dancing with happiness, and passion, intoxicated with pleasure, Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
8One day on the street, Mathilde meets Madame Forestier, still looking lovely.
（二）长句难句复杂句式
1She even becomes jealous of her school friend, Madame Forestier, who has married a wealthy man.
2As Monsieur Loisel places the wrap over his wife’s shoulders, the contrast of the poverty of her wrap with the elegant ball gown is too much to bear and to save any embarrassment she hurries to leave before anyone notices her.
3At last on the quay side they find “one of those ancient night cabs which, as though they were ashamed to show their shabbiness during the day, are never seen round Paris until after dark”.
4The jeweler offers the couple a similar necklace for thirty-six-thousand francs with the understanding that he will buy it back if they find the necklace before the end of February.
5Monsieur Loisel, frightened by the trouble yet to come, by the “black misery” that is about to fall upon him, by the prospect of all the physical sacrifices and the “moral tortures ” he is about to suffer, goes to pay the jeweler thirty-six-thousand francs and collects the diamond necklace.
6The Loisels arrive home at the Rue des Martyrs, and Mathilde’s happiness turns to horror as she sees that the necklace is missing when she looks in the mirror to admire herself one more time.
（三）动词不定式短语：
1She always feels she has “fallen from a higher station” and longs to be part of the upper class.
2Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
3Mathilde surprises him by refusing to go and throws the invitation onto the floor.
4Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown.
5She agrees to lend it to her for the ball.
6All the man ask her name and want to be introduced to her.
6、1Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group.
2Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
7、1Scientists say that previously the reasons for extinction have varied but human actions will be to blame for the sixth extinction which has already started to happen.
2It is clear that human activity negatively affects almost every natural thing on Earth, from destroying different species of plants and animals to creating various types of greenhouse gases.
3Now we know that cancer is related to traffic pollution which is why more and more people are becoming sick.
4It is unusual to see him cycle to work. see sb. do sth. see sb. doing sth.
5It’s not quite as fast as cycling but it gets me downtown much quicker than if I take my car.
6More and more people are beginning to do something which suits them and protect the environment.
8、Relative Clauses （关系从句---非限制性定语从句）
1My painting won the first prize, which was quite a surprise.
2I got a low mark in the Science test, which made me angry.
3I met the new doctor last week, who isn’t very kind at all.
4I’m going to a new restaurant with my friend, whose cousin is coming to town.
5The boat entered the deep sea, where the storms can be terrible.
9、1These endangered species are threatened with becoming extinct, meaning they will no longer exist on Earth.
2With rising awareness of how we affect the natural environment, hopefully we can learn to protect these food chain and help them to thrive.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Sixth Extinction of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U3,B1)
In the last 500 million years, there have been five mass extinction events on Earth. In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out. Of course, species died out due to many causes. But nowadays, human activity has affected all types of species that we depend on for living. We need to take action to avoid the sixth mass extinction. We should take steps to save endangered animals and plants, and set up special areas to take care of them before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Road to Destruction of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 61: (课本61页,L3,U3,B1)
Many people often get stuck in a traffic jam when they go to work. How annoyed and stressful they often feel! But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. Traffic pollution has been found to cause global warming and climate change to a large degree.
Too many cars do a lot of harm to the environment and our health. Some advice has been given for people to help protect the environment, for example, using public transport or sharing cars, doing your shopping in the shop just around the corner instead of driving to the other side of town. However, people are addicted to using cars. They make excuses for using their cars, “I need to pick up my daughter. What can I do?”
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第一册
Unit 1 Life Choices Lesson 1 Lifestyles 必修 B1 P5 课文语法填空
It’s September. Joe and Li Ying have been invited to write about their daily life in senior secondary school.
Joe is a “digital native” and he does lots of things online, including doing all his schoolwork, chatting with his friends, watching films, reading news and shopping. He also plays computer games and tennis on the screen. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict” because they think he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with his online friends. They are worried that he can’t tell if/whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
Li Ying is a “go-getter” and she studies with a clear goal. Studying is definitely a big part of her life. She always pays attention to all classes and thinks actively, so that she can do other interesting things after school. She likes biology most among all the subjects and likes reading all kinds of books. Meanwhile, she is active in running and voluntary work. Every day she does her homework when she is free at school and tries to use any possible time to revise what she has learnt after school. She uses her time well to achieve all the goals she has set.
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It 必修 B1 P13 课文语法填空
Zhang Tian was inspired by wonderful teachers from small village and applied for and became a volunteer teacher in a village school after graduation. Before he went to the village, he imagined exciting things about living and teaching in a village. But when he arrived, he found the school was much smaller than he had expected and that the living conditions in the village were also more challenging than he thought . Every day, he worked hard and felt tired. Teaching in Guizhou Province has been quite an experience for him.
To make school life healthier and livelier, Zhang Tian introduced more subjects to the school. Now the students do well in English and their school lives are more attractive and interesting, which makes Zhang Tian feel satisfied. Besides teaching, Zhang Tian also brought changes to the village. He made a great contribution to the village, so he became very popular among the village.
Unit 2 Sports and Fitness Lesson 1 The Underdog
必修第一册 B1 P31 课文语法填空
Both Paul and I were huge fans of the NBA, and we used to play on the court which/that was next to our building. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was only 1.6 metres tall, which made him the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul was only 1.6 metres tall too, and he used Bogues as his inspiration, practicing very hard. Although Paul tried out many times for making our school basketball team, our coach was not so sure, so Paul was still usually on the bench, which was really tough on him.
Our team was playing our main competitors this week. During the competition, a player and I crashed into each other and my knee hurt badly, which made me give up the game. The last quarter was about to begin, and my team was behind by 10 points. With our team’s suggestion, our coach permitted Paul to play the game. All the extra hours that Paul had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot. When the game ended, our team had won by 2 points. Because of his excellent performance, Paul was praised by his coach and earned his place on the team.
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness
必修第一册 B1 P39 课文语法填空
I do believe that long-distance running is of great benefit to you.
You do not need a gym membership or any special equipment . Keep it up, and you will know yourself, and see what you are capable of.
As is known to us all, running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. Running increases the flow of blood and oxygen to your brain. It not only makes your heart stronger and allows more blood to flow around your body, but also strengthens your immune system and reduces the risk of serious health problem. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
You’d better warm up and cool down properly before and after running in order not to hurt yourself. A warm-up gets your blood flowing and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
I hope this will be helpful to you.
Unit 3 Celebrations Lesson 1 Spring Festival
必修第一册 B1 P56 课文语法填空
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival---the spirit of family---has largely been kept. Most of the important Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
To Li Yan, a retired grandmother in Heilongjiang Province, Spring Festival is still about the joy of a family gathering. She loves to be surrounded by her entire family. Weeks before Spring Festival, she starts to make preparations for the young people’s homecoming.
For the younger generation, returning home to spend Spring Festival with parents is no easy task. Flights have to be booked as early as possible. Usually tickets are hard to get, and the journey would be tiring. But all the efforts pay off when the whole family sit together around a hotpot, filling each other in on what’s been happening.
The festival even attracts foreigners. Tom Jenkins, who is an exchange student in Nanjing, spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. He joined them in sweeping away the dirt of their house and attaching the Chinese character Fu to their front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives. Everything is so interesting to him, but the best part is to let off fireworks, which is expected to scare away the monster Nian.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas
必修 B1 P64 课文语法填空
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s my memory of Granny as well as gifts and Father Christmas that comes to mind.
I can well remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us. On a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. She was sick, but I failed to notice it. Granny made an effort to help me with my letter to Father Christmas. With her hand shaking slightly , she wrote “Father Christmas, the North Pole ”on the envelope.
In December, we made sugar biscuits, stuffed the turkey and sang Christmas songs. Granny had the patience to sing my favorite part over and over again. On Christmas Eve, Granny watched as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung most of the decorations on the branches.
On Christmas morning, I was on my best behavior as we opened the presents. Later, Granny gave me a special gift---a music box with a ballet dancer inside. After breakfast, as I played, Granny stayed inside by the fire. I remember catching her eye through the window. I called and asked her to join us, but she just waved. Lunch was late, but it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a lot of laughter
A few weeks after that Christmas, Granny passed away. I think of her often. Each Christmas, I make a G-shape sugar biscuit and take out the music box, in memory of Granny.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Spring Festival
of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 54:
Tom Jenkins spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. A week before the festival, the host mother Mrs. Chen began preparations. She swept up the dirt of the house from top to bottom to make it ready for the new year. She also attached the Chinese character Fu upside down on the front door to welcome happiness. Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
Xu Gang usually books the ticket of trains or flights for his trip home weeks before Spring Festival. When he gets on the train, he is surrounded by Shanxi accents. When he gets home, his parents always fill him in on what happened to the people he knows Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
Li Yan and her husband are retired. They start preparing for their family’s return weeks before Spring Festival. When everyone gets home, their house buzzes with activities. One of their favourite family traditions is to make jiaozi.
Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第二册
Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars
必修 B2 P4 课文语法填空
Avatars are digital images that you use to represent yourself online. The first simple avatars appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s and by the late 1990s they had been used in online chats. People started creating their own avatars that didn’t look or act like their real selves. Avatars let you express yourself and they give you lots of room for creativity. Most people create avatars that/which have similar features to their personalities and that look more or less like them and act like them. In most web chats, people can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create freely their own images. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users are worried that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a more positive light.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships
必修 B2 P10 课文语法填空
People have different ideas about how the Internet affects friendships.
Some people think the Internet can harm friendships. Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact---images really cannot replace a real- life smile or hug. Secondly, lots of the content posted on social media is shallow or trivial. Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be. Going online can be particularly dangerous for people that/who are easily influenced or too trusting. In my opinion, face-to-face communication is the best way to maintain healthy relationships.
Others believe the Internet can help develop friendships in many ways. Firstly, the Internet makes communication much more convenient. Secondly, the Internet has also made communication more fun. You can share photos, videos , news stories, and websites with your friends online. Thirdly, online communication can actually bring people closer to each other. Whenever someone needs help, friends from all over the world can immediately provide useful suggestions or information. Finally, I believe the Internet brings people closer together and makes communication with friends more convenient and interesting.
Unit 5 Humans and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story
必修 B2 P27 课文语法填空
About three years ago, something terrible happened to me. Those six hours of terror broke my body and soul. One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands. All at once, the sky was covered with dark clouds and in less than a minute we were in a terrible storm.
It may seem strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool , I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it. I noticed that smaller and tubular objects went down more slowly than other objects. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. And without waiting, I dived into the sea to try and escape.
As you can see, I did escape. In the end a boat picked me up. I was very tired. The fishermen were my old friends, but they were unable to recognize me. When I told them the story, they did not believe it.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole
必修 B2 P33 课文语法填空
On 1 June, 1910, Captain Scott began his journey to Antarctic. At the same time, the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen was also going south. During the polar summer, both teams organized food bases in preparation for their journeys. Amundsen reached the Antarctic first. Then he prepared for the return journey. Scott finally arrived at the Pole. They were shocked when they were the Norwegian flag. Scott wrote sadly in his diary: “Well, we have now lost the goal of our ambition and must face 800 miles of hard pushing---and goodbye to most of our dreams.”
The return journey was one of the worst in the history of exploration. The weather conditions were terrible. Scott realized their hopeless situation: “We are very cheerful, but what each man feels in his heart I can only guess…” Then a terrible storm started. Scott spent some of his last hours writing. He wrote a letter full of sadness to his wife. The news of Scott’s death shocked the world. He had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the extraordinary courage shown by Captain Scott and his men made them heroes.
Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer
必修 B2 P54 课文语法填空
At the Nobel Prize Lecture on 7 December, 2015, an 84-year-old Chinese woman walked slowly on to the stage. She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s. The woman was Tu Youyou , the first Chinese female scientist to be awarded a Nobel Prize for her work.
Tu Youyou was born in Zhejiang Province, China, on 30 December,1930. She studied medicine in Peking University Health Scie, nce Centre. After graduation, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Science. Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a deep knowledge about traditional practices.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria which killed millions of people every year. Across the world, scientists had been trying to fin d a cure. They tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. She researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti-malarial cures. Then Tu Youyou and her team began using modern research methods to study these Chinese herbs one by one. They overcame many difficulties and at last Tu Youyou bravely volunteered to be the first human subject and the test was a success. The medicine they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the most effective drug for fighting malaria in the world.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind the Superman
必修 B2 P60 课文语法填空
Christopher Reeve starred in four Superman films from 1978 to 1987. He spent his spare time visiting sick children in hospitals and doing many other good things, and soon gained a big reputation. However, while he was riding a horse, he fell off the horse and broke his neck. Due to the support of his wife, family and friends, he found the will to live again. In order to recover quickly, he engaged in a range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle. Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career. His positive attitude inspired many people who/that were stuck in illness. He will be remembered as a superhero forever,
Reading Club 2 Anne Frank and Her Diary 课本P66
必修 B2 P63 课文语法填空
During World War II, Anne Frank’s family had to hide in an annexe to escape the Nazi Holocaust. To keep busy, she wrote in her diary. Unfortunately, on 4 August, 1944 , the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there was sent to labour camps. The diary was originally written in Dutch. Since then, it has been published in at least 67 languages. Today, the annexe building where Anne and her family hid is a museum. Although Anne’s life in hiding was extremely difficult, her diary reveals her positive attitude. She wrote in her diary “The good news is that you don’t know how great you can be …and what your potential is.”Bringing us so much, her diary will be left in our hearts forever.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第三册
Unit 7 Art
Lesson 1 Masterpieces
必修 B3 P4 课文语法填空
In 1889 Van Gogh painted The Starry Night using his unusual way. At that time he stayed at home for his mental illness which some experts thought affected his sense of sight. The drug that he took made people see yellow spots. Unfortunately, Van Gogh only sold one painting in his lifetime. Though he thought The Starry Night was a failure. It is now one of the world’s best paintings.
In 1893, Edvard Munch was suffering a lot of pain because of his mental health problems. He painted The Scream, which shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream. In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him to paint the picture.
Rene Magritte painted a series of paintings, including The Empire of Light. It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night. What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds. It seems like quite a mysterious scene. Magritte was inspired by his thoughts and ideas. The viewers have different reactions to The Empire of Light. As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
Lesson 3 A Musical Genius
必修 B3 P10 课文语法填空
Ludwig van Beethoven was a German composer. He is regarded as one of the greatest composers in the history of music. One day in February 1824, at his little house in Vienna, Austria, Ludwig van Beethoven sat back in his chair and smiled. The famous German composer’s ninth symphony was finally completed. As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
At a very famous theatre in Vienna, the audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years. For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score. Finally, joyous/joyful note signaled the end of the symphony, and the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats, but Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score. It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
However, most of them had no idea that he was deaf! The one person in the room who/that didn’t hear the symphony---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
Unit 8 Green Living
Lesson 1 Roots and Shoots
必修 B3 P29 课文语法填空
If you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up, you are probably suffering from what is known as “Just-me-ism”. You might think it is no big deal. “How can it matter if I leave a little piece of litter on the road? ”But what if millions of people think the same? Then our world would be piled with litter and run short of natural resources at the same time. See? “Just-me-ism” is harmful!
To inspire young people to take action for the environment, animals and their community , Roots & Shoots was established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall, a scientist who’s the world’s best-known expert on wild chimpanzees. In addition to her research, she has been whole-heartedly committed to environmental protection. The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people so they can help to build a future that/which is secure and live together in peace with nature.
Dr. Jane Goodall is convinced that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference. ”So her institute Roots & Shoots is all about educating people to play their part in making the world a better place. And you cannot be absent.
Lesson 3 “White Bikes” on the Road
必修 B3 P35 课文语法填空
Why is Amsterdam a good city foe cycling?
The idea of “white bikes” began about 50 years ago. And ever since then, people in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. Flat and therefore convenient for bikes , Amsterdam is a good city for cycling. Because of its convenience for bicycles, Amsterdam has become very popular with cyclists---an amazing 38% of all trips are made by bike. That’s how it gets the nickname “the City of Bicycles”.
In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea that it would be better for both people and the environment if only bicycles were allowed in the city centre. They painted hundreds of bicycles white and placed them in many areas around Amsterdam for people to use free of charge. Soon after, however, problem came up and the “white bikes” all disappeared---thieves stole them all in a matter of weeks! But in 1999 the “white bikes” returned with a computer tracking system to record their every move! Thanks to the ideas and efforts of many people, you can now enjoy clean air and easy transport in central Amsterdam.
Nowadays, the idea of “white bikes” has pedaled its way around the world. In China, more and more cities have their own “white bikes” programs. Both the locals and tourists like to use shared bikes because bike-sharing is a cheap and easy way to save energy, reduce air and noise pollution, and enjoy the benefits of exercise in cities.
Unit 9 Learning
Lesson 1 Active Learning
必修 B3 P54 课文语法填空
While sometimes the human brain can learn by itself, we need to actively take part in the learning process and to reflect on what we have learnt. We are supposed to take an active role in our learning.
Your inner voice expresses your personal opinions. If you pay too much attention to your inner voice, you will risk missing important information. Active learners are open-minded, and they are in a better position to make decisions. If you find your inner voice difficult to control, you can argue with it as most active learners do. Be flexible in your opinions and you might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all. What’s more, asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning. The answers will lead you to further learning, and the very act of working out questions will help you to achieve a higher level of understanding.
Active learners attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea. Try to find out the source of an idea, and you will increase your chance of learning something. In addition, active learners do not judge people based on first impression or personal feelings. We needn’t assume that some people are always right because of who they are or just because they are your friends.
Lesson 3 The Secrets of Your Memory
必修 B3 P60 课文语法填空
We remember things that have strong connections in our mind, especially emotional connections. Childhood memories are often very emotional ; therefore, we remember them much better. So when remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
A person with a photographic memory could remember every detail of something, but most of us do not have amazing memories. Asking questions also helps with memorization. Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that/which are already known.
Forgetting the new words is natural for many people. One of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
Our memory reaches its full power at the age of 25. After this age, however, the brain starts to get smaller. By middle age, our memory is significantly worse than when we were young.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 1 Relationships Lesson 1 Teachers
选必 B1 P15 能力素养进阶 短文填空
When I was at school, I was poor at most subjects, especially maths. At that time, I thought I had no gift for maths. What was worse, I showed no interest in science, which was completely strange to me. I felt bored when I learnt about maths and science. It was a real headache for me to understand what science was about. I had almost lost heart when Mr. Jenkins became our maths teacher.
Mr. Jenkins could make everything he taught interesting and lively. The way he used to explain difficult things was full of practical examples. Realizing that I was a little lazy and had little confidence in science, Mr. Jenkins encouraged me to find out my strengths by asking me to give a presentation to the class. It was the first time I explained science to an audience. But now it is my job. While working now, I often wish I could get advice from Mr. Jenkins again.
Lesson 3 So Close, Yet So Far
选必 B1 P32 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Socializing with my friends online is my life. The moment I wake up, I check through all my social networking apps, reading my emails and posting updates, etc. I have 500 friends online and I live with several roommates, but I feel lonely. It seems that I have an active social life, attending parties and playing sports, but I’m absent-minded, because I strongly obsess over my phone.
Social networking is the master of my life. Though sometimes I set deadlines to tear away myself from my phone, I fail again and again. Spending so much time socializing online, I always feel depressed and alone. As a result, I can’t finish what I should do in my real life.
It is common that at parties or at a family holiday, most members fix their eyes on their phones, which they think is normal rather than rude.
What is most worrying is that it is impossible to drop my phone, because I need it for my studies because my teachers and classmates need to contact me. It is a problem that we are so close but really so far.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 2 Success Lesson 1 Money vs Success
选必 B1 P58 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Sixteen years ago, Jason was a college professor with a huge six-bedroom house and a fortune of two million dollars. A few years ago, he knew millions of people died of hunger every year, and there were places with no schools and no teachers. And they didn’t have the chance to learn and get on in life. This worried him a lot and he felt guilty being a rich man without doing anything. Therefore, he gave away all his money to charities. Whenever he had more than two thousand dollars, he would give away small bank notes to homeless people in the streets of local areas.
Now, he lives in a small dormitory room with only second-hand furniture. He also grows some vegetables and a few flowers. He gets his clothes and a lot of other things from charity shops. “I’m much happier, because I am living according to my values. Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life, ”said Jason.
Lesson 3 Getting to the Top
选必 B1 P78 能力素养进阶 短文填空
I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play. I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games; I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys. I have always lived my life to extremes. I think of countless birthday parties and nights out I have missed, ruining a family holiday in France because of the endless search for a swimming pool to train in, almost missing my brother’s wedding because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown Johannesburg and driving through the “ no-go ”areas.
Being a professional athlete is no different. Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 3 Conservation Lesson 1 The Sixth Extinction
选必 B1 P109 能力素养进阶 短文填空
In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended. The reasons for extinctions are varied. According to scientists, they include volcanic eruptions, asteroids hitting the Earth from space, changes in sea levels, the decrease of the oxygen content of the sea and global warming. Many scientists say we are now entering the Earth’s sixth mass extinction. This time, human activity will be to blame.
They found that human activity is causing species to die out 1000 times faster than normal. If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who/that have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out. We need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected. We need to change how we work and travel by using cleaner, more natural sources of energy, such as wind and solar energy. We also need to improve our farming methods to reduce water, air and land pollution. In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
Lesson 3 The Road to Destruction
选必 B1 P126 能力素养进阶 短文填空
We know that cars are bad for us. Here are five easy ways to improve our environment.
Use your legs. In 2014, over 55% of car journeys were under eight kilometers. Instead of taking short car journeys, we could easily walk or cycle. Leg power can save your money, keep you fit and help you live longer.
Use public transport. Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars. Sometimes it can take a little bit longer, but you can relax, read a book, talk to someone---who knows?
Think before you go. Do you really have to go to that shopping centre on the other side of town? What about the shops around the corner? Before you get into your car, think about whether you really need to make the journey.
Share cars. If you really have to use a car, share journeys with someone else. It is much cheaper and kinder to the environment.
Take actions! If your street is full of heavy traffic, talk to your neighbors about it. Write to the papers. Go to the city government. Ask for speed limit. Do whichever of these things that suit you. Don’t just sit around and complain.
All quite simple, isn’t it?
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》
北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第二册
选必 B2P5 U4L1 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
(A) An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
(B) Sherlock Homes asked his friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, Watson believed there were millions of galaxies and billions of planets. From the current atmosphere, he predicted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. He didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
(C) A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found almost everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance which had an amazing clown. Actually he was the clown.
选必 B2P13 U4L3 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Today we’ll introduce Rowan Atkinson, who is an English comedian.
He was born on 6 January,1955 and spent his early years on the family farm with his parents and three older brothers. At primary school, he had already shown admirable acting talent. When he was 13, he earned a scholarship to a boarding school. Then he went to Newcastle University and got the highest mark in his years at the university. Later, he studied in Oxford where he got his master’s degree in electrical engineering, which may explain why he is interested in fast cars.
One of the roles played by Atkinson in his comedy is Mr. Bean, who is very popular in Britain. Mr. Bean is liked internationally as the awkward, clumsy but always amusing figure. The popularity of Mr. Bean makes Atkinson famous all over the world.
选必 B2P30 U5L1 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
When Helen was in her childhood, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen often behaved unbearably. She was sometimes troublesome, stubborn and angry, and had a tendency to break things when she was not understood. For Helen, Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher, whose technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. With this method, from “doll” to “water”, Helen got the world of words opened up to her. With Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanding, her thinking process changed as well. As she grasped the key to language , she discovered more complex words. Although trying to learn words was a gradual and sometimes painful process, Helen was always enthusiastic about learning. Helen finally understood the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
选必 B2P38 U5L3 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
Bacon ‘s true interest was not the inefficient working style of the government, but the worthy search for knowledge. Galileo Galilei proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”. The church and many people tended to ignore the facts and didn’t want to challenge what they had always comfortably believed.
It is not surprising that people wanted to believe these primitive ideas. At first, people approved of Galilei’s studies and urged him to continue, but later when he proved Aristotle wrong, they grew angry and put him in prison. People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
选必 B2P55 U6L1 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
The source material for a film may be taken from classic novels, short stories, comic books and stage plays, as well as non-fiction such as biographic and autobiographies, even those written by ghost writers. All can work well, but why do many adaptations and indeed remakes fail with both cinema audiences and critics?
Firstly, because of the time limit, the adapted film is always found not close to the original story. Besides, the selected cast may not satisfy readers as they have their own imaginations about the characters. What’s more, some books are really unfilmable for technical reasons. In spite of the challenges, there have been some highly successful films made from popular books, such as Jaws, Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings. Maybe the best proof of a successful adaptation is the James Bond series, the majority of which has been adapted from the 007 novels of Ian Fleming. Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone has their favorite.
选必 B2P63 U6L3 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
An advertisement uses words and pictures to persuade people to buy a product or service, or to believe in an idea. Generally speaking, there are two main types of ads, which are commercial ads and public service ads respectively. Commercial ads are paid for to advertise a product or service, and the features of the public service ads are as follows: Firstly, they often run free of charge; secondly, they are meant to educate people about health, safety, or any other problem that has an effect on public welfare; thirdly, don’t play tricks on people; lastly, they aim at teaching and benefiting people, helping us lead better lives. Of course, we also should pay attention when seeing ads. For one thing, be aware of the skilful methods which are used in ads to try and sell us things. For another, avoid falling for the tricks some advertisements play.
《高中必刷题》
总主编 杨文彬 学科主编 陈利民 李娜 周成霞
首都师范大学出版社
英语 高一 1 必修 BS 必修第一册、第二册合订
课文改编填空
必修第一册 Unit 1 Life Choice
Lesson 1 Lifestyles P2 课文改编填空
Joe is a “digital native”---he has been using the computer since his childhood.
He does a wide range of things online such as doing homework, chatting with others and reading the daily news. He also shops fpr various necessities online because it is convenient to compare the qualities and prices from different online shops.
However, his parents are worried so his mum keeps telling him to go out with his school friends. According to them there is a danger that he may not be able to tell whether the friends online are real friends.
Li Ying is a go-getter. Secondary school is a new start for her and studying is definitely a big part of her life. She tends to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of every term and she listens attentively in all classes and thinks actively, so that she can have more space time to do other things that she is interested in after school.
Besides, she has a top 10 reading list and she tries to keep it updated. She is also active in sports clubs, which makes her excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together. To achieve all she wants, she must use her time wisely. As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It P9 课文改编填空
After a long day, Zhang Tian finally got back to his small room, feeling tired. It is typical of him to start working early in the morning and prepare lessons late at night. Coming to Guizhou Province to teach has been quite an experience for him.
He graduated from university and got a teacher’s certificate last year. He was inspired by the idea of living independently away from home. So he applied for and became a volunteer in a village school, imagining all sorts of exciting things.
However, not everything lived up to his hopes. The school was much smaller than he had expected and even the power and water supplies were unstable. The thought of leaving once flashed through his mind, but he quickly gave up on the idea.
In the school, he was the only English teacher while the other two were responsible for maths and Chinese. To make school life healthier and livelier, he introduced more subjects to the school, and the school is now full of laughter and music.
His first year has been tough but enjoyable. What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read , speak and write in English, and they became more confident. The contribution he made to the village was great and the villagers treated him as one of them. Although he had intended to stay for only one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year.
必修第一册 Unit 2 Sports and Fitness
Lesson 1 The Underdog P20 课文改编填空
Paul and I were on our school basketball team, The Lions. We were both big fans of the NBA. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul regarded him as his inspiration. Paul once said, ”If Bogues could make it, why not me? ”
However, our coach was not so sure. So Paul was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
This week, The Lions were playing against our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect. It would be a tough game and Paul didn’t know he would get the chance that he had been waiting for.
During the game, I crashed into another player and my knee hurt badly. We were about to lose so the coach agreed to give Paul a shot. Paul rushed onto the court and all the extra hours he had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot, and the crowd couldn’t stop clapping and cheering.
When the game ended, our team had won by two points. The coach hit Paul on the shoulder and said, “You’ve just earned your place on the team, big guy!”
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness P27 课文改编填空
As people often say, any exercise is better than none, but long-distance running in particular has a lot of benefits.
It is great for beginners---you don’t need a gym membership or any special equipment. There is no better way to know yourself and to see what you are capable of.
Running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. It can strengthen the immune system and reduce the risk of serious health problems. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up. Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from any aches or tension.
If you are new to running, here is some advice for you. A warm-up gets your blood running and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
Besides, remember the following principles. First, draw up a training plan and set achievable goals. Second, keep running. There will be times when you want to give up, but hang in there and tell yourself that it will get easier with time. All the sweat and hard work will be worth it in the end. Finally, make sure you do not overdo it.
必修第一册 Unit 3 Celebrations
Lesson 1 Spring Festival P38 课文改编填空
It was the first time for Tom Jenkins to spend Spring Festival in China with his host family. Spring Festival is highly valued by every Chinese family. Preparations began a week before the festival. First, the house cleaned from to bottom. Next, the Chinese character Fu was attached upside down to the front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
Xu Gang usually starts planning his trip home weeks before Spring Festival , as train tickets or flight have to be booked as early as possible. The moment he gets on the train , he knows that he is heading home to his family. When he gets home, his parents will fill him in on what has been happening ---who has got married or had children or gone away to university. When he was a kid, Spring Festival was all about firecrackers, sweets and decorations. As he gets older, coming home is the most important part of it.
Li Yan and her husband are both retired. Weeks before Spring Festival, they think about what the children would like to eat, what they need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared. They always have jiaozi as they mean something special on this occasion---they are a sign of their wishes for health and happiness in the coming year.
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival--- the spirit of family---has been kept.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas P45 课文改编填空
The last Christmas Granny spent with us was an unforgettable experience, which began in the middle of November on a cold, windy day.
Granny came to celebrate the Christmas with us. But at that time, I didn’t know she was ill. Most of the time she just sat on the sofa by the fire. When I wrote to Father Christmas telling him about the presents I wanted, Granny tried her best to help me.
On Christmas Eve, Granny sat by the fire as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung the decorations onto the tree. “That’s the most beautiful tree I have seen,” Granny remarked. On Christmas morning, to my surprise, my stocking at the end of my bed was full of presents and there were more under the tree.
After breakfast, David and I played outside while Granny remained inside by the fire., I remember catching her eye through the window.
Although lunch was late, it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a big turkey with potatoes, followed by yummy pudding. David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow.
Several weeks later, Granny passed away. I miss her very much, especially at Christmas. When it comes to our magical and special Christmas, I think it is not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind, it is also my memory of Granny.
必修第二册 Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars P60 课文改编填空
Avatars, which people use when exploring the Internet, are the digital identities people created to communicate and express themselves. They first appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s. Nowadays, avatars have such a wide variety of forms and uses that they are everywhere.
The avatars people choose say a lot. People tend to create avatars with features similar to their personalities, which look like them to a certain extent. However, nearly all avatars are tall, young and good-looking, for people obviously make improvements and experiment with new things in a more desirable way.
Avatars give people a lot of room for creativity They are enabled to create new identities, from dressing the avatars in fancy clothes to trying being someone of the opposite sex. Many users even have several avatars , each one for a specific occasions ; for example, a sensible one for work and a silly one for fun.
So far, the use of avatars has concerned some people---there are people spending too much time in virtual worlds and cheating online. At the same time , others view it in a more positive light, looking forward to the brilliant future of avatars.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships P67 课文改编填空
Do you think the Internet helps or harms friendships? Opinions are varied?
Some hold the view that while/although/though the Internet brings people closer, it harms friendships indeed. First, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face communication. Instead, according to a parenting expert, the Internet makes it harder for children to concentrate or show kindness. Second, in makes people self-centred. Unlike the long-term and rewarding friendships in the real world, people only care about their online popularity. Third, true friendships are built on trust while online friendships may not be so. Sometimes, if you are too trusting, it can be particularly dangerous, because you can’t be very sure that the friends you are chatting with are honest.
However, others believe the Internet helps develop friendships. For one thing, people can stay in touch with friends conveniently ,whether they are at home or on the move. For another thing, chatting online adds more fun to communication and takes less time with videos, photos, and emojis all available. Useful suggestions or information is provided immediately by people , which makes people feel loved and cared for.
必修第二册 Unit 5 Human and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story P78 课文改编填空
The story happened three years ago when we were on our way home from fishing. All at once, we were caught in a storm. With a huge wave covering the boat, my younger brother fell into the sea. The moment my elder brother cried out the most frightening word “Moskoe-strom”, I knew a disaster was falling on us.
Hopeless and terrified, we were going in the direction of the whirlpool. It felt as if I were falling from a mountain top. But when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than before. Out of curiosity, I observed it and drew three conclusions, which later proved to be life-saving. Having tied myself to a barrel, I jumped into the sea. Not long after that, the boat was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool.
Shortly afterwards, the storm was over. I floated in the water for a couple of hours until some fishermen picked me up. They were unable to recognize me, for it took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole P85 课文改编填空
The race to the South Pole began in 1910 when two teams, led by Scott(British) and Amundsen(Norwegian), announced their plans to go south and prepared for it.
Amundsen was the first to leave on 8th September, 1911. With dogs pulling the sledges and all men on skis, they made rapid progress. On 14th December, they reached the Pole successfully. However, Scott’s men met a series of troubles after departure. First, two sledges broke down; then the horses couldn’t stand the cold. Therefore, they advanced slowly. When they finally made it to the Pole, it was already 17th January, 1912.
The return journey was even worse. Apart from tiredness and bad weather, the fact that they were running out of food added to their difficulties. Despite the hopelessness, they still made time to collect rocks, which later proved to be valuable. Then disaster fell on them---two members died first. Then the rest of the team continued their way until, unfortunately, they were trapped in a terrible storm. Nobody survived. Although they didn’t win the race, they were remembered as heroes.
必修第二册 Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer P96 课文改编填空
Tu Youyou, a Chinese female scientist, was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin on 7 December, 2015. When it comes to the honour, she remained modest, insisting that it was not only an honour for herself but also recognition and encouragement for all scientists in China.
Born in Zhejiang Province in 1930, she chose to study medicine. Years of studying traditional Chinese medicine and working with experts in the field enabled her to gain a deep knowledge about traditional practice. In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria. It hit her that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. So she researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti- malarial cures, which was not an easy task. Despite a lack of staff and poor laboratory conditions, they eventually came across a promising chemical after countless failed experiments. The medicine they discovered has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
Although she is internationally renowned for her work, Tu Youyou is not interested in fame. She conducts research as usual and believes that there is a great potential for future advances if the wisdom of both Chinese and Western medicine can be fully integrated.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind Superman P103 课文改编填空
Christopher Reeve is indeed a superhero both in the Superman films and in reality, whose life story is beyond our imagination with ups and downs.
He had a passion in/for acting at an early age and finally won the opportunity to star in four Superman films. He had been devoting himself to helping people in need when disaster struck him. A fall from his horse caused severe injuries to his neck. Even breath was impossible without a machine. With the support of his wife, parents and friends, he eventually got rid of despair and found his goal of life again.
After engaging in intense recovery training, Reeve succeeded in returning to his film career. In addition, being energetic and passionate, he never quit his charity cause, from writing positively to encourage people to raising money to promote research into back injuries and disabilities. His confidence and optimism inspired people greatly.
To our sadness, on 10 October,2004, Christopher Reeve passed away. People will memorialize him as a superhero forever.
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二上 BS 选择性必修 第二册 《高中必刷题》
课文改编填空
选必第二册 B2P2 U4L1 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
Life often bears fun and embarrassments, making it charming to taste and explore. Here are three funny experiences in life.
An art collector spotted a cat consuming milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store while he was walking casually on the road. He realized the saucer was so valuable an antique that he offered to pay a high price to buy the cat, hoping the owner would give away the saucer as well, Ironically, the owner refused to throw in this lucky saucer, which had helped him sell 68 cats that week for the same reason.
Sherlock and Watson shared a similar funny experience. One camping night, they woke up with millions of stars shining in the sky. According to the scientific measurement of time, Watson figured out the exact time. From the atmosphere, he forecast a bright day the next day. In the end, he was purely embarrassed to be told that their tent had been stolen.
The same embarrassment also happened to a middle-aged man who had been suffering depression for several months. He saw a doctor. After an examination, he was told everything was right and that what he needed was only a real laugh. The doctor recommended an amazing clown---Grock, and he replied Sadly, “I am Grock.”
选必第二册 B2P11 U4L3 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Mr. Bean, a classic character in comedies, is recognized for meeting endless ridiculous situation in his daily life. In one of the most popular episodes, Mr. Bean comes to a fancy restaurant in celebration of his birthday, only to find that the only dish that he can afford is one named “steak tartare”, which is actually a raw hamburger. The moment the dish is served , he attempts to chew it. However, he finds it is too disgusting to swallow, and he has no alternative but to hide his real feelings. During all the dinner time, he occupies himself with hiding the raw meat, and even throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist. What a funny but embarrassing birthday!
Contrary to Mr. Bean, Rowan Atkinson, who played the role of Mr. Bean, lived a normal life. Born into an ordinary family, he was treated in such a strict manner that he stood out well in his study and even attained his degree at Oxford. Besides, he was convinced he would be a successful actor with his talent for acting. Years later, it is obvious that his hard work has paid off in the end.
选必第二册 B2P25 U5L1 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
Have you ever heard some inspiring stories of the disabled? Helen Keller is one who deserves to be mentioned. Helen a well-recognized female author, had several strong restrictions to her body. She could not read or write at her early age, but later she mastered several languages. Anne Sullivan, a teacher at a school for the disabled, played an irreplaceable role in Helen’s growth and achievements. Anne adopted simple approaches to teaching, repeatedly spelt new words by writing on Helen’s hands, and asked her to imitate these spellings. In the beginning, she would not learn the words unless they could be touched, such as water, doll etc. Gradually, her interest grew and she explored complicated and abstract words. In the process of learning the word “think”, she struggled a lot and made breakthroughs by accident when finishing small tasks. As for the word “love”, she felt discouraged after trying many times without understanding it. Despite many failures, Anne kept on encouraging her to try. Helen carried on thinking and suddenly realized it was as beautiful as the sun and clouds. It was Anne that enlightened Helen’s mind and brought a broad world to her.
选必第二册 B2P34 U5L3 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
As Bacon said, who questions much, shall learn much, and remember much. In history, there are endless questions that promote human civilization to a high degree. In the 17th century when people tended to believe more in religions than facts, great scientists like Bacon and Galilei went against the mainstream view of that period. They searched for the truth of science on the basis of analysis. At that time, the earth was believed to stand still, but Galilei disagreed and was urged to continue his further exploration. Ironically, people grew angry and put him in prison when Galilei proved Aristotle wrong, who was a highly respected scientist. However, anyone is likely to make mistakes, Aristotle and Galilei included. With countless questions raised and solved, our knowledge of the world is increasingly expanded. We appreciate the past great men for their wisdom, for they are brave enough to challenge themselves as well as inspiring the future generations to explore more unknown and brand-new areas, On the whole, a world full of questions is exactly the one that we are fighting for.
选必第二册 B2P48 U6L1 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
Reading a favourite book is one pleasure; watching an enjoyable film is another. But it is rather challenging to produce a creation in combination with the two. A good book doesn’t guarantee a popular film while a good film may arise from one plain book. It takes a lot for filmmakers to achieve a perfect balance between them.
The source material for a film must be faithful to the original, whether it is taken or adapted from books. Chances are that the film screenwriter makes so many changes that the audience feel far from the book. As a result, the film ends up failing. Also, a success depends on the cast acceptable to the audience. Readers of the book generally visualize their ideal characters, which means they are not likely to accept other images. Besides, if we take technical restrictions into consideration, the result will turn out to be different. Take CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology for example. It allows more unfilmable books to appear on screen. Despite these challenges, it is common to see many highly successful works made from books like Harry Potter.
选必第二册 B2P58 U6L3 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
Advertisements play an irreplaceable role in enriching people’s daily life by promoting and selling products to customers. Over the past decades, the types and styles have changed/have been changing constantly to upgrade the advertising game.
The most common advertisements are commercial ones, which simply give basic information of the products. Take “Tsing Tao Brewery”for example. It is easy to get the name of the products as well as the location of the company. Gradually, advertisers find it necessary to combine attractive pictures or words of the experts with the original advertisements. With the advertising bomming, those consisting of outstanding designs and creative ideas are likely to be distinguished in the growing competitive advertising market. At present, being visually attractive and repeating old ideas are out of date as the customers have been bored with the familiar strategies to promote products. Therefore/Thus, advertisers have to adopt creative ideas trying to make the customers forget that they are being talked into buying goods by someone. Apart from the commercial advertisements, public advertisements are gaining much attention. For instance, some are educating people on fighting AIDS, while some are calling for saving water.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4 Humor 第四单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 What’s so funny? of Unit 4 Humor, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、三种时态：
1Everything had been going wrong for him.
2So, after he had been feeling depressed for over a month, he decided to go to the doctor .
3Finally, after he had been waiting for about half an hour, he was called in for his consultation. 4“Well, I’ve been having a bit of a crisis.”
5“And I’ve been doing a lot of work.”
6I will be working in the United States for three months.
7This time next week, I’ll be arriving in New York.
2、三种时态：
1The eager fans had been waiting for six hours before they finally got the tickets for the football match. 2I had been looking for that for weeks---where did you find it?
3Mrs. Wang will be staying with her friends when she goes to Hainan.
4As he had been repairing his car all afternoon, he was messy.
5This book is taking me so long that I will be still reading it by this time next year!
6She has been studying English since she left school.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、His humor is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
2、He cannot hide his feelings, except when the waiters asks if everything is fine.
3、When the waiters are not looking, however, he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach.
4、He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
5、强调句型/强调结构/强调句
But it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
John Lloyd, who worked as a producer for BBC Television, says that one rarely meets someone with such genius, and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、One afternoon, hundreds of unlucky passengers, who had been expecting to board a flight to New York, were told it had been cancelled.
2、One unfortunate agent was dealing with the passengers, when an angry man, who had been standing in line for some time, pushed his way to the front.
3、This is probably all it takes to make an image of Charlie Chaplin as the “Little Tramp”, one of the most famous comedy characters in the world.
4、His early films were such huge commercial successes that film companies were falling over themselves to hire him.
5、Making the joke look effortless and simple was part of his genius.
6、“The best definition of humor I ever heard is that it’s getting people in and out of trouble.”
7、From actors such as Charlie Chaplin, who was famous during the silent age of film-making to Rowan Atkinson who plays Mr. Bean on TV and in films, British comedy has never gone out of fashion.
8、1And while there are many popular dramatic actors in Britain, there is something extra special about British comedy and comedians for global audiences.
2Most non-British people see the British as being very reserved, polite and formal and while that is true to a certain degree, British people love to express themselves through humor too.
3While one person might lightly giggle at a joke, another might fall about with laughter.
9、Humor is a part of every culture but it could be said that it is one of core characteristics of British culture.
10、You will often find passengers getting on buses joking with drivers.
11、So now that we have established how important humor is to British people, what exactly makes them laugh?
12、There have been many popular comedy TV programs which have explored the absurdity of people with less money and status attempting to copy the lifestyles of the wealthy and others which humorously explore life for the less well-off.
13、Another area that might be difficult for foreigners to get when it comes to British comedy is “word play”.
14、强调句型：
Sometimes, it’s not just words that have two meanings but also expressions.
15、名词性从句：
Now, whether or not you find these types of jokes funny is personal to you, but the fact that they are easily understood by English speakers of all ages, means that it is very much a part of British comedy.
16、Two other characteristics of British comedy that are unique are joking about topics that would be considered “taboo” in other cultures and humor focused on self-depreciation.
17、长句难句复杂句式：
But the wide range of techniques used by British comedians and comedy writers, from satire, to puns, to self-mockery, means that there is something for every taste in comedy, although the polite British approach to delivering jokes means that sometimes it’s difficult to even tell if it is a joke or not!
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook on page 78---page 82 of Unit 4, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、两种时态：
1He has been talking to a friend and tells her he will be having a drink in the bar at 7 and asks her to join him there.
2The man thinks that maybe the barman has been talking to him, but the barman has been cleaning glasses at the other end of the bar.
3Knowing that his friend will be arriving soon, the man wonders if it is her, but there is no one he recognizes around.
4He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years.
5Even if you have been studying for a long time and feeling sleepy and bored, laughing can make you feel energized as if you had just had a nap!
2、强调句型：
It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
3、几种时态：
1After I sent you the invitation, I had been wondering when I would hear from you.
2We have been practicing extremely hard for months.
3However, we would be playing by the time you arrive.
4I will be looking out for you after the match.
4、An interesting fact about him was that he never swore on stage, which is a far cry from some of the modern comedians. a far cry from 大相径庭，天壤之别，相去甚远。
5、Another interesting fact about him was that he died three days after the rock and roll star, Elvis Presley. 猫王。
6、What can you infer from the fact that Groucho was the host of the quiz show You Bet Your Life? that引导同位语从句。
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---What’s so funny of Lesson1, Unit 4 Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 10: (课本10页, L1, U4, B2)
An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
Sherlock Holmes asked his faithful friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. “Millions and millions of stars,” said Dr. Watson. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, he believed there are millions of galaxies and billions of planets. He deduced that it was probably a quarter past three based on the scientific measurement of time. From the current atmosphere he forecasted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. Watson didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance . Actually he was the amazing clown.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text---My Favorite Comedian of Lesson3, Unit 4, Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 25: (课本25页, L3, U4, B2)
Undoubtedly, one of the funniest and well-known comedians in the world has to be Rowan Atkinson, who is mostly known as Mr. Bean. He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years. Mr. Bean’s extraordinary actions or tricks seem to have universal appeal to people of all ages and cultures. The uncomfortable and desperate situations he gets himself into are just so ridiculous that it’s impossible not to laugh.
Rowan Atkinson is rarely seen out of character, although generally people know his name and nationality. Contrary to his character on screen, he is highly educated. He received a scholarship to attend secondary school and then obtained a degree in electrical engineering. It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
He has a high reputation among actors but he is very kind and down to earth in real life. His ability to rely purely on his face and body to make people laugh rather than words is such a special talent. Therefore, he is seen as a remarkable comedian in the contemporary acting world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5 Education 第五单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 5 Education, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1By the time she was seven years old, she still couldn’t speak, read or write and needed to have everything done for her.
2Helen’s parents got a superb teacher recommended to them, a woman named Anne Sullivan. 3Finally, she got the world of words opened up to her.
4We’re going to have a video of the wedding made.
5I’ll have my tyres checked. 6I’ll have the washing machine repaired soon.
7Many years ago Pauline had a portrait painted by a well-known painter.
8Have you ever had your voice recorded?
9Have you ever had your face made up with face paint when you were a kid?
2、As一词用法小结：
1As the water flowed over Helen’s hand, Anne spelt out “W-A-T-E-R” into Hen’s other hand.
2As Anne wrote on Helen’s hand, Helen suddenly realized that the movement of the fingers meant the cool liquid flowing over her hand.
3As Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanded, she asked more and more questions.
4However, one day as she was working on a simple task, she had a breakthrough.
5As she did this, Anne touched Helen’s forehead and wrote the word “think” on her hand. 6As she thought about its meaning again, the sun came out.
3、状语从句：
1Anne spelt words by writing on Helen’s hand so that Helen could get a mental picture of the words. so that=in order that
2Now that Helen grasped the key to language, she was very eager to learn more and use it as much as she could.
4、形式宾语和真正的宾语从句：
“I thought it strange that my teacher could not show me love.”
5、It was the first time Helen had understood such a complex word---a word for something she couldn’t touch.
It/This is the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（现在完成时态）。
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 Understanding of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、名词性从句：
1It seems obvious now how we acquire knowledge and understanding.
2It is not surprising that people wanted to believe the primitive ideas as they had been put forward by the great philosopher Aristotle (384-322 BCE).
3People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
4It is still often true today that people don’t want to abandon what they’ve always thought as true.
5It is important to not only describe what it shows, but also tell what lessons are taught.
2、长句难句复杂句式：,
Although today we are more used to typing a few key words into a search engine and waiting for the Internet to give us an answer, modern scientists and thinkers are still solving the world’s problems with this type of analysis---luckily for us.
3、定语从句：
1However, in the 17th century when Francis Bacon (1516-1626) suggested that this type of thinking was the way to gain knowledge, he was going against the views of the day.
2At that time, people believed more in the church than in facts and people like Galileo Galilei (1564-1642), who proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”, were often punished by the church with no one coming to their defense.
3In fact, when Galilei proved that the Earth was not the centre of the universe, instead of believing him, people chose to believe views that were almost 2,000 years old!
4We owe so much of our knowledge and understanding of the world to people like Bacon and Galilei, who were brave enough to step out from the shadows of conventional thought in order to find the kingdom of knowledge that today’s civilization is built upon.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop, Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、状语从句的省略问题：
1However, when looking at it more closely, I see something interesting.
2It is important to use the present tense when describing and commenting on the picture. 3They need to see pictures and images when learning.
2、have/get/find/…… sth. done He has his back turned to us.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1The overall message (that/which) we can take from this picture is that it is important to have routines and timetables, as they can help us stay organized, but sometimes routines can control us, rather than us controlling the routines.
2It is important not to become too preoccupied with routines and schedules, because they can make us blind to what is in front of us.
3Technology has become more and more important in how people learn: the Internet, videos and tablets have exposed us more to English in the classroom, as many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities and interactive whiteboards.
4One interesting thought is that there may no longer be a need for translators as, though not perfect yet, we already have software to do it.
5For instance, one of its principles is that children are unique individuals who must be free to learn without being criticized or restricted.
4、强调句型：
It is the child that controls the pace, topic and lessons, not the rest of the class or the teacher.
5、as一词用法小结：
1Children are encouraged to repeat activities as often as they wish.同级比较状语从句
2The furniture is light so they can arrange it as they wish. 方式方法状语从句。
3Maria Montessori wanted to free children’s minds so that they could learn by self-teaching and self-correction. 目的状语从句 so that=in order that
4Her works have been translated into many languages so that people around the world can learn more about the Montessori philosophy. 目的状语从句
5The cabinets are low so that the children can reach them. 目的状语从句
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 5, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
2、长句难句复杂句式：
In conclusion, education is important not only because it facilitates the acquisition of knowledge, but also because it promotes an individual’s physical, mental, moral and social development .
3、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1Sam had got/had had his life changed by one amazing teacher.
2He got/had his confidence knocked due to some bad exam results.
3She also had/got her concerns shared by another teacher that Sam might fail many of his subjects if things didn’t change. that引导同位语从句; if引导条件状语从句。
4Sam felt that he got/had his confidence increased.
4、Some of my students have large vocabulary and can spell words well, while others struggle.
5、名词性从句：
1Besides, it was believed that just by following the law, people would become good citizens.
2It is clear now that the true priority of education is to develop the whole person rather than just provide information to learn.
3Of course that is why it is vital that we always keep learning and questioning.
4We should not ignore the fact that pollution is still a serious problem though our environment is getting better and better. that同位语从句; though让步状语从句。
6、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1I must get my broken glasses repaired. 2I had my letter delivered yesterday.
3We are having our house painted next month.
7、They prefer learning activities where everything is explained to them rather than having to read instructions.
8、各种从句/长句难句复杂句式/状语从句的省略：
1To me it seems that a kinesthetic learner has the most fun.
2It turns out that I am a visual learner as I love art and also drama where we have to visualize situations.
3It’s really helpful to understand your preferred style as it can help you design strategies that will help you be successful when learning both now and in the future.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 33 : (课本33页, L1, U5, B2)
When Helen was young, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen’s behavior was often unbearable and sometimes she was troublesome, stubborn and angry with a tendency to break things when she was not understood. Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher. Anne’s technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. The precious knowledge she taught Helen gave her hope and joy. From “doll” and “water”, Helen knowledge and vocabulary expanded and this changed her thinking process. As Helen grasped the key to language, she discovered more complex words. Helen now understand the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2
选择性必修第二册 on page 46: (课本46页, L1, U4, B2)
Helen Keller was an exceptional girl. When she was a child, she couldn’t communicate because she couldn’t see or hear. As a result of these restrictions, she was often troublesome and badly behaved. Fortunately, Anne Sullivan, who was a superb teacher, was brought in to help Helen.
Anne had a simple technique for teaching Helen vocabulary. Anne would, for example, let Helen play with a doll, and then spell “D-O-L-L” on her hand. In this way, Helen built a mental picture of the word. Anne used this technique for other words as well. For example, she put Helen’s hand in a stream of liquid to teach “water”.
As Helen’s knowledge expanded, Anne started to teach more complex words. However, it was still hard for Helen to learn concepts like “think” because she couldn’t touch them, and Helen was often disappointed. Luckily, one day, she had a breakthrough. She was making necklaces when she made some mistakes. She didn’t know how to fix them, so she stopped to think. When she did this, Anne touched Helen’s head and wrote “think” on her hand. It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6 The Media 第六单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 From Page To Screen of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It的用法：A、人称代词； B、非人称代词: 天气、日期、时间、距离、情况；
C、形式it: 形式主语、形式宾语； D、强调it
1… but it’s normal to have high expectations when a film of favorite book is made.
2… it is safe to say that great films may be made from not particularly good books.
3Since a typical film is only around two hours long, it becomes a question for screenwriters to decide what is appropriate for the screen d what to leave out.
4It allowed the previously unfilmable to become a reality. (It= CGI=Computer Generated Image)
5One may think that it is the book writer who is in the best position to do film adaptations.
6This can actually be a disadvantage because they may be too close to the material and find it difficult to adapt to a new form.
7In this situation, it is clear that viewers will not be disappointed!
8For me, anyway, it is always a bad idea to watch a film of a book you love.
9CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology has made it possible for the previously unfilmable to become a reality.
2、各种从句：
1There are many times I have been pessimistic about or even disappointed by a film of a book I love.
2This is where I think many film adaptations fall down.
3At other times they are not, and there are instances where writers have been very unsatisfied with the film versions of their work.
4Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone seems to have their favorite.
5A key question is obviously how close to the original the film is.
6Readers of the book have very definite ideas about how characters should look and sound.
3、动名词短语充当主语和介词的宾语：
1Reading a book and watching a film are two very different experiences.
2Finding actors acceptable to film audiences can mean the difference between success and failure.
3Screenwriters have difficulty deciding what is appropriate for the screen.
4For many of today’s advertisers, repeating old ideas is not a successful approach.
5 The top advertisers of today believe that using humor as well as new and unusual ideas to surprise people is important. 动名词短语充当主语, 单数第三人称。
4、It的用法：
1It took Simon two hours to finish his homework.
2It was unbelievable that they made such a film in one month.
3Jason found it interesting to read the new comic book.
4The film is very interesting, and it is obvious that the viewers will not be disappointed.
5I don’t find it easy to learn language. It is only by studying very hard that I improve my English.
6In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
5、状语从句的省略：
1What factors should be taken into consideration when adapting books into films?
2Speakers have their opinions when talking about a specific issue.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Questions About Media and Lesson 3 The Advertising Game of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、1In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
2For this reason, it’s now normal to see advertisements that consists of pictures or words from experts to show people how good the product is.
2、used to和would:
1Advertising agencies would create a basic type of advertisement known as a commercial advertisement.
2Classic advertisements used to give information about finding certain products.
3From the name you would know what the company sells, where they are located, and the name of the product.
4Advertising agencies used to create this kind of advertising and it could be very effective.
5Ideas that would work in the past genuinely are not as effective now.
6These advertisements have helped to increase public knowledge about topics that used to be ignored by most people, and this has made our society a better place for everyone.
3、be/get used to doing sth.
Because of the boost in advertising, people are used to seeing a high standard of visual design.
4、部分否定：
However, not all advertising is about selling products and services for a profit.
5、定语从句：
1It was likely to be the name of a company, part of which might include the name of the place from which the product originated.
2But then they realized that it might not be suitable for a marketplace where products and services are in direct competition with each other.
3Their aim is create something that has never been seen before and that people find interesting.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
1As present-day advertisers often have large budgets, huge amounts of money are spent on applying modern design techniques to make these advertisements as visually attractive as possible.
2They realize that it does not matter how attractive the idea linked with the product is---most people know and anticipate that the main purpose of the advertisement is to make customers buy the product.
3To stand out in a world of competitive advertising, they must combine the highest standard of design with creative ways to make people believe that they “must have the product”.
7、used to和would:
|
Affirmative
肯定句 |
We used to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors would come to see us. |
|
Negative
否定句 |
We didn’t use to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors wouldn’t come to see us. |
|
Question
疑问句 |
Did you use to live in a crowded flat?
Would visitors come to see you? |
8、used to和would:
1We used to live in a crowded flat in New York.
2They would/used to climb the mountain every week.
3She used to have more friends than anyone
4I would/used to buy sweets the size of golf balls.
9、used to和would:
1We used to live in a small town but last year we moved to a big city.
2My primary school teachers wouldn’t give us any homework but they would teach us a lot in class.
3Harrison Ford used to accept the strangest jobs before he became an actor.
4I didn’t use to like seafood, but now I just love it.
5Mr. Smith used to/would watch tasteless TV talk shows all day before he lost his sight.
6When I was a child, we used to live near the coast.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop---A Film Review 影评 and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、either…or… ; neither…nor… :
1The owner of the castle is an abnormal creature, half-man, half- beast, who tells the trader---either one of his daughters replaces him as a prisoner in the castle, or he will die.
2Although it has neither cute characters nor wonderful songs in this version, it speaks to people of all ages.
3The film has neither good special effects nor good music.
4Now when it comes to advertising, often the aim is to try and create an emotion in the person viewing it, either by making it humorous or even sad.
2、The film does, however, have its faults.
3、It must seem a little odd to get a letter from your own mother whom you see every day, but I hope you will read this and take what I have to say seriously.
4、when和whenever引导时间状语从句：
1You even do this when we’re having a family meal in a restaurant or when I’m talking to you.
2You may not realize this, but whenever you feel even slightly bored, you check your phone.
3And if I ask to leave your phone at home when we go out, you sulk and get twitchy, almost as if you’re suffering withdrawal symptoms.
4I have tried to talk to you about this , but whenever I ask you to put down your phone and look at me, you said “in a minute”.
5And it’s so easy to just send a message when I want to chat with them.
5、because引导原因状语从句：
1I bought you a phone for your 12th birthday because you wanted one so much.
2It was weird getting a letter from you, but I suppose you felt this was the best way because I’m always on my phone!
3I suppose I didn’t think there was a communication problem because I spend so much time with you.
4 I spend a lot of time on my phone because I like to keep in constant contact with my friends.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress, Literature Spot and Workbook on page 88 to page 92 of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、while居中，“而，然而”，表示比较、对照、转折，引导状语从句：
1When we hear that they might be adapted into films, some people feel excited while others are unhappy.
2Some novelists have happily been involved in the film production while others like the American author J.D. Salinger, fought to ensure that their books would never become films.
2、同位语从句：
Often people are pessimistic about the chances that their favorite characters and stories will be shown on screen.
3、be of great interest=be very interesting ; be of great value=be very valuable;
be of great importance=be very important; be of great use=be very useful; be of great of help=be very helpful;
For example, people can upload videos of events they believe are of interest to others.
4、While置于句首，“虽然、尽管”，引导让步状语从句：
1While traditionally, large corporations have been the ones to produce and report on the news, things have changed greatly in recent years.
2While there has been lots of advantages for readers, TV stations and especially newspapers have been negatively affected, as fewer companies choose to pay to advertise through them.
5、it的用法：
1It’s common for people to engage in activities such as micro-blogging where they can share their ideas and opinions on whatever topic they choose.
2Eventually it became clear that this approach was not suitable for situations where companies were directly competing with each other.
3And now it’s common for commercial advertisements to have budget as big as films.
4It is also common now to pay celebrities from films and sports to participate in advertising campaign to further encourage the public to buy a product.
6、as一词的用法小结：
1Advertising has existed as long as people have been selling goods, but it has gone through many changes over the years as economic development has occurred.
2There have been some criticisms and negative views on advertising as people feel that companies are no longed being honest and straightforward.
7、used to和would:
I used to love reading newspapers. Every morning at breakfast I’d read the paper from cover to cover.
8、Language points in Literature Spot from page 71to page 73: 长句难句复杂句式：
1I had done forty of the fifty miles of curving twisting highway before it started to cool off, but it didn’t really get cool until I reached the dam and started along the south shore of the lake past the piled-up granite boulders and the sprawled camps in the flats beyond.
2I wondered who the hell Fred Lacey was and what he wanted and why he didn’t want to stay home or leave a message if his business was so urgent…
9、Summary of No Crime in the Mountains on page 71:
A letter arrived at Evens’ office from Mr. Lacey. Evens arrived in Puma Point and went to the hotel. Evens spoke to Mrs. Lacey on the phone. He spoke to the girl in the phone office. He walked back to his hotel, got into his car, drove around the lake and stopped. He smoked his pipe and watched the boats in the lake. He found the body of Mr. Lacey under the tree.
10、状语从句的省略问题：
1If in groups, how will you divide up your groups?
2If so, what will they be? 3If yes, what are they?
4If not, the company might associate with their bad behavior.
5If at all possible, register at the Indian Head Hotel, and call me at 2306. 课本P72。
11、as一词用法小结：
1I laughed out loud as I read it!
2Some people feel pessimistic about the future of theatre as they feel it is not popular with young people anymore.
3 He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
12、同位语从句：
I saw a musical version of Harry Potter recently that was wonderful and is proof that the theatre world is alive and well!
13、it的用法：
1I found it unusual that they used a cast of new and unknown actors , which is risky, but here it pays off.
2So does that mean it is better to advertise when there are lots of viewers?
3It is hard not to be influenced by ads.
4It is easy to run a good advertising business.
14、used to和would:
1Mr. Loxton used to live in an old house.
2He never used to have time to do maintain on his house.
3The gate which used to be brand-new became old.
4Mr. Loxton would just ignore everything that broke.
5He used to have an old car which he would wash every Saturday.
6But now he has a new car which he wouldn’t dream of washing himself.
7He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
8In his early days he would dream of having a lifestyle like this---it used to look so appealing.
9I wouldn’t have believed that were possible, would you?
15、While 置于句式，“虽然，尽管”，让步状语从句：
While direct hard-sell ads might be easy to detect---such as those for products endorsed by celebrities---soft-sell ads may be more difficult tosspot.
16、部分否定：
1Not all ads are directed towards the end customer.
2 Not all ads speak directly to customers.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7 Careers 第七单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 EQ:IO of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1Even if they never see their results, they feel that their IQ is what determines how well they are going to do in life.
2When they see other students doing better than them, they usually believe that those students have a higher IQ and that there is nothing (that) they can do to change their situation.
3While your IQ tells you how intelligent you are, your EQ tells you how well you use your intelligence.
4Professor Salovey, who invented the term EQ, gives the following description: at work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
5For example, have you ever wondered why some of the smartest students in your class, who you think deserve good grades, sometimes end up failing exams?
6It is generally believed that people with high EQs are open to new ideas and have positive attitudes towards life.
7On the other hand, there is little doubt that people with low EQs often have problems getting on with other people and dealing with difficult situations; hence they have a harder time adjusting in life and in their careers.
8When students were introduced to those who had disabilities, they found that, afterwards, the non-disabled students were more willing to help people with difficulties.
9To get ahead in the world and lead a happy successful life requires getting on well with other people and being able to understand and react to situations in the best way possible.
10And the fact that it might be possible to raise EQs means that schools need to make sure that their students are receiving an education they really need, not solely based on IQ but on developing the entire character.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Supported by his research, Professor Salovey suggests that when predicting someone’s future success, their character, as measured by EQ tests, might actually matter more than their IQ.
2At work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
3Professor Mayer, recognized by many as a leading expert in the study of changes to people’s EQs, recently announced the results of a study on senior secondary school students.
4Compared to students who had not been involved in the study, they also showed a better understanding of the disabled students’ feelings.
3、The more……, the more……句型：
A high EQ is necessary for this---the higher the better.
4、Focus on Language: Verb-ed Form---动词的过去分词
Ex. 9 Join the sentences by using the –ed form of the verb.
Example John was accused of stealing money. He was brought to court.---
Accused of stealing money, John was brought to court.
1Jane was scared of the lightning. She refused to go outside. ---
Scared of the lightning, Jane refused to go outside.
2The man was arrested by the police. He felt hopeless. ---
Arrested by the police, the man felt hopeless.
3The two lions were sent to a local zoo. They are reported to have settled down well. ---
Sent to a local zoo, the two lions are reported to have settled down well.
4The medicine is taken in time. It will be quite effective. ---
Taken in time, the medicine will be quite effective.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Career Skills and Lesson 3 Meet the New Boss: You of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1Most people now have no intention of following in their parents’ footsteps or even staying at one job for very long.
2In fact, planning to work in the same field or industry for your entire working life just isn’t practical anymore.
3The skills you have now are unlikely to remain relevant and be enough to help you through your entire career.
4But this is hardly a recipe for great career success.
5Lifetime security from one employer is no longer certain or even likely.
2、祈使句+and+简单句：
Keep doing this, and you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.=
If you keep doing this, you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.
3、What if......句型
What if your job disappears after working for 10 years in the field.
4、长句难句复杂句式：
The truth is that you are the boss of your career, and it is up to you to decide what you can do and how well you can do it.
5、would do
1You’d follow your father to sea, onto the farm or into the workshop.
2You’d follow your mother into the kitchen or sewing room.
3You would do the work your parents did.
6、The sentences that show irony: 表达讽刺的语句：
1You might be lucky. These strategies might bring you a nice, comfortable life…
2If you think you can wok eight hours a day and build a career, think again.
3 If you think you can’t be replaced by software or your can’t be outsourced to some robots on the moon, you are wrong.
7、Focus on Language: Negative Expressions: 否定的表达方式：
Complete the sentences with the expressions from the Sentence Builder:
1High grades are no longer enough to guarantee success in a career.
2Keeping the same job for life is not a realistic expectation anymore
3The job you have today is unlikely to be the same as the job you’ll have in 20 years’ time.
4It’s hardly surprising he lost his job: he was always late and never met his deadlines.
5The company has no intention of hiring more staff because it can use robots to do the work instead.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 7 Careers, 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1I would also like to learn more about the things that are going on in the city, as I feel that it is important to know about the city (which) we live in.
2Moreover, I feel that I can get on well with people from different backgrounds since I have worked with lots of different people on many projects for local events.
3In addition, I am also a good photographer , which might be useful for some of the articles.
4I look forward to hearing from you.
5In your application, say which job you are interested in, why you are the most suitable candidate for the position and give details about yourself.
2、时间状语从句、现在分词短语充当时间状语和伴随状语以及状语从句的省略问题：
1But when you move to a new environment or have to work with some new people, it is not always easy for them to recognize you or respect you immediately.
2Moving to a new working environment, you may need to deal with things that don’t belong to your own field.
3Learning or working in a new working environment, you need to have a good sense of judgment when joining a discussion or making a decision.
4Be confident and make eye contact when talking to people.
5Then, walk in holding your head high and smile.
6When working together with others, it is important that you have a clear vision and a working plan to achieve it.
7When working, don’t focus on what is your work and what isn’t.
8After doing your own work, always be ready to help others.
3、remember to do sth.; remember doing sth.
Remember to look other people in the eye---it’s the key to creating a connection with people.
4、While句首，引导让步状语从句：
While there may be some advantages to work at this time, working at night also brings particular problems.
5、What I’d like to do is working with high school students and helping them with their future.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 7, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句：
1Up until quite recently, it was believed that IQ was the most important measure of intelligence and those with high IQs were the ones who got ahead in life.
2Professor Salovey, the expert who invented the term, explains that in the workplace IQ gets you employed but EQ gets you promoted.
3For example, if students who are highly academic and intelligent fail to achieve the grades (which/that) they deserve in exams it may be because they have lower EQs.
4Logical thinking, which is the ability to use our reason well, will be highly useful in the workplace, as it will help us use our knowledge to persuade others.
5And given that people will not stay in the same career for long, we can expect that we will have to go back to education and training at some stage to be qualified to work in another field.
6As the company is determined to find the right candidates, they will ask a lot of detailed questions to find out what you know about the company.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Given the fast pace of the job market now, 21st century employees are faced with challenges that their parents never experienced.
2Compared to previous generations, standards are set higher for them and they are expected to have more qualifications and a wider range of new and essential skills.
3Required to innovate constantly, 21st century employees need to be ready to adapt to new challenges and roles quickly.
4Thrown into a hyper-connected workplace, today’s graduates will also have to prepare to move around to jobs at different companies.
5Designed to be more dynamic and inspiring, working environments will be more exciting than offices of the past.
6Workers will happily enjoy many extra benefits, such as gyms and games rooms, provided by companies.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1Most people tend to associate good results in IQ tests with intelligence, but believe it or not, there is more to the issue than you may first realize.
2The most important skills are comprehension and critical thinking, both of which help you to become more logical in your work and persuade others to agree with your approaches.
3There is a strong chance that people will regularly train again to learn more skills until they reach the time (that/when) they stop working.
4An increasing number of them will work at start-ups, which will be seen as providing a more dynamic and exciting working environment than their parents would have been used to.
5Alternatively, , you can decide to leave the traditional career path altogether and set up your own company, which means that all the decisions can be made by you instead of your boss or your company.
4、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1It isn’t common for children to have the same job as their parents anymore.
2There are hardly any jobs that a robot can’t do.
3People with limited computer skills are unlikely to be successful in any career.
4It is no longer strange for people to have several careers during their life.
5The manager has no intention of giving her a promotion because she’s lazy.
5、Reading and Writing on Page 81------Survival of the Fittest
1Between now and the 21st century, citizens of the world’s richest and most advanced nations will find it more and more difficult to keep up with the demand for change.
形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语。
2Now we find ourselves living at the end of the timeline that Toffler imagined and we’re still experiencing rapid changes, not least in the world of work.
find sb./oneself doing sth.; find sth. done
3People will also need to move around more so they can take different jobs at different companies, because this will give them their best chance of climbing the career ladder, as the number of internal promotions falls.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---EQ;IQ of Lesson1,Unit 7 Careers, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 10 : (课本10页,L1,U7,B3)
Most students feel their IQ, which refers to Intelligence Quotient, is what determines how well they are going to do in life, but new research suggests that EQ is a better way for predicting success. Professor Salovey says it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He may be right. Students with high IQs sometimes end up failing exams and this may be due to a lower EQ. The association between IQ and EQ is interesting. People with low EQs find it harder adjusting in life and in their careers. Altogether, the results of studies show that a high EQ is necessary for getting on with people and being able to react in the best way. So schools need to be sure to develop a student’s entire character.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Career Skills of Lesson 2, Unit 7,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 13 : (课本13页,L2,U7,XB B3)
Kristy comes to a guidance counselor, Mr. McDougall, for advice on future jobs. Mr. McDougall says there’ll be new jobs related to information technology, bio-technology and green technology. So he advises Kristy to learn different kinds skills. First, he thinks the ability to learn new skills is important because in the future people may have four or five different jobs over many years. Second, using the Internet, learning new IT skills and keeping up with technology developments will be important because these will give people the tools they need in the future. He also mentions languages. More people may speak a second language. Lastly, he says critical thinking and creativity will be crucial in the future.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8 Literature 第八单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 The Last Leaf of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、State Verbs and Activity/Action Verbs: （静态动词和动态动词）
Activity/Action Verbs: go、kick、watch、rain，可以用于任何时态和语态。
State Verbs：不能用于进行时态,通常用于一般现在时。三种主要类型：
1描述感情和态度的动词：love、hate、like、prefer
2表示“思维” 的动词：think、know、believe、understand、remember
3描述感觉感官的动词：see、smell、taste、hear、sound、
4常见的表示“所属拥有”等的动词：have、own、belong 、want、need、mean、cost、seem、appear、wish
5既可以用作静态动词又可以用作动态动词：
(1)Mick looks like his sister. Mick’s looking at his sister.
(2)I have a cat. I’m having a bath.
(3)I think you’re right I’m thinking of going to Spain.
(4)Can you see that man? I’m seeing the doctor.
(5)但是在非常非正式的口语英语会话中：
I’m hating this movie. I’m loving you work. I’m loving your explanations.
(6)A Quiz------Are these sentences correct or wrong?
Number One: Do you prefer jazz or rock music? correct
Number Two: Are you belonging to the football club? wrong
Number Three: I’m having lunch with Kate today. correct
2、现在分词短语的基本用法：
1Greenwich Village is a place where the art people came together, hunting for apartments with north-facing windows and low rents. 伴随状语
2Mr. Pneumonia placed his icy finger on Johnsy; and she lay, barely moving, in her bed staring at a blank wall under her blanket. 伴随状语
3One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain. 伴随状语
4Johnsy lay for a long time looking at it. 伴随状语
5The janitor found him lying in bed helplessly with pain yesterday morning.宾语补足语
6His mother found him watching TV when she came home. 宾语补足语
find sb. doing sth. 发现某人正在做某事
3、see sb. do sth.; see sb. doing sth. 试比较：
1I want to see the last one fall.
2I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. （课本P36 Lesson 3）
4、动名词的复合结构和被动式：
1Sue told him about Johnsy’s longing to slip away like the leaves.
2I struggled against being drawn deeper, deeper down.
5、长句难句复杂句式：
1In November, a cold unseen stranger, whom the doctors called Pneumonia, arrived in Greenwich Village.
2Are there people in the world that foolish to think they’ll die because leaves drop off from a vine?
3 This is not a place in which Miss Johnsy shall lie sick.
4They couldn’t imagine where he had been on such a terrible night.
5Didn’t you wonder why it never moved an inch when the wind blew?
6、不定式的不定式：
1The next morning, Johnsy woke and asked for the curtains to be opened.
2The following day, Johnsy asked again for the curtains to be opened.
7、过去分词的基本用法：
1What’s more, a cold rain was falling, mixed with snow. 伴随状语或后置定语
2And then they found a lantern, still lit, and some brushes. 伴随状语或后置定语
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Poetry and Lesson 3 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在分词的基本用法：
1I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. 宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行。
2“Help, help!” I shouted, swimming towards the boat in desperation.
伴随状语，主动含义、正在同时进行。
3“No; but, being in my master’s service, I followed him.”
4My mouth, opening and closing, filled with salt water. 伴随状语，主动、同时进行
5The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
伴随状语，主动、同时进行
6He was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside. 后置定语，主动含义
2、过去分词的基本用法：
Suddenly I felt myself quickly drawn up to the surface of the sea. 宾语补足语，被动含义
3、不定式短语充当结果状语的句型：（参见课本P103, so as to do 如此……以致）
If master would be so good as to hold onto my shoulder, master would swim with much greater ease.
4、as if从句：
1It seemed to me as if a cry answered him.
2The blow produced a sound of metal; and, incredible though it may be, it seemed as lf it was made of metal plates.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、I couldn’t say where I was, nor could I imagine.
2、hear sb. do sth.; hear sb. doing sth.
I could hear Ned and Conseil breathing quickly.
3、动名词的复合结构和完全倒装:
Then came the sound of a heavy door opening
4、强调句型：
1It is my insanity that has made me act so badly.
2It was the King who poisoned the wine your mother drank.
5、让步状语从句和动名词的复合结构：
1I appreciate you saying that---even though I should want revenge for what you have done to my father and sister.
2Even though I forgive you personally, for the sake of the honor of my family I cannot accept your apology.
6、状语从句：
1Since Hamlet is the weaker fencer, Laertes will need three more hits than him to win.
2Now that the poison is in your blood, there is no cure.
7、定语从句：
1That was the poisoned wine but there is nothing(that) I can do about it now.
2Please forgive me for everything that has happened.
8、I would prefer to keep playing.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、动名词的复合结构和完成式：
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night.
2、现在分词短语充当原因状语：
Being more advanced than us, they do not want peace but rather to destroy us.
3、As一词用法小结：
1They call their group “Daybreak” as they believe they could start a new chapter in human history.
2The wind moaned through the trees as she wandered lost and lonely through the frost.
3It was as dark as a long winter night without moon or stars.
4As he looked at th, e waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
4、so……that……引导的结果状语从句：
1It was so dark that she could hardly see a thing.
2But it was so difficult and so painful that she only moved a metre or so before she gave up.
5、形式宾语、宾语补足语和真正的宾语：
She began to walk more quickly but found it difficult to see where she was going in the darkness.
6、find sb./oneself doing sth. 现在分词短语充当宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行：
She took a step forward, and found herself falling down a hill, rolling over and over.
7、As一词用法小结：
As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
8、look at sb./sth. doing sth.; feel sb./sth. doing sth.; see sb./sth. doing sth.:
1As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke with a shout.
2He could sense some unseen person in the room and was certain that he saw a pair of dark eyes near the door staring at him.
9、动词的非谓语形式（非谓语动词）：
1My advice to anyone hoping to become a writer or a person who writes poetry, is to listen to your emotions and feelings as much as possible.
2Getting out and about in nature is also highly recommended.
3I recommend reading some groups of similar works of poetry from famous poets from different times in history. recommend doing sth.
10、目的状语从句：
On the other hand, some poems are structured so that there is particular attention on some words and not others.
11、结果状语从句：
The man had been at sea for so long that it was hard to remember what land loked like.
12、长句难句复杂句式：
1Excitement had been building among them as Captain McCormick had said that they were a little more than 30 leagues from the island of St. Martins where evidently sunshine, dry land and fresh food awaited them.
2At least that’s what Officer David said he had overheard when the Captain spoke to Commander Barnaby.
3The first light of the sun lit up the sky as daybreak was approaching.
4She loves that even though writers may have lived long ago, they share the same views as those of us who live now.
5McCarthy dedicated the award to his father as he was the one who always encouraged him to become a writer.
6Continuous as the stars that shine and twinkle on the milky way, they stretched in never-ending line along the margin of a bay.
13、介词with的复合结构：
A wonderful night was held for literature fans last night, ending with Mark McCarthy winning the top prize for his latest work Darkness Surrounds.
14、现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain.
15、长句难句复杂句式：
1The beauty of poetry is that the emotions (that/which)the poet is trying to convey are often disguised in images so that the poet can maintain a feeling of privacy.
2The poet describes the sail of his friend’s boat disappearing into the distance while he watches the river rolling by. Watch sb./sth. doing sth.
3The interesting thing about poetry is that anyone reading a poem can have their own views of feelings about it and heated discussions can often arise over what the poet was originally trying to say or express.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
Exercise 4---Read the extract again. Order the events (a-f) on page 37:
1、There was a crash and the professor, who was the narrator, fell from his boat.
2、The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
3、Conseil supported the professor and stopped the professor from drowning.
4、A hard body struck the professor. He held onto it and felt that he was being drawn up.
5、The professor’s chest collapsed, but then he woke up and saw his friend Ned, the Canadian.
6、The professor learnt that he was above a metal “island” and then he was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside.
Exercise 5---Pair Work Read again and take notes. Then tell the story to your partner on page 38:
1、A violent crash happened. The professor fell from the boat,
2、Suddenly, he felt himself drawn up to the surface of the sea. He grabbed Conseil’s arm.
3、Around one o’clock in the morning, he felt terribly tired and he sank into the ocean.
4、At this moment, he hit a hard object in the water; The professor woke up and saw Ned.
5、The professor moved himself to the top of the object, It was a human construction.
6、At last this long night passed. Daybreak appeared. Suddenly a noise came from inside the boat
7、One iron plate was moved, a man appeared, uttered an odd cry, and disappeared immediately.
8、Some moments later, eight men appeared and drew them into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---20,000 Leagues Under The Sea of Lesson3,Unit 8,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8, Literature B3)
Exercise 7 Complete the summary with the words below.
The professor was thrown from the boat when it violently crashed. He had no recollection of falling in but, Conseil grabbed him and saved him from sinking. In desperation Conseil cried for help and a human voice responded a cry back, just as the professor became unconscious. He started to drown but was struck by a hard body which drew him up to the surface. He came across Ned, who had also been thrown into the sea. The professor could see the “whale” evidently was a hard iron body and was smooth and solid concluding it to be of human construction. At daybreak a man opened the door and they were drawn down into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---The Last Leaf of Lesson1,Unit 8 Literature, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册in Check Your Progress on page 46: (课本46页,L1,U8, XB B3)
“The Last Leaf” is a beautiful short story written by O. Henry. In the story, the two main characters, Johnsy and Sue, lived in a studio apartment in a three-story building. The author describes the illness “pneumonia” as a person who placed an icy finger on Johnsy making her terribly ill. She lay in bed under a blanket, looking blankly at the wall. The doctor took Sue aside and told that Johnsy had only a small chance of surviving the illness. Sue noticed that Johnsy wasn’t staring at the wall but was actually looking out the window at leaves on an ivy vine and counting backwards. She said they had been falling for days and when the last one fell, she would die.
Sue went to fetch her neighbor Mr. Behrman and told him what Johnsy said about wanting to slip away like the leaves. Mr. Behrman said that was nonsense.
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night. Johnsy came to realize her foolish thought and started to become healthier.
However, Mr. Behrman died from pneumonia. In a snowing and raining night, he painted his masterpiece---a vine leaf on the wall outside of Johnsy’s window.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修 第三册/ Module 3 模块3
Unit 9 Human Biology 第九单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 To Clone or Not to Clone of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在完成进行时：
1Dr. Millhouse has been doing research into how the human body reacts in extreme conditions.
2Natural cloning has been going on for generations.
3For example, gardeners have been using a form of cloning when they take a cutting from a plant and place it in a suitable medium, such as soil.
2、have sb. do sth.; let sb. do sth.; make sb. do sth.; leave sb. do sth.; get sb. to do sth.
They trained the participants to do special breathing exercises and then had them practice the exercises in extremely low temperatures outside.
3、强调句型：
It is health that is real wealth and not pieces of gold and silver.
4、过去完成时态：
1For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially.
2Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
3There had been a number of failures before they eventually found a way to successfully clone a monkey.
4In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned.
5、现在完成时态：
1After Dolly, scientists have cloned more than 20 mammal species, including camels, cattle, deer, dogs, goats and mice.
2However, they have found a similar pattern of health problems with these other species as well.
3This has led to questions such as, “Will this be a major issue for all cloned animals?” “Will it continue to happen forever?”
4In comparison with other species, cloning primates has proved to be “much harder”.
5This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
6Natural cloning has taken place for generations.
7How has the science of cloning developed since the first cloned mammal.
8Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats.
9In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes.
6、动词不定式的完成被动式：
They were the first-ever primates to have been cloned.
7、过去完成进行时：
Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
8、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason they worked so hard to break this technical barrier was to get animals with edited genes and produce animal models that are helpful for medical research and human health.
2 This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
3While some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, others raise moral concerns.
4So far, it is unknown what will happen to Zhong Zhong and Hua Hua as they grow up
5As Einstein said, “Science is a powerful instrument. How it is used, whether it is a blessing or a curse to mankind, depends on mankind and not on the instrument.”
6Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
7 It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys.
9、a number of; a large number of; the number of
1With this technology, we have potential to raise a large number of monkeys with identical genes in a short amount of time.
2This could help save research time, reduce the number of animals required for testing.
3An epidemic can affect a large number of people in a given population.
4An epidemic is the name given to an infectious disease that rapidly spreads to a large number of people within a short period of them---usually two weeks or less.
5Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
6The number of deaths is different for every disease.
7Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
8But the actual number of deaths is probably much higher.
9An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
10、Complete the passage with the proper form of the words in brackets.
On Thursday, the Institute of Neuroscience announced it had cloned two monkeys using non-reproductive cells. It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys. The news of the successful cloning has attracted attention from around the world. However, cloning primates have also raised ethical concerns. For example, some people have been discussing issues concerning how clones will be treated in society.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Brain Power and Lesson 3 Epidemics Explained of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、Lesson 2 Brain Power Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
2、完成体:
1Epidemics have been happening for as long as there have been people living on Earth.
2Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
3Since bird flu first appeared in 1997, it has taken more than a hundred lives.
4 Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
5Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
6Having killed up to 50 million people in 18 months, the Spanish flu is believed to have been the most severe epidemic in history. 现在分词的完成式；动词不定式的完成式。
7Since the end of the SARS epidemic, scientists have been doing trials on treatments to prevent any future outbreak.
8Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
9According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone. 10Has your headache got over yet?
11The price of this drug has gone up twenty cents since August.
12Jordan has come up with some creative ideas for helping the sick.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1They can be caused by several different factors, such as a virus being carried into an area, or changes in the way (that) people live, like more people living in an area, which increases the chances of them coming into contact with a virus or bacteria.
2Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
3Scientists now estimate that up to 50% of the area’s population died from the epidemic, making it one of the main causes of the fall of the Roman Empire.
4Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
5Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
6Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、a number of; a large number of; the number of; the numbers of
1An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
2、完成体:
1 According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
3Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) is a system of medical care which originated in ancient China and has evoked over thousands of years.
4It has developed a unique combination of treatments related to helping well-being and the prevention and treatment of disease.
5But with the development of technology, the DNA detective has been used in other aspects.
6It has been one of the key weapons for unsolved cases.
7From Melanie’s body, the police have found a full DNA profile of the killer.
8After 30 years, the criminal had still not been found.
9Experts found that it had belonged to a 70-year old man with a broken nose and a cut above his left eye.
10But they were able to find a book he had owned for decades at Uppsala University.
11What have DNA detectives helped to find?
3、长句难句复杂句式：
Some scientists say the team should not have announced their findings so early---they should have looked more carefully for the DNA from Copernicus’ mother or her relatives to check the results, as it is the mother’s DNA that is passed on intact to her child.
should not have done sth.; should have done sth.; as一词的用法；
it is……that…… 强调句型，强调主语。
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、完成体;
1Since then, other animals such as goats and camels have been cloned but have also experienced similar health problems.
2In comparison with other species, attempts to clone monkeys have been far more complicated.
3Scientists have located different areas of the brain.
4Epidemics have been occurring as long as humans have been on Earth.
5In human history, there have been some deadly epidemics
6And since then, scientists have undertaken trials on treatments to prevent future deaths.
7Yes, but by November 2014 there had been almost 5,000 deaths.
8They have not developed a vaccine yet, but they have learnt to isolate patients when they have symptoms.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason why they wanted to break this technical barrier was that monkey cloning might offer clues as to how to cure illness and disease.
2As the technology improves and becomes more accurate there would be even greater benefits.
3While some people see cloning as crucial for medical and scientific development, others have ethical concerns about how it could be used.
4There is a risk that this could be abused by some companies or people.
5Whether it is a blessing or a curse for humanity remains to be seen and depends on how we choose to use it.
6Initially, it was believed that epidemics posed little threat to the modern world, until SARS outbreak in 2002.
3、a number of; the number of
1An epidemic is an infectious disease that spreads rapidly to a large number of people within a short period of time.
2A disease reaches epidemic levels when a certain number of deaths occur as a result of it and this number will be different for each disease.
3In the early 20th century, the Spanish Flu of 1918 was a massive epidemic that killed an estimate of 50 million people, more than the number of people who died in World War I.
4、The Summary of The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 71:
1The writer went outside with her cup of tea.
2The shepherd and his donkey came into view.
3The shepherd used his cane to dismount from his donkey.
4The shepherd tried to show that he wanted a cup of tea.
5The shepherd started to talk louder.
6The shepherd got a bit angry because the writer couldn’t understand.
7The writer gave the shepherd a cup of tea.
8The writer asked the shepherd questions.
9The shepherd started laughing a lot.
5、The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 72---page 73::
1独立主格结构：
(1) They appear early one morning while I am sitting outside, my back against the wall of the spitaki, a cup of tea cradled in my hands.
(2) He has a big white moustache, blue eyes, a dandy’s flower stuck in the lapel of his green army jacket.
2长句难句复杂句式：
(1)Where does the path behind the house lead and who lived here and how do you make cheese and are the sheep in the neighboring field yours and what is this place, truly, and how do I go to the mountains behind the house? 连发6个问句。
(2)It is an international assumption that when people don’t hear and understand our language, we think they can’t hear at all.
3现在分词短语充当状语：
(1)Barba Andreas names the plants for me, pointing with his cane and leaning down to pluck off the chamomile blooms.
(2)Sitting on a milk crate, he lifts his bad leg up to rest on a stone.
(3)Finally, smiling but clearly frustrated, he grabs the tea-pot with one large hand.
(4)He slaps his knees, guffawing.
6、Workbook of Unit 9, XB Book 3 （选择性必修第3册）on pages 88---pages 92:
1动名词短语的基本用法：
(1)Finally, and probably the most difficult for me was joining some new clubs. 表语
(2)Making new friends and learning new skills keep the brain active. 主语
(3)Living in poor or unhealthy conditions or working in hospitals and other health facilities also pose a risk to people. 主语
(4)Increasing the speed of your runs quickly teaches your body to burn fat as fuel. 主语
(5)Participating in shorter races to build up to the marathon is a good idea. 主语,单三。
(6)So, living to 150 might be a realistic expectation for teenagers today thanks to future scientific advances. 主语
2Exercise 4---The Perfect Complete the sentences with the perfect form of the verbs in brackets on page 89
(1)The cyclist has been performing impossibly well for several competitions, raising the suspicions of the judges.
(2)He has been representing his country at international events for over a decade and continues to impress everyone.
(3)Scientists had discovered even more ways to improve physical performance over the past ten years.
(4)I have been trying to qualify for the swimming team for three years, but I still can’t quite make the cut.
(5)She had finished five seconds earlier in the event, so she was chosen for the Olympic team.
7、Diseases come on horseback, but go away on foot. 病来如山倒，病去如抽丝。
8、部分否定： Not everyone can run a marathon.
9、the number of；a certain amount of
1Gradually build up the number of miles you run so you can improve endurance without injury.
2There is a certain amount of destiny with the genes you are born with but also you can help yourself by ensuring you stay fit and healthy for longer.
10、长句难句复杂句式以及省略句：
Painkillers such as ibuprofen are not recommended for runners as they can increase the risk of lung and heart problems if used too much.
11、Reading and writing---How to live to 150! on page 91-page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3:
1The first person to live to 150 may already have been born, according to scientists.
2Worldwide life expectancy has more than doubled in the last 200 years.
3Longevity is one of the modern world’s great success and science is beginning to find evidence that our genes have a lot to do with whether we will live a longer life.
同位语从句，宾语从句。
4Thirdly, where you live can influence your life. 主语从句
So try to live somewhere peaceful and quiet where you get on with your neighbors.
定语从句
5Scientists believe that having small amounts of things we would normally classify as harmful might be good for us, such as chocolate, coffee or sunbathing! 主语
12、Exercise 11 Complete the statement from a scientist based on the information in the text on page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3选择性必修第3册：
“Improvements in health and lifestyle mean that life expectancy has more than doubled over the past 200 years . We believe the first person to live to 150 may have been born.
We have identified a “longevity gene” that is common in people who live to an old age. We are now conducting experiments on mice by giving them the gene and observing their life span. If we can successfully do this, then we may be able to provide gene therapy to humans and ensure everyone can live a longer life than they currently do.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---To Clone or Not to Clone of Lesson1,Unit 9,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page :54 (课本54---55页,L1,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Natural cloning has taken place for generations. An example of this is identical twins. A sheep called Dolly was the first mammal to be cloned artificially. Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats. In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned. In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes. Scientists say that this major breakthrough offers the potential to create monkeys with identical genes to give more accurate research results and perhaps lead to cures for various diseases. Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Brain Power of Lesson2,Unit 9,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 57: (课本57页,L2,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Epidemics Explained of Lesson 3,Unit 9, Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 62: (课本62页,L3,U9,Human Biology XB B3)
An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
Professor Jim Smith conducted a study to compare the bird flu epidemic which occurred in 1997 with other deadly epidemic in our history . He found that the earliest epidemics took place as early as 500 to550 CE, which killed half of the population in that particular area. The same epidemic, called “The Black Death” returned in the 1330s in Asia and spread quickly to Europe. Some hundred years later, the Great Flu epidemic broke out in 1918, also known as the Spanish Flu, killing 50 million people. This aws considered the most severe epidemic in human history. The 1997 bird flu which claimed over 100 lives was an adaptation of the Great Flu of 1918.
At the start of the 21st century, there were two major epidemics: SARS and EVD. The more recently discovered SARS disease infected about 8,000 people. According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
Globally, researchers are coming together to try to identify the causes for epidemics and help to find effective treatments.
2022年11月15日星期二下午3点40分许，平凉二中办公楼211室
2023年2月18日星期六下午3点45分许，甘肃信雅达公司1017室
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 10 Connections 第十单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 How Closely Connected Are We? of Unit 10, Connections 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The most important thing is that we are always there for each other whenever one needs some help or just a bit of encouragement.
2“Six Degrees of Separation”refers to the theory that any person on Earth can be connected to any other person through a chain of no more than five other people.
3强调句型：
It was this research that inspired the phrase “Six Degrees of Separation”.
4Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
2、被动语态和被动式：
1The concept was first talked about as long ago as in the 1920s.（一般过去时态的被动语态）
2In the 1950s, an attempt was made by two scientists to prove the theory mathematically. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
3Once the parcel had been received by this person, he/she would send the parcel onto a contact of theirs until the parcel could be personally delivered to the correct person.
（过去完成时态的被动语态、情态动词的被动语态）
4Amazingly, it only took between five and seven people to get the parcels delivered, and once released, the results were published in the bimonthly magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
5Its name was used as the title of a play and then a film. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
6Then, more films and TV programmes based on the concept were made and broadcast. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
7For example, the Oscar-winning film Babel is based on the concept of “Six Degrees of Separation”. （一般现在时态的被动语态）
8The lives of all the characters were closely connected, although they did not know each other and lived thousands of miles apart. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
9Soon the game was being played in university across the United States.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态）
10This became known as the “Columbia Small-world Project” （一般过去时态的被动语态）
1192 percent were connected by only for stages, or five degrees of separation.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
12How might you be connected to the driver of the bus you regularly take or the person who delivers your parcels? （情态动词的被动语态）
13All of the packages in Milgram’s experiment were delivered to the right people after passing through the hands of between five and seven people. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
14The results of Milgram’s experiment were published in the magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
15We were given the task finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
16We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. （一般过去时态的被动语态、过去完成时态的被动语态）
17While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态、一般过去时态的被动语态）
18Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
19After all the letters were exchanged several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letters with chains of five or six people in each case.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Community Spirit and Lesson 3 Anne of Green Gables of U10, Connections选择性必修第四册B 4
1、情态动词+动词不定式的完成式：
1 “No boy! But there must have been a boy.” Insisted Marilla.
2I might have expected it.
3I might have known it was all too beautiful to last.
4 I might have known nobody really did want me.
2、被动语态：
1She couldn’t be left there alone.
2Suddenly she seemed to grasp the full meaning of what had been said.
3Marilla had been wondering where Anne should be put to bed.
4When Marilla came up for the light, she saw the untidy way the clothing had been thrown on the floor.
3、现在分词短语的用法：
1Sitting down on a chair by the table, throwing her arms on it, and burying her face in them, she proceeded to cry stormily.
2“Yes, there is need!” The child raised her head, revealing a tear-stained face.
3“You’re not eating anything,” said Marilla sharply, eying her as if it were a serious problem.
4She lit a candle and told Anne to follow her, which Anne did, taking her hat and bag from the hall table as she passed.
5She carefully picked up Anne’s clothes, placed them neatly on a yellow chair, and then, taking up the candle, went over to the bed.
6And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
4、倒装句：
1Burst into tears she did.
2In one corner was the bed, a high , old-fashioned one of dark wood.
3Midway between table and bed was the window, with an icy white curtain over it.
4To bed went Matthew. And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
You would cry, too, if you were an orphan and had come to a place you thought was going
to be home and found that they didn’t want you because you weren’t a boy.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、被动语态：
1On 21 September, the first Community Street Festival in our city was held on Redwood Street.
2The performers were rather good and well received by the public.
3The festival was well organized
4The majority of Beijing’s Hutong were built between the 13th and 19th centuries during the Yuan, Ming and Qing Dynasties.
5Because the houses were built facing each other around courtyards, the families who lived there were an important part of each other’s life, no doubt sharing recipes, borrowing mops, and burning fragrant incense together.
6They supported each other when help was needed and shared the joy and sorrow of everyday life.
7Because of the hutongs, courtyards were joined together for miles around creating a network of people working, playing and living together---a real community.
8Many new hutongs were quickly built to house the increasing population but these were poorly made.
9The turning point came when the People’s Republic of China was set up.
10Conditions were improved a great deal.
11The agreement must be completely honored.
12Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
13A promise has already been made by me to heaven!
14It is true that the debt has not been paid.
15Justice must be done. The agreement must be honored.
16You will only have what is owed you according to the guarantee.
17The offender’s life can only be saved by the Duke.
18He will be punished with death.
2、现在分词短语的用法:
1The festival was highly successful, attracting over 10,000 people from over 20 communities.
2People attending the event were mainly families.
3The acts appealing to children were particularly popular.
4There were also many outlets serving food and drink.
5The man sitting next to you was loud, spilt his drink on you, and made fun of your team.
6When learning about another person’s abilities and competences, the positive information gets weighed more heavily.
7The hutongs not only link Beijing’s streets and communities but also its past and present, showing that Beijing is truly an ancient yet modern city.
3、强调句型：
But often it is the hutongs that have the strongest impressions, as they offer travelers a rare view into Beijing’s past.
4、动名词短语充当主语：
Caring more about the very negative, immoral things is a direct result of the comparative rarity of those bad behaviors.
5、形式宾语和真正的宾语：
They were then able to place guards at the entrances of hutongs, which made it easier to keep an eye on people’s movements.
6、从句长句难句复杂句式：
Bassanio is successful in wooing Portia and they agree to marry, but then Antonio receives news that his ships have been lost at sea and it will be impossible for him to give Shylock a pound of his flesh.
7、倍数的表达方式：
1Yes, I can offer the court twice the amount of Antonio’s debt.
2If that is not enough, I can pay ten times the amount.
3Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
4Accept three times your money.
5Pay me three times the amount of the debt.
8、have/get/find sth. done
Can I not even have the loan returned to me?
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Many of you may be familiar with the idea that all of us are connected to everyone else by an average of about six people.（同位语从句）
2It is the idea that we all know everyone else in the world through about six people. （同位语从句）
3Back then we knew all of our neighbors’ names and we relied on the fact that they would help us out when we needed some help. （同位语从句）
4Research highlights it is far more satisfying to physically laugh out loud in real life rather than to replace the act with a typed representation of laughter such as “haha” or “LOL”.
5I got so annoyed when people check their phones for social media updates while we are spending time together.
2、被动语态：
1It was first mentioned in the 1920s by an Hungarian author Frigyes Karinthy who discovered social network.
2They were given a parcel as well as the name, job and location of a stranger somewhere else in the country.
3That person in turn did the same until the parcel reached the person it was supposed to.
4The results were released and published by a magazine called Psychology Today.
5She was sent to a house belonging to Marilla and Matthew.
6Marilla was frozen in amazement as she expected to be sent a boy.
7Marilla told Anne that she could stay with them until the matter was investigated.
8Anne was very emotional when she heard she might be sent back.
9I saw an email that was sent to me from a woman whose name was not known to me.
10I was emailed by lots of people I didn’t know last year.
11This email was intended to be read by someone else with the same name as me!
12Because in the email I was invited to go to a school reunion for people who had left school twenty years ago! Before I was born!
13Her email was read by a school girl!
14 Her email was received by the wrong person.
15The email would now be resent to the right person.
16I recently signed up to a bimonthly newsletter that is emailed on the first and last Friday of every month.
17This small sample of people were then sent a package to pass oh to a stranger by sending it to someone they know.
18Most of the households were made up of young families like ours.
19I was shocked to read this and as it had never been told to me that I had other family members.
20At first I was stuck in one place with shock.
21When the results of our research were analyzed, ……
22Because this experiment had been attempted before, ……
23We were shocked to see how many things in the flat had been broken or damaged by……
24The positive effects of this community on its people were confirmed by……
25My parents were being looked after in a care home in the community where they had always lived.
26But the next morning we were woken up at 5 am by trucks/lorries collecting garbage/rubbish outside.
27We were bound together by living near each other.
28Social media sites have been blamed for most of the world’s social problems from feeling disconnected and lonely to having difficulty forming meaningful relationships.
29Don’t become too focused in the online social life you’ve created for yourself.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---How Closely Connected Are We? of Lesson1, Unit 10, Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page11 : (课本11页, L1, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
The Description of a “Six Degrees of Separation” Experiment
We were given the task of finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar. So we did. We couldn’t send parcels, but we could letters. Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to. After all the letters were exchanged several times, several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letter with chains of five or six people in each case! We think this means that our experiment was a success and it supports the theory.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Anne of Green Gables of Lesson3,Unit 10,Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page17 : (课本17页, L3, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
When Matthew arrived with the little girl, Marilla froze in amazement because Mrs. Spencer promised she was going to send a boy. When Anne grasped the meaning of their conversation, she burst into tears and proceeded to cry loudly. Marilla had no idea how to comfort her. When she tried, the girl revealed a tear-stained face and told her she was in the depths of despair. Marilla asked Anne to stay for the night and she would investigate the affair. Later she brought Anne to a little bedroom. Anne undressed and dived down into the bedclothes. Marilla said she would return for the candle as she dared not leave it for the child to put out. When she returned, she said “Good night” awkwardly but not unkindly. Anne was still upset and crying.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 11 Conflict and Compromise 第十一单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Living in a Community of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、情态动词./Modal Verbs：
1Ma Ming, drummer for the rock band “Storm”, had to pack his bag.
2They couldn’t relax or read a book without plugging their cars.
3We told him that he ought to cease drumming or leave the property.
4We had to take action.
5I don’t have to do my own washing
6He could no longer tolerate it.
7We dared not go onto our balcony.
8We could hardly get rid of the smell of fish.
9I couldn’t stop him.
10During the day, she had to go to work.
11So she could only study in the evening.
12To help her get focused, I dared not turn on the TV loud as she always studied late.
13I think she ought to have enough sleep.
14I dare not sleep without the light on now.
15
2、现在分词短语的用法：
1Being single, Ma Ming often held parties at night.
2Ma Ming’s neighbors said they were being driven mad being exposed to such noise.
3、虚拟语气：
The flat-owner said if he had known that Ma Ming was a drummer, he wouldn’t have rented the flat to him.
4、动名词短语的用法：
1Why does Mr. Smith recommend staying in a library?
2Getting enough sleep is important for people’s health.
3Otherwise he didn’t really mind having to leave the flat.
4Living in a hotel means the hotel staff makes the bed every day.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1He’s bitter over the fact that people thought of his music as “noise”. （同位语从句）
2Mckay’s wife, Laurence said that, while Mckay is usually a peaceful and pleasant person, he had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
3She added that it wasn’t only the water falling onto their balcony from Smith watering his plants that bothered them, but also the way (that) he cleaned his fish tanks.
4We’d be sitting there happily reading our newspaper, when suddenly so much water would come from above that we’d be as wet as if we had showered with our clothes on!
6、被动语态：
1 They were being driven mad
2 He had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Dealing with Conflict and Lesson 3 War Memories of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册
XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Do Chuc is a 48-year-oldVietnamese farmer whose two daughters and aunt were killed by American soldiers in My Lai that day. （定语从句）
2He and his family were eating breakfast when the American soldiers entered the village and ordered all civilians out of their homes. （并列分句）
3Together with other villagers, they were marched a few hundred metres into the village square where they were told to sit. （定语从句）
4Then he watched in surprise as the soldiers set up a machine gun. （时间状语从句）
5One of their men, speaking in English, said that he had worked in England for dome years and that he was fed up to the neck with this war and would be glad when it was over. （宾语从句、时间状语从句）
6We told him he wasn’t the only one who was fed up with it （定语从句）
7The German officer asked Bill if we would like some beer and they brought them over to us. （宾语从句）
8The officers came to an understanding that we would celebrate Christmas in temporary peace until midnight.（同位语从句）
9Just before midnight, we all decided not to start firing before they did.
（时间状语从句）
10One of their men shouted across in English and asked how we had enjoyed the beer.
（宾语从句）
11We replied that we were very grateful and spent the whole day chatting with them.
（宾语从句）
12I got a phone call from the chief nurse, saying, “You’ve got a patient there who is going to get an award . Make sure that the ward looks good.” （定语从句、宾语从句）
13“Let’s clean up the ward because we’ve got VIPs coming in.” （原因状语从句）
14When he was waking up after the surgeon had finished, he whispered, “Don’t you remember me, ma’am?” （时间状语从句）
15But really I didn’t because there were so many of them. （原因状语从句）
16The general was coming to give him the award because he happened to be number 20,000 to come through this hospital. （原因状语从句）
17They had this little ceremony, where they presented him with a Purple Heart and a watch. （非限制性定语从句）
18As the general handed him the watch, “from the army, to show our appreciation, ” the kid more or less threw the watch back at him. （时间状语从句）
19If I remember correctly, I started sobbing and I think (that) he was crying , too.
（条件状语从句、宾语从句）
20That was the only time (that) I let somebody see what I felt. （定语从句、宾语从句）
21It took a lot for him to do that, and it sort of said what this war was all about to me.
（宾语从句）
22We were walking slowly back to the base at about midnight, talking about the evening, when someone mentioned South Africa’s famous wild animals. （并列分句）
23We were chatting about stories (that/which) we’d heard when suddenly my friend, Bob, begged us to be quiet. （定语从句）
24I stayed there till morning when I climbed out and walked back to the base.
（时间状语从句）
25They thought (that) I’d been eaten! （宾语从句）
26I swore that I’d never go thinking and then walking in the wild at night again.
（宾语从句）
27Discuss the ways in which war causes suffering. （定语从句）
2、介词with的复合结构：
Two of our men then threw their equipment off and climbed out of the trench with their hands above their heads as our representatives.
3、have/get/find sth. done
This time he’d had both his legs blown off---he was all-of-about 20years old.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1In many countries, there are already laws which do not allow advertising for tobacco products like cigarettes. （定语从句）
2If children see fewer advertisements on TV of people doing these activities, they are much less likely to try to copy their behavior. （条件状语从句）
3A reason why people are against the idea is that making the products creates jobs and brings in large amounts of tax. （定语从句、表语从句）
4The money invested in making these unhealthy products could be used for more worthwhile business, such as those that improve our environment. （定语从句）
5Furthermore, it is not right to make money from activities which harm human health.
（定语从句）
6The case of an American woman, Terri Schiavo, whose husband won a legal battle to have her taken off life support machines after she spent 15 years in a coma-like state, has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue that surround the care of coma patients. （定语从句、时间状语从句、定语从句）
本长句可以缩略为：The case has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue。
7Even though 15 years had passed, Terri’s parents still believed that her coma was only temporary. （让步状语从句、宾语从句）
8Her husband disagreed and said that Terri would not have wanted to live on in this state. （宾语从句）
9Others claimed that life is sacred, which no one has the right to end , but many would say it (that) was the right thing to do for Terri.
（宾语从句、非限制性定语从句、宾语从句）
10Terri fell into a coma when a heart attack robbed her brain of oxygen, causing permanent harm. （时间状语从句）
11Even though the patient may seem to be “awake” at times, their brain remains unconscious and cannot be woken up. （让步状语从句）
12Although doctors don’t fully understand comas and the process of recovery, it is generally agreed that a patient’s chances of recovery decline the longer they stay in a coma. （让步状语从句、真正的主语从句）
13Therefore, after 15 years it was very unlikely that Terri would ever recover.
（真正的主语从句）
14Even in less severe cases, doctors admit that they don’t know if or how well patients will progress. （宾语从句、宾语从句）
15When there is a minimum of harm to the brain and the coma is brief, patients often return to normal but with some loss of memory or other brain functions.
（时间状语从句）
16When the harm to the brain is worse and the coma is longer , some patients recover slowly while others show little or no progress over a period of years.
（时间状语从句、并列分句）
17Perhaps it’s not surprising that Roslyn Darch of Houston felt annoyed when she tripped over a little kid running around a furniture store, and broke her ankle.
（真正的主语从句、时间状语从句）
18The owners were clearly surprised at the size of Roslyn’s payout, particularly since the child (whom) she tripped over was her own son. （原因状语从句、定语从句）
19Some argue that this is just greed---that the amount of money is far too much for the injury suffered---and besides, it’s not the shop’s fault that a mother can’t control her child anyway. （宾语从句、真正的主语从句）
20Others would say that it’s good to see the law taking the side of the individual against the big corporations, for a change. （宾语从句）
21Take the example of the hundreds of smokers who have received millions of dollars from the tobacco companies, after saying (that) they were responsible for the terminal illness (that/which) they had developed because of smoking.
（定语从句、宾语从句、定语从句）
22Whatever you think, the compensation culture which has emerged in recent years is spreading, and it will affect all of us. （让步状语从句、定语从句）
23A group of overweight New York teenagers sued a giant fast-food company, claiming that they had not had enough warning that a diet of burgers, fries and milkshakes would make them fat. （宾语从句、同位语从句）
24The parents of a 19-year-old English school girl successfully sued her school for ￡42,000 compensation when she failed to get a top grade in a university entrance exam.
（时间状语从句）
25However, the drink was on the floor because York had thrown it over her boyfriend 30 seconds earlier, during an argument. （原因状语从句）
26If you think that going on holiday is a good way to get away from all this trouble, think again---millions of people complain to the British Tourist Authority every year, and many receive some form of compensation. （条件状语从句、宾语从句）
27We recently had a claim from someone who said (that) their holiday was ruined because they didn’t get on with their travelling companion.
（定语从句、宾语从句、原因状语从句）
28And we regularly get complaints from holidaymakers travelling abroad who say (that) the locals don’t speak English. （定语从句、宾语从句）
29We knows where it will end? （宾语从句）
30Some say (that) there should be penalties for excessive claim, or that there should be a limit on payouts. （定语从句）
2、强调句型：
And it’s not only claims for physical injuries that are keeping the lawyers busy.
3、be/get/become used to sth./doing sth.
Staff at a famous company is used to dealing with requests for compensation following poor weather , cancelling flights and lost luggage.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1There have been so many conflicts in modern history that have led to loss of life.
2It was about World War I, where millions of young men spent years in mud trenches fighting each other.
3He was interviewed as an elderly man and was weeping as he spoke about it.
4Although it was a tough documentary to watch, I feel (that) it gave me an appreciation for the value of peace.
5The first we knew of it was when we heard bells ringing and people running into the streets.
6Others were telling each other that it was a day that would go down in history.
7I was so angry (that) I couldn’t believe (that) he would dare do something like that!
8He was surprised as he didn’t realize (that) he had hurt me so much.
9The first thing (that) you should remember is that people who bully have low self-esteem.
10One night, I heard some noise and when I looked out the window, I saw that it was a van.
11I work in the area of conflict resolution for business and individuals which means I help fix (resolve) disagreements that arise.
12When asked to help resolve a conflict, the first thing (that) I do is to ask (inquire) about what has led to the problem.
13Then I can see clearly where they disagree and identify (detect) who might be wrong.
14Usually I find that even things that seem complicated can be overcome.
15Although Zambia is a very peaceful country, I was aware that there are other countries in Africa, where there have been a lot of violence conflicts.
16Since it got independence from France in the 1950s, there have been many violent conflicts between the government and rebels who do not want the leaders in power.
17This is a good thing as it ensures that there are many different cultures and backgrounds all working towards the same goals.
18We monitor cities and villages to ensure that no conflict is occurring, help bring supplies of food and medicine to those who need them and write reports on everything (that) we do and see.
19When they see my role and how others respect me, I hope (that) they feel that they also deserve to be respected and treated equally to men.
2、情态动词：
1The woman has to/ought to lock her doors at night because there have been many break-ins in her neighborhood.
2The man couldn’t believe how often his neighbors played music loudly at night.
3You don’t have to agree with my point of view if you feel strongly against it.
4The government has to/ought to introduce a ban on smoking in all public places, including parks, to the public’s health.
5When I saw someone throwing an old TV away on the street, I dared not confront them about it, but I wished I had been braver.
6You should try to understand that your parents are worried about your safety.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---War Memories of Lesson 3, Unit 11, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 39: (课本39页, L3, U11, XB B4)
Story A
Do Chuc’s family were marched into the village square, watched the soldiers set up a machine gun, and then the shooting started.
Story B
On Christmas Day, the soldiers on the frontier celebrated Christmas together. They greeted each other and shook hands. They were all fed up to the neck with the war.
Story C
The young soldier had both his legs blown off. He was given/was awarded a Purple Heart and a watch for being number 20,000 to come through the hospital.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 12 Innovation 第十二单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Scientific Breakthroughs of Unit 12 Innovation 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The Internet is an invention that I cannot live without as I use it every day for study, fun and communication.
2If you had to choose the single most important discovery of the 20th century, you would have a real problem on your hands.
3Communications changed with the introduction of mobile phones, and the way (that) we correspond went from writing letters to emailing and sending instant messages.
4Einstein then showed in his “theory of reality” that not even time, mass of length are constant---they change according to our experience of them.
5He double-checked and saw a blue mould in the dish around which the bacteria had been destroyed.
6With 18,000 tubes, thousands of circuits and 6,000 switches, it used so much energy that when it was turned on, the lights in the local town went out!
7In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web, which enabled computers all over the world to communicate with each other.
8Without the breakthroughs of these pioneers in science and technology, whether lucky or planned, the world as we know it today would be a completely different place.
9I really don’t know what I want to do when I leave school.
10My mum is a biologist, but it seems to me that all (that) she does is looking at bacteria through a microscope.
2、have/get/find sth. done
With the development of computers, people expected to get more things done efficiently.
3、介词with 的复合结构：
1With computers talking to one another, it would enable government leaders to communicate with each other.
2Human life on this planet has been transformed into a “global village”, with all the different countries linked in the chain of common interests.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Aha and Lesson 3 Stephen Hawking of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Hawking was famous, not just for his brilliant work in theoretical physics and cosmology, but also for overcoming the challenges of ALS (a disease that affects muscle control).
2At the age of 21,when Hawking spent his first year at the University of Cambridge, physicians discovered (that) he had a rare, slow-progressing form of ALS.
3In the early stages of his career, his illness got worse, but he was allowed to do research only rather than teach, which was easier for him.
4Soon his doctors developed a piece of speech-generating equipment that allowed him to speak.
5However, as his illness became worse, he lost the use of his hands.
6Although Hawking’s physical abilities declined over decades, he never ceased his studies and he developed a number of new ideas about black holes.
7Hawking believed that the birth of the universe (the “Big Bang”) created many small black holes.
8His theory was that there was a sort of hole in the centre of a black hole.
9However, many people could not really understand what he had written.
10Hawking argued that we should look for a different way to discover the deepest secrets of the universe.
11Instead of trying to find one big new explanation, scientists should put together all the ideas that they already have.
12He said (that) it had not prevented him from having a family, and being successful in his work.
13My expectations were reducing to zero when I was 21.
14And he believed (that) this was because of the help (that/which) he received from his family and a large number of people and organizations.
15While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined.
16Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person.
17He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
18However, in spite of not being able to talk, he was still able to communicate by raising his eyebrows when someone pointed to the right letter on a spelling card.
19What’s the most serious problem that’s ever happened to you?
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1James Watt was an engineer, scientist and inventor, who was born in Scotland in 1736.
2One day when he was 12 years old, he was sitting in his family kitchen watching a kettle boiling water.
3As the water boiled, the steam made the top of the kettle bounce up and down.
4He thought deeply about what was happening, as steam was only water but seemed to be powerful enough to lift a kettle top.
5He reflected further on the process, estimating how much power could be created by a larger amount of water.
6This was a great improvement on the Newcomen steam engine, which was commonly used at the time.
7Steam engines helped to power factories that started the Industrial Revolution.
8In the area of transportation, steam engines were used to power trains and boats, helping people to travel greater distances in much shorter times.
9Because of the invention of paper, China was one of the first nations to start producing historical records, maps and literature.
10Early Chinese scientists discovered how they could make something explode.
11This invention made it much quicker and easier to reproduce written work and led to the first ever mass-production of books and literature.
（形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
12In the West, magnetism was not discovered until the 15th century.
（……not……until……句型）
13One regulates almost everything (that) we do, another affects the way (that) we eat, and the last has changed the very look of our cities.
14Refrigerators as we know them today work very differently.
15Compressed gases in a metal coil inside the refrigerator stuck the heat out of the surrounding air as the gases expanded.
16Now it is a common object in most homes and people would find it difficult to imagine living without it. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
17But it wasn’t until 1857 that a man called Elisha Otis designed and built a machine
that used hydraulics to carry people between the floors of a building.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型、定语从句）
18In 1880, a German inventor, Werner von Siemens, introduced the first electric powered elevator---and the lift, as we know it today, was born.
19Elevators have changed not only our lives by making it possible to live in bigger and taller buildings, but also the city skylines. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
20Modern Chinese cities like Beijing, Shanghai and Hong Kong would look very different indeed if the elevator hadn’t been invented.（虚拟语气）
21Next time you rely on any of these inventions, be grateful and think about the science and imagination that have gone into them and how much they have changed our everyday life.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Every great idea needs someone who has an incredible vision and is willing tobe a pioneer.
2100 years ago, could people have imagined that there would be an International Space Station orbiting the Earth? （can/could have done sth.）
3There are so many amazing scientists and scientific discoveries that it is hard to choose the most important one.
4He showed us that mass, energy and time are not constant, which changed our entire understanding of the universe.
5Einstein changed our understanding of ourselves and the universe around us, but it was Alexander Fleming, who, I think, changed the quality of our lives.
6His discovery that blue mould, a form of penicillin, could kill bacteria, saved millions of people around the world. （同位语从句）
7It wasn’t until 1990 that Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型）
8The doctors were not sure at first what was wrong as it was such a rare illness.
9 Although I am prevented from doing a lot of things (that) I would like to do, I discovered that I really enjoy maths, science and astronomy.
10What I mean is that it’s good to have time to do nothing, to just sit and feel bored.
2、Literature Spot--- The Martian Chronicles---the colonization of Mars by Earth people ---地球人殖民火星
1And every morning you could see Mr. K eating the golden fruits that grew from the crystal walls, or cleaning the house with handfuls of magnetic dust which , taking all dirt with it, blew away on the hot wind.
2Afternoons, when the fossil sea was warm and motionless, and the wine trees stood still in the yard, and the little Martian bone town was all enclosed, and no one drifted out their doors, you could see Mr. K himself in his room, reading from a metal book with raised hieroglyphs over which he brushed his hand, as one might play a harp.
（3个用and 连接的并列的时间状语从句、定语从句、时间状语从句）
3 And from the book, as his fingers stroked, a voice sang, a soft ancient voice, which told tales of when the sea was red steam on the shore and ancient men had carried clouds of metal insects and electric spiders into battle.
4Mr. and Mrs. K had lived by the dead sea for 20 years and their ancestors had lived in the same house, which turned and followed the sun, flower-like, for ten centuries
5In the distance she heard her husband playing his book steadily, his fingers never tired of the old songs.
6Quietly she wished (that) he might one day again spend as much time holding and touching her like a little harp as he did to his incredible books.
7She lay back in a chair that moved to take shape even as she moved.
3、动名词的复合结构：
The evidence gathered so far, has led to many experts suggesting(proposing) that a human mission to Mars should be attempted.
4、recommend +that宾语从句
1They have recommended that countries work together to provide investment and expertise.
2Physicists also recommended that alternative fuel and energy sources would need to be researched.
5、同位语从句：
If humans can reach Mars and the theory that water is hidden deep in the planet proves true, then it would be the greatest scientific achievement in history.
6、while
1While I was sitting on the beach, it just came to me.
2His new idea succeeded in adapting DNA and genes to “turn off” certain bad ones while keeping the healthy parts active.
7、As an additional benefit, we find that people who have diabetes, another chronic illness, could also benefit from the treatment.
8、Ever since my parents bought me a microscope for my birthday, I’ve just been hooked on science.
9、It’s amazing that many scientists seem to have had an incredible “ahs moment”.
10、He perceived the universe in a way that I think only Einstein had before.
11、She designed a mobile phone app that allows people with learning difficulties to improve their reading skills.
12、Many users of the app have said that they prefer using it instead of other more traditional methods.
13、Reading and Writing---A Profile of Elon Musk
Workbook, P91---P92, Unit 12, XB Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on P91---P92 (课本91---92页, Workbook, U12, B4)
1Using his own fortune, Musk founded his company that designs rockets and space vehicles.
2Musk also received contracts from NASA and the US space agency, thus making history by proving, that the concept of commercial space exploration was both possible and affordable.
3The company is named after Nicolai Tesla, the Serbian American inventor and physicist, who is best known for designing the AC electrical system.
4By creating opportunities to explore new planets, Musk believes that in the event of a major catastrophe on Earth, there would be the potential for the human race to continue elsewhere.
5According to Musk, “I came to the conclusion that we should aspire to increase the scope and scale of human consciousness in order to better understand what questions to ask. Really, the only thing that makes sense is to strive for greater collective enlightenment.”
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Stephen Hawking of Lesson 3, Unit 12, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 60 (课本60页,L3, U12, B4)
Stephen Hawking was born in 1942. He studied at University of Oxford and Cambridge, but at the age of 21, he was diagnosed with a serious disease. However, he finished his studies and got a job at the University of Cambridge and continued his work in theoretical physics and cosmology . While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined. In 1985, after an operation, he started to use speech-generating equipment to help him talk. However, Hawking never ceased his studies and he continued to develop his theories on black holes. Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person. From his diagnosis at 21 he regarded everything since then as a bonus. He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
2023年3月6日星期一下午4点30分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室
完成电脑录入
,
※The writer hung decorations on the branches.
※Granny and the writer stuffed the turkey.
※Granny took a seat by the fire.
47、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: (4Read the story again and complete the timeline)
In the middle of November on a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the present I wanted.
In December, Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite Christmas song over and over.
On Christmas Eve, Granny and the writer left sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas. Granny and the writer put a stoking at the end of the bed
On Christmas Day, the whole family, together with Auntie Kath and Cousin David, had Christmas lunch. The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
48、The Summary of the Reading Text---A Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens of Literature Spot , Book 1 必修第一册 on page 71:
Scrooge’s nephew invited him for Christmas dinner. Jacob Marley appeared and told Scrooge about the three ghosts. The Ghost of Christmas Past showed Scrooge his life when he was young. The Ghost of Christmas Present showed Scrooge the Cratchit family’s Christmas dinner. The Ghost of Christmas Future showed Scrooge what was going to happen to him. Ebenezer Scrooge enjoyed Christmas Day and started to be generous. Bob Cratchit arrived late on the day after Christmas.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4第四单元 Information Technology
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Think about not just the individual sounds , but also think about the overall feeling of the sentence. not only......but also......
2Focus on the mouths of native speakers and pay attention to your own mouth positions as you’re practicing sounds.
3Practicing individual sounds is more important than practicing stress.
4A baby watches his mother’s mouth closely when she speaks, because he wants the combination of the visual information and what he’s hearing.
5Children repeat themselves to build muscle memory and to develop the fine and subtle changes in mouth position needed for speaking a language.
2、1In practicing, it would make no sense to sing the song from start to finish over and over.
2It’s easy for your English to be natural and clear when you’re hardly moving your mouth at all.
3、1I use apps to buy things online.
2The First Industrial Revolution used water and steam power to mechanize production.
4、These digital identities, known as avatars, are a key part of how people use the Internet to communicate and express themselves.
5、Focus on language: Past Future 过去将来时态 The future in the past
1Yet, very few people knew that future avatars would have such a wide variety of forms and uses. 2When people started creating their own avatars, they discovered that they were going to have the power to create new identities that did not look or act like their real selves at all.
3When Internet users realized that their avatars would be seen by many people, not just their friends, they started having more than one avatar.
6、各种从句
1They also experiment with things like different hairstyles---which says a lot, perhaps, about what they want to look like.
2Some users worry that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world.
3The use of several avatars can be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online.
4They look forward to a time when their avatar will act like a real person and travel around bigger, more exciting virtual worlds.
5As we know, important social skills are developed through direct contact with other people.
6How many followers do I have? ---though we know that the number of “likes” or followers cannot compare to having long-term and rewarding friendships.
7Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be.
8And with online communication you can never be 100 percent sure that the people you are chatting to are being honest about who they are.
9Because of this, going online can be particularly dangerous for people who are easily influenced or too trusting.
10You can stay in touch with friends no matter where you are or what you are doing.
11There are so many online tools you ca use to be creative.
12To me, this is a very thought-provoking argument, as it points out the benefits of online friendships.
13As Eileen Kennedy Moore, an authority on the subject, points out, online friends “fill holes real-life friends can’t”.
14This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today.
15Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
16That’s why I believe that books about foreign cultures of imaginary worlds are the best.
7、1Listening for key words helps you understand the conversation better and find the answers to questions more quickly.
2Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact.
3Talking to people online or having a friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real-life communication.
4In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centred because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers.
8、1Before listening, read the questions carefully.
2While listening, pay attention to the words related to the questions.
3If so, list them below.
4It also makes the art accessible to the world while protecting the original artworks for the future.
5A tool that tracks and shows your pulse rate while you exercise.
6But some classmates expressed concerns about online safety when using avatars.
7When reading an article online, it’s important not to skim too much, so that you can understand the full context.
8When browsing social media, people often see photographs and stories showing beautiful holidays, fun parties and fashionable clothes.
9、1While the Internet can bring people closer together, it can also harm friendships.
While 句首=although=though. “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句。
2While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy
3While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
4Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
10、According to a parenting expert, Denise Daniels, communicating through a screen makes it more difficult for children to concentrate or show kindness to others.
it 形式主语；more difficult 宾语补足语；for children to concentrate or show kindness to others 动词不定式的复合结构充当真正的宾语。
11、It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
（课本P94）强调句句型
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型 B1U2 Workbook P85
12、1Using a smart phone, a tablet or a computer, you can be in contact at home and also where you are on the move. 现在分词短语充当方式方法状语。
2Walking into the China Pavilion at Expo 2010 in Shanghai, people were amazed by the sight of a huge digital painting.
3You can see the wind blowing through the trees and across the water.
4Since then, she has been addicted to the Internet, using different kinds of software applications on her mobile device.
13、各种从句：
1Digital technology allows today’s artists to express their ideas in ways that ancient artists would not believe possible.
2Information Technology has developed in ways that people would never have imagined.
3Dunhuang Caves, which are protected ancient treasures in the Gobi desert in a remote part of Northwest China, are filled with invaluable paints and sculptures.
4The good news for art lovers who cannot travel and for the caves themselves is that scientists have created a 360-degree, 3D digital projection of the caves
5What students dislike is that in order to use apps these days, they are often required to set up an account and put in personal information.
6Then, something happened that changed how she felt about online communication.
7At first, my father had some concerns that she was spending too much time in virtual world, but now he sees how happy she is.
8We are all very proud of her as she has proven that it’s never too late to learn a new skill.
14、过去将来时态：课本P24
1Nobody at that time imagined that 20 years later people would have phones in their pockets and would use them for many functions other than just making calls.
2At that time, even scientists didn’t realise that one day people would be able to connect with family and friends anywhere through video chats.
3And most certainly, people back in the1980s wouldn’t understand that clothing and delicious food would be sent to their homes by simply using an app on the phone.
15、Nearly one third of the students have tried apps with the latest technologies like VR, AR and MR. 分数的表达方式。
16、1She thought online communication wasn’t worth spending time on and it made people more self-centred. be worth doing sth.
2All her friends seemed to spend about 90 percent of their time talking to friends on the Internet and only about 10 percent talking to them in real life. 百分数的表达方式。
3She spends a lot of time each day exploring websites and chatting with other people online.
17、From then on, neither of them criticized anyone for having online friendships.
neither; either; either... or... ; neither... nor... ; not only...but also...; both...and...
18、I agree with it saying that your choice of avatars says a lot about your personality.
19、He dressed them in fancy clothes with beautiful hairstyles and they all act more or less like him.
20、My mother had never used a mobile phone until she received one for her birthday this year. not/never......until......句型。
21、1In my opinion, playing computer games is one way to escape from reality.
2Having games on my mobile phone can make it difficult to focus on my homework.
22、过去将来时态：课本P79
1She would become the next big thing in the technology world.
2Her first app would become one of the biggest selling in the world.
3People would appreciate the fact that they wouldn’t have to spend so much time searching for products they wanted.
4I knew I would be able to make a successful app.
23、However, for young people today it is considered completely normal to share pictures of their lives and interact online every day.
24、Fans of social media point out that the world has never been so connected as it has allowed people to make friends, learn about the world and celebrate life.
25、They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became. the more......, the more...... 句型。
The more you read, the faster you’ll be. 九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation
26、1There are a number of reasons for this.
2The number of “likes” and comments on their posts can make them anxious about their popularity.
27、For those looking at these pictures and comparing them to their own lives, they can end up feeling sad and depressed.
28、Of course, there is also the problem of “cyber bullying” where people become victims of bullying online when others make negative or cruel comments about them.
29、We don’t have to disconnect from the Internet to live a happy life, but we should realize that the pictures we see and stories we read are only part of a bigger picture.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Avatars of Lesson 1, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 11:
Avatars are digital identities that you use to represent yourself online. You can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create your own images. Although avatars haven’t been around for long, they are widely used.
Avatars let you express yourself and give you room for creativity. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users worry that they are spending too much time in virtual world that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a positive light.
31、The Summary of the Reading Text---Internet and Friendships of Lesson 3, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 17:
Some people believe that the Internet has many negative aspects. Talking to people online or having friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real life communication. While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy relationships. This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today. In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centered because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers. Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5第五单元 Humans and Nature
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、关系副词引导的定语从句：
1That was the day when it took only six hours to break my body and soul.
2One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands where we often risked going and got more fish than others.
3As you can see, the reason why I’m here to tell the story is that I made the right decision.
4I was still tied to the barrel and the waves soon carried me to an area where the other fishermen were. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. tie...to...; be tied to...
5Is there a shop nearby where I can buy some sweets?
6We can go there on Sunday when few people go to work.
7He didn’t tell me the reason why he was so upset.
8I will never forget the day when I joined the People’s Liberation Army.
9I was born in a city/town/village where there is a famous mountain called Mount Kongtong.
10I will never the reason why he quitted school when he was in Grade Eight.
11My story happened on a dark night when the sky suddenly clouded over and we were in a terrible storm.
12Find a shelter where you can stay.
13Some things I liked were exciting scenes---especially the one where the horses are attacked by a pack of wolves.
14List the reasons why people enjoy the film Wolf Toterm.
15I began my day as normal and decided to go with my friend to a beach where we usually surfed.
16He managed to pull us both away from the whirlpool and back to the beach where the other surfers were.
17His bravery and quick thinking was the reason why I survived that day.
18Neither of them had ever been in such an extreme situation before, using just a compass to find the area where the kind of frog they wanted to study lived.
19Some people are beginning to make plans in preparation for the end of the world, when massive natural disasters occur and cause extensive damage.
2、It took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
3、1The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P31 课文
2Find safe shelter the moment you see a storm approaching. 课本P82
3The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P84 汉译英
4I felt great sadness the day my friend moved to another country.
the moment=as soon as “一......就......”，引导时间状语从句。
比较状语从句：
1It may appear strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it.
2Now I have told you, and I cannot expect you to believe me any more than the fishermen did.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4、I felt sick, as if I was falling from a mountain top in a dream.
5、1The first, the larger the bodies were, the more rapidly they fell.
2Generally, the further south you go, the cooler it will be.
3They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became.
4The more you read, the faster you’ll be.
九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation the more......, the more...... 句型。
6、1Some time after I left the boat, with my brother in it, it was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool. 介词with的复合结构。
2That leaves the wolves with nothing to eat so they start attacking the farmer’s animals.
7、1I began to think how amazing a thing it was to die in such a way, and how wonderful it was to see the power of nature.
2The main character quickly sees how easy it is for humans to upset the natural balance of the environment.
3Yes, the book and the film really show how important it is for humans to protect the environment.
4It was very tough to watch but it was amazing to see how brave the professional teams are when they help to save people who are in trouble.
8、1Why did the storyteller survive while his elder brother didn’t?
2One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm.
3While he was on the way to Antarctica, he received a massage from the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen which said he was going south, too.
4I had swum far from the shore when the danger became clear.
5They were feeling cheerful as they sailed down the great river.
6But just as they started to feel really sad and worried that their would be a failure, they saw the frogs they had come to look for.
7All of their worry was forgotten as they enjoyed the view of the frogs jumping over the water.
8As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!” B1U1P9
9After all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible.” B1U2P39
10They go whenever and wherever they are needed.
9、1Trained dogs are used to help search for anyone who is still alive.
2We use search and rescue vehicles and trained dogs to look for anyone who is still alive.
use sth. to do sth. , sth. be used to do sth. ; used to do sth. , used to be... ;
I used to get up early and read English aloud for an hour every morning when I was young.
I used to be a farmer in my home village.
be/get/become used to sth. , be/get/become used to doing sth.
I am a strong swimmer and very used to swimming in the sea.
10、1Amundsen was the first to leave on 8 September,1911.
2The most important thing is to protect yourself as much as you can.
3Their role is to save lives and provide medical help to people in disasters.
4Mr. Wang’s advice is to move away from things that can break or fall.
5Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole.
6Their goal is to reduce suffering and loss and save as many people as possible.
7If that happens, my advice is to stay home.
8In the rescue attempts, our first and most important goal is to save lives.
9If you want to become fit and health, my advice is to try different sports and activities to see which on you enjoy the best. 课本B1U2P46
11、1He had teams of dogs pulling the sledges and all his men were on skis.
2Putting on our shoes in the morning is getting slower and slower.
3The next to go was Captain Oates, who was having great difficulty walking.
4Scott spent some of his last hours writing.
5Even Amundsen was moved by Scott’s death saying “Captain Scott left a record, for honesty, sincerity, for bravery, for everything that makes a man.”
6Practice maintaining, interrupting, and ending a conversation in the following situations.
7Stop your car as soon as you can, but avoid stopping near a building or under a tree.
8The car’s metal body can protect you from falling objects.
9Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive.
10Why do we avoid doing what we love to do? 为什么不去做我们热衷的事情呢？ 课本P97
12、1They were shocked when they saw the Norwegian flag.
2The news of Scott’s death shocked the world.
3Why was the world shocked by Scott’s death?
4The two students were shocked at the lecture on nature. 课本P29
13、1Rescue teams try to save people trapped under buildings.
2Scott had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the great courage shown by Scott and his men made them heroes.
3Annaud actually had wolf clubs specially trained for the film.
4In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
5Professional organizations save people trapped in natural disasters.
14、1Read the text again if necessary.
2If possible, find a strong shelter nearby which will cover your whole body.
3When in the water, they are swallowed by fish and other animals and then enter the food chain.
15、1Stay away from anything that can break or fall.
2Move away from anything that can fall.
3I admire the way the film crew took such good care of the animals.
16、1In fact, it’s a common saying that in New Zealand, you can get four seasons in one day!
2As a result, a decision is made to kill the wolves, ignoring the warning that wolves protect the grassland from the invasion of hares, rats and other animals.
that引导同位语从句。
3Even more concerning is the fact that the plastic has also been found in drinking water across the world. that引导同位语从句。
17、In fact, one third of the country is made up of national parks, which are full of hiking trails and beautiful campsites. 分数的表达方式。
18、1New Zealand is home to nearly 5 million people, 31 million sheep and 10 million cows.
2Moa birds were native to New Zealand.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4 New Zealand is also home to the world’s largest insect---giant weta.
19、If people hadn’t taken the meat, the wolves would have left the farmer’s sheep alone.
虚拟语气，与过去事实相反的假设。
20、1Thanks to their work, lots of people were able to survive natural disasters.
2Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress. B1U2P37
3Some natural disasters are due to human activities, such as floods, drought and landslides.
4Because of this, al the athletes were given tips on how to survive on a track during a storm.
课本P82
5Because of this, in the not too distant future, we may experience large-scale natural disasters.
课本P83
because of thanks to due to owing to on account of
21、1Yes, every second counts, so that as many people as possible can be saved.
so that=in order that “以便，为了，目的是”，引导目的状语从句。
2These pieces are called micro plastics and are so small that the are invisible to the naked eyes and are very difficult to remove from the water. 课本P85
so...that... , “如此......以致于......”，引导结果状语从句。
22、关系副词引导的定语从句：课本P83
1There have been news reports of a bad landslides near the place where they live.
2The place where they live is quite remote, which is the reason why they have no Internet access.
3The bad weather is most likely the reason why the phone lines are down.
4I remember the time when my sister was in Japan during an earthquake.
23、Micro plastics come from a number of different sources.
a number of the number of
24、need to do sth.
1We need to find a solution to remove micro plastics from our oceans.
2We also need to introduce new taxes and other means to encourage companies to choose environment-friendly ingredients and recyclable packaging for their products.
3We need to take personal responsibility, too.
25、1Almost every country across the world agrees that we cannot continue using so much plastic in our lives.
continue doing sth. continue to do sth. To be continued （未完待续）
2We all have the freedom to choose how we spend our money and what kinds of business and products ( / ) we support.
26、1It’s Up to Us Too.
2It’s up to you to decide whether you will take part in the coming school sports meet or not. It’s up to sb. ; It’s up to sb. to do sth.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Sea Story of Lesson 1,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册 on page 33:
(课本33页,L1,U5,B2)
The storyteller experienced a Moskoe-strom which broke his body and soul. One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm. A huge wave covered the boat and his younger brother fell into the sea. The boat went over the edge into the whirlpool and they went round in circles. They storyteller felt there was no escape but observed that round objects fell down more rapidly, tube-shaped objects of equal extent fell down more slowly. So he tied himself to a barrel to help himself float. He tried to make his elder brother understand, but he was too frightened and stayed in the heavy boat. Finally, the storyteller survived the storm.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text---Race to the Pole of Lesson 3,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册on page 47: (课本47页,L3,U5,B2)
The polar summer of 1910-1911 was very special for at least two people: Roald Amundsen from Norway and Captain Scott from the UK. Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole. Amundsen started his journey earlier and his team arrived first after nearly two month’s travelling. To celebrate this, he planted his country’s flag at the South Pole. Scott and his man arrived later and were saddened when they learned that Amundsen had beaten them. Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive. Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6第六单元 The Admirable
1、1I think my uncle is someone I admire.
2What qualities of people they admire are mentioned by the speakers?
2、Relative Clauses 定语从句
1She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s.
2A scientist who was on the Nobel Prize Committee called Hans Forssberg explained that “the discovery of artemisinin has led to the development of new drug which have saved the lives of millions.”
3Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a dep knowledge about traditional practices.
4In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
5The reason why this was difficult was that the team had limited resources.
6They did dot have enough staff, and the laboratory in which they worked had poor air quality.
7The medicine (that/which) they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
8Even though Tu Youyou is not interested in fame, she has become a scientist whose work is internationally renowned.
9In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team whose goal was to find a cure for malaria.
10We climbed to the top of the mountain from which we had a beautiful view.
11David is my friend with whom I often play tennis.
12He has 20 books, only two of which are interesting.
13This is quite an interesting job for which I really want to apply.
14Tu Youyou is the scientist whose discovery has led to the development of new drugs which have saved millions of lives.
15Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
16Choose a person whom you regard as a history maker for China.
17Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
18The story of Christopher Reeve’s life is one that is almost impossible to imagine---from a wildly successful Hollywood career, to the horror of life-threatening injury; Reeve experienced both. 课本P58L3U6B2.
19He fell into a depression which lasted for many months.
20For the years that followed he focused his attention on his goal of one day walking again.
21What I do is based on powers (that/which) we all have inside us.
22His positive attitude inspired many people who were stuck in illness.
23You’re not going to be able to experience every single thing that can happen to others, but you can use your imagination to think about how it might feel and use that understanding to empathize with them.
24John has devoted his spare time to working with organizations which help disabled people.
25It is a job that calls for a special blend of skill, talent and bravery, as well as great physical and mental strength.
26The knowledge that we can gain from exploring space is invaluable.
27Among them was Sharon Christa McAuliffe, a second school teacher, who was going to be the first teacher in space.
28Throughout history, we can find examples of inspiring young people who showed courage and hope in times of extreme hardship.
29This was a time when the German Nazis were killing Jews.
30“I don’t think of all the misery,” she wrote “but of the beauty that still remains.”
31Of all the people who had hidden in the annexe, only Otto Frank, Anne’s father, survived.
32Today, the annexe building in Amsterdam where Anne and her family hid is a museum called Anne Frank House.
33We should search online and find admirable people who have different types of strengths.
34I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice.
35She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize.
36In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
37The medicine (that/which) they discovered was artemisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
38From 1978 to1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful.
39Are there any other things about apps (that) you want to explore further?
40Think about ways in which you and your group can help, and decide your research topics. 课本P75 Project 5
41Find out as much as you can about each person and the reasons why you admire them.
42Think about how to organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form. 课本P76 Project 6
43There have been, and still are, many admirable people---people who display the characteristics of wisdom, strength and courage. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
44Mahatma Gandhi is another famous person who was admired all over the world.
45He was a very kind person who gave time and money to charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
46Do you prefer the way (that) Chen Xi or Li Zhen started the speech and addresses the students?
47Write the name of the students whose speech you prefer.
48Who has a quote that reminds you of Martin Luther King who fought to win equal rights for all people?
49Who used the words that meant the same as “Be optimistic and always try to brighten someone’s day.”? 课本P88U6B2 Workbook
50Guido, an exuberant and cheerful Italian-Jewish waiter, gets married to Dora, who is not Jewish.
51The prize is a real tank in which they can leave.
52Here he is referring to the tanks belonging to the allies that he hopes will eventually come to save them from the concentration camp when they win the war.
53 I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films (that) I have seen---one that I will never forget. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
3、状语从句的省略问题：
1When thanking the Committee for the honor, Tu Youyou said, “This is not only an honor for myself, but also recognition of and encouragement for all scientists in China.”
2When listening, pay attention to words related to order and sequence.
3The training is always tough, but we all do our best, since we all want to earn a place on the team when playing against other schools. 课本B1U2P46
4While horseback riding, he was thrown off his horse and broke his back.
5It’s important to use linking words where necessary. 课本B2U6P63 Writing Help
4、同位语从句:
1However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret.
2Tu Youyou was noted for her bravery in being a scientist during a difficult time for science in China, her ability to use old wisdom and new methods to achieve her goals and the fact that her work bridged the Eastern and Western worlds, saving millions of lives.
3There is no doubt that he was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
4I have a dream that one day, on the red hills of Georgia, the sons of former slaves and the sons of former slave-owners will be able to sit down together at the table of brotherhood.
5I have a dream that one day, even the state of Mississippi, a state sweltering with the heat of injustice, sweltering with the heat of oppression, will be transformed into an oasis of freedom and justice.
6There’s no doubt that courage is important.
5、1Today, Tu Youyou continues to conduct research despite her age.
2Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
3Despite hundreds of failures, she kept on doing research with limited resources.
教师用书P103B2.
4Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. 课本P62U6B2
6、You have one minute to persuade the committee to include Tu Youyou.
7、形容词后接宾语从句：
1The girl is certain that Gandhi was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
2The boy is uncertain that Gandhi inspired Martin Luther King.
3The boy is uncertain that Gandhi did not win the Nobel Peace Prize.
4I’m pretty sure he didn’t.
5I am afraid that he won’t come to class on time.
6With the progress of new medical research, I’m confident that people like me would be able to walk again one day.
7Yes, I’m certain that courage is important.
8I’m certain/sure that some may actually have weak bodies, but they have great intelligence or courage in difficult situations.
9I’m not sure if that’s true.
10I’m sure that he was a great actor. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
11I’m pretty sure it was during the 1990s. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
8、Thus, not only is he known as a superhero in the Superman films., but he is also regarded as a superhero to many in real life.
not only......, but also...... .
9、1His injuries were so severe that he had no movement or feeling in his body at all and even needed a machine to help him breathe.
so...... that...... “如此...... 以致于......”，结果状语从句。
2Jenny’s injuries were so severe that she had to spend months in hospital.
3His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive.
4At first, he was so depressed that he wished he was dead, but with the support of his family and friends, Reeve decided to live again. 课本P86L3U6B2 Workbook.
10、Having once been a healthy and successful young man to being trapped in a broken body was like a living nightmare to him.
11、宾语从句中套有宾语从句
He admitted that during the early stages of living with his injury, he wished that he was dead and even thought of ending his life.
12、强调句型：
1It was only due to the ongoing support of his wife, parents and friends that he eventually found the will to live again.
2It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
B2U4L3（课本P94）强调句句型
3He believed it is the character of a person that is important and not the color of one’s skin. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
4It was Shan herself who did it. 强调句句型 课本 P85U2B1 Workbook
5It is this rich diversity and the delicate balance between all the different forms of life that make life possible on our planet. 强调句句型 衡水金卷先享题 语法填空 U1B1
6 When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
13、过去分词短语充当后置定语：
1He engaged in a wide range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle and made remarkable progress.
2He undertook an intense exercise programme designed to help him rebuild muscle.
3Gather the ideas offered by your classmates in the survey. 课本P74 Project 4
4It is a story set in 1939 at the start of World II. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
5They are in love and have a son named Giosue.
14、manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.
Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career by directing, producing and even starring in films.
15、现在分词短语充当结果状语：
1Reeve became a passionate and energetic advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, raising millions of dollars in support of medical research.
2He soon gained a reputation for raising awareness for good causes.
动名词短语充当介词的宾语。raise awareness for “提高对......的认识”
3现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
He visited sick children in hospitals and worked with organizations such as Save the Children, speaking out about health, education and child protection to help those most in need.
4He also flew the flags of China and the United Nations, symbolizing China’s wish to explore and use space peacefully. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
5When YangLiwei climbed out of the spaceship, he smiled and waved to the crowds waiting for him. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
6On 4 August, 1944, the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there were sent to labor camps. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
7Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
8Observing the natural world can help us understand bigger ideas. 动名词短语充当主语
9Eventually, Guido hides Giosue, all the while pretending it is a game and they are playing hide-and- seek. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
16、be busy with sth. ; be busy doing sth. ; be busy with doing sth. ;
too......to......结构。
1So you can see, I’m too busy with living to think of giving up!
2I thought 21 hours was too short t stay in space.
17、might have done sth.
1What might have they said to Reeve?
2After Reeve became an advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, what might he possibly have said to his audience?
3What might Reeve’s doctor have said to Reeve directly after the accident and when he managed to return to his film career?
18、1You’d better maintain a positive attitude no matter how much you lose.
让步状语从句。
2Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and became well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
3When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help.
19、see/hear/watch/observe/notice... sb. do sth.
see/hear/watch/observe/notice/feel/find... sb. doing sth
Million of people around the world, including many students in primary and secondary schools, watched the disaster happen live on TV.
20、表语从句：
“The good news,” she wrote ,“is that you don’t know how great you can be, how much you can love, what you can accomplish, and what your potential is !”
21、部分否定
Listen, not all admirable people are like supermen in films.
22、关系从句（定语从句）课本P70 U6B2
1The Vikings were a group of people who came from Scandinavia.
2By around 900 AD, there were many places in Northern Europe where the Vikings chose to live.
3982 AD was the year when a man called Eric the Red decided to set sail further west. 4According to the old stories, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he committed a murder, from which he got into trouble.
5Eric the Red reached Greenland and discovered that people could live in the place where he landed.
6In the year 1002, when Eric the Red‘s son Lief was planning a trip further west, Biarni was the man with whom Lief discussed his plan.
7He then sailed further south to an island which is now known as Newfoundland, in Canada.
23、关系从句（定语从句）课本P87U6B2
1I can’t remember the reason why I did this.
2Reeve worked with organizations that/which help people most in need.
3Look at my sofa for which I only paid 100 dollars.
4She remembered the time when she first met Maggie.
5My grandfather is a man whose life has been an inspiration to me.
6Martin Luther King is a great man who/that fought to win equal rights for black people in the US.
7Tu Youyou discovered the drug that/which is used to treat malaria.
8He is a person of whom I am very afraid.
9This is the place where she lives.
24、强调谓语动词：
He did work again and raised lots of money for charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
25、As一词的用法比较
1As they are preparing for Giosue’s fifth birthday, Guido and Giosue are arrested and taken to a concentration camp.
2I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films I have seen---one that I will never forget.
26、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 62:(课本62页,L1,U6,B2)
On 7 December, 2015, Tu Youyou was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin, a life-saving drug for malaria.
Tu Youyou majored in medicine in university and later studied Chinese medicine with experts in the field.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was given the mission to set up a team to find a cure for malaria. When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help. Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. In order to test the medicine, Tu Youyou and her team tested the medicine on their own bodies. They finally discovered the most effective drug to cure the disease.
Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and become well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 67: (课本67页,L1,U6,B2)
I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice. She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize. After her graduation from university, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Sciences. In 1969, She was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year. It was not an easy task. Scientists over the world had tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. And Tu Youyou’s team had limited resources and they did not have enough staff. Tu Youyou studied ancient Chinese medical literature and visited experts in traditional Chinese medicine. Tu Youyou and her team used modern research methods to investigate the Chinese herds one by one. After hundreds of failed experiments, they eventually came across a promising chemical. The medicine they discovered was artimisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Superhero Behind the Superman of Lesson 3，Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 68: (课本68页,L3,U6,B2)
In our English class, I read an amazing story about Christopher Reeve. He was born in 1952 to a
novelist father and a journalist mother. From 1978 to 1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful. A terrible accident in 1995 changed the course of his life forever. While horseback riding, he broke his neck. As a result, he had no movement in body and couldn’t even breathe without the help of a machine. His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive. At first, Reeve’s disability made him very depressed but eventually, he decided to recover as best he could. He undertook an intense exercise program designed to help him rebuild muscle. Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. He inspired many people with his commitment to recovery and his desire to help others. For that reason he is regarded by many as a superhero in real life, as well as on film.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7第七单元 Art
1、名词性从句： 一、宾语从句
1Van Gogh painted what he saw from his window---the night sky with clouds, stars and a moon.
2His unusual use of colour has led experts to think that Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
3He also thought The Starry Night was a failure.
4In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him.
5Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
6Some feel that the paintings look dark and troubling.
7As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
二、主语从句 1What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
2What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
三、表语从句 1However, the fact remains that The Starry Night is now one of the world’s most famous paintings.
2What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
3What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
4His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their sense of reality.
四、同位语从句
that引导同位语从句
※ 阐述详解
that引导同位语从句时，常跟在某些抽象名词
（如fact,hope,desire,thought,suggestion,idea,news,problem,possibility,chance,doubt,
question等）之后，对前面的名词起补充解释说明的作用。
※ 充电堡
（1）在某些名词（如demand, wish, suggestion, request等）后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“should+动词原形” ，should可以省略。
（2）同位语从句也可以由连接代词who, what, whose, which,连接副词how, when, where, why或从属连词whether来引导。
1If the audience stands up and applauds at the end of a performance, it is regarded as a sign that they love the performance. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N3)
2The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 4 N6)
2、定语从句1He also took a drug that can make people see yellow spots.
2 Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
3The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
4Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
5The one person in the room who didn’t hear the symphony ---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
6After all, what use is a conductor who could not hear his orchestra---even if he is a musical genius?
7What’s the first thing many people notice in this painting?
8 What’s the last thing many people notice in this painting?
3、过去分词短语充当后置定语和原因状语：
1It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night.
2Magritte was a painter inspired by his thoughts and ideas.
3Inspired by his struggle with deafness, the composer produced some amazing pieces.
4、may have done sth.
1Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
2What may have inspired the painter?
5、as一词的用法：
1His paintings were visual experiments as he tried to play with reality.
2As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
3The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years.
4As the final, joyous note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats.
5Before a big performance, the performers backstage are usually anxious as it is stressful waiting for the performance to start. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N1)
6、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1It is hard to believe that Van Gogh only sold one painting during his lifetime.
2The reason why Magritte painted in this way was that he wanted to challenge how people see the world.
3Looking at the paintings, we don’t know whether it is night or day.
4The fact remains that Munch’s The Scream is one of the best-known paintings ever made.
5It is unclear whether Van Gogh wanted to paint yellow sports or that was what he really saw.
7、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1Xu Beihong was important in modern Chinese art in that he developed the tradition of combining poetry with painting.
2The reason he held several exhibitions in Asia and Europe was that he wanted to promote Chinese art.
3The reason it is a favourite of many art lovers was that it was painted so skillfully with dark and light colours.
8、Language Focuses in the Reading Text of Lesson 3, Unit 7, Book 3 on page 14-page 15名词性从句
1Everyone knows that Ludwig van Beethoven is a musical genius but few might know how he created Symphony No. 9 in D minor and how its first show went.
2At 54 years of age, he didn’t know that this would be his last symphony.
3As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
4Beethoven was afraid that the performance would be a disaster.
5Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
6Most of them had no idea that he was deaf!
9、“not……until……”句型的强调句型
It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
10、现在分词短语充当伴随状语
1He proceeded with the composition until his death in 1827, writing more than 130 musical works, including his Symphony No. 9 in D minor.
2Writing the piece had taken several years.
3For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score.
4 The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
11、begin to do sth. continue to do sth. continue doing sth. hesitate to do sth.
1But then he began to lose his hearing.
2But in the end he continued to write music.
3But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score.
4 The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly.
12、if引导什么从句？可以用哪个单词替换？
1Could you tell me if this kind of film would be acceptable?
2I wonder if you could also give me more information about how apply to be part of this festival?
13、1I appreciate your help and look forward to hearing from you.
2Having afternoon tea was a social ritual for many upper-middle-class women in France.
14、1These videos reveal some techniques employed by famous pianists.
2The effect of the painting is achieved by techniques used in French impressionism.
Language Focuses in the Texts in the Reading Clubs 1 & 2 on page 21---page 23 of U7,B3 15、1Zhang Daqian，born in 1899 in Sichuan Province, was one of China’s most brilliant and popular artists.
2Born into an artistic family, Zhang Daqian was first taught how to paint by his mother and siblings.
3Graffiti is writings, drawings or marks made on walls in public places.
4Today, graffiti is often a mixture of writing and pictures, usually signed with a tag, which is a signature unique to an artist or group.
161Not only was he extremely productive ---it is said that he created an average of 500 paintings a year---but he was also able to master a variety of painting styles ,ranging from detailed portraits to expressive landscapes.
2It is said that the two artists admired each other.
3It is believed that graffiti in its modern form first became popular in the United States in the 1960s.
17、Some think it is a crime if done without a property owners’ permission, while others see this as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression.
181New Yorkers used to see the graffiti on the wall of poor neighborhoods and subway trains as something threatening and as an example of urban decay.
2Kel Rodriguez, who used to paint New York subway trains, now works as an art director for one of the biggest newspapers in the United States.
191What makes one of his works special is that in the painting there is a tiny insect near the Chinese cabbage.
2It is interesting that Qi Baishi’s style of painting often leaves the audience guessing the meaning of the work and makes them use their imagination.
3What makes his painting highly valued is his style of painting.
20、Picasso gave Zhang 600 works in total, all of which were his imitations of Chinese paintings 定语从句
21、名词性从句
1I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing works of art.
2I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure.
3I’m glad you liked it. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
4I was worried that you couldn’t understand the story because at times the language was very confusing. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
5It’s a pity that I couldn’t understand the whole story.
22、1It was my first time going to a concert.
2It’s amazing to be surrounded by music in a theatre.
23、The performance was such a success that the audience did not hesitate to clap and cheer loudly.
24、After attending the concert I think I now know why Beethoven is regarded as one of the world’s greatest composers.
25、Ex. 4, P79, Wb, U7,B3 名词性从句（《教用》P150）
1It is unknown what the number of artists involved in the exhibition was.
2It is our concern that we may destroy some pieces of historic art.
3Who the author of this masterpiece is remains a mystery.
4The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. 5It is his idea that the less you smoke, the better your health will be.
6His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their thinking.
26、Over the years of his performing and writing , it was clear that Mozart was far more gifted and talented than others in his field, although at times he found that people showed hesitation to support him financially.
27、Radio, television and the Internet have made it easier for sounds to travel across cultures, and styles have become more mixed.
28、If there is one thing the history of popular music has shown, it is that good musicians will always create new music from the different styles they hear.
29、The Summary of the Reading Text---Masterpieces of Lesson 1,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 24: （课本24页,L1,U7,B3）
I think the three paintings we’ve just learnt about, The Starry Night, The Scream and The Empire of Light are all amazing artworks. I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing work of art.
The Starry Night shows the night sky with massive circles of white and yellow, I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure. In the painting The Scream, the figure is letting out a loud scream. That made me uneasy. What a powerful painting! Did Munch know that he had created such an unforgettable painting for so many people? As for the third painting, The Empire of Light, some find this painting to be dark and troubling , but I found it to be rather calming.
I think different people may have different reactions to paintings, but all in all, I really like all three of these works.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson 2,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 78: (课本78页,L2,U7,B3)
Beijing Opera is a national treasure of China. Actors play one of four roles: sheng, male roles; dan, a female roles; chou, clown roles and jing roles. In the early days, Beijing Opera was most often performed on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or outside temples, The music had to be played loudly and performers had to sing with sharp voices, in order to be heard over the crowd. They had to wear bright costumes in colourful patterns to attract the audience’s attention. Symbols play a very important role in Beijing Opera. Many body movements can represent complex actions. For example, when a lady is riding in a carriage, the performer actually walks with a flag on each side. Four generals and four soldiers refer to an army of thousands. In other words, every action and movement in Beijing Opera is important.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8第八单元 Green Living
1、Most people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
2、Well, say you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up.
(详见课本P101,课文注解1)
3、1How can it matter if I leave one little tap running, one little light on or leave a little piece of litter on the road.（陈述语气）
2Of course, it wouldn’t matter if there were just a few people in the world. (虚拟语气)
3However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society. (虚拟语气)
4、过去将来时态的被动语态/虚拟语气的被动语态
1Millions of gallons of water would be wasted;
2Millions of lights would be left on;
3 Millions of pieces of litter would be dropped.
5、1The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people, from pre-school to university students, so they can help to build a future that is secure and live together in peace with nature.
2What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
6、强调句型
It is by acting together, in this exciting way, that we can involve thousands---millions---of people, and this is what is going to change the world.
7、Dr. Jane Goodall believes that the most important thing is that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference.”
8、现在分词短语或过去分词短语的语法作用
1Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall.
2Inspired by her example, he began to work harder.
3As I walked down No. 1 Street, I saw volunteers encouraging people to join in.
4Inspired by the message of the project, many people felt that we should act now, as we have seen an increasing number of highly polluted days this year.
5While recently, many have become more concerned about environmental protection, there are still some who haven’t, thinking that someone else will deal with the problem.
6However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society.
9、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Text of L3,U8,B3 on page 36---page 37
1They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were.
2They were hopeful that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport.
3People would leave the bike in the place where they finish their journey, so that someone else could then take it and use it from there.
4In 1999, the “white bikes” returned to Amsterdam---this time with a computer tracking system to record their every move. 介词with的复合结构
10、Writing Workshop--- A Survey Report---on page 40 of U8,B3
1As the diagram shows, the percentage of those who felt that they needed to help protect the environment is as high as 90%.
2Around 90% had tried to recycle waste such as glass, metal and paper, and more than two thirds (70%) had tried to cut back on the use disposable packaging, such as plastic honey bottles, and butter and yoghurt containers.
3To sum up, it seems that almost all who took part understood the need to help take care of the environment.
11、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Texts of Reading Clubs 1& 2 on P43---P45 of U8,B3:
1In Europe, Sweden is setting a great example when it comes to recycling.
2Where most people see a problem, e few clever individuals have seen opportunities.
3If the waste is not disposed of properly, it can lead to disease, pollution and other environmental issues.
4Other human activities, such as construction and the burning of waste, also contributes to air pollution.
5You can easily contribute to reducing air pollution by only using a car to make journeys when it’s absolutely necessary. If it isn’t, try using public transport instead.
6Global warming has already caused a wide range of problems.
7This resulted in the flooding of the River Po near Turin in Italy.
8In Hong Kong, it is predicted that the three existing landfills will be full within the next decade.
9They believe that, although recycling waste is effective, the most effective way of solving the problem of overflowing landfills is to encourage people to take responsibility for reducing the waste they produce themselves.
12、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, Book 3
1In addition to her research, she also contributes greatly to green living.
2She has said that many people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
3Bike-sharing in cities has huge benefits because it helps cut down the number of cars on the road, which reduces pollution and leads to cleaner air.
4It also saves money as users don’t have to pay much for it.
5I have to admit that as it is a new idea, there are some problems.
6We just need to be patient as they are still not perfect at the moment.
7For example, in some cities where bike-sharing system are in place , some people have damaged the bike on purpose, which increases costs.
8There are too many people driving on the road.
9It’s frustrating to see fuel wasted.
10 That’s really annoying.
11When stopped in a traffic jam, I always feel annoyed.
12Do you know that cars produce more air pollution while stopped in a traffic jam than when they are moving?
13Despite the good rain this week, the drought has not yet been broken.
14It is convenient to use “white bikes” as they save time.
15People in our city like to use “white bikes” as they feel they save energy and help the environment by reducing pollution.
13、Verb-ing and –ed Forms on P84, Workbook,U8,B3
1The police are examining the evidence collected during the investigation.
2Some kids discovered the stolen money hidden in a garden shed.
3The police are busy working on this motorway, fining people for speeding.
4I’ve often met people collecting shells on the beach.
5The escaped prisoner hiding in a forest near Nottingham was seen yesterday in a village shop.
6Fined for speeding, some drivers risk losing licenses.
14、She had her mum sit on the arm of a chair and started to work.
have sb. do sth. 句型
15、They say that, in particular, the last 50 years has seen a huge increase in the quantity of greenhouse gases being released into our atmosphere from factories and vehicles, and that this increase is speeding up the process known as global warming.
16、Much of this has been attributed to human activities, such as increased industry, agriculture, the felling of forests, the rise in transport and the burning of fuels.
17、The melting of the polar ice caps will have dire consequences, with sea levels rising, causing flooding in low lying areas, such as islands and coastal cities. 介词with的复合结构
18、So, how can we stop this from happening?
stop...from...; keep...from...; prevent...from...; prohibit...from...; ban...from...
19、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Roots &Shoot of Lesson 1, Unit 8, Book 3必修第三册on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U8,B3)
Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall. It is called Roots & Shoots because roots move slowly under the ground making a firm foundation and although shoots seem small and weak, they can break open brick walls. The purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people who suffer from just-me-ism. Those people don’t think their actions such as leaving the tap running while brushing their teeth can have negative effects on the environment. In fact, these actions are very harmful. Therefore, Roots & Shoots hopes to involve millions of young people in building a secure future so that we can live in peace with nature. Dr. Jane Goodall believes every individual matters. What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
20、The Summary of the Reading Text--- “White Bikes” on the Road of Lesson 3, Unit 8, Book 3
必修第三册on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8,B3)
People in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. They are particularly lucky because the city is very flat and therefore convenient for cycling. Back in the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea of using free shared bikes. They believed that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. However, shortly after setting up the new system, there was a serious problem as all the bikes disappeared. In 1999, the bike-sharing idea returned to Amsterdam. This time they were designed with a computer tracking system. Thanks to the efforts of many people, the idea of “shared bikes” has now pedaled its way around the world.
&n, bsp;
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 9第九单元 Learning
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1He prefers to study alone in a quiet place so that he can concentrate and keep the details in his head.
2He who learns but does not think is lost. He who thinks but does not learn is in great danger.
3He laughs best who laughs last.
4He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
2、need to do sth.
1We need to train ourselves to be better learners ---to actively take part in the learning process and reflect on what we have learnt.
2They attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea.
3If you try to find out the source of an idea, no matter how crazy it seems, you will increase your chance of learning something.
4They refuse to learn or ignore what is said because of who the speaker/writer is.
3、suggest doing sth. 、risk doing sth.
1I suggest doing five things to take an active role in your learning.
2If you keep paying too much attention to it, you risk missing important information.
3You might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all.
4Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
5In short: Do not stop being curious.
6It is true that we cannot help disliking some people---this is human nature, after all.
4、Your inner voice experience your personal opinions, while the outer voice tells you about opinions from what you hear or read.
5、If you find your inner voice difficult to control ,you can argue with it as most active learners do.
6、practise doing sth.
1I think “arguing with your inner voice” is the most useful, because it makes me consider the other side of argument.
2When I’m reading a book or listening to my teacher, I try to forget what I’ve learnt before or what I think about the book or the person giving me the information and practice concentrating on the information itself.
3At the beginning, I found it difficult to do this and I couldn’t help questioning the ideas I was reading or hearing.
4But now I’ve learnt to avoid listening to my inner voice all the time and sometimes I even argue with it.
5He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.
(九年级全一册，U53a课文P35)
7、manage to do sth.
1Recently, I’ve managed to become a more active learner.
2On the other hand, I also attempted to ask as many questions as I can.
语法小结：A suggest doing sth.
suggest/keep/risk/end up/try/cannot help/advise/avoid/can’t stand/don’t mind/enjoy/start/like/practice/regret/remember/finish/imagine/miss/escape doing sth.
B manage to do sth.
need/attempt/try/refuse/decide/agree/promise/expect/want/start/help/like/manage/regret/seem/remember/hope to do sth.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1My tip for learning English is to read simplified classic works because they can increase my knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
2Dr. Smith’s advice is to increase your knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
3Just memorizing the rules is not helpful.
4His advice is that when you learn a grammar rule, you should try to use it in speaking and writing activities.
2、1This is because when we experience things for the first time, we often have strong feelings of fear or excitement.
2As a result, we remember them much better, as retelling events helps fix experiences in our memories.
3When remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
4As most of us do not have amazing memories like them, when memorizing detailed learning materials, we simply need to focus on the important ideas and be curious about what we learn.
5Asking questions about what we learn also helps with memorization.
6Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known.
7Therefore, one of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review
the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
3、1It has been proved that some people have a photographic memory. 课本P59
2No one has proved that there are people who really have photographic memories.
课本P58
3No one has been proved to have a photographic memory.《教师用书》P104
4、A good strategy to increase memory is to review the material you are trying to remember often ( periodically).
5、Writing information down clearly makes it easier for you to review it later.
6、Retelling events helps fix experience in our memories.
7、1The stranger the picture, the better.
2The more you read, the fast you’ll be. (九年级全一册，Unit 1 P2 2d Role-play the conversation)
3The more you listen, the easier it is to catch on. (课本P103)
4The more she learns, the more she wants to learn.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1That is to say, most of us will have to make an effort when trying to remember things.
2Getting to know the secrets of our memory means learning not only the facts about it, but also the ways to improve it. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
3When acquiring new knowledge, I’ll try to make connections with what I have already learnt.
4For example, this means going over what I’ve learnt soon after learning and before going to bed.
5You can never teach an old dog new tricks.
2、1Living in a foreign country sounds exciting, but it’s not always easy to fit in with another culture.
2I spent a few months (in) studying at a language college in Beijing.
3I really wanted to practice speaking Putonghua whenever I had a chance, but the people I met were often more interested in practicing their English than in helping me practice my Chinese!
4I kept telling him that I knew the way myself, but he insisted on taking me there.
5But I’m used to ordering my own meal.
6What cultural difficulties did the students face when studying abroad?
3、1A closer look at the reading tests, shows the interesting fact that girls are outperforming boys in reading and that this is associated with girls’ greater enjoyment of reading.
2However, not all countries had such an obvious trend.
3And there were a few countries and regions that scored very highly in boy’s reading enjoyment , for example, in Albania,... and Thailand where at least 80% of boys enjoy reading , although these positive numbers are matched and passed by girls who reported an even higher level of reading enjoyment (90% or higher).
4There were clear differences in the choices boys and girls make when deciding on what to read.
5While reading in all forms is certainly beneficial and should be encouraged, the low numbers of boys reading for enjoyment and their limited choices when they do, is evidence of an issue that needs to be addressed. While=Although=Though
6Given that in OECD countries, two in three boys only read newspapers for pleasure proves that there is work to be done.
7The PISA study has helped show a clear pattern in gender when it comes to reading.
8Do you think the evidence in the article is strong enough to explain the finding that girls outperform boys in reading? 同位语从句
9As a mountain climber, Aron is used to taking risks. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
10On April 26, 2003, he found himself in a very dangerous situation when climbing in Utah.
（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
11So he used his knife to cut off half his right arm.（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
12This means being in a difficult situation that you cannot seem to get out of. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1Now that I am an established writer, people often ask my opinion about the best age to start writing. now that 既然 因为 since 既然 因为 once 一旦 既然
2Sometimes, my classmates argued with me about my posts, while others agreed with my ideas.
3My principal even told me that reading my blog had left a deep impression on him and helped him understand many aspects of students’ lives.
4However, he also suggest that I concentrate more on my studies.
5When I first attempted to write a novel, I struggled to think of a story, but believe it or not, it ended up being based on one of my blog posts.
2、1For example, try reading more than just the course-books.
2Secondly, if you are having trouble with unfamiliar words, try thinking about the context in which the words are spoken.
3Unfortunately, just memorizing the rules is not enough.
4I would recommend learning the rules and not worrying if you make small mistakes while practicing.
3、Unfortunately, not all of us are born with amazing memories, but with daily practice we can all significantly improve our brainpower. 部分否定
4、I can’t wait to get over there. I can’t wait to visit you.
5、1That is to say, remembering the word letter by letter is not the best way to learn English.
2What I suggest is to read, read and read.
3If you are planning to come to Poland as a tourist, you will have plenty of interesting places to visit. People who enjoy hiking should consider going to the mountains, in the south of Poland. You don’t have to book accommodation in advance as you will certainly manage to find a local person who will offer to put you up at a very reasonable price.
4If you love sailing and you don’t mind being bitten by mosquitoes, you can go to the lakes in the northeast. You can either choose to stay on a boat or go camping and practice cooking on an open fire next to a lake.
5The coast in Poland is cold but it’s beautiful. If you can’t stand staying in a crowded seaside town or can’t afford to pay for a big hotel, arrange to stay in one of the small coastal villages. You certainly won’t risk meeting too many people if you decide to go for a long walk along the beach.
6、1When we have a conversation with someone, we use various expressions to show the other person that we are paying attention to what he/she is saying.
2For example, if someone tells us about something that we find fascinating or enjoy hearing about, we may remark, “Interesting”.
3These phrases show that we are listening and encourage the other person to give us more details.
4Zhang Ming’s teachers encourage him to study quietly.
5Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
6An effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known
7、1 It’s never too old to learn. You can’t teach an old dog new tricks.
2Now I’m about to graduate from university with a bachelor’s degree in Computer Engineering by distance learning. be about to do sth. when 从句
3I decided to give myself a second chance by studying for a degree in the evenings and on weekends, while keeping a secure full-time job.
4Frankly speaking, the last four years have been hard, but it’s been worth it as I have a new job offer!
5In the past, if someone had worked for a company for over 20 years, they would have stayed there until retirement！ 虚拟语气
6I think that getting laid off will prove to be the best thing that ever happened to me.
7 So many people think that after you retire, all you can do is switch off your brain and bury everything you’ve ever learnt, but that doesn’t have to be the case.
五、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Active Learning of Lesson 1, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U9,B3)
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 block us from learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 disagree with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 gain more knowledge about a topic. 4 In a word, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 try to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 deep within every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 on the basis of first impressions.
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 get in the way of learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 argue with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 achieve a higher level of understanding about a topic. 4 In short, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 attempt to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 at the heart of every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 based on first impressions.
六、The Summary of the Story in Shakespeare’s play Lear King, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 71---page 73: (课本71-73页,U9,B3)
King Lear explains that he is going to divide his kingdom among his three daughters. King Lear asks his three daughters to tell him how much they love him. The two older daughters (Goneril and Regan) tell their father that they love only him. The youngest daughter (Cordelia) explains that she will give her love to her father (King Lear) but also to her future husband. King Lear gives Cordelia’s share of the kingdom to the two older daughters. Cordelia asks her father to explains her honesty to the King of France. The king of France understands Cordelia’s feelings and wants to marry her.
Many people think that King Lear is one of Shakespeare’s best plays. It is a story of madness, death and suffering. King Lear is old but not wise. He loves his two daughters who secretly hate him. He hates the only daughter who really loves him. As the story develops, he comes to realize that he has made a terrible mistake.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 1第一单元 Relationships
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 1, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、现在完成时态
1I haven’t seen Mr. Jenkins since I left school, but I often think about him.
2I’ve read a couple of Graham’s books and seen him on TV.
3However, I have not done as well with all my students as I have withGraham.
2、过去完成时态
1Before Mr. Jenkins taught me, science had simply been a subject full of strange words to me.
2I had heard stories about his bad behavior.
3He was very bright and he had done very well in science subject.
4I knew I had chosen a job with a lot of stress but I love what I do.
5The film had begun when they arrived at the cinema.
6The police arrested the man who had broken into a jewellery shop.
7The whole class cheered for John because he had won an award.
8The whole class cheered for John because he had run the fastest on Sports Day.
9My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol.
My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had hit a stone halfway.
10The dog hid under the sofa because it had eaten the family’s dinner.
The dog hid under the sofa when it had been scared.
11A car crashed into a tree because the driver had fallen asleep.
A car crashed into a tree because it had broken down.
12The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a pay rise.
The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a promotion.
3、定语从句
1The only thing I can remember from school maths is that the angles of a triangle add up to 180 degree!
2That was really the first time I tried to explain science to an audience and now it’s my job!
3As John Dewey, the famous educationalist, said, “Education is not preparation for life; education is life itself.”
4、either too also
I had no idea what hydrogen was, and I didn’t really want to know, either.
5、used to do sth.
1He used to explain things which seemed difficult with lots of practical examples and in simple language.
2I used to teach him!
6、表语从句
1The problem was that I lacked confidence in myself.
2The thing about being a teacher is that you have access to children’s minds when they are open eager to learn.
7、虚拟语气
1Often when I’m preparing a program, I think about how Mr. Jenkins would have done it.
2Sometimes I think, if only I could call him and ask for his opinion!
8、catch/find sb. doing sth.
Once I caught him and his friends seeing who could jump the farther off the school stage.
9、no such thing as
I think it’s important to understand that there’s no such thing as a good or bad student.
10、主语从句
If what I do as a teacher can help turn a child like Graham into such a successful adult, then I know what I’m doing is worthwhile.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、alone、lonely
1Mark never stops socializing with his friends online. But he’s also never felt more alone.
2Yet the truth of the matter is: I feel lonely.
3My friends try to drag me away from my phone, but as soon as I’m alone again, I’m desperate to get back to the online world and the intense activity that it provides.
4I constantly feel depressed, dissatisfied and alone.
2、According to research, over two-thirds of young people find it easier to make friends online than it is “in real life”.
3、I’m way beyond a shy or reserved person, but I’m wired up every day, like most of my friends. 课本P99注释
4、1Since I spend so much time socializing online, I keep delaying things that are important in real life.
2Some spent the dinner bending over their phones, texting friends online but ignoring the ones who sat right in front of them.
3On a family holiday last summer, my sister spent all her time complaining that she needed to charge her phone.
4When it was charged, she just spent hours reading about her favorite pop star.
5、1It’s funny that my friends and I chatter online so much, but we end up having nothing to say when we meet.
2And the extraordinary thing is nobody thought this was rude.
3What is really worrying is that no one I know, including myself, could go cold turkey.
课本P99注释
6、部分否定
Not once did she lift her head to enjoy the view outside her window.
7、I can’t even imagine going without social networking for a week---think of all the important appointments, invitations and news updates you would miss!
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1As you may know, we are running a school-wide public speaking competition, and the final will take place at the lecture hall on 10 May (9 am-12 pm).
2Would you have time to attend a short at the Student Union Room at 4 pm on 8 May so that we can introduce you to the other judges and discuss the details?
3If you have any questions, please do let me know.
2、1Peer pressure can happen when we are influenced to do something that we would not usually do because we want to be accepted by our peers.
2Peer pressure can influence how people dress, how they talk, what music they listen to, what attitude they adopt and how they behave.
3People who are low in confidence and unsure of themselves may be more likely to seek their peers’ approval by going along with risky suggestions or choosing the “wrong” path. be likely to do sth.
4Unfortunately, some bullies are popular and may even lead the peer group, which means others are less likely to challenge their behaviour. be likely to do sth.
5Teenagers want to be liked, to fit in and to be accepted, which means peer pressure can be powerful and hard to resist.
6The most important thing is to build up self-confidence, so that it is easier to say “no” to the peer group.
3、1They feel more comfortable alone and enjoy ideas and thinking.
2When feeling bad or stressed, introverts look inside themselves for energy and motivation.
3Extroverts prefer to be surrounded by people rather than be on their own.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、过去完成时态
1Tina phoned the emergency services and told them what she had just seen.
2A doctor from the Ambulance Service told Tina that he had sent an ambulance.
3Having found the needle, Tina did what the doctor had told her--- to inject her teacher in the leg.
4And because she had done everything she could before the ambulance arrived, her teacher was saved.
5She didn’t tell anyone what had happened.
2、English was never my favourite subject until I joined Mr. Wu’s class.
never/not ……until......句型，“直到……才……”
3、Last month, I was asked to make a presentation in class, something that I would have hated doing before. 定语从句 虚拟语气 hate doing sth.
4、过去完成时态（课本P79U1B1选择性必修第一册 Workbook）
1I hadn’t been there for three years.
2I spent a happy hour sitting a café thinking about the good times I had had there as a student. 3As I was enjoying the coffee, I suddenly saw a familiar face --- it was Mr. Young , who had taught me music in my senior secondary school.
4I thanked him for what he had done for me.
5、Either you are doing something well or you aren’t!
either…or…; neither…nor…; both…and…; not only… but also…
6、1Some young people do have difficulties in maintaining a balanced life when it comes to the Internet.
2Most young people are capable of controlling their lives when it comes to being connected and being offline.
7、各种从句
1The reality is that nobody is perfect and we need to realize that we should find ways to live happier and less stressful lives.
2If we want to show someone we love them, we need to first respect who they are and show them we accept them for who they are.
3We might have friends who are crazy about sports, while we prefer reading.
4By being humble when you make a mistake, you can fix any problem you may have caused and also show that you are a mature person.
5So, try and follow the advice and you will find that you have happier and stronger relationships with your friends and loved ones.
6Respecting the fact that others may not appreciate our hobbies and interests.
同位语从句
五、The Summary of the Reading Text---How Do We Like Teachers’ Feedback? of Lesson 2,Unit 1,Book 1选择性必修第一册 on page 13: (课本13页,L2,U1,B1---录音原文 课本P105)
Matt Dickson interviewed three students about their feelings of English teachers’ feedback. The first student thinks his teachers’ feedback is negative and makes him lose confidence. But he understands her intention. The second student thinks the feedback from her teacher is more effective even though it is more demanding for her teacher. She can raise further questions about anything she doesn’t understand. The third student thinks his teacher often gives very general comments. But he wants to know where his strengths and weaknesses are. He thinks feedback should be specific. For example, the teacher can highlight his mistakes and say things like “You need to work on the past tenses.”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修 第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Success
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、Three famous English Proverbs
1A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.
2The longest journey begins with the first step.
3God helps those who help themselves.
2、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1Do you think being a millionaire means success?
2For a lot of people, becoming a millionaire is a symbol of success and they set this as a ultimate goal.
3They spend half of their time dreaming up ways of getting rich and achieving the success they expect, and the rest of their time thinking about all the things they will do once they become rich.
4Some continue to worry about money when they become millionaires---they worked hard to become wealthy, but then they need to continue making money so they don’t lose the sense of success they have achieved.
5There is a small garden outside with a few fruit trees, which Jason enjoys taking care of.
6He was tired of being regarded as living a successful life, as a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
7I felt very guilty being a rich man without doing anything.
8Sure, many people think that “success” means having millions in the bank or a well-paid job. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
9He discovered that having only a little money made him free.
10For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
3、同位语从句
There are certainly no signs that Jason is a rich and successful man!
4、各种从句
1What I want is to live simply and be helpful to others.
2It’s a kind of satisfaction and a real sense of success that I had never felt before.
3Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life.
5、动名词短语充当主语、表语或宾语
1Having money is wonderful but my family is more important to me.
2I find helping homeless people is not easy.
3Mary’s hobby is collecting stamps.
4Telling Davy your ideas will help him understand you.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1I think being ambitious in what you do is a top secret of success.
2For about five years, when he was a teenager, he spent 10,000 hours (in) working on a basic computer.
2、For more than 50 years, Yuan Longping has devoted his life to rice production.
devote…to…
3、not only…but also… not only… but…as well
1His research has not only helped China find a way to remove hunger but also contributed to world peace and social progress.
2Alibaba has not only become the biggest online sales company in the world but it changes people’s shopping habits as well.
3She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
4Success is not only how we achieve success, but also how we sustain it.
4、He was worried that I had no longer become fun to train with and that I was in danger of being left with only a world championship medal and no one to share it with.
5、1I could have become angry or defensive.
2When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
3Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.
4However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.
should have done sth. should not have done sth.
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth.
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
need have done sth. need not have done sth.
6、what-structure/what结构
1Don’t they know what it takes to get there?
2I knew elements of what he was saying were right.
3I was pushing the limits and extremes beyond what most thought were healthy.
4Call it unhealthy if you want, but that is the way I roll, no matter what it is I’m applying myself to.
5Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
6What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
7It is important to know how to identify what information is accurate (true) and what is inaccurate (false).
8 But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
9What I would like to do in the future is nursing.
10But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
7、1From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play.
2I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games.
3In the words of the British tri athlete Alistair Brownlee, even if it means getting injured , I’d prefer to have three or four outstanding years of winning stuff than having ten years of being average. mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
8、动名词短语
1Being a professional athlete is no different.
2Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
9、各种从句
1If you want to be an Olympic champion, it’s all about that little extra thing (that) you have done in your preparation that will set you apart from your competitors.
2Was she clear about why she had chosen to be an athlete?
3Identify the reasons why the writer was able to get to the top.
4What are the three most important reasons why the writer was able to get to the top?
5What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
6She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
7They stop doing everything that leads up to success after they achieve it.
10、定冠词和零冠词（课本P39）
1Why do Olympic athletes push themselves to the limits?
2I miss / birthday parties, ruin family holidays and skip nights out.
3“We’re worried about you,” said my friend from across the table.
4Don’t they know how hard it is to be at the top in sport?
5…because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown / Johannesburg.
6I was born with an enormous amount of / drive and determination.
7I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys.
8But if your dream is to be the best and reach the winner’s platform, you had better be totally committed to your sport.
9How far is it from the capital city?
10Did you see the last episode of Heroes?
11I’ve bought a new phone. The phone’s got a fantastic camera.
12Who is the best singer at the moment?
13All children should do / sports when they are at / school.
14Is that the house where you grew up?
11、In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
2She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
2、1By the time Huang moved back to China in 2008, he had been living and working in the UK for 15 years. 过去完成进行时态
2He had a good job and a life there, but he gave it all up to return to home, driven by the idea that he needed to contribute to his country. 同位语从句
3Huang was named lead scientist on China’s deep earth exploration program, developing advanced cameras that can see through the Earth’s crust so that it can be analyzed without having to dig into it.
4Huang’s dedication contributed to China’s lunar probe Yutu being landed on the moon in 2013 and the launch of the spacecraft Shenzhou-11 and Tiangong-2 in 2016.
3、1When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
2Rowling’s first novel was rejected by 12 publishers before it was finally published, yet paradoxically, it was this experience that helped her to succeed: “Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.” It was……that…… 强调句型。
3However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
4But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
5But his poor English prevented him from becoming an actor.
6After being accepted for a directing major, Lee spent six years looking for opportunities to direct a film, but was only asked to look after filming equipment.
7He then spent most of his time writing plays which were rejected by more than 30 companies within two weeks.
8This is where the importance of failure comes in: If we can learn how to manage failure, we’ll learn how to succeed.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1Does having a lot of money mean being successful?
mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
2But to him, no one has lived a better life than he has after he decided to turn his back on his fortune. 比较级的否定式等于最高级。
3When it comes to stories about success, I personally think it’s very motivating to talk about influential people and how they overcame great difficulties in their lives.
4Ever since I was a child, I have been obsessive about basketball, playing it, watching it, talking about it, everything!
5Luckily, it suits my personality as I have always lived my life to extremes and pushed myself to the limits.
2、动名词短语充当主语、宾语和表语：
1Earning money is not the most important consideration in my life. (S)
2I think too many people spend time (in) worrying about trying to reach the top, even if they are not happy. (O)
3What I would like to do in the future is nursing. I know it is not success in many people’s eyes. But for me, helping people to recover is success. (P 、S)
4My mother always told me that achieving my goals was not as important as being happy. I totally agree with her. (S)
3、1He felt shameful and guilty of what he had while others might own very little.
2It is said that when employees get tired, it is because they are not doing something they are passionate about.
3Being rejected affects our self-confidence levels and it might take some time to recover, but eventually we will.
4Somehow the funny part they feel is that in a lot of world games their competitors are not from other countries but are actually their teammates.
5But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
6Then they thought he might be satisfied with being a millionaire, so they were all utterly shocked when he donated every penny he had made.
4、动名词短语充当主语、表语：
1Her favourite sports are skiing and climbing mountain. (P表语)
2My favourite activity is reading comedy stories. (P表语)
3Smoking cigarettes is very bad for you. (S 主语 单三)
4So, if family is the most important thing for you, maybe finding a husband or wife and having / children is what you would understand success to be.
5For me, travelling around the world and also having a happy family would make me feel happy and successful.
6He was tired of being a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
5、过去完成时态：
1At 16 years old, Sam had always been a relatively good student.
2Neither of his parents had had the opportunity to attend university and for them, Sam becoming a lawyer was their biggest ambition.
3Since he was only a child, Sam had been passionate about computer programming.
4And by the age of 12 he had known three different programming languages.
6、He knew that achieving this goal would make them happy, but the truth was that he wasn’t sure whether he would feel the same.
7、So he preferred staying in with his computer, rather than going out socializing or playing sports.
8、His parents were fine with this, as long as he continued to focus on his studies.
9、One day, while reading an article online about a young technology billionaire called Thomas O’Connor, everything changed for Sam.
10、Thinking that it wouldn’t come to anything, he emailed the CEO, introducing himself and explaining his ideas.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Money vs. Success, of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U2,B1)
Years ago, Jason was a college professor with a big house. But knowing that many people were living in poor conditions, he felt guilty. Jason decoded to turn his back on his fortune by giving his money to charity and helping homeless people to get on in life. Now Jason lives in a small dormitory room. He appreciates the change. For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Getting To The Top of Lesson 3, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U2,B1)
It boils down to this: I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people. If you are not totally committed to your sport and want to lead a normal life, you can never be an outstanding athlete, let alone an Olympic champion. You may think it is unhealthy or selfish to go to these lengths, but that is the way I roll, no matter what I’m applying myself to.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 3第三单元 Conservation
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、由关系副词when、where和why引导的定语从句
1Extinctions , where entire species are wiped out, are not unusual in our Earth’s history.
(非限制性定语从句)
2In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended.
3There is a long list of reasons why so many species are dying out: air and water pollution, forests being destroyed, factory farming and overfishing.
4For example, we need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected.
5To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
6He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
7I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
2、由关系代词which、that 和who或“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句）
1In fact, over 90 percent of all species that ever lived are now extinct.
2These include the third mass extinction, known as the “Great Dying”, which killed 90% to 96% of all species. (非限制性定语从句)
3And the fifth event, which occurred 66 million years ago, caused the death of the dinosaurs.
(非限制性定语从句)
4Although it is not unusual for species to die out naturally, the rate at which this is now happening is cause for concern.
5A 2015 study by scientists who were based at Brown University and Duke University in the US, looked at how quickly species die out due to natural causes, that is, the “background extinction rate”.
6If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out.
7This would mean we have to significantly change the way we live.
8 In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
9Black robins are the birds that humans saved from extinction.
10 To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
3、It is clear that human activity has negatively affected all other species on Earth, including animals and plants.
4、Of course, as we humans depend on so many species for our survival, we would also be at risk of dying out.
5、含蓄虚拟条件句：
Without forests, we would have no air to breathe, and without clear water we would be unable to survive.
6、定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句 课本P55）
1In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out.（非限制性定语从句）
2But nowadays, human activity has affected all types species that we depend on for living.
3We should set up special areas to take care of endangered animals and plants before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species. (定语从句的分隔现象)
4He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
5The bus which was full of tourists stopped near the Leaning Tower of Pisa.
6Melissa lent me some money, which was very generous of her.（非限制性定语从句）
7The ground is covered with snow and ice, which makes driving very dangerous.
（非限制性定语从句）
8I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
（非限制性定语从句）
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1 How
1、How often、How soon、How far、How tall、How high、How many、How much、How long、How old、How heavy、 How fast、
1How are you? How do you do?
2How often have you heard these conversations?
3How often do we get stuck in traffic jams?
4How often do we arrive at work or school, stressed out, tired and angry?
2、the number of和a number of 与主谓一致
1By how much has the number of cars gone up in the last 20years? （主谓一致）
2In the last 20 years, the number of cars on the roads has gone up by 25%.
（主谓一致）
3But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. （主谓一致）
4Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy.
5A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
6Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group
7Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
3、1Traffic is one of the major causes of global warming and climate change, as car engines produce various types of greenhouse gases.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
4、1Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars.
2While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. (九年级全一册 Unit 9 P67 3a 阅读课文)
3Taking notes when reading a text is very similar to taking notes when listening.
5、1We often think there is nothing (that) we can do about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic.
2Do whichever of these things that suit you.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1The main argument for factory farming is that, apart from being a lot cheaper than traditional or organic farming, it provides more food for a world population that has already reached seven billion, according to the United Nations.
2As factory farms do not use many workers, the costs are low and the production is high.
3For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
4People who fight for animal rights claim that these animals suffer terrible stress.
5To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves. despite=in spite of
2、Sentence Builder------Linking Expressions （课本P63）
1according to---providing sources of information
According to an institute, “74% of the world’s poultry…are produced in this way”.
2moreover---adding new information
Moreover, factory-farmed animals suffer from fewer diseases.
3on the other hand---contrasting statements
On the other hand, opponents of factory farming say that it is cruel to the animals.
4for instance---giving examples
For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
5in addition to--- adding new information
In addition to this, factory farming has a negative impact on the environment.
6in my opinion---summarizing information
In my opinion, we should try to reduce this kind of farming, although we would have to pay more for our eggs and meat.
7to sum up--- summarizing information
To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves.
3、1The official title of “World Heritage Site” is given by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) committee to places in the world that are outstanding examples of cultural or natural history.
2Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy. （非限制性定语从句）
3Besides the temple, visitors can enjoy the grounds outside, where there are more than 1,000 stone tablets and over 100,000 tombs.
4Every year, visitors from all over the world come to admire the mountains, lakes, streams, trees, underground springs and waterfalls, which make Jiuzhaigou Valley an area of outstanding natural beauty. （非限制性定语从句）
5The building that people visit most is the Temple of Confucius.
4、现在完成时、现在完成进行时、现在完成时的被动语态：
1In the last few years, we have seen environmental disasters on a grand scale.
2Thunderstorm, floods, earthquakes, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and forest fires have become increasingly common.
3There have been terrible floods in Asia, Africa, America and Oceania.
4Storms have been getting worse everywhere too, with more hurricanes hitting the US and Central America, （现在完成进行时、介词with的复合结构）
5Reduced rainfall has affected Africa for years, with severe droughts in Somalia and Kenya in 2017, as well as many other zones becoming drier. （介词with的复合结构）
6Volcanic eruptions and earthquakes have always been a threat.
7There have been serious earthquakes in many parts of Asia, Europe, and South America.
8This has mainly been caused by the huge amounts of carbon dioxide produced by factories and vehicles. （现在完成时的被动语态）
9These have claimed more than 1.6 million lives in the last hundred years.
10He warns that the world has not seen the worst yet. （现在完成时的否定式）
5、比较状语从句
1Atlantic hurricanes are 40% stronger now than they were 30 years ago.
2Landslides and earthquakes are even more dangerous now than in the past because around half of the world’s population now live in cities.
6、现在分词短语充当结果状语
1A massive earthquake hit central Italy in August 2016, killing at least 247 people.
2In April 2017, the city of Mocoa in Colombia was hit by a landslide, leaving many dead and injured.
7、A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
8、They build homes from whatever materials they can find.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1If the rate at which they are dying out continues to rise, millions of plants and animals will become extinct in the next decade.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
3Because of conservation efforts, the number of pandas is increasing according to a survey in 2015.
4The number of them is decreasing due to pollution in the river.
5It’s disappointing to see the environment destroyed like this.
6Even though many people are trying to recycle, there is unfortunately still so much plastic waste that ends up being thrown away.
7We really don’t want to see people driving the car when they only need to go around the corner.
2、1A lot of people feel that driving their own cars allows them to have more freedom.
2I think using public transport is worth the effort.
3Relying too much on cars also creates problems such as traffic jams, road accidents and noise pollution.
4Of course, cars are convenient and necessary when travelling long distances.
3、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
1Being a marine researcher is something that I’ve always dreamed of.
2I work with a team of scientists, who are all experts in their fields, on an international project.
（非限制性定语从句）
3I’m currently based in Argentina, which is in South America, studying sea temperatures from Antarctica. （非限制性定语从句）
4Unfortunately, there has been a significant rise in temperatures over the 50 years, which is clearly linked to human activity. （非限制性定语从句）
5Polar ice caps that were frozen all year long, even ten years ago are now melting at an alarming rate.
4、1Why not pack a tent? 2Why don’t we just cycle instead?
3 Why don’t we start walking to school from now on.
5、Guy de Maupassant’s The Necklace
（一）现在分词短语充当伴随状语、后置定语或原因状语
1This leaves her unhappy, suffering from what she thinks as a life of poverty.
2Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown costing four hundred francs, knowing he will not be able to afford the hunting gun he had been saving up to buy.
3They walk towards the Seine in despair, shivering with cold.
4Finally, in defeat, he suggests Mathilde writes a letter to Madame Forestier, explaining she will return the necklace after repair, lying that the clasp had broken.
5The next years are horrible for Mathilde, who works like servant, her own servant having been dismissed.
6At first not recognizing Mathilde, Madame Forestier is shocked by her friend’s haggard appearance.
7Dancing with happiness, and passion, intoxicated with pleasure, Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
8One day on the street, Mathilde meets Madame Forestier, still looking lovely.
（二）长句难句复杂句式
1She even becomes jealous of her school friend, Madame Forestier, who has married a wealthy man.
2As Monsieur Loisel places the wrap over his wife’s shoulders, the contrast of the poverty of her wrap with the elegant ball gown is too much to bear and to save any embarrassment she hurries to leave before anyone notices her.
3At last on the quay side they find “one of those ancient night cabs which, as though they were ashamed to show their shabbiness during the day, are never seen round Paris until after dark”.
4The jeweler offers the couple a similar necklace for thirty-six-thousand francs with the understanding that he will buy it back if they find the necklace before the end of February.
5Monsieur Loisel, frightened by the trouble yet to come, by the “black misery” that is about to fall upon him, by the prospect of all the physical sacrifices and the “moral tortures ” he is about to suffer, goes to pay the jeweler thirty-six-thousand francs and collects the diamond necklace.
6The Loisels arrive home at the Rue des Martyrs, and Mathilde’s happiness turns to horror as she sees that the necklace is missing when she looks in the mirror to admire herself one more time.
（三）动词不定式短语：
1She always feels she has “fallen from a higher station” and longs to be part of the upper class.
2Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
3Mathilde surprises him by refusing to go and throws the invitation onto the floor.
4Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown.
5She agrees to lend it to her for the ball.
6All the man ask her name and want to be introduced to her.
6、1Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group.
2Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
7、1Scientists say that previously the reasons for extinction have varied but human actions will be to blame for the sixth extinction which has already started to happen.
2It is clear that human activity negatively affects almost every natural thing on Earth, from destroying different species of plants and animals to creating various types of greenhouse gases.
3Now we know that cancer is related to traffic pollution which is why more and more people are becoming sick.
4It is unusual to see him cycle to work. see sb. do sth. see sb. doing sth.
5It’s not quite as fast as cycling but it gets me downtown much quicker than if I take my car.
6More and more people are beginning to do something which suits them and protect the environment.
8、Relative Clauses （关系从句---非限制性定语从句）
1My painting won the first prize, which was quite a surprise.
2I got a low mark in the Science test, which made me angry.
3I met the new doctor last week, who isn’t very kind at all.
4I’m going to a new restaurant with my friend, whose cousin is coming to town.
5The boat entered the deep sea, where the storms can be terrible.
9、1These endangered species are threatened with becoming extinct, meaning they will no longer exist on Earth.
2With rising awareness of how we affect the natural environment, hopefully we can learn to protect these food chain and help them to thrive.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Sixth Extinction of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U3,B1)
In the last 500 million years, there have been five mass extinction events on Earth. In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out. Of course, species died out due to many causes. But nowadays, human activity has affected all types of species that we depend on for living. We need to take action to avoid the sixth mass extinction. We should take steps to save endangered animals and plants, and set up special areas to take care of them before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Road to Destruction of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 61: (课本61页,L3,U3,B1)
Many people often get stuck in a traffic jam when they go to work. How annoyed and stressful they often feel! But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. Traffic pollution has been found to cause global warming and climate change to a large degree.
Too many cars do a lot of harm to the environment and our health. Some advice has been given for people to help protect the environment, for example, using public transport or sharing cars, doing your shopping in the shop just around the corner instead of driving to the other side of town. However, people are addicted to using cars. They make excuses for using their cars, “I need to pick up my daughter. What can I do?”
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第一册
Unit 1 Life Choices Lesson 1 Lifestyles 必修 B1 P5 课文语法填空
It’s September. Joe and Li Ying have been invited to write about their daily life in senior secondary school.
Joe is a “digital native” and he does lots of things online, including doing all his schoolwork, chatting with his friends, watching films, reading news and shopping. He also plays computer games and tennis on the screen. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict” because they think he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with his online friends. They are worried that he can’t tell if/whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
Li Ying is a “go-getter” and she studies with a clear goal. Studying is definitely a big part of her life. She always pays attention to all classes and thinks actively, so that she can do other interesting things after school. She likes biology most among all the subjects and likes reading all kinds of books. Meanwhile, she is active in running and voluntary work. Every day she does her homework when she is free at school and tries to use any possible time to revise what she has learnt after school. She uses her time well to achieve all the goals she has set.
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It 必修 B1 P13 课文语法填空
Zhang Tian was inspired by wonderful teachers from small village and applied for and became a volunteer teacher in a village school after graduation. Before he went to the village, he imagined exciting things about living and teaching in a village. But when he arrived, he found the school was much smaller than he had expected and that the living conditions in the village were also more challenging than he thought . Every day, he worked hard and felt tired. Teaching in Guizhou Province has been quite an experience for him.
To make school life healthier and livelier, Zhang Tian introduced more subjects to the school. Now the students do well in English and their school lives are more attractive and interesting, which makes Zhang Tian feel satisfied. Besides teaching, Zhang Tian also brought changes to the village. He made a great contribution to the village, so he became very popular among the village.
Unit 2 Sports and Fitness Lesson 1 The Underdog
必修第一册 B1 P31 课文语法填空
Both Paul and I were huge fans of the NBA, and we used to play on the court which/that was next to our building. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was only 1.6 metres tall, which made him the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul was only 1.6 metres tall too, and he used Bogues as his inspiration, practicing very hard. Although Paul tried out many times for making our school basketball team, our coach was not so sure, so Paul was still usually on the bench, which was really tough on him.
Our team was playing our main competitors this week. During the competition, a player and I crashed into each other and my knee hurt badly, which made me give up the game. The last quarter was about to begin, and my team was behind by 10 points. With our team’s suggestion, our coach permitted Paul to play the game. All the extra hours that Paul had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot. When the game ended, our team had won by 2 points. Because of his excellent performance, Paul was praised by his coach and earned his place on the team.
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness
必修第一册 B1 P39 课文语法填空
I do believe that long-distance running is of great benefit to you.
You do not need a gym membership or any special equipment . Keep it up, and you will know yourself, and see what you are capable of.
As is known to us all, running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. Running increases the flow of blood and oxygen to your brain. It not only makes your heart stronger and allows more blood to flow around your body, but also strengthens your immune system and reduces the risk of serious health problem. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
You’d better warm up and cool down properly before and after running in order not to hurt yourself. A warm-up gets your blood flowing and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
I hope this will be helpful to you.
Unit 3 Celebrations Lesson 1 Spring Festival
必修第一册 B1 P56 课文语法填空
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival---the spirit of family---has largely been kept. Most of the important Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
To Li Yan, a retired grandmother in Heilongjiang Province, Spring Festival is still about the joy of a family gathering. She loves to be surrounded by her entire family. Weeks before Spring Festival, she starts to make preparations for the young people’s homecoming.
For the younger generation, returning home to spend Spring Festival with parents is no easy task. Flights have to be booked as early as possible. Usually tickets are hard to get, and the journey would be tiring. But all the efforts pay off when the whole family sit together around a hotpot, filling each other in on what’s been happening.
The festival even attracts foreigners. Tom Jenkins, who is an exchange student in Nanjing, spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. He joined them in sweeping away the dirt of their house and attaching the Chinese character Fu to their front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives. Everything is so interesting to him, but the best part is to let off fireworks, which is expected to scare away the monster Nian.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas
必修 B1 P64 课文语法填空
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s my memory of Granny as well as gifts and Father Christmas that comes to mind.
I can well remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us. On a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. She was sick, but I failed to notice it. Granny made an effort to help me with my letter to Father Christmas. With her hand shaking slightly , she wrote “Father Christmas, the North Pole ”on the envelope.
In December, we made sugar biscuits, stuffed the turkey and sang Christmas songs. Granny had the patience to sing my favorite part over and over again. On Christmas Eve, Granny watched as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung most of the decorations on the branches.
On Christmas morning, I was on my best behavior as we opened the presents. Later, Granny gave me a special gift---a music box with a ballet dancer inside. After breakfast, as I played, Granny stayed inside by the fire. I remember catching her eye through the window. I called and asked her to join us, but she just waved. Lunch was late, but it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a lot of laughter
A few weeks after that Christmas, Granny passed away. I think of her often. Each Christmas, I make a G-shape sugar biscuit and take out the music box, in memory of Granny.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Spring Festival
of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 54:
Tom Jenkins spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. A week before the festival, the host mother Mrs. Chen began preparations. She swept up the dirt of the house from top to bottom to make it ready for the new year. She also attached the Chinese character Fu upside down on the front door to welcome happiness. Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
Xu Gang usually books the ticket of trains or flights for his trip home weeks before Spring Festival. When he gets on the train, he is surrounded by Shanxi accents. When he gets home, his parents always fill him in on what happened to the people he knows Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
Li Yan and her husband are retired. They start preparing for their family’s return weeks before Spring Festival. When everyone gets home, their house buzzes with activities. One of their favourite family traditions is to make jiaozi.
Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第二册
Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars
必修 B2 P4 课文语法填空
Avatars are digital images that you use to represent yourself online. The first simple avatars appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s and by the late 1990s they had been used in online chats. People started creating their own avatars that didn’t look or act like their real selves. Avatars let you express yourself and they give you lots of room for creativity. Most people create avatars that/which have similar features to their personalities and that look more or less like them and act like them. In most web chats, people can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create freely their own images. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users are worried that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a more positive light.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships
必修 B2 P10 课文语法填空
People have different ideas about how the Internet affects friendships.
Some people think the Internet can harm friendships. Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact---images really cannot replace a real- life smile or hug. Secondly, lots of the content posted on social media is shallow or trivial. Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be. Going online can be particularly dangerous for people that/who are easily influenced or too trusting. In my opinion, face-to-face communication is the best way to maintain healthy relationships.
Others believe the Internet can help develop friendships in many ways. Firstly, the Internet makes communication much more convenient. Secondly, the Internet has also made communication more fun. You can share photos, videos , news stories, and websites with your friends online. Thirdly, online communication can actually bring people closer to each other. Whenever someone needs help, friends from all over the world can immediately provide useful suggestions or information. Finally, I believe the Internet brings people closer together and makes communication with friends more convenient and interesting.
Unit 5 Humans and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story
必修 B2 P27 课文语法填空
About three years ago, something terrible happened to me. Those six hours of terror broke my body and soul. One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands. All at once, the sky was covered with dark clouds and in less than a minute we were in a terrible storm.
It may seem strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool , I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it. I noticed that smaller and tubular objects went down more slowly than other objects. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. And without waiting, I dived into the sea to try and escape.
As you can see, I did escape. In the end a boat picked me up. I was very tired. The fishermen were my old friends, but they were unable to recognize me. When I told them the story, they did not believe it.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole
必修 B2 P33 课文语法填空
On 1 June, 1910, Captain Scott began his journey to Antarctic. At the same time, the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen was also going south. During the polar summer, both teams organized food bases in preparation for their journeys. Amundsen reached the Antarctic first. Then he prepared for the return journey. Scott finally arrived at the Pole. They were shocked when they were the Norwegian flag. Scott wrote sadly in his diary: “Well, we have now lost the goal of our ambition and must face 800 miles of hard pushing---and goodbye to most of our dreams.”
The return journey was one of the worst in the history of exploration. The weather conditions were terrible. Scott realized their hopeless situation: “We are very cheerful, but what each man feels in his heart I can only guess…” Then a terrible storm started. Scott spent some of his last hours writing. He wrote a letter full of sadness to his wife. The news of Scott’s death shocked the world. He had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the extraordinary courage shown by Captain Scott and his men made them heroes.
Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer
必修 B2 P54 课文语法填空
At the Nobel Prize Lecture on 7 December, 2015, an 84-year-old Chinese woman walked slowly on to the stage. She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s. The woman was Tu Youyou , the first Chinese female scientist to be awarded a Nobel Prize for her work.
Tu Youyou was born in Zhejiang Province, China, on 30 December,1930. She studied medicine in Peking University Health Scie, nce Centre. After graduation, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Science. Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a deep knowledge about traditional practices.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria which killed millions of people every year. Across the world, scientists had been trying to fin d a cure. They tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. She researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti-malarial cures. Then Tu Youyou and her team began using modern research methods to study these Chinese herbs one by one. They overcame many difficulties and at last Tu Youyou bravely volunteered to be the first human subject and the test was a success. The medicine they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the most effective drug for fighting malaria in the world.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind the Superman
必修 B2 P60 课文语法填空
Christopher Reeve starred in four Superman films from 1978 to 1987. He spent his spare time visiting sick children in hospitals and doing many other good things, and soon gained a big reputation. However, while he was riding a horse, he fell off the horse and broke his neck. Due to the support of his wife, family and friends, he found the will to live again. In order to recover quickly, he engaged in a range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle. Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career. His positive attitude inspired many people who/that were stuck in illness. He will be remembered as a superhero forever,
Reading Club 2 Anne Frank and Her Diary 课本P66
必修 B2 P63 课文语法填空
During World War II, Anne Frank’s family had to hide in an annexe to escape the Nazi Holocaust. To keep busy, she wrote in her diary. Unfortunately, on 4 August, 1944 , the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there was sent to labour camps. The diary was originally written in Dutch. Since then, it has been published in at least 67 languages. Today, the annexe building where Anne and her family hid is a museum. Although Anne’s life in hiding was extremely difficult, her diary reveals her positive attitude. She wrote in her diary “The good news is that you don’t know how great you can be …and what your potential is.”Bringing us so much, her diary will be left in our hearts forever.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第三册
Unit 7 Art
Lesson 1 Masterpieces
必修 B3 P4 课文语法填空
In 1889 Van Gogh painted The Starry Night using his unusual way. At that time he stayed at home for his mental illness which some experts thought affected his sense of sight. The drug that he took made people see yellow spots. Unfortunately, Van Gogh only sold one painting in his lifetime. Though he thought The Starry Night was a failure. It is now one of the world’s best paintings.
In 1893, Edvard Munch was suffering a lot of pain because of his mental health problems. He painted The Scream, which shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream. In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him to paint the picture.
Rene Magritte painted a series of paintings, including The Empire of Light. It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night. What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds. It seems like quite a mysterious scene. Magritte was inspired by his thoughts and ideas. The viewers have different reactions to The Empire of Light. As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
Lesson 3 A Musical Genius
必修 B3 P10 课文语法填空
Ludwig van Beethoven was a German composer. He is regarded as one of the greatest composers in the history of music. One day in February 1824, at his little house in Vienna, Austria, Ludwig van Beethoven sat back in his chair and smiled. The famous German composer’s ninth symphony was finally completed. As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
At a very famous theatre in Vienna, the audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years. For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score. Finally, joyous/joyful note signaled the end of the symphony, and the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats, but Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score. It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
However, most of them had no idea that he was deaf! The one person in the room who/that didn’t hear the symphony---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
Unit 8 Green Living
Lesson 1 Roots and Shoots
必修 B3 P29 课文语法填空
If you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up, you are probably suffering from what is known as “Just-me-ism”. You might think it is no big deal. “How can it matter if I leave a little piece of litter on the road? ”But what if millions of people think the same? Then our world would be piled with litter and run short of natural resources at the same time. See? “Just-me-ism” is harmful!
To inspire young people to take action for the environment, animals and their community , Roots & Shoots was established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall, a scientist who’s the world’s best-known expert on wild chimpanzees. In addition to her research, she has been whole-heartedly committed to environmental protection. The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people so they can help to build a future that/which is secure and live together in peace with nature.
Dr. Jane Goodall is convinced that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference. ”So her institute Roots & Shoots is all about educating people to play their part in making the world a better place. And you cannot be absent.
Lesson 3 “White Bikes” on the Road
必修 B3 P35 课文语法填空
Why is Amsterdam a good city foe cycling?
The idea of “white bikes” began about 50 years ago. And ever since then, people in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. Flat and therefore convenient for bikes , Amsterdam is a good city for cycling. Because of its convenience for bicycles, Amsterdam has become very popular with cyclists---an amazing 38% of all trips are made by bike. That’s how it gets the nickname “the City of Bicycles”.
In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea that it would be better for both people and the environment if only bicycles were allowed in the city centre. They painted hundreds of bicycles white and placed them in many areas around Amsterdam for people to use free of charge. Soon after, however, problem came up and the “white bikes” all disappeared---thieves stole them all in a matter of weeks! But in 1999 the “white bikes” returned with a computer tracking system to record their every move! Thanks to the ideas and efforts of many people, you can now enjoy clean air and easy transport in central Amsterdam.
Nowadays, the idea of “white bikes” has pedaled its way around the world. In China, more and more cities have their own “white bikes” programs. Both the locals and tourists like to use shared bikes because bike-sharing is a cheap and easy way to save energy, reduce air and noise pollution, and enjoy the benefits of exercise in cities.
Unit 9 Learning
Lesson 1 Active Learning
必修 B3 P54 课文语法填空
While sometimes the human brain can learn by itself, we need to actively take part in the learning process and to reflect on what we have learnt. We are supposed to take an active role in our learning.
Your inner voice expresses your personal opinions. If you pay too much attention to your inner voice, you will risk missing important information. Active learners are open-minded, and they are in a better position to make decisions. If you find your inner voice difficult to control, you can argue with it as most active learners do. Be flexible in your opinions and you might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all. What’s more, asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning. The answers will lead you to further learning, and the very act of working out questions will help you to achieve a higher level of understanding.
Active learners attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea. Try to find out the source of an idea, and you will increase your chance of learning something. In addition, active learners do not judge people based on first impression or personal feelings. We needn’t assume that some people are always right because of who they are or just because they are your friends.
Lesson 3 The Secrets of Your Memory
必修 B3 P60 课文语法填空
We remember things that have strong connections in our mind, especially emotional connections. Childhood memories are often very emotional ; therefore, we remember them much better. So when remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
A person with a photographic memory could remember every detail of something, but most of us do not have amazing memories. Asking questions also helps with memorization. Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that/which are already known.
Forgetting the new words is natural for many people. One of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
Our memory reaches its full power at the age of 25. After this age, however, the brain starts to get smaller. By middle age, our memory is significantly worse than when we were young.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 1 Relationships Lesson 1 Teachers
选必 B1 P15 能力素养进阶 短文填空
When I was at school, I was poor at most subjects, especially maths. At that time, I thought I had no gift for maths. What was worse, I showed no interest in science, which was completely strange to me. I felt bored when I learnt about maths and science. It was a real headache for me to understand what science was about. I had almost lost heart when Mr. Jenkins became our maths teacher.
Mr. Jenkins could make everything he taught interesting and lively. The way he used to explain difficult things was full of practical examples. Realizing that I was a little lazy and had little confidence in science, Mr. Jenkins encouraged me to find out my strengths by asking me to give a presentation to the class. It was the first time I explained science to an audience. But now it is my job. While working now, I often wish I could get advice from Mr. Jenkins again.
Lesson 3 So Close, Yet So Far
选必 B1 P32 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Socializing with my friends online is my life. The moment I wake up, I check through all my social networking apps, reading my emails and posting updates, etc. I have 500 friends online and I live with several roommates, but I feel lonely. It seems that I have an active social life, attending parties and playing sports, but I’m absent-minded, because I strongly obsess over my phone.
Social networking is the master of my life. Though sometimes I set deadlines to tear away myself from my phone, I fail again and again. Spending so much time socializing online, I always feel depressed and alone. As a result, I can’t finish what I should do in my real life.
It is common that at parties or at a family holiday, most members fix their eyes on their phones, which they think is normal rather than rude.
What is most worrying is that it is impossible to drop my phone, because I need it for my studies because my teachers and classmates need to contact me. It is a problem that we are so close but really so far.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 2 Success Lesson 1 Money vs Success
选必 B1 P58 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Sixteen years ago, Jason was a college professor with a huge six-bedroom house and a fortune of two million dollars. A few years ago, he knew millions of people died of hunger every year, and there were places with no schools and no teachers. And they didn’t have the chance to learn and get on in life. This worried him a lot and he felt guilty being a rich man without doing anything. Therefore, he gave away all his money to charities. Whenever he had more than two thousand dollars, he would give away small bank notes to homeless people in the streets of local areas.
Now, he lives in a small dormitory room with only second-hand furniture. He also grows some vegetables and a few flowers. He gets his clothes and a lot of other things from charity shops. “I’m much happier, because I am living according to my values. Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life, ”said Jason.
Lesson 3 Getting to the Top
选必 B1 P78 能力素养进阶 短文填空
I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play. I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games; I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys. I have always lived my life to extremes. I think of countless birthday parties and nights out I have missed, ruining a family holiday in France because of the endless search for a swimming pool to train in, almost missing my brother’s wedding because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown Johannesburg and driving through the “ no-go ”areas.
Being a professional athlete is no different. Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 3 Conservation Lesson 1 The Sixth Extinction
选必 B1 P109 能力素养进阶 短文填空
In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended. The reasons for extinctions are varied. According to scientists, they include volcanic eruptions, asteroids hitting the Earth from space, changes in sea levels, the decrease of the oxygen content of the sea and global warming. Many scientists say we are now entering the Earth’s sixth mass extinction. This time, human activity will be to blame.
They found that human activity is causing species to die out 1000 times faster than normal. If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who/that have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out. We need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected. We need to change how we work and travel by using cleaner, more natural sources of energy, such as wind and solar energy. We also need to improve our farming methods to reduce water, air and land pollution. In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
Lesson 3 The Road to Destruction
选必 B1 P126 能力素养进阶 短文填空
We know that cars are bad for us. Here are five easy ways to improve our environment.
Use your legs. In 2014, over 55% of car journeys were under eight kilometers. Instead of taking short car journeys, we could easily walk or cycle. Leg power can save your money, keep you fit and help you live longer.
Use public transport. Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars. Sometimes it can take a little bit longer, but you can relax, read a book, talk to someone---who knows?
Think before you go. Do you really have to go to that shopping centre on the other side of town? What about the shops around the corner? Before you get into your car, think about whether you really need to make the journey.
Share cars. If you really have to use a car, share journeys with someone else. It is much cheaper and kinder to the environment.
Take actions! If your street is full of heavy traffic, talk to your neighbors about it. Write to the papers. Go to the city government. Ask for speed limit. Do whichever of these things that suit you. Don’t just sit around and complain.
All quite simple, isn’t it?
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》
北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第二册
选必 B2P5 U4L1 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
(A) An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
(B) Sherlock Homes asked his friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, Watson believed there were millions of galaxies and billions of planets. From the current atmosphere, he predicted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. He didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
(C) A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found almost everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance which had an amazing clown. Actually he was the clown.
选必 B2P13 U4L3 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Today we’ll introduce Rowan Atkinson, who is an English comedian.
He was born on 6 January,1955 and spent his early years on the family farm with his parents and three older brothers. At primary school, he had already shown admirable acting talent. When he was 13, he earned a scholarship to a boarding school. Then he went to Newcastle University and got the highest mark in his years at the university. Later, he studied in Oxford where he got his master’s degree in electrical engineering, which may explain why he is interested in fast cars.
One of the roles played by Atkinson in his comedy is Mr. Bean, who is very popular in Britain. Mr. Bean is liked internationally as the awkward, clumsy but always amusing figure. The popularity of Mr. Bean makes Atkinson famous all over the world.
选必 B2P30 U5L1 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
When Helen was in her childhood, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen often behaved unbearably. She was sometimes troublesome, stubborn and angry, and had a tendency to break things when she was not understood. For Helen, Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher, whose technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. With this method, from “doll” to “water”, Helen got the world of words opened up to her. With Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanding, her thinking process changed as well. As she grasped the key to language , she discovered more complex words. Although trying to learn words was a gradual and sometimes painful process, Helen was always enthusiastic about learning. Helen finally understood the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
选必 B2P38 U5L3 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
Bacon ‘s true interest was not the inefficient working style of the government, but the worthy search for knowledge. Galileo Galilei proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”. The church and many people tended to ignore the facts and didn’t want to challenge what they had always comfortably believed.
It is not surprising that people wanted to believe these primitive ideas. At first, people approved of Galilei’s studies and urged him to continue, but later when he proved Aristotle wrong, they grew angry and put him in prison. People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
选必 B2P55 U6L1 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
The source material for a film may be taken from classic novels, short stories, comic books and stage plays, as well as non-fiction such as biographic and autobiographies, even those written by ghost writers. All can work well, but why do many adaptations and indeed remakes fail with both cinema audiences and critics?
Firstly, because of the time limit, the adapted film is always found not close to the original story. Besides, the selected cast may not satisfy readers as they have their own imaginations about the characters. What’s more, some books are really unfilmable for technical reasons. In spite of the challenges, there have been some highly successful films made from popular books, such as Jaws, Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings. Maybe the best proof of a successful adaptation is the James Bond series, the majority of which has been adapted from the 007 novels of Ian Fleming. Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone has their favorite.
选必 B2P63 U6L3 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
An advertisement uses words and pictures to persuade people to buy a product or service, or to believe in an idea. Generally speaking, there are two main types of ads, which are commercial ads and public service ads respectively. Commercial ads are paid for to advertise a product or service, and the features of the public service ads are as follows: Firstly, they often run free of charge; secondly, they are meant to educate people about health, safety, or any other problem that has an effect on public welfare; thirdly, don’t play tricks on people; lastly, they aim at teaching and benefiting people, helping us lead better lives. Of course, we also should pay attention when seeing ads. For one thing, be aware of the skilful methods which are used in ads to try and sell us things. For another, avoid falling for the tricks some advertisements play.
《高中必刷题》
总主编 杨文彬 学科主编 陈利民 李娜 周成霞
首都师范大学出版社
英语 高一 1 必修 BS 必修第一册、第二册合订
课文改编填空
必修第一册 Unit 1 Life Choice
Lesson 1 Lifestyles P2 课文改编填空
Joe is a “digital native”---he has been using the computer since his childhood.
He does a wide range of things online such as doing homework, chatting with others and reading the daily news. He also shops fpr various necessities online because it is convenient to compare the qualities and prices from different online shops.
However, his parents are worried so his mum keeps telling him to go out with his school friends. According to them there is a danger that he may not be able to tell whether the friends online are real friends.
Li Ying is a go-getter. Secondary school is a new start for her and studying is definitely a big part of her life. She tends to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of every term and she listens attentively in all classes and thinks actively, so that she can have more space time to do other things that she is interested in after school.
Besides, she has a top 10 reading list and she tries to keep it updated. She is also active in sports clubs, which makes her excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together. To achieve all she wants, she must use her time wisely. As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It P9 课文改编填空
After a long day, Zhang Tian finally got back to his small room, feeling tired. It is typical of him to start working early in the morning and prepare lessons late at night. Coming to Guizhou Province to teach has been quite an experience for him.
He graduated from university and got a teacher’s certificate last year. He was inspired by the idea of living independently away from home. So he applied for and became a volunteer in a village school, imagining all sorts of exciting things.
However, not everything lived up to his hopes. The school was much smaller than he had expected and even the power and water supplies were unstable. The thought of leaving once flashed through his mind, but he quickly gave up on the idea.
In the school, he was the only English teacher while the other two were responsible for maths and Chinese. To make school life healthier and livelier, he introduced more subjects to the school, and the school is now full of laughter and music.
His first year has been tough but enjoyable. What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read , speak and write in English, and they became more confident. The contribution he made to the village was great and the villagers treated him as one of them. Although he had intended to stay for only one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year.
必修第一册 Unit 2 Sports and Fitness
Lesson 1 The Underdog P20 课文改编填空
Paul and I were on our school basketball team, The Lions. We were both big fans of the NBA. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul regarded him as his inspiration. Paul once said, ”If Bogues could make it, why not me? ”
However, our coach was not so sure. So Paul was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
This week, The Lions were playing against our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect. It would be a tough game and Paul didn’t know he would get the chance that he had been waiting for.
During the game, I crashed into another player and my knee hurt badly. We were about to lose so the coach agreed to give Paul a shot. Paul rushed onto the court and all the extra hours he had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot, and the crowd couldn’t stop clapping and cheering.
When the game ended, our team had won by two points. The coach hit Paul on the shoulder and said, “You’ve just earned your place on the team, big guy!”
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness P27 课文改编填空
As people often say, any exercise is better than none, but long-distance running in particular has a lot of benefits.
It is great for beginners---you don’t need a gym membership or any special equipment. There is no better way to know yourself and to see what you are capable of.
Running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. It can strengthen the immune system and reduce the risk of serious health problems. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up. Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from any aches or tension.
If you are new to running, here is some advice for you. A warm-up gets your blood running and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
Besides, remember the following principles. First, draw up a training plan and set achievable goals. Second, keep running. There will be times when you want to give up, but hang in there and tell yourself that it will get easier with time. All the sweat and hard work will be worth it in the end. Finally, make sure you do not overdo it.
必修第一册 Unit 3 Celebrations
Lesson 1 Spring Festival P38 课文改编填空
It was the first time for Tom Jenkins to spend Spring Festival in China with his host family. Spring Festival is highly valued by every Chinese family. Preparations began a week before the festival. First, the house cleaned from to bottom. Next, the Chinese character Fu was attached upside down to the front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
Xu Gang usually starts planning his trip home weeks before Spring Festival , as train tickets or flight have to be booked as early as possible. The moment he gets on the train , he knows that he is heading home to his family. When he gets home, his parents will fill him in on what has been happening ---who has got married or had children or gone away to university. When he was a kid, Spring Festival was all about firecrackers, sweets and decorations. As he gets older, coming home is the most important part of it.
Li Yan and her husband are both retired. Weeks before Spring Festival, they think about what the children would like to eat, what they need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared. They always have jiaozi as they mean something special on this occasion---they are a sign of their wishes for health and happiness in the coming year.
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival--- the spirit of family---has been kept.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas P45 课文改编填空
The last Christmas Granny spent with us was an unforgettable experience, which began in the middle of November on a cold, windy day.
Granny came to celebrate the Christmas with us. But at that time, I didn’t know she was ill. Most of the time she just sat on the sofa by the fire. When I wrote to Father Christmas telling him about the presents I wanted, Granny tried her best to help me.
On Christmas Eve, Granny sat by the fire as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung the decorations onto the tree. “That’s the most beautiful tree I have seen,” Granny remarked. On Christmas morning, to my surprise, my stocking at the end of my bed was full of presents and there were more under the tree.
After breakfast, David and I played outside while Granny remained inside by the fire., I remember catching her eye through the window.
Although lunch was late, it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a big turkey with potatoes, followed by yummy pudding. David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow.
Several weeks later, Granny passed away. I miss her very much, especially at Christmas. When it comes to our magical and special Christmas, I think it is not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind, it is also my memory of Granny.
必修第二册 Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars P60 课文改编填空
Avatars, which people use when exploring the Internet, are the digital identities people created to communicate and express themselves. They first appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s. Nowadays, avatars have such a wide variety of forms and uses that they are everywhere.
The avatars people choose say a lot. People tend to create avatars with features similar to their personalities, which look like them to a certain extent. However, nearly all avatars are tall, young and good-looking, for people obviously make improvements and experiment with new things in a more desirable way.
Avatars give people a lot of room for creativity They are enabled to create new identities, from dressing the avatars in fancy clothes to trying being someone of the opposite sex. Many users even have several avatars , each one for a specific occasions ; for example, a sensible one for work and a silly one for fun.
So far, the use of avatars has concerned some people---there are people spending too much time in virtual worlds and cheating online. At the same time , others view it in a more positive light, looking forward to the brilliant future of avatars.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships P67 课文改编填空
Do you think the Internet helps or harms friendships? Opinions are varied?
Some hold the view that while/although/though the Internet brings people closer, it harms friendships indeed. First, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face communication. Instead, according to a parenting expert, the Internet makes it harder for children to concentrate or show kindness. Second, in makes people self-centred. Unlike the long-term and rewarding friendships in the real world, people only care about their online popularity. Third, true friendships are built on trust while online friendships may not be so. Sometimes, if you are too trusting, it can be particularly dangerous, because you can’t be very sure that the friends you are chatting with are honest.
However, others believe the Internet helps develop friendships. For one thing, people can stay in touch with friends conveniently ,whether they are at home or on the move. For another thing, chatting online adds more fun to communication and takes less time with videos, photos, and emojis all available. Useful suggestions or information is provided immediately by people , which makes people feel loved and cared for.
必修第二册 Unit 5 Human and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story P78 课文改编填空
The story happened three years ago when we were on our way home from fishing. All at once, we were caught in a storm. With a huge wave covering the boat, my younger brother fell into the sea. The moment my elder brother cried out the most frightening word “Moskoe-strom”, I knew a disaster was falling on us.
Hopeless and terrified, we were going in the direction of the whirlpool. It felt as if I were falling from a mountain top. But when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than before. Out of curiosity, I observed it and drew three conclusions, which later proved to be life-saving. Having tied myself to a barrel, I jumped into the sea. Not long after that, the boat was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool.
Shortly afterwards, the storm was over. I floated in the water for a couple of hours until some fishermen picked me up. They were unable to recognize me, for it took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole P85 课文改编填空
The race to the South Pole began in 1910 when two teams, led by Scott(British) and Amundsen(Norwegian), announced their plans to go south and prepared for it.
Amundsen was the first to leave on 8th September, 1911. With dogs pulling the sledges and all men on skis, they made rapid progress. On 14th December, they reached the Pole successfully. However, Scott’s men met a series of troubles after departure. First, two sledges broke down; then the horses couldn’t stand the cold. Therefore, they advanced slowly. When they finally made it to the Pole, it was already 17th January, 1912.
The return journey was even worse. Apart from tiredness and bad weather, the fact that they were running out of food added to their difficulties. Despite the hopelessness, they still made time to collect rocks, which later proved to be valuable. Then disaster fell on them---two members died first. Then the rest of the team continued their way until, unfortunately, they were trapped in a terrible storm. Nobody survived. Although they didn’t win the race, they were remembered as heroes.
必修第二册 Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer P96 课文改编填空
Tu Youyou, a Chinese female scientist, was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin on 7 December, 2015. When it comes to the honour, she remained modest, insisting that it was not only an honour for herself but also recognition and encouragement for all scientists in China.
Born in Zhejiang Province in 1930, she chose to study medicine. Years of studying traditional Chinese medicine and working with experts in the field enabled her to gain a deep knowledge about traditional practice. In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria. It hit her that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. So she researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti- malarial cures, which was not an easy task. Despite a lack of staff and poor laboratory conditions, they eventually came across a promising chemical after countless failed experiments. The medicine they discovered has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
Although she is internationally renowned for her work, Tu Youyou is not interested in fame. She conducts research as usual and believes that there is a great potential for future advances if the wisdom of both Chinese and Western medicine can be fully integrated.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind Superman P103 课文改编填空
Christopher Reeve is indeed a superhero both in the Superman films and in reality, whose life story is beyond our imagination with ups and downs.
He had a passion in/for acting at an early age and finally won the opportunity to star in four Superman films. He had been devoting himself to helping people in need when disaster struck him. A fall from his horse caused severe injuries to his neck. Even breath was impossible without a machine. With the support of his wife, parents and friends, he eventually got rid of despair and found his goal of life again.
After engaging in intense recovery training, Reeve succeeded in returning to his film career. In addition, being energetic and passionate, he never quit his charity cause, from writing positively to encourage people to raising money to promote research into back injuries and disabilities. His confidence and optimism inspired people greatly.
To our sadness, on 10 October,2004, Christopher Reeve passed away. People will memorialize him as a superhero forever.
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二上 BS 选择性必修 第二册 《高中必刷题》
课文改编填空
选必第二册 B2P2 U4L1 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
Life often bears fun and embarrassments, making it charming to taste and explore. Here are three funny experiences in life.
An art collector spotted a cat consuming milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store while he was walking casually on the road. He realized the saucer was so valuable an antique that he offered to pay a high price to buy the cat, hoping the owner would give away the saucer as well, Ironically, the owner refused to throw in this lucky saucer, which had helped him sell 68 cats that week for the same reason.
Sherlock and Watson shared a similar funny experience. One camping night, they woke up with millions of stars shining in the sky. According to the scientific measurement of time, Watson figured out the exact time. From the atmosphere, he forecast a bright day the next day. In the end, he was purely embarrassed to be told that their tent had been stolen.
The same embarrassment also happened to a middle-aged man who had been suffering depression for several months. He saw a doctor. After an examination, he was told everything was right and that what he needed was only a real laugh. The doctor recommended an amazing clown---Grock, and he replied Sadly, “I am Grock.”
选必第二册 B2P11 U4L3 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Mr. Bean, a classic character in comedies, is recognized for meeting endless ridiculous situation in his daily life. In one of the most popular episodes, Mr. Bean comes to a fancy restaurant in celebration of his birthday, only to find that the only dish that he can afford is one named “steak tartare”, which is actually a raw hamburger. The moment the dish is served , he attempts to chew it. However, he finds it is too disgusting to swallow, and he has no alternative but to hide his real feelings. During all the dinner time, he occupies himself with hiding the raw meat, and even throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist. What a funny but embarrassing birthday!
Contrary to Mr. Bean, Rowan Atkinson, who played the role of Mr. Bean, lived a normal life. Born into an ordinary family, he was treated in such a strict manner that he stood out well in his study and even attained his degree at Oxford. Besides, he was convinced he would be a successful actor with his talent for acting. Years later, it is obvious that his hard work has paid off in the end.
选必第二册 B2P25 U5L1 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
Have you ever heard some inspiring stories of the disabled? Helen Keller is one who deserves to be mentioned. Helen a well-recognized female author, had several strong restrictions to her body. She could not read or write at her early age, but later she mastered several languages. Anne Sullivan, a teacher at a school for the disabled, played an irreplaceable role in Helen’s growth and achievements. Anne adopted simple approaches to teaching, repeatedly spelt new words by writing on Helen’s hands, and asked her to imitate these spellings. In the beginning, she would not learn the words unless they could be touched, such as water, doll etc. Gradually, her interest grew and she explored complicated and abstract words. In the process of learning the word “think”, she struggled a lot and made breakthroughs by accident when finishing small tasks. As for the word “love”, she felt discouraged after trying many times without understanding it. Despite many failures, Anne kept on encouraging her to try. Helen carried on thinking and suddenly realized it was as beautiful as the sun and clouds. It was Anne that enlightened Helen’s mind and brought a broad world to her.
选必第二册 B2P34 U5L3 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
As Bacon said, who questions much, shall learn much, and remember much. In history, there are endless questions that promote human civilization to a high degree. In the 17th century when people tended to believe more in religions than facts, great scientists like Bacon and Galilei went against the mainstream view of that period. They searched for the truth of science on the basis of analysis. At that time, the earth was believed to stand still, but Galilei disagreed and was urged to continue his further exploration. Ironically, people grew angry and put him in prison when Galilei proved Aristotle wrong, who was a highly respected scientist. However, anyone is likely to make mistakes, Aristotle and Galilei included. With countless questions raised and solved, our knowledge of the world is increasingly expanded. We appreciate the past great men for their wisdom, for they are brave enough to challenge themselves as well as inspiring the future generations to explore more unknown and brand-new areas, On the whole, a world full of questions is exactly the one that we are fighting for.
选必第二册 B2P48 U6L1 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
Reading a favourite book is one pleasure; watching an enjoyable film is another. But it is rather challenging to produce a creation in combination with the two. A good book doesn’t guarantee a popular film while a good film may arise from one plain book. It takes a lot for filmmakers to achieve a perfect balance between them.
The source material for a film must be faithful to the original, whether it is taken or adapted from books. Chances are that the film screenwriter makes so many changes that the audience feel far from the book. As a result, the film ends up failing. Also, a success depends on the cast acceptable to the audience. Readers of the book generally visualize their ideal characters, which means they are not likely to accept other images. Besides, if we take technical restrictions into consideration, the result will turn out to be different. Take CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology for example. It allows more unfilmable books to appear on screen. Despite these challenges, it is common to see many highly successful works made from books like Harry Potter.
选必第二册 B2P58 U6L3 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
Advertisements play an irreplaceable role in enriching people’s daily life by promoting and selling products to customers. Over the past decades, the types and styles have changed/have been changing constantly to upgrade the advertising game.
The most common advertisements are commercial ones, which simply give basic information of the products. Take “Tsing Tao Brewery”for example. It is easy to get the name of the products as well as the location of the company. Gradually, advertisers find it necessary to combine attractive pictures or words of the experts with the original advertisements. With the advertising bomming, those consisting of outstanding designs and creative ideas are likely to be distinguished in the growing competitive advertising market. At present, being visually attractive and repeating old ideas are out of date as the customers have been bored with the familiar strategies to promote products. Therefore/Thus, advertisers have to adopt creative ideas trying to make the customers forget that they are being talked into buying goods by someone. Apart from the commercial advertisements, public advertisements are gaining much attention. For instance, some are educating people on fighting AIDS, while some are calling for saving water.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4 Humor 第四单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 What’s so funny? of Unit 4 Humor, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、三种时态：
1Everything had been going wrong for him.
2So, after he had been feeling depressed for over a month, he decided to go to the doctor .
3Finally, after he had been waiting for about half an hour, he was called in for his consultation. 4“Well, I’ve been having a bit of a crisis.”
5“And I’ve been doing a lot of work.”
6I will be working in the United States for three months.
7This time next week, I’ll be arriving in New York.
2、三种时态：
1The eager fans had been waiting for six hours before they finally got the tickets for the football match. 2I had been looking for that for weeks---where did you find it?
3Mrs. Wang will be staying with her friends when she goes to Hainan.
4As he had been repairing his car all afternoon, he was messy.
5This book is taking me so long that I will be still reading it by this time next year!
6She has been studying English since she left school.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、His humor is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
2、He cannot hide his feelings, except when the waiters asks if everything is fine.
3、When the waiters are not looking, however, he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach.
4、He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
5、强调句型/强调结构/强调句
But it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
John Lloyd, who worked as a producer for BBC Television, says that one rarely meets someone with such genius, and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、One afternoon, hundreds of unlucky passengers, who had been expecting to board a flight to New York, were told it had been cancelled.
2、One unfortunate agent was dealing with the passengers, when an angry man, who had been standing in line for some time, pushed his way to the front.
3、This is probably all it takes to make an image of Charlie Chaplin as the “Little Tramp”, one of the most famous comedy characters in the world.
4、His early films were such huge commercial successes that film companies were falling over themselves to hire him.
5、Making the joke look effortless and simple was part of his genius.
6、“The best definition of humor I ever heard is that it’s getting people in and out of trouble.”
7、From actors such as Charlie Chaplin, who was famous during the silent age of film-making to Rowan Atkinson who plays Mr. Bean on TV and in films, British comedy has never gone out of fashion.
8、1And while there are many popular dramatic actors in Britain, there is something extra special about British comedy and comedians for global audiences.
2Most non-British people see the British as being very reserved, polite and formal and while that is true to a certain degree, British people love to express themselves through humor too.
3While one person might lightly giggle at a joke, another might fall about with laughter.
9、Humor is a part of every culture but it could be said that it is one of core characteristics of British culture.
10、You will often find passengers getting on buses joking with drivers.
11、So now that we have established how important humor is to British people, what exactly makes them laugh?
12、There have been many popular comedy TV programs which have explored the absurdity of people with less money and status attempting to copy the lifestyles of the wealthy and others which humorously explore life for the less well-off.
13、Another area that might be difficult for foreigners to get when it comes to British comedy is “word play”.
14、强调句型：
Sometimes, it’s not just words that have two meanings but also expressions.
15、名词性从句：
Now, whether or not you find these types of jokes funny is personal to you, but the fact that they are easily understood by English speakers of all ages, means that it is very much a part of British comedy.
16、Two other characteristics of British comedy that are unique are joking about topics that would be considered “taboo” in other cultures and humor focused on self-depreciation.
17、长句难句复杂句式：
But the wide range of techniques used by British comedians and comedy writers, from satire, to puns, to self-mockery, means that there is something for every taste in comedy, although the polite British approach to delivering jokes means that sometimes it’s difficult to even tell if it is a joke or not!
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook on page 78---page 82 of Unit 4, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、两种时态：
1He has been talking to a friend and tells her he will be having a drink in the bar at 7 and asks her to join him there.
2The man thinks that maybe the barman has been talking to him, but the barman has been cleaning glasses at the other end of the bar.
3Knowing that his friend will be arriving soon, the man wonders if it is her, but there is no one he recognizes around.
4He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years.
5Even if you have been studying for a long time and feeling sleepy and bored, laughing can make you feel energized as if you had just had a nap!
2、强调句型：
It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
3、几种时态：
1After I sent you the invitation, I had been wondering when I would hear from you.
2We have been practicing extremely hard for months.
3However, we would be playing by the time you arrive.
4I will be looking out for you after the match.
4、An interesting fact about him was that he never swore on stage, which is a far cry from some of the modern comedians. a far cry from 大相径庭，天壤之别，相去甚远。
5、Another interesting fact about him was that he died three days after the rock and roll star, Elvis Presley. 猫王。
6、What can you infer from the fact that Groucho was the host of the quiz show You Bet Your Life? that引导同位语从句。
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---What’s so funny of Lesson1, Unit 4 Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 10: (课本10页, L1, U4, B2)
An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
Sherlock Holmes asked his faithful friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. “Millions and millions of stars,” said Dr. Watson. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, he believed there are millions of galaxies and billions of planets. He deduced that it was probably a quarter past three based on the scientific measurement of time. From the current atmosphere he forecasted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. Watson didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance . Actually he was the amazing clown.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text---My Favorite Comedian of Lesson3, Unit 4, Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 25: (课本25页, L3, U4, B2)
Undoubtedly, one of the funniest and well-known comedians in the world has to be Rowan Atkinson, who is mostly known as Mr. Bean. He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years. Mr. Bean’s extraordinary actions or tricks seem to have universal appeal to people of all ages and cultures. The uncomfortable and desperate situations he gets himself into are just so ridiculous that it’s impossible not to laugh.
Rowan Atkinson is rarely seen out of character, although generally people know his name and nationality. Contrary to his character on screen, he is highly educated. He received a scholarship to attend secondary school and then obtained a degree in electrical engineering. It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
He has a high reputation among actors but he is very kind and down to earth in real life. His ability to rely purely on his face and body to make people laugh rather than words is such a special talent. Therefore, he is seen as a remarkable comedian in the contemporary acting world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5 Education 第五单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 5 Education, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1By the time she was seven years old, she still couldn’t speak, read or write and needed to have everything done for her.
2Helen’s parents got a superb teacher recommended to them, a woman named Anne Sullivan. 3Finally, she got the world of words opened up to her.
4We’re going to have a video of the wedding made.
5I’ll have my tyres checked. 6I’ll have the washing machine repaired soon.
7Many years ago Pauline had a portrait painted by a well-known painter.
8Have you ever had your voice recorded?
9Have you ever had your face made up with face paint when you were a kid?
2、As一词用法小结：
1As the water flowed over Helen’s hand, Anne spelt out “W-A-T-E-R” into Hen’s other hand.
2As Anne wrote on Helen’s hand, Helen suddenly realized that the movement of the fingers meant the cool liquid flowing over her hand.
3As Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanded, she asked more and more questions.
4However, one day as she was working on a simple task, she had a breakthrough.
5As she did this, Anne touched Helen’s forehead and wrote the word “think” on her hand. 6As she thought about its meaning again, the sun came out.
3、状语从句：
1Anne spelt words by writing on Helen’s hand so that Helen could get a mental picture of the words. so that=in order that
2Now that Helen grasped the key to language, she was very eager to learn more and use it as much as she could.
4、形式宾语和真正的宾语从句：
“I thought it strange that my teacher could not show me love.”
5、It was the first time Helen had understood such a complex word---a word for something she couldn’t touch.
It/This is the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（现在完成时态）。
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 Understanding of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、名词性从句：
1It seems obvious now how we acquire knowledge and understanding.
2It is not surprising that people wanted to believe the primitive ideas as they had been put forward by the great philosopher Aristotle (384-322 BCE).
3People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
4It is still often true today that people don’t want to abandon what they’ve always thought as true.
5It is important to not only describe what it shows, but also tell what lessons are taught.
2、长句难句复杂句式：,
Although today we are more used to typing a few key words into a search engine and waiting for the Internet to give us an answer, modern scientists and thinkers are still solving the world’s problems with this type of analysis---luckily for us.
3、定语从句：
1However, in the 17th century when Francis Bacon (1516-1626) suggested that this type of thinking was the way to gain knowledge, he was going against the views of the day.
2At that time, people believed more in the church than in facts and people like Galileo Galilei (1564-1642), who proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”, were often punished by the church with no one coming to their defense.
3In fact, when Galilei proved that the Earth was not the centre of the universe, instead of believing him, people chose to believe views that were almost 2,000 years old!
4We owe so much of our knowledge and understanding of the world to people like Bacon and Galilei, who were brave enough to step out from the shadows of conventional thought in order to find the kingdom of knowledge that today’s civilization is built upon.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop, Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、状语从句的省略问题：
1However, when looking at it more closely, I see something interesting.
2It is important to use the present tense when describing and commenting on the picture. 3They need to see pictures and images when learning.
2、have/get/find/…… sth. done He has his back turned to us.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1The overall message (that/which) we can take from this picture is that it is important to have routines and timetables, as they can help us stay organized, but sometimes routines can control us, rather than us controlling the routines.
2It is important not to become too preoccupied with routines and schedules, because they can make us blind to what is in front of us.
3Technology has become more and more important in how people learn: the Internet, videos and tablets have exposed us more to English in the classroom, as many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities and interactive whiteboards.
4One interesting thought is that there may no longer be a need for translators as, though not perfect yet, we already have software to do it.
5For instance, one of its principles is that children are unique individuals who must be free to learn without being criticized or restricted.
4、强调句型：
It is the child that controls the pace, topic and lessons, not the rest of the class or the teacher.
5、as一词用法小结：
1Children are encouraged to repeat activities as often as they wish.同级比较状语从句
2The furniture is light so they can arrange it as they wish. 方式方法状语从句。
3Maria Montessori wanted to free children’s minds so that they could learn by self-teaching and self-correction. 目的状语从句 so that=in order that
4Her works have been translated into many languages so that people around the world can learn more about the Montessori philosophy. 目的状语从句
5The cabinets are low so that the children can reach them. 目的状语从句
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 5, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
2、长句难句复杂句式：
In conclusion, education is important not only because it facilitates the acquisition of knowledge, but also because it promotes an individual’s physical, mental, moral and social development .
3、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1Sam had got/had had his life changed by one amazing teacher.
2He got/had his confidence knocked due to some bad exam results.
3She also had/got her concerns shared by another teacher that Sam might fail many of his subjects if things didn’t change. that引导同位语从句; if引导条件状语从句。
4Sam felt that he got/had his confidence increased.
4、Some of my students have large vocabulary and can spell words well, while others struggle.
5、名词性从句：
1Besides, it was believed that just by following the law, people would become good citizens.
2It is clear now that the true priority of education is to develop the whole person rather than just provide information to learn.
3Of course that is why it is vital that we always keep learning and questioning.
4We should not ignore the fact that pollution is still a serious problem though our environment is getting better and better. that同位语从句; though让步状语从句。
6、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1I must get my broken glasses repaired. 2I had my letter delivered yesterday.
3We are having our house painted next month.
7、They prefer learning activities where everything is explained to them rather than having to read instructions.
8、各种从句/长句难句复杂句式/状语从句的省略：
1To me it seems that a kinesthetic learner has the most fun.
2It turns out that I am a visual learner as I love art and also drama where we have to visualize situations.
3It’s really helpful to understand your preferred style as it can help you design strategies that will help you be successful when learning both now and in the future.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 33 : (课本33页, L1, U5, B2)
When Helen was young, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen’s behavior was often unbearable and sometimes she was troublesome, stubborn and angry with a tendency to break things when she was not understood. Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher. Anne’s technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. The precious knowledge she taught Helen gave her hope and joy. From “doll” and “water”, Helen knowledge and vocabulary expanded and this changed her thinking process. As Helen grasped the key to language, she discovered more complex words. Helen now understand the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2
选择性必修第二册 on page 46: (课本46页, L1, U4, B2)
Helen Keller was an exceptional girl. When she was a child, she couldn’t communicate because she couldn’t see or hear. As a result of these restrictions, she was often troublesome and badly behaved. Fortunately, Anne Sullivan, who was a superb teacher, was brought in to help Helen.
Anne had a simple technique for teaching Helen vocabulary. Anne would, for example, let Helen play with a doll, and then spell “D-O-L-L” on her hand. In this way, Helen built a mental picture of the word. Anne used this technique for other words as well. For example, she put Helen’s hand in a stream of liquid to teach “water”.
As Helen’s knowledge expanded, Anne started to teach more complex words. However, it was still hard for Helen to learn concepts like “think” because she couldn’t touch them, and Helen was often disappointed. Luckily, one day, she had a breakthrough. She was making necklaces when she made some mistakes. She didn’t know how to fix them, so she stopped to think. When she did this, Anne touched Helen’s head and wrote “think” on her hand. It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6 The Media 第六单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 From Page To Screen of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It的用法：A、人称代词； B、非人称代词: 天气、日期、时间、距离、情况；
C、形式it: 形式主语、形式宾语； D、强调it
1… but it’s normal to have high expectations when a film of favorite book is made.
2… it is safe to say that great films may be made from not particularly good books.
3Since a typical film is only around two hours long, it becomes a question for screenwriters to decide what is appropriate for the screen d what to leave out.
4It allowed the previously unfilmable to become a reality. (It= CGI=Computer Generated Image)
5One may think that it is the book writer who is in the best position to do film adaptations.
6This can actually be a disadvantage because they may be too close to the material and find it difficult to adapt to a new form.
7In this situation, it is clear that viewers will not be disappointed!
8For me, anyway, it is always a bad idea to watch a film of a book you love.
9CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology has made it possible for the previously unfilmable to become a reality.
2、各种从句：
1There are many times I have been pessimistic about or even disappointed by a film of a book I love.
2This is where I think many film adaptations fall down.
3At other times they are not, and there are instances where writers have been very unsatisfied with the film versions of their work.
4Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone seems to have their favorite.
5A key question is obviously how close to the original the film is.
6Readers of the book have very definite ideas about how characters should look and sound.
3、动名词短语充当主语和介词的宾语：
1Reading a book and watching a film are two very different experiences.
2Finding actors acceptable to film audiences can mean the difference between success and failure.
3Screenwriters have difficulty deciding what is appropriate for the screen.
4For many of today’s advertisers, repeating old ideas is not a successful approach.
5 The top advertisers of today believe that using humor as well as new and unusual ideas to surprise people is important. 动名词短语充当主语, 单数第三人称。
4、It的用法：
1It took Simon two hours to finish his homework.
2It was unbelievable that they made such a film in one month.
3Jason found it interesting to read the new comic book.
4The film is very interesting, and it is obvious that the viewers will not be disappointed.
5I don’t find it easy to learn language. It is only by studying very hard that I improve my English.
6In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
5、状语从句的省略：
1What factors should be taken into consideration when adapting books into films?
2Speakers have their opinions when talking about a specific issue.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Questions About Media and Lesson 3 The Advertising Game of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、1In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
2For this reason, it’s now normal to see advertisements that consists of pictures or words from experts to show people how good the product is.
2、used to和would:
1Advertising agencies would create a basic type of advertisement known as a commercial advertisement.
2Classic advertisements used to give information about finding certain products.
3From the name you would know what the company sells, where they are located, and the name of the product.
4Advertising agencies used to create this kind of advertising and it could be very effective.
5Ideas that would work in the past genuinely are not as effective now.
6These advertisements have helped to increase public knowledge about topics that used to be ignored by most people, and this has made our society a better place for everyone.
3、be/get used to doing sth.
Because of the boost in advertising, people are used to seeing a high standard of visual design.
4、部分否定：
However, not all advertising is about selling products and services for a profit.
5、定语从句：
1It was likely to be the name of a company, part of which might include the name of the place from which the product originated.
2But then they realized that it might not be suitable for a marketplace where products and services are in direct competition with each other.
3Their aim is create something that has never been seen before and that people find interesting.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
1As present-day advertisers often have large budgets, huge amounts of money are spent on applying modern design techniques to make these advertisements as visually attractive as possible.
2They realize that it does not matter how attractive the idea linked with the product is---most people know and anticipate that the main purpose of the advertisement is to make customers buy the product.
3To stand out in a world of competitive advertising, they must combine the highest standard of design with creative ways to make people believe that they “must have the product”.
7、used to和would:
|
Affirmative
肯定句 |
We used to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors would come to see us. |
|
Negative
否定句 |
We didn’t use to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors wouldn’t come to see us. |
|
Question
疑问句 |
Did you use to live in a crowded flat?
Would visitors come to see you? |
8、used to和would:
1We used to live in a crowded flat in New York.
2They would/used to climb the mountain every week.
3She used to have more friends than anyone
4I would/used to buy sweets the size of golf balls.
9、used to和would:
1We used to live in a small town but last year we moved to a big city.
2My primary school teachers wouldn’t give us any homework but they would teach us a lot in class.
3Harrison Ford used to accept the strangest jobs before he became an actor.
4I didn’t use to like seafood, but now I just love it.
5Mr. Smith used to/would watch tasteless TV talk shows all day before he lost his sight.
6When I was a child, we used to live near the coast.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop---A Film Review 影评 and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、either…or… ; neither…nor… :
1The owner of the castle is an abnormal creature, half-man, half- beast, who tells the trader---either one of his daughters replaces him as a prisoner in the castle, or he will die.
2Although it has neither cute characters nor wonderful songs in this version, it speaks to people of all ages.
3The film has neither good special effects nor good music.
4Now when it comes to advertising, often the aim is to try and create an emotion in the person viewing it, either by making it humorous or even sad.
2、The film does, however, have its faults.
3、It must seem a little odd to get a letter from your own mother whom you see every day, but I hope you will read this and take what I have to say seriously.
4、when和whenever引导时间状语从句：
1You even do this when we’re having a family meal in a restaurant or when I’m talking to you.
2You may not realize this, but whenever you feel even slightly bored, you check your phone.
3And if I ask to leave your phone at home when we go out, you sulk and get twitchy, almost as if you’re suffering withdrawal symptoms.
4I have tried to talk to you about this , but whenever I ask you to put down your phone and look at me, you said “in a minute”.
5And it’s so easy to just send a message when I want to chat with them.
5、because引导原因状语从句：
1I bought you a phone for your 12th birthday because you wanted one so much.
2It was weird getting a letter from you, but I suppose you felt this was the best way because I’m always on my phone!
3I suppose I didn’t think there was a communication problem because I spend so much time with you.
4 I spend a lot of time on my phone because I like to keep in constant contact with my friends.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress, Literature Spot and Workbook on page 88 to page 92 of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、while居中，“而，然而”，表示比较、对照、转折，引导状语从句：
1When we hear that they might be adapted into films, some people feel excited while others are unhappy.
2Some novelists have happily been involved in the film production while others like the American author J.D. Salinger, fought to ensure that their books would never become films.
2、同位语从句：
Often people are pessimistic about the chances that their favorite characters and stories will be shown on screen.
3、be of great interest=be very interesting ; be of great value=be very valuable;
be of great importance=be very important; be of great use=be very useful; be of great of help=be very helpful;
For example, people can upload videos of events they believe are of interest to others.
4、While置于句首，“虽然、尽管”，引导让步状语从句：
1While traditionally, large corporations have been the ones to produce and report on the news, things have changed greatly in recent years.
2While there has been lots of advantages for readers, TV stations and especially newspapers have been negatively affected, as fewer companies choose to pay to advertise through them.
5、it的用法：
1It’s common for people to engage in activities such as micro-blogging where they can share their ideas and opinions on whatever topic they choose.
2Eventually it became clear that this approach was not suitable for situations where companies were directly competing with each other.
3And now it’s common for commercial advertisements to have budget as big as films.
4It is also common now to pay celebrities from films and sports to participate in advertising campaign to further encourage the public to buy a product.
6、as一词的用法小结：
1Advertising has existed as long as people have been selling goods, but it has gone through many changes over the years as economic development has occurred.
2There have been some criticisms and negative views on advertising as people feel that companies are no longed being honest and straightforward.
7、used to和would:
I used to love reading newspapers. Every morning at breakfast I’d read the paper from cover to cover.
8、Language points in Literature Spot from page 71to page 73: 长句难句复杂句式：
1I had done forty of the fifty miles of curving twisting highway before it started to cool off, but it didn’t really get cool until I reached the dam and started along the south shore of the lake past the piled-up granite boulders and the sprawled camps in the flats beyond.
2I wondered who the hell Fred Lacey was and what he wanted and why he didn’t want to stay home or leave a message if his business was so urgent…
9、Summary of No Crime in the Mountains on page 71:
A letter arrived at Evens’ office from Mr. Lacey. Evens arrived in Puma Point and went to the hotel. Evens spoke to Mrs. Lacey on the phone. He spoke to the girl in the phone office. He walked back to his hotel, got into his car, drove around the lake and stopped. He smoked his pipe and watched the boats in the lake. He found the body of Mr. Lacey under the tree.
10、状语从句的省略问题：
1If in groups, how will you divide up your groups?
2If so, what will they be? 3If yes, what are they?
4If not, the company might associate with their bad behavior.
5If at all possible, register at the Indian Head Hotel, and call me at 2306. 课本P72。
11、as一词用法小结：
1I laughed out loud as I read it!
2Some people feel pessimistic about the future of theatre as they feel it is not popular with young people anymore.
3 He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
12、同位语从句：
I saw a musical version of Harry Potter recently that was wonderful and is proof that the theatre world is alive and well!
13、it的用法：
1I found it unusual that they used a cast of new and unknown actors , which is risky, but here it pays off.
2So does that mean it is better to advertise when there are lots of viewers?
3It is hard not to be influenced by ads.
4It is easy to run a good advertising business.
14、used to和would:
1Mr. Loxton used to live in an old house.
2He never used to have time to do maintain on his house.
3The gate which used to be brand-new became old.
4Mr. Loxton would just ignore everything that broke.
5He used to have an old car which he would wash every Saturday.
6But now he has a new car which he wouldn’t dream of washing himself.
7He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
8In his early days he would dream of having a lifestyle like this---it used to look so appealing.
9I wouldn’t have believed that were possible, would you?
15、While 置于句式，“虽然，尽管”，让步状语从句：
While direct hard-sell ads might be easy to detect---such as those for products endorsed by celebrities---soft-sell ads may be more difficult tosspot.
16、部分否定：
1Not all ads are directed towards the end customer.
2 Not all ads speak directly to customers.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7 Careers 第七单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 EQ:IO of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1Even if they never see their results, they feel that their IQ is what determines how well they are going to do in life.
2When they see other students doing better than them, they usually believe that those students have a higher IQ and that there is nothing (that) they can do to change their situation.
3While your IQ tells you how intelligent you are, your EQ tells you how well you use your intelligence.
4Professor Salovey, who invented the term EQ, gives the following description: at work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
5For example, have you ever wondered why some of the smartest students in your class, who you think deserve good grades, sometimes end up failing exams?
6It is generally believed that people with high EQs are open to new ideas and have positive attitudes towards life.
7On the other hand, there is little doubt that people with low EQs often have problems getting on with other people and dealing with difficult situations; hence they have a harder time adjusting in life and in their careers.
8When students were introduced to those who had disabilities, they found that, afterwards, the non-disabled students were more willing to help people with difficulties.
9To get ahead in the world and lead a happy successful life requires getting on well with other people and being able to understand and react to situations in the best way possible.
10And the fact that it might be possible to raise EQs means that schools need to make sure that their students are receiving an education they really need, not solely based on IQ but on developing the entire character.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Supported by his research, Professor Salovey suggests that when predicting someone’s future success, their character, as measured by EQ tests, might actually matter more than their IQ.
2At work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
3Professor Mayer, recognized by many as a leading expert in the study of changes to people’s EQs, recently announced the results of a study on senior secondary school students.
4Compared to students who had not been involved in the study, they also showed a better understanding of the disabled students’ feelings.
3、The more……, the more……句型：
A high EQ is necessary for this---the higher the better.
4、Focus on Language: Verb-ed Form---动词的过去分词
Ex. 9 Join the sentences by using the –ed form of the verb.
Example John was accused of stealing money. He was brought to court.---
Accused of stealing money, John was brought to court.
1Jane was scared of the lightning. She refused to go outside. ---
Scared of the lightning, Jane refused to go outside.
2The man was arrested by the police. He felt hopeless. ---
Arrested by the police, the man felt hopeless.
3The two lions were sent to a local zoo. They are reported to have settled down well. ---
Sent to a local zoo, the two lions are reported to have settled down well.
4The medicine is taken in time. It will be quite effective. ---
Taken in time, the medicine will be quite effective.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Career Skills and Lesson 3 Meet the New Boss: You of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1Most people now have no intention of following in their parents’ footsteps or even staying at one job for very long.
2In fact, planning to work in the same field or industry for your entire working life just isn’t practical anymore.
3The skills you have now are unlikely to remain relevant and be enough to help you through your entire career.
4But this is hardly a recipe for great career success.
5Lifetime security from one employer is no longer certain or even likely.
2、祈使句+and+简单句：
Keep doing this, and you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.=
If you keep doing this, you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.
3、What if......句型
What if your job disappears after working for 10 years in the field.
4、长句难句复杂句式：
The truth is that you are the boss of your career, and it is up to you to decide what you can do and how well you can do it.
5、would do
1You’d follow your father to sea, onto the farm or into the workshop.
2You’d follow your mother into the kitchen or sewing room.
3You would do the work your parents did.
6、The sentences that show irony: 表达讽刺的语句：
1You might be lucky. These strategies might bring you a nice, comfortable life…
2If you think you can wok eight hours a day and build a career, think again.
3 If you think you can’t be replaced by software or your can’t be outsourced to some robots on the moon, you are wrong.
7、Focus on Language: Negative Expressions: 否定的表达方式：
Complete the sentences with the expressions from the Sentence Builder:
1High grades are no longer enough to guarantee success in a career.
2Keeping the same job for life is not a realistic expectation anymore
3The job you have today is unlikely to be the same as the job you’ll have in 20 years’ time.
4It’s hardly surprising he lost his job: he was always late and never met his deadlines.
5The company has no intention of hiring more staff because it can use robots to do the work instead.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 7 Careers, 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1I would also like to learn more about the things that are going on in the city, as I feel that it is important to know about the city (which) we live in.
2Moreover, I feel that I can get on well with people from different backgrounds since I have worked with lots of different people on many projects for local events.
3In addition, I am also a good photographer , which might be useful for some of the articles.
4I look forward to hearing from you.
5In your application, say which job you are interested in, why you are the most suitable candidate for the position and give details about yourself.
2、时间状语从句、现在分词短语充当时间状语和伴随状语以及状语从句的省略问题：
1But when you move to a new environment or have to work with some new people, it is not always easy for them to recognize you or respect you immediately.
2Moving to a new working environment, you may need to deal with things that don’t belong to your own field.
3Learning or working in a new working environment, you need to have a good sense of judgment when joining a discussion or making a decision.
4Be confident and make eye contact when talking to people.
5Then, walk in holding your head high and smile.
6When working together with others, it is important that you have a clear vision and a working plan to achieve it.
7When working, don’t focus on what is your work and what isn’t.
8After doing your own work, always be ready to help others.
3、remember to do sth.; remember doing sth.
Remember to look other people in the eye---it’s the key to creating a connection with people.
4、While句首，引导让步状语从句：
While there may be some advantages to work at this time, working at night also brings particular problems.
5、What I’d like to do is working with high school students and helping them with their future.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 7, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句：
1Up until quite recently, it was believed that IQ was the most important measure of intelligence and those with high IQs were the ones who got ahead in life.
2Professor Salovey, the expert who invented the term, explains that in the workplace IQ gets you employed but EQ gets you promoted.
3For example, if students who are highly academic and intelligent fail to achieve the grades (which/that) they deserve in exams it may be because they have lower EQs.
4Logical thinking, which is the ability to use our reason well, will be highly useful in the workplace, as it will help us use our knowledge to persuade others.
5And given that people will not stay in the same career for long, we can expect that we will have to go back to education and training at some stage to be qualified to work in another field.
6As the company is determined to find the right candidates, they will ask a lot of detailed questions to find out what you know about the company.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Given the fast pace of the job market now, 21st century employees are faced with challenges that their parents never experienced.
2Compared to previous generations, standards are set higher for them and they are expected to have more qualifications and a wider range of new and essential skills.
3Required to innovate constantly, 21st century employees need to be ready to adapt to new challenges and roles quickly.
4Thrown into a hyper-connected workplace, today’s graduates will also have to prepare to move around to jobs at different companies.
5Designed to be more dynamic and inspiring, working environments will be more exciting than offices of the past.
6Workers will happily enjoy many extra benefits, such as gyms and games rooms, provided by companies.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1Most people tend to associate good results in IQ tests with intelligence, but believe it or not, there is more to the issue than you may first realize.
2The most important skills are comprehension and critical thinking, both of which help you to become more logical in your work and persuade others to agree with your approaches.
3There is a strong chance that people will regularly train again to learn more skills until they reach the time (that/when) they stop working.
4An increasing number of them will work at start-ups, which will be seen as providing a more dynamic and exciting working environment than their parents would have been used to.
5Alternatively, , you can decide to leave the traditional career path altogether and set up your own company, which means that all the decisions can be made by you instead of your boss or your company.
4、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1It isn’t common for children to have the same job as their parents anymore.
2There are hardly any jobs that a robot can’t do.
3People with limited computer skills are unlikely to be successful in any career.
4It is no longer strange for people to have several careers during their life.
5The manager has no intention of giving her a promotion because she’s lazy.
5、Reading and Writing on Page 81------Survival of the Fittest
1Between now and the 21st century, citizens of the world’s richest and most advanced nations will find it more and more difficult to keep up with the demand for change.
形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语。
2Now we find ourselves living at the end of the timeline that Toffler imagined and we’re still experiencing rapid changes, not least in the world of work.
find sb./oneself doing sth.; find sth. done
3People will also need to move around more so they can take different jobs at different companies, because this will give them their best chance of climbing the career ladder, as the number of internal promotions falls.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---EQ;IQ of Lesson1,Unit 7 Careers, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 10 : (课本10页,L1,U7,B3)
Most students feel their IQ, which refers to Intelligence Quotient, is what determines how well they are going to do in life, but new research suggests that EQ is a better way for predicting success. Professor Salovey says it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He may be right. Students with high IQs sometimes end up failing exams and this may be due to a lower EQ. The association between IQ and EQ is interesting. People with low EQs find it harder adjusting in life and in their careers. Altogether, the results of studies show that a high EQ is necessary for getting on with people and being able to react in the best way. So schools need to be sure to develop a student’s entire character.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Career Skills of Lesson 2, Unit 7,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 13 : (课本13页,L2,U7,XB B3)
Kristy comes to a guidance counselor, Mr. McDougall, for advice on future jobs. Mr. McDougall says there’ll be new jobs related to information technology, bio-technology and green technology. So he advises Kristy to learn different kinds skills. First, he thinks the ability to learn new skills is important because in the future people may have four or five different jobs over many years. Second, using the Internet, learning new IT skills and keeping up with technology developments will be important because these will give people the tools they need in the future. He also mentions languages. More people may speak a second language. Lastly, he says critical thinking and creativity will be crucial in the future.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8 Literature 第八单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 The Last Leaf of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、State Verbs and Activity/Action Verbs: （静态动词和动态动词）
Activity/Action Verbs: go、kick、watch、rain，可以用于任何时态和语态。
State Verbs：不能用于进行时态,通常用于一般现在时。三种主要类型：
1描述感情和态度的动词：love、hate、like、prefer
2表示“思维” 的动词：think、know、believe、understand、remember
3描述感觉感官的动词：see、smell、taste、hear、sound、
4常见的表示“所属拥有”等的动词：have、own、belong 、want、need、mean、cost、seem、appear、wish
5既可以用作静态动词又可以用作动态动词：
(1)Mick looks like his sister. Mick’s looking at his sister.
(2)I have a cat. I’m having a bath.
(3)I think you’re right I’m thinking of going to Spain.
(4)Can you see that man? I’m seeing the doctor.
(5)但是在非常非正式的口语英语会话中：
I’m hating this movie. I’m loving you work. I’m loving your explanations.
(6)A Quiz------Are these sentences correct or wrong?
Number One: Do you prefer jazz or rock music? correct
Number Two: Are you belonging to the football club? wrong
Number Three: I’m having lunch with Kate today. correct
2、现在分词短语的基本用法：
1Greenwich Village is a place where the art people came together, hunting for apartments with north-facing windows and low rents. 伴随状语
2Mr. Pneumonia placed his icy finger on Johnsy; and she lay, barely moving, in her bed staring at a blank wall under her blanket. 伴随状语
3One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain. 伴随状语
4Johnsy lay for a long time looking at it. 伴随状语
5The janitor found him lying in bed helplessly with pain yesterday morning.宾语补足语
6His mother found him watching TV when she came home. 宾语补足语
find sb. doing sth. 发现某人正在做某事
3、see sb. do sth.; see sb. doing sth. 试比较：
1I want to see the last one fall.
2I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. （课本P36 Lesson 3）
4、动名词的复合结构和被动式：
1Sue told him about Johnsy’s longing to slip away like the leaves.
2I struggled against being drawn deeper, deeper down.
5、长句难句复杂句式：
1In November, a cold unseen stranger, whom the doctors called Pneumonia, arrived in Greenwich Village.
2Are there people in the world that foolish to think they’ll die because leaves drop off from a vine?
3 This is not a place in which Miss Johnsy shall lie sick.
4They couldn’t imagine where he had been on such a terrible night.
5Didn’t you wonder why it never moved an inch when the wind blew?
6、不定式的不定式：
1The next morning, Johnsy woke and asked for the curtains to be opened.
2The following day, Johnsy asked again for the curtains to be opened.
7、过去分词的基本用法：
1What’s more, a cold rain was falling, mixed with snow. 伴随状语或后置定语
2And then they found a lantern, still lit, and some brushes. 伴随状语或后置定语
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Poetry and Lesson 3 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在分词的基本用法：
1I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. 宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行。
2“Help, help!” I shouted, swimming towards the boat in desperation.
伴随状语，主动含义、正在同时进行。
3“No; but, being in my master’s service, I followed him.”
4My mouth, opening and closing, filled with salt water. 伴随状语，主动、同时进行
5The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
伴随状语，主动、同时进行
6He was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside. 后置定语，主动含义
2、过去分词的基本用法：
Suddenly I felt myself quickly drawn up to the surface of the sea. 宾语补足语，被动含义
3、不定式短语充当结果状语的句型：（参见课本P103, so as to do 如此……以致）
If master would be so good as to hold onto my shoulder, master would swim with much greater ease.
4、as if从句：
1It seemed to me as if a cry answered him.
2The blow produced a sound of metal; and, incredible though it may be, it seemed as lf it was made of metal plates.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、I couldn’t say where I was, nor could I imagine.
2、hear sb. do sth.; hear sb. doing sth.
I could hear Ned and Conseil breathing quickly.
3、动名词的复合结构和完全倒装:
Then came the sound of a heavy door opening
4、强调句型：
1It is my insanity that has made me act so badly.
2It was the King who poisoned the wine your mother drank.
5、让步状语从句和动名词的复合结构：
1I appreciate you saying that---even though I should want revenge for what you have done to my father and sister.
2Even though I forgive you personally, for the sake of the honor of my family I cannot accept your apology.
6、状语从句：
1Since Hamlet is the weaker fencer, Laertes will need three more hits than him to win.
2Now that the poison is in your blood, there is no cure.
7、定语从句：
1That was the poisoned wine but there is nothing(that) I can do about it now.
2Please forgive me for everything that has happened.
8、I would prefer to keep playing.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、动名词的复合结构和完成式：
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night.
2、现在分词短语充当原因状语：
Being more advanced than us, they do not want peace but rather to destroy us.
3、As一词用法小结：
1They call their group “Daybreak” as they believe they could start a new chapter in human history.
2The wind moaned through the trees as she wandered lost and lonely through the frost.
3It was as dark as a long winter night without moon or stars.
4As he looked at th, e waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
4、so……that……引导的结果状语从句：
1It was so dark that she could hardly see a thing.
2But it was so difficult and so painful that she only moved a metre or so before she gave up.
5、形式宾语、宾语补足语和真正的宾语：
She began to walk more quickly but found it difficult to see where she was going in the darkness.
6、find sb./oneself doing sth. 现在分词短语充当宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行：
She took a step forward, and found herself falling down a hill, rolling over and over.
7、As一词用法小结：
As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
8、look at sb./sth. doing sth.; feel sb./sth. doing sth.; see sb./sth. doing sth.:
1As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke with a shout.
2He could sense some unseen person in the room and was certain that he saw a pair of dark eyes near the door staring at him.
9、动词的非谓语形式（非谓语动词）：
1My advice to anyone hoping to become a writer or a person who writes poetry, is to listen to your emotions and feelings as much as possible.
2Getting out and about in nature is also highly recommended.
3I recommend reading some groups of similar works of poetry from famous poets from different times in history. recommend doing sth.
10、目的状语从句：
On the other hand, some poems are structured so that there is particular attention on some words and not others.
11、结果状语从句：
The man had been at sea for so long that it was hard to remember what land loked like.
12、长句难句复杂句式：
1Excitement had been building among them as Captain McCormick had said that they were a little more than 30 leagues from the island of St. Martins where evidently sunshine, dry land and fresh food awaited them.
2At least that’s what Officer David said he had overheard when the Captain spoke to Commander Barnaby.
3The first light of the sun lit up the sky as daybreak was approaching.
4She loves that even though writers may have lived long ago, they share the same views as those of us who live now.
5McCarthy dedicated the award to his father as he was the one who always encouraged him to become a writer.
6Continuous as the stars that shine and twinkle on the milky way, they stretched in never-ending line along the margin of a bay.
13、介词with的复合结构：
A wonderful night was held for literature fans last night, ending with Mark McCarthy winning the top prize for his latest work Darkness Surrounds.
14、现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain.
15、长句难句复杂句式：
1The beauty of poetry is that the emotions (that/which)the poet is trying to convey are often disguised in images so that the poet can maintain a feeling of privacy.
2The poet describes the sail of his friend’s boat disappearing into the distance while he watches the river rolling by. Watch sb./sth. doing sth.
3The interesting thing about poetry is that anyone reading a poem can have their own views of feelings about it and heated discussions can often arise over what the poet was originally trying to say or express.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
Exercise 4---Read the extract again. Order the events (a-f) on page 37:
1、There was a crash and the professor, who was the narrator, fell from his boat.
2、The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
3、Conseil supported the professor and stopped the professor from drowning.
4、A hard body struck the professor. He held onto it and felt that he was being drawn up.
5、The professor’s chest collapsed, but then he woke up and saw his friend Ned, the Canadian.
6、The professor learnt that he was above a metal “island” and then he was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside.
Exercise 5---Pair Work Read again and take notes. Then tell the story to your partner on page 38:
1、A violent crash happened. The professor fell from the boat,
2、Suddenly, he felt himself drawn up to the surface of the sea. He grabbed Conseil’s arm.
3、Around one o’clock in the morning, he felt terribly tired and he sank into the ocean.
4、At this moment, he hit a hard object in the water; The professor woke up and saw Ned.
5、The professor moved himself to the top of the object, It was a human construction.
6、At last this long night passed. Daybreak appeared. Suddenly a noise came from inside the boat
7、One iron plate was moved, a man appeared, uttered an odd cry, and disappeared immediately.
8、Some moments later, eight men appeared and drew them into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---20,000 Leagues Under The Sea of Lesson3,Unit 8,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8, Literature B3)
Exercise 7 Complete the summary with the words below.
The professor was thrown from the boat when it violently crashed. He had no recollection of falling in but, Conseil grabbed him and saved him from sinking. In desperation Conseil cried for help and a human voice responded a cry back, just as the professor became unconscious. He started to drown but was struck by a hard body which drew him up to the surface. He came across Ned, who had also been thrown into the sea. The professor could see the “whale” evidently was a hard iron body and was smooth and solid concluding it to be of human construction. At daybreak a man opened the door and they were drawn down into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---The Last Leaf of Lesson1,Unit 8 Literature, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册in Check Your Progress on page 46: (课本46页,L1,U8, XB B3)
“The Last Leaf” is a beautiful short story written by O. Henry. In the story, the two main characters, Johnsy and Sue, lived in a studio apartment in a three-story building. The author describes the illness “pneumonia” as a person who placed an icy finger on Johnsy making her terribly ill. She lay in bed under a blanket, looking blankly at the wall. The doctor took Sue aside and told that Johnsy had only a small chance of surviving the illness. Sue noticed that Johnsy wasn’t staring at the wall but was actually looking out the window at leaves on an ivy vine and counting backwards. She said they had been falling for days and when the last one fell, she would die.
Sue went to fetch her neighbor Mr. Behrman and told him what Johnsy said about wanting to slip away like the leaves. Mr. Behrman said that was nonsense.
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night. Johnsy came to realize her foolish thought and started to become healthier.
However, Mr. Behrman died from pneumonia. In a snowing and raining night, he painted his masterpiece---a vine leaf on the wall outside of Johnsy’s window.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修 第三册/ Module 3 模块3
Unit 9 Human Biology 第九单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 To Clone or Not to Clone of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在完成进行时：
1Dr. Millhouse has been doing research into how the human body reacts in extreme conditions.
2Natural cloning has been going on for generations.
3For example, gardeners have been using a form of cloning when they take a cutting from a plant and place it in a suitable medium, such as soil.
2、have sb. do sth.; let sb. do sth.; make sb. do sth.; leave sb. do sth.; get sb. to do sth.
They trained the participants to do special breathing exercises and then had them practice the exercises in extremely low temperatures outside.
3、强调句型：
It is health that is real wealth and not pieces of gold and silver.
4、过去完成时态：
1For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially.
2Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
3There had been a number of failures before they eventually found a way to successfully clone a monkey.
4In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned.
5、现在完成时态：
1After Dolly, scientists have cloned more than 20 mammal species, including camels, cattle, deer, dogs, goats and mice.
2However, they have found a similar pattern of health problems with these other species as well.
3This has led to questions such as, “Will this be a major issue for all cloned animals?” “Will it continue to happen forever?”
4In comparison with other species, cloning primates has proved to be “much harder”.
5This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
6Natural cloning has taken place for generations.
7How has the science of cloning developed since the first cloned mammal.
8Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats.
9In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes.
6、动词不定式的完成被动式：
They were the first-ever primates to have been cloned.
7、过去完成进行时：
Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
8、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason they worked so hard to break this technical barrier was to get animals with edited genes and produce animal models that are helpful for medical research and human health.
2 This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
3While some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, others raise moral concerns.
4So far, it is unknown what will happen to Zhong Zhong and Hua Hua as they grow up
5As Einstein said, “Science is a powerful instrument. How it is used, whether it is a blessing or a curse to mankind, depends on mankind and not on the instrument.”
6Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
7 It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys.
9、a number of; a large number of; the number of
1With this technology, we have potential to raise a large number of monkeys with identical genes in a short amount of time.
2This could help save research time, reduce the number of animals required for testing.
3An epidemic can affect a large number of people in a given population.
4An epidemic is the name given to an infectious disease that rapidly spreads to a large number of people within a short period of them---usually two weeks or less.
5Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
6The number of deaths is different for every disease.
7Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
8But the actual number of deaths is probably much higher.
9An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
10、Complete the passage with the proper form of the words in brackets.
On Thursday, the Institute of Neuroscience announced it had cloned two monkeys using non-reproductive cells. It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys. The news of the successful cloning has attracted attention from around the world. However, cloning primates have also raised ethical concerns. For example, some people have been discussing issues concerning how clones will be treated in society.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Brain Power and Lesson 3 Epidemics Explained of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、Lesson 2 Brain Power Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
2、完成体:
1Epidemics have been happening for as long as there have been people living on Earth.
2Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
3Since bird flu first appeared in 1997, it has taken more than a hundred lives.
4 Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
5Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
6Having killed up to 50 million people in 18 months, the Spanish flu is believed to have been the most severe epidemic in history. 现在分词的完成式；动词不定式的完成式。
7Since the end of the SARS epidemic, scientists have been doing trials on treatments to prevent any future outbreak.
8Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
9According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone. 10Has your headache got over yet?
11The price of this drug has gone up twenty cents since August.
12Jordan has come up with some creative ideas for helping the sick.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1They can be caused by several different factors, such as a virus being carried into an area, or changes in the way (that) people live, like more people living in an area, which increases the chances of them coming into contact with a virus or bacteria.
2Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
3Scientists now estimate that up to 50% of the area’s population died from the epidemic, making it one of the main causes of the fall of the Roman Empire.
4Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
5Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
6Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、a number of; a large number of; the number of; the numbers of
1An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
2、完成体:
1 According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
3Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) is a system of medical care which originated in ancient China and has evoked over thousands of years.
4It has developed a unique combination of treatments related to helping well-being and the prevention and treatment of disease.
5But with the development of technology, the DNA detective has been used in other aspects.
6It has been one of the key weapons for unsolved cases.
7From Melanie’s body, the police have found a full DNA profile of the killer.
8After 30 years, the criminal had still not been found.
9Experts found that it had belonged to a 70-year old man with a broken nose and a cut above his left eye.
10But they were able to find a book he had owned for decades at Uppsala University.
11What have DNA detectives helped to find?
3、长句难句复杂句式：
Some scientists say the team should not have announced their findings so early---they should have looked more carefully for the DNA from Copernicus’ mother or her relatives to check the results, as it is the mother’s DNA that is passed on intact to her child.
should not have done sth.; should have done sth.; as一词的用法；
it is……that…… 强调句型，强调主语。
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、完成体;
1Since then, other animals such as goats and camels have been cloned but have also experienced similar health problems.
2In comparison with other species, attempts to clone monkeys have been far more complicated.
3Scientists have located different areas of the brain.
4Epidemics have been occurring as long as humans have been on Earth.
5In human history, there have been some deadly epidemics
6And since then, scientists have undertaken trials on treatments to prevent future deaths.
7Yes, but by November 2014 there had been almost 5,000 deaths.
8They have not developed a vaccine yet, but they have learnt to isolate patients when they have symptoms.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason why they wanted to break this technical barrier was that monkey cloning might offer clues as to how to cure illness and disease.
2As the technology improves and becomes more accurate there would be even greater benefits.
3While some people see cloning as crucial for medical and scientific development, others have ethical concerns about how it could be used.
4There is a risk that this could be abused by some companies or people.
5Whether it is a blessing or a curse for humanity remains to be seen and depends on how we choose to use it.
6Initially, it was believed that epidemics posed little threat to the modern world, until SARS outbreak in 2002.
3、a number of; the number of
1An epidemic is an infectious disease that spreads rapidly to a large number of people within a short period of time.
2A disease reaches epidemic levels when a certain number of deaths occur as a result of it and this number will be different for each disease.
3In the early 20th century, the Spanish Flu of 1918 was a massive epidemic that killed an estimate of 50 million people, more than the number of people who died in World War I.
4、The Summary of The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 71:
1The writer went outside with her cup of tea.
2The shepherd and his donkey came into view.
3The shepherd used his cane to dismount from his donkey.
4The shepherd tried to show that he wanted a cup of tea.
5The shepherd started to talk louder.
6The shepherd got a bit angry because the writer couldn’t understand.
7The writer gave the shepherd a cup of tea.
8The writer asked the shepherd questions.
9The shepherd started laughing a lot.
5、The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 72---page 73::
1独立主格结构：
(1) They appear early one morning while I am sitting outside, my back against the wall of the spitaki, a cup of tea cradled in my hands.
(2) He has a big white moustache, blue eyes, a dandy’s flower stuck in the lapel of his green army jacket.
2长句难句复杂句式：
(1)Where does the path behind the house lead and who lived here and how do you make cheese and are the sheep in the neighboring field yours and what is this place, truly, and how do I go to the mountains behind the house? 连发6个问句。
(2)It is an international assumption that when people don’t hear and understand our language, we think they can’t hear at all.
3现在分词短语充当状语：
(1)Barba Andreas names the plants for me, pointing with his cane and leaning down to pluck off the chamomile blooms.
(2)Sitting on a milk crate, he lifts his bad leg up to rest on a stone.
(3)Finally, smiling but clearly frustrated, he grabs the tea-pot with one large hand.
(4)He slaps his knees, guffawing.
6、Workbook of Unit 9, XB Book 3 （选择性必修第3册）on pages 88---pages 92:
1动名词短语的基本用法：
(1)Finally, and probably the most difficult for me was joining some new clubs. 表语
(2)Making new friends and learning new skills keep the brain active. 主语
(3)Living in poor or unhealthy conditions or working in hospitals and other health facilities also pose a risk to people. 主语
(4)Increasing the speed of your runs quickly teaches your body to burn fat as fuel. 主语
(5)Participating in shorter races to build up to the marathon is a good idea. 主语,单三。
(6)So, living to 150 might be a realistic expectation for teenagers today thanks to future scientific advances. 主语
2Exercise 4---The Perfect Complete the sentences with the perfect form of the verbs in brackets on page 89
(1)The cyclist has been performing impossibly well for several competitions, raising the suspicions of the judges.
(2)He has been representing his country at international events for over a decade and continues to impress everyone.
(3)Scientists had discovered even more ways to improve physical performance over the past ten years.
(4)I have been trying to qualify for the swimming team for three years, but I still can’t quite make the cut.
(5)She had finished five seconds earlier in the event, so she was chosen for the Olympic team.
7、Diseases come on horseback, but go away on foot. 病来如山倒，病去如抽丝。
8、部分否定： Not everyone can run a marathon.
9、the number of；a certain amount of
1Gradually build up the number of miles you run so you can improve endurance without injury.
2There is a certain amount of destiny with the genes you are born with but also you can help yourself by ensuring you stay fit and healthy for longer.
10、长句难句复杂句式以及省略句：
Painkillers such as ibuprofen are not recommended for runners as they can increase the risk of lung and heart problems if used too much.
11、Reading and writing---How to live to 150! on page 91-page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3:
1The first person to live to 150 may already have been born, according to scientists.
2Worldwide life expectancy has more than doubled in the last 200 years.
3Longevity is one of the modern world’s great success and science is beginning to find evidence that our genes have a lot to do with whether we will live a longer life.
同位语从句，宾语从句。
4Thirdly, where you live can influence your life. 主语从句
So try to live somewhere peaceful and quiet where you get on with your neighbors.
定语从句
5Scientists believe that having small amounts of things we would normally classify as harmful might be good for us, such as chocolate, coffee or sunbathing! 主语
12、Exercise 11 Complete the statement from a scientist based on the information in the text on page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3选择性必修第3册：
“Improvements in health and lifestyle mean that life expectancy has more than doubled over the past 200 years . We believe the first person to live to 150 may have been born.
We have identified a “longevity gene” that is common in people who live to an old age. We are now conducting experiments on mice by giving them the gene and observing their life span. If we can successfully do this, then we may be able to provide gene therapy to humans and ensure everyone can live a longer life than they currently do.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---To Clone or Not to Clone of Lesson1,Unit 9,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page :54 (课本54---55页,L1,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Natural cloning has taken place for generations. An example of this is identical twins. A sheep called Dolly was the first mammal to be cloned artificially. Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats. In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned. In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes. Scientists say that this major breakthrough offers the potential to create monkeys with identical genes to give more accurate research results and perhaps lead to cures for various diseases. Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Brain Power of Lesson2,Unit 9,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 57: (课本57页,L2,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Epidemics Explained of Lesson 3,Unit 9, Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 62: (课本62页,L3,U9,Human Biology XB B3)
An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
Professor Jim Smith conducted a study to compare the bird flu epidemic which occurred in 1997 with other deadly epidemic in our history . He found that the earliest epidemics took place as early as 500 to550 CE, which killed half of the population in that particular area. The same epidemic, called “The Black Death” returned in the 1330s in Asia and spread quickly to Europe. Some hundred years later, the Great Flu epidemic broke out in 1918, also known as the Spanish Flu, killing 50 million people. This aws considered the most severe epidemic in human history. The 1997 bird flu which claimed over 100 lives was an adaptation of the Great Flu of 1918.
At the start of the 21st century, there were two major epidemics: SARS and EVD. The more recently discovered SARS disease infected about 8,000 people. According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
Globally, researchers are coming together to try to identify the causes for epidemics and help to find effective treatments.
2022年11月15日星期二下午3点40分许，平凉二中办公楼211室
2023年2月18日星期六下午3点45分许，甘肃信雅达公司1017室
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 10 Connections 第十单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 How Closely Connected Are We? of Unit 10, Connections 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The most important thing is that we are always there for each other whenever one needs some help or just a bit of encouragement.
2“Six Degrees of Separation”refers to the theory that any person on Earth can be connected to any other person through a chain of no more than five other people.
3强调句型：
It was this research that inspired the phrase “Six Degrees of Separation”.
4Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
2、被动语态和被动式：
1The concept was first talked about as long ago as in the 1920s.（一般过去时态的被动语态）
2In the 1950s, an attempt was made by two scientists to prove the theory mathematically. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
3Once the parcel had been received by this person, he/she would send the parcel onto a contact of theirs until the parcel could be personally delivered to the correct person.
（过去完成时态的被动语态、情态动词的被动语态）
4Amazingly, it only took between five and seven people to get the parcels delivered, and once released, the results were published in the bimonthly magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
5Its name was used as the title of a play and then a film. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
6Then, more films and TV programmes based on the concept were made and broadcast. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
7For example, the Oscar-winning film Babel is based on the concept of “Six Degrees of Separation”. （一般现在时态的被动语态）
8The lives of all the characters were closely connected, although they did not know each other and lived thousands of miles apart. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
9Soon the game was being played in university across the United States.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态）
10This became known as the “Columbia Small-world Project” （一般过去时态的被动语态）
1192 percent were connected by only for stages, or five degrees of separation.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
12How might you be connected to the driver of the bus you regularly take or the person who delivers your parcels? （情态动词的被动语态）
13All of the packages in Milgram’s experiment were delivered to the right people after passing through the hands of between five and seven people. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
14The results of Milgram’s experiment were published in the magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
15We were given the task finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
16We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. （一般过去时态的被动语态、过去完成时态的被动语态）
17While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态、一般过去时态的被动语态）
18Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
19After all the letters were exchanged several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letters with chains of five or six people in each case.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Community Spirit and Lesson 3 Anne of Green Gables of U10, Connections选择性必修第四册B 4
1、情态动词+动词不定式的完成式：
1 “No boy! But there must have been a boy.” Insisted Marilla.
2I might have expected it.
3I might have known it was all too beautiful to last.
4 I might have known nobody really did want me.
2、被动语态：
1She couldn’t be left there alone.
2Suddenly she seemed to grasp the full meaning of what had been said.
3Marilla had been wondering where Anne should be put to bed.
4When Marilla came up for the light, she saw the untidy way the clothing had been thrown on the floor.
3、现在分词短语的用法：
1Sitting down on a chair by the table, throwing her arms on it, and burying her face in them, she proceeded to cry stormily.
2“Yes, there is need!” The child raised her head, revealing a tear-stained face.
3“You’re not eating anything,” said Marilla sharply, eying her as if it were a serious problem.
4She lit a candle and told Anne to follow her, which Anne did, taking her hat and bag from the hall table as she passed.
5She carefully picked up Anne’s clothes, placed them neatly on a yellow chair, and then, taking up the candle, went over to the bed.
6And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
4、倒装句：
1Burst into tears she did.
2In one corner was the bed, a high , old-fashioned one of dark wood.
3Midway between table and bed was the window, with an icy white curtain over it.
4To bed went Matthew. And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
You would cry, too, if you were an orphan and had come to a place you thought was going
to be home and found that they didn’t want you because you weren’t a boy.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、被动语态：
1On 21 September, the first Community Street Festival in our city was held on Redwood Street.
2The performers were rather good and well received by the public.
3The festival was well organized
4The majority of Beijing’s Hutong were built between the 13th and 19th centuries during the Yuan, Ming and Qing Dynasties.
5Because the houses were built facing each other around courtyards, the families who lived there were an important part of each other’s life, no doubt sharing recipes, borrowing mops, and burning fragrant incense together.
6They supported each other when help was needed and shared the joy and sorrow of everyday life.
7Because of the hutongs, courtyards were joined together for miles around creating a network of people working, playing and living together---a real community.
8Many new hutongs were quickly built to house the increasing population but these were poorly made.
9The turning point came when the People’s Republic of China was set up.
10Conditions were improved a great deal.
11The agreement must be completely honored.
12Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
13A promise has already been made by me to heaven!
14It is true that the debt has not been paid.
15Justice must be done. The agreement must be honored.
16You will only have what is owed you according to the guarantee.
17The offender’s life can only be saved by the Duke.
18He will be punished with death.
2、现在分词短语的用法:
1The festival was highly successful, attracting over 10,000 people from over 20 communities.
2People attending the event were mainly families.
3The acts appealing to children were particularly popular.
4There were also many outlets serving food and drink.
5The man sitting next to you was loud, spilt his drink on you, and made fun of your team.
6When learning about another person’s abilities and competences, the positive information gets weighed more heavily.
7The hutongs not only link Beijing’s streets and communities but also its past and present, showing that Beijing is truly an ancient yet modern city.
3、强调句型：
But often it is the hutongs that have the strongest impressions, as they offer travelers a rare view into Beijing’s past.
4、动名词短语充当主语：
Caring more about the very negative, immoral things is a direct result of the comparative rarity of those bad behaviors.
5、形式宾语和真正的宾语：
They were then able to place guards at the entrances of hutongs, which made it easier to keep an eye on people’s movements.
6、从句长句难句复杂句式：
Bassanio is successful in wooing Portia and they agree to marry, but then Antonio receives news that his ships have been lost at sea and it will be impossible for him to give Shylock a pound of his flesh.
7、倍数的表达方式：
1Yes, I can offer the court twice the amount of Antonio’s debt.
2If that is not enough, I can pay ten times the amount.
3Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
4Accept three times your money.
5Pay me three times the amount of the debt.
8、have/get/find sth. done
Can I not even have the loan returned to me?
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Many of you may be familiar with the idea that all of us are connected to everyone else by an average of about six people.（同位语从句）
2It is the idea that we all know everyone else in the world through about six people. （同位语从句）
3Back then we knew all of our neighbors’ names and we relied on the fact that they would help us out when we needed some help. （同位语从句）
4Research highlights it is far more satisfying to physically laugh out loud in real life rather than to replace the act with a typed representation of laughter such as “haha” or “LOL”.
5I got so annoyed when people check their phones for social media updates while we are spending time together.
2、被动语态：
1It was first mentioned in the 1920s by an Hungarian author Frigyes Karinthy who discovered social network.
2They were given a parcel as well as the name, job and location of a stranger somewhere else in the country.
3That person in turn did the same until the parcel reached the person it was supposed to.
4The results were released and published by a magazine called Psychology Today.
5She was sent to a house belonging to Marilla and Matthew.
6Marilla was frozen in amazement as she expected to be sent a boy.
7Marilla told Anne that she could stay with them until the matter was investigated.
8Anne was very emotional when she heard she might be sent back.
9I saw an email that was sent to me from a woman whose name was not known to me.
10I was emailed by lots of people I didn’t know last year.
11This email was intended to be read by someone else with the same name as me!
12Because in the email I was invited to go to a school reunion for people who had left school twenty years ago! Before I was born!
13Her email was read by a school girl!
14 Her email was received by the wrong person.
15The email would now be resent to the right person.
16I recently signed up to a bimonthly newsletter that is emailed on the first and last Friday of every month.
17This small sample of people were then sent a package to pass oh to a stranger by sending it to someone they know.
18Most of the households were made up of young families like ours.
19I was shocked to read this and as it had never been told to me that I had other family members.
20At first I was stuck in one place with shock.
21When the results of our research were analyzed, ……
22Because this experiment had been attempted before, ……
23We were shocked to see how many things in the flat had been broken or damaged by……
24The positive effects of this community on its people were confirmed by……
25My parents were being looked after in a care home in the community where they had always lived.
26But the next morning we were woken up at 5 am by trucks/lorries collecting garbage/rubbish outside.
27We were bound together by living near each other.
28Social media sites have been blamed for most of the world’s social problems from feeling disconnected and lonely to having difficulty forming meaningful relationships.
29Don’t become too focused in the online social life you’ve created for yourself.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---How Closely Connected Are We? of Lesson1, Unit 10, Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page11 : (课本11页, L1, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
The Description of a “Six Degrees of Separation” Experiment
We were given the task of finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar. So we did. We couldn’t send parcels, but we could letters. Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to. After all the letters were exchanged several times, several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letter with chains of five or six people in each case! We think this means that our experiment was a success and it supports the theory.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Anne of Green Gables of Lesson3,Unit 10,Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page17 : (课本17页, L3, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
When Matthew arrived with the little girl, Marilla froze in amazement because Mrs. Spencer promised she was going to send a boy. When Anne grasped the meaning of their conversation, she burst into tears and proceeded to cry loudly. Marilla had no idea how to comfort her. When she tried, the girl revealed a tear-stained face and told her she was in the depths of despair. Marilla asked Anne to stay for the night and she would investigate the affair. Later she brought Anne to a little bedroom. Anne undressed and dived down into the bedclothes. Marilla said she would return for the candle as she dared not leave it for the child to put out. When she returned, she said “Good night” awkwardly but not unkindly. Anne was still upset and crying.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 11 Conflict and Compromise 第十一单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Living in a Community of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、情态动词./Modal Verbs：
1Ma Ming, drummer for the rock band “Storm”, had to pack his bag.
2They couldn’t relax or read a book without plugging their cars.
3We told him that he ought to cease drumming or leave the property.
4We had to take action.
5I don’t have to do my own washing
6He could no longer tolerate it.
7We dared not go onto our balcony.
8We could hardly get rid of the smell of fish.
9I couldn’t stop him.
10During the day, she had to go to work.
11So she could only study in the evening.
12To help her get focused, I dared not turn on the TV loud as she always studied late.
13I think she ought to have enough sleep.
14I dare not sleep without the light on now.
15
2、现在分词短语的用法：
1Being single, Ma Ming often held parties at night.
2Ma Ming’s neighbors said they were being driven mad being exposed to such noise.
3、虚拟语气：
The flat-owner said if he had known that Ma Ming was a drummer, he wouldn’t have rented the flat to him.
4、动名词短语的用法：
1Why does Mr. Smith recommend staying in a library?
2Getting enough sleep is important for people’s health.
3Otherwise he didn’t really mind having to leave the flat.
4Living in a hotel means the hotel staff makes the bed every day.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1He’s bitter over the fact that people thought of his music as “noise”. （同位语从句）
2Mckay’s wife, Laurence said that, while Mckay is usually a peaceful and pleasant person, he had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
3She added that it wasn’t only the water falling onto their balcony from Smith watering his plants that bothered them, but also the way (that) he cleaned his fish tanks.
4We’d be sitting there happily reading our newspaper, when suddenly so much water would come from above that we’d be as wet as if we had showered with our clothes on!
6、被动语态：
1 They were being driven mad
2 He had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Dealing with Conflict and Lesson 3 War Memories of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册
XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Do Chuc is a 48-year-oldVietnamese farmer whose two daughters and aunt were killed by American soldiers in My Lai that day. （定语从句）
2He and his family were eating breakfast when the American soldiers entered the village and ordered all civilians out of their homes. （并列分句）
3Together with other villagers, they were marched a few hundred metres into the village square where they were told to sit. （定语从句）
4Then he watched in surprise as the soldiers set up a machine gun. （时间状语从句）
5One of their men, speaking in English, said that he had worked in England for dome years and that he was fed up to the neck with this war and would be glad when it was over. （宾语从句、时间状语从句）
6We told him he wasn’t the only one who was fed up with it （定语从句）
7The German officer asked Bill if we would like some beer and they brought them over to us. （宾语从句）
8The officers came to an understanding that we would celebrate Christmas in temporary peace until midnight.（同位语从句）
9Just before midnight, we all decided not to start firing before they did.
（时间状语从句）
10One of their men shouted across in English and asked how we had enjoyed the beer.
（宾语从句）
11We replied that we were very grateful and spent the whole day chatting with them.
（宾语从句）
12I got a phone call from the chief nurse, saying, “You’ve got a patient there who is going to get an award . Make sure that the ward looks good.” （定语从句、宾语从句）
13“Let’s clean up the ward because we’ve got VIPs coming in.” （原因状语从句）
14When he was waking up after the surgeon had finished, he whispered, “Don’t you remember me, ma’am?” （时间状语从句）
15But really I didn’t because there were so many of them. （原因状语从句）
16The general was coming to give him the award because he happened to be number 20,000 to come through this hospital. （原因状语从句）
17They had this little ceremony, where they presented him with a Purple Heart and a watch. （非限制性定语从句）
18As the general handed him the watch, “from the army, to show our appreciation, ” the kid more or less threw the watch back at him. （时间状语从句）
19If I remember correctly, I started sobbing and I think (that) he was crying , too.
（条件状语从句、宾语从句）
20That was the only time (that) I let somebody see what I felt. （定语从句、宾语从句）
21It took a lot for him to do that, and it sort of said what this war was all about to me.
（宾语从句）
22We were walking slowly back to the base at about midnight, talking about the evening, when someone mentioned South Africa’s famous wild animals. （并列分句）
23We were chatting about stories (that/which) we’d heard when suddenly my friend, Bob, begged us to be quiet. （定语从句）
24I stayed there till morning when I climbed out and walked back to the base.
（时间状语从句）
25They thought (that) I’d been eaten! （宾语从句）
26I swore that I’d never go thinking and then walking in the wild at night again.
（宾语从句）
27Discuss the ways in which war causes suffering. （定语从句）
2、介词with的复合结构：
Two of our men then threw their equipment off and climbed out of the trench with their hands above their heads as our representatives.
3、have/get/find sth. done
This time he’d had both his legs blown off---he was all-of-about 20years old.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1In many countries, there are already laws which do not allow advertising for tobacco products like cigarettes. （定语从句）
2If children see fewer advertisements on TV of people doing these activities, they are much less likely to try to copy their behavior. （条件状语从句）
3A reason why people are against the idea is that making the products creates jobs and brings in large amounts of tax. （定语从句、表语从句）
4The money invested in making these unhealthy products could be used for more worthwhile business, such as those that improve our environment. （定语从句）
5Furthermore, it is not right to make money from activities which harm human health.
（定语从句）
6The case of an American woman, Terri Schiavo, whose husband won a legal battle to have her taken off life support machines after she spent 15 years in a coma-like state, has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue that surround the care of coma patients. （定语从句、时间状语从句、定语从句）
本长句可以缩略为：The case has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue。
7Even though 15 years had passed, Terri’s parents still believed that her coma was only temporary. （让步状语从句、宾语从句）
8Her husband disagreed and said that Terri would not have wanted to live on in this state. （宾语从句）
9Others claimed that life is sacred, which no one has the right to end , but many would say it (that) was the right thing to do for Terri.
（宾语从句、非限制性定语从句、宾语从句）
10Terri fell into a coma when a heart attack robbed her brain of oxygen, causing permanent harm. （时间状语从句）
11Even though the patient may seem to be “awake” at times, their brain remains unconscious and cannot be woken up. （让步状语从句）
12Although doctors don’t fully understand comas and the process of recovery, it is generally agreed that a patient’s chances of recovery decline the longer they stay in a coma. （让步状语从句、真正的主语从句）
13Therefore, after 15 years it was very unlikely that Terri would ever recover.
（真正的主语从句）
14Even in less severe cases, doctors admit that they don’t know if or how well patients will progress. （宾语从句、宾语从句）
15When there is a minimum of harm to the brain and the coma is brief, patients often return to normal but with some loss of memory or other brain functions.
（时间状语从句）
16When the harm to the brain is worse and the coma is longer , some patients recover slowly while others show little or no progress over a period of years.
（时间状语从句、并列分句）
17Perhaps it’s not surprising that Roslyn Darch of Houston felt annoyed when she tripped over a little kid running around a furniture store, and broke her ankle.
（真正的主语从句、时间状语从句）
18The owners were clearly surprised at the size of Roslyn’s payout, particularly since the child (whom) she tripped over was her own son. （原因状语从句、定语从句）
19Some argue that this is just greed---that the amount of money is far too much for the injury suffered---and besides, it’s not the shop’s fault that a mother can’t control her child anyway. （宾语从句、真正的主语从句）
20Others would say that it’s good to see the law taking the side of the individual against the big corporations, for a change. （宾语从句）
21Take the example of the hundreds of smokers who have received millions of dollars from the tobacco companies, after saying (that) they were responsible for the terminal illness (that/which) they had developed because of smoking.
（定语从句、宾语从句、定语从句）
22Whatever you think, the compensation culture which has emerged in recent years is spreading, and it will affect all of us. （让步状语从句、定语从句）
23A group of overweight New York teenagers sued a giant fast-food company, claiming that they had not had enough warning that a diet of burgers, fries and milkshakes would make them fat. （宾语从句、同位语从句）
24The parents of a 19-year-old English school girl successfully sued her school for ￡42,000 compensation when she failed to get a top grade in a university entrance exam.
（时间状语从句）
25However, the drink was on the floor because York had thrown it over her boyfriend 30 seconds earlier, during an argument. （原因状语从句）
26If you think that going on holiday is a good way to get away from all this trouble, think again---millions of people complain to the British Tourist Authority every year, and many receive some form of compensation. （条件状语从句、宾语从句）
27We recently had a claim from someone who said (that) their holiday was ruined because they didn’t get on with their travelling companion.
（定语从句、宾语从句、原因状语从句）
28And we regularly get complaints from holidaymakers travelling abroad who say (that) the locals don’t speak English. （定语从句、宾语从句）
29We knows where it will end? （宾语从句）
30Some say (that) there should be penalties for excessive claim, or that there should be a limit on payouts. （定语从句）
2、强调句型：
And it’s not only claims for physical injuries that are keeping the lawyers busy.
3、be/get/become used to sth./doing sth.
Staff at a famous company is used to dealing with requests for compensation following poor weather , cancelling flights and lost luggage.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1There have been so many conflicts in modern history that have led to loss of life.
2It was about World War I, where millions of young men spent years in mud trenches fighting each other.
3He was interviewed as an elderly man and was weeping as he spoke about it.
4Although it was a tough documentary to watch, I feel (that) it gave me an appreciation for the value of peace.
5The first we knew of it was when we heard bells ringing and people running into the streets.
6Others were telling each other that it was a day that would go down in history.
7I was so angry (that) I couldn’t believe (that) he would dare do something like that!
8He was surprised as he didn’t realize (that) he had hurt me so much.
9The first thing (that) you should remember is that people who bully have low self-esteem.
10One night, I heard some noise and when I looked out the window, I saw that it was a van.
11I work in the area of conflict resolution for business and individuals which means I help fix (resolve) disagreements that arise.
12When asked to help resolve a conflict, the first thing (that) I do is to ask (inquire) about what has led to the problem.
13Then I can see clearly where they disagree and identify (detect) who might be wrong.
14Usually I find that even things that seem complicated can be overcome.
15Although Zambia is a very peaceful country, I was aware that there are other countries in Africa, where there have been a lot of violence conflicts.
16Since it got independence from France in the 1950s, there have been many violent conflicts between the government and rebels who do not want the leaders in power.
17This is a good thing as it ensures that there are many different cultures and backgrounds all working towards the same goals.
18We monitor cities and villages to ensure that no conflict is occurring, help bring supplies of food and medicine to those who need them and write reports on everything (that) we do and see.
19When they see my role and how others respect me, I hope (that) they feel that they also deserve to be respected and treated equally to men.
2、情态动词：
1The woman has to/ought to lock her doors at night because there have been many break-ins in her neighborhood.
2The man couldn’t believe how often his neighbors played music loudly at night.
3You don’t have to agree with my point of view if you feel strongly against it.
4The government has to/ought to introduce a ban on smoking in all public places, including parks, to the public’s health.
5When I saw someone throwing an old TV away on the street, I dared not confront them about it, but I wished I had been braver.
6You should try to understand that your parents are worried about your safety.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---War Memories of Lesson 3, Unit 11, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 39: (课本39页, L3, U11, XB B4)
Story A
Do Chuc’s family were marched into the village square, watched the soldiers set up a machine gun, and then the shooting started.
Story B
On Christmas Day, the soldiers on the frontier celebrated Christmas together. They greeted each other and shook hands. They were all fed up to the neck with the war.
Story C
The young soldier had both his legs blown off. He was given/was awarded a Purple Heart and a watch for being number 20,000 to come through the hospital.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 12 Innovation 第十二单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Scientific Breakthroughs of Unit 12 Innovation 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The Internet is an invention that I cannot live without as I use it every day for study, fun and communication.
2If you had to choose the single most important discovery of the 20th century, you would have a real problem on your hands.
3Communications changed with the introduction of mobile phones, and the way (that) we correspond went from writing letters to emailing and sending instant messages.
4Einstein then showed in his “theory of reality” that not even time, mass of length are constant---they change according to our experience of them.
5He double-checked and saw a blue mould in the dish around which the bacteria had been destroyed.
6With 18,000 tubes, thousands of circuits and 6,000 switches, it used so much energy that when it was turned on, the lights in the local town went out!
7In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web, which enabled computers all over the world to communicate with each other.
8Without the breakthroughs of these pioneers in science and technology, whether lucky or planned, the world as we know it today would be a completely different place.
9I really don’t know what I want to do when I leave school.
10My mum is a biologist, but it seems to me that all (that) she does is looking at bacteria through a microscope.
2、have/get/find sth. done
With the development of computers, people expected to get more things done efficiently.
3、介词with 的复合结构：
1With computers talking to one another, it would enable government leaders to communicate with each other.
2Human life on this planet has been transformed into a “global village”, with all the different countries linked in the chain of common interests.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Aha and Lesson 3 Stephen Hawking of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Hawking was famous, not just for his brilliant work in theoretical physics and cosmology, but also for overcoming the challenges of ALS (a disease that affects muscle control).
2At the age of 21,when Hawking spent his first year at the University of Cambridge, physicians discovered (that) he had a rare, slow-progressing form of ALS.
3In the early stages of his career, his illness got worse, but he was allowed to do research only rather than teach, which was easier for him.
4Soon his doctors developed a piece of speech-generating equipment that allowed him to speak.
5However, as his illness became worse, he lost the use of his hands.
6Although Hawking’s physical abilities declined over decades, he never ceased his studies and he developed a number of new ideas about black holes.
7Hawking believed that the birth of the universe (the “Big Bang”) created many small black holes.
8His theory was that there was a sort of hole in the centre of a black hole.
9However, many people could not really understand what he had written.
10Hawking argued that we should look for a different way to discover the deepest secrets of the universe.
11Instead of trying to find one big new explanation, scientists should put together all the ideas that they already have.
12He said (that) it had not prevented him from having a family, and being successful in his work.
13My expectations were reducing to zero when I was 21.
14And he believed (that) this was because of the help (that/which) he received from his family and a large number of people and organizations.
15While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined.
16Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person.
17He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
18However, in spite of not being able to talk, he was still able to communicate by raising his eyebrows when someone pointed to the right letter on a spelling card.
19What’s the most serious problem that’s ever happened to you?
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1James Watt was an engineer, scientist and inventor, who was born in Scotland in 1736.
2One day when he was 12 years old, he was sitting in his family kitchen watching a kettle boiling water.
3As the water boiled, the steam made the top of the kettle bounce up and down.
4He thought deeply about what was happening, as steam was only water but seemed to be powerful enough to lift a kettle top.
5He reflected further on the process, estimating how much power could be created by a larger amount of water.
6This was a great improvement on the Newcomen steam engine, which was commonly used at the time.
7Steam engines helped to power factories that started the Industrial Revolution.
8In the area of transportation, steam engines were used to power trains and boats, helping people to travel greater distances in much shorter times.
9Because of the invention of paper, China was one of the first nations to start producing historical records, maps and literature.
10Early Chinese scientists discovered how they could make something explode.
11This invention made it much quicker and easier to reproduce written work and led to the first ever mass-production of books and literature.
（形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
12In the West, magnetism was not discovered until the 15th century.
（……not……until……句型）
13One regulates almost everything (that) we do, another affects the way (that) we eat, and the last has changed the very look of our cities.
14Refrigerators as we know them today work very differently.
15Compressed gases in a metal coil inside the refrigerator stuck the heat out of the surrounding air as the gases expanded.
16Now it is a common object in most homes and people would find it difficult to imagine living without it. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
17But it wasn’t until 1857 that a man called Elisha Otis designed and built a machine
that used hydraulics to carry people between the floors of a building.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型、定语从句）
18In 1880, a German inventor, Werner von Siemens, introduced the first electric powered elevator---and the lift, as we know it today, was born.
19Elevators have changed not only our lives by making it possible to live in bigger and taller buildings, but also the city skylines. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
20Modern Chinese cities like Beijing, Shanghai and Hong Kong would look very different indeed if the elevator hadn’t been invented.（虚拟语气）
21Next time you rely on any of these inventions, be grateful and think about the science and imagination that have gone into them and how much they have changed our everyday life.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Every great idea needs someone who has an incredible vision and is willing tobe a pioneer.
2100 years ago, could people have imagined that there would be an International Space Station orbiting the Earth? （can/could have done sth.）
3There are so many amazing scientists and scientific discoveries that it is hard to choose the most important one.
4He showed us that mass, energy and time are not constant, which changed our entire understanding of the universe.
5Einstein changed our understanding of ourselves and the universe around us, but it was Alexander Fleming, who, I think, changed the quality of our lives.
6His discovery that blue mould, a form of penicillin, could kill bacteria, saved millions of people around the world. （同位语从句）
7It wasn’t until 1990 that Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型）
8The doctors were not sure at first what was wrong as it was such a rare illness.
9 Although I am prevented from doing a lot of things (that) I would like to do, I discovered that I really enjoy maths, science and astronomy.
10What I mean is that it’s good to have time to do nothing, to just sit and feel bored.
2、Literature Spot--- The Martian Chronicles---the colonization of Mars by Earth people ---地球人殖民火星
1And every morning you could see Mr. K eating the golden fruits that grew from the crystal walls, or cleaning the house with handfuls of magnetic dust which , taking all dirt with it, blew away on the hot wind.
2Afternoons, when the fossil sea was warm and motionless, and the wine trees stood still in the yard, and the little Martian bone town was all enclosed, and no one drifted out their doors, you could see Mr. K himself in his room, reading from a metal book with raised hieroglyphs over which he brushed his hand, as one might play a harp.
（3个用and 连接的并列的时间状语从句、定语从句、时间状语从句）
3 And from the book, as his fingers stroked, a voice sang, a soft ancient voice, which told tales of when the sea was red steam on the shore and ancient men had carried clouds of metal insects and electric spiders into battle.
4Mr. and Mrs. K had lived by the dead sea for 20 years and their ancestors had lived in the same house, which turned and followed the sun, flower-like, for ten centuries
5In the distance she heard her husband playing his book steadily, his fingers never tired of the old songs.
6Quietly she wished (that) he might one day again spend as much time holding and touching her like a little harp as he did to his incredible books.
7She lay back in a chair that moved to take shape even as she moved.
3、动名词的复合结构：
The evidence gathered so far, has led to many experts suggesting(proposing) that a human mission to Mars should be attempted.
4、recommend +that宾语从句
1They have recommended that countries work together to provide investment and expertise.
2Physicists also recommended that alternative fuel and energy sources would need to be researched.
5、同位语从句：
If humans can reach Mars and the theory that water is hidden deep in the planet proves true, then it would be the greatest scientific achievement in history.
6、while
1While I was sitting on the beach, it just came to me.
2His new idea succeeded in adapting DNA and genes to “turn off” certain bad ones while keeping the healthy parts active.
7、As an additional benefit, we find that people who have diabetes, another chronic illness, could also benefit from the treatment.
8、Ever since my parents bought me a microscope for my birthday, I’ve just been hooked on science.
9、It’s amazing that many scientists seem to have had an incredible “ahs moment”.
10、He perceived the universe in a way that I think only Einstein had before.
11、She designed a mobile phone app that allows people with learning difficulties to improve their reading skills.
12、Many users of the app have said that they prefer using it instead of other more traditional methods.
13、Reading and Writing---A Profile of Elon Musk
Workbook, P91---P92, Unit 12, XB Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on P91---P92 (课本91---92页, Workbook, U12, B4)
1Using his own fortune, Musk founded his company that designs rockets and space vehicles.
2Musk also received contracts from NASA and the US space agency, thus making history by proving, that the concept of commercial space exploration was both possible and affordable.
3The company is named after Nicolai Tesla, the Serbian American inventor and physicist, who is best known for designing the AC electrical system.
4By creating opportunities to explore new planets, Musk believes that in the event of a major catastrophe on Earth, there would be the potential for the human race to continue elsewhere.
5According to Musk, “I came to the conclusion that we should aspire to increase the scope and scale of human consciousness in order to better understand what questions to ask. Really, the only thing that makes sense is to strive for greater collective enlightenment.”
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Stephen Hawking of Lesson 3, Unit 12, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 60 (课本60页,L3, U12, B4)
Stephen Hawking was born in 1942. He studied at University of Oxford and Cambridge, but at the age of 21, he was diagnosed with a serious disease. However, he finished his studies and got a job at the University of Cambridge and continued his work in theoretical physics and cosmology . While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined. In 1985, after an operation, he started to use speech-generating equipment to help him talk. However, Hawking never ceased his studies and he continued to develop his theories on black holes. Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person. From his diagnosis at 21 he regarded everything since then as a bonus. He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
2023年3月6日星期一下午4点30分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室
完成电脑录入
,
※The writer hung decorations on the branches.
※Granny and the writer stuffed the turkey.
※Granny took a seat by the fire.
47、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: (4Read the story again and complete the timeline)
In the middle of November on a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the present I wanted.
In December, Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite Christmas song over and over.
On Christmas Eve, Granny and the writer left sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas. Granny and the writer put a stoking at the end of the bed
On Christmas Day, the whole family, together with Auntie Kath and Cousin David, had Christmas lunch. The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
48、The Summary of the Reading Text---A Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens of Literature Spot , Book 1 必修第一册 on page 71:
Scrooge’s nephew invited him for Christmas dinner. Jacob Marley appeared and told Scrooge about the three ghosts. The Ghost of Christmas Past showed Scrooge his life when he was young. The Ghost of Christmas Present showed Scrooge the Cratchit family’s Christmas dinner. The Ghost of Christmas Future showed Scrooge what was going to happen to him. Ebenezer Scrooge enjoyed Christmas Day and started to be generous. Bob Cratchit arrived late on the day after Christmas.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4第四单元 Information Technology
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Think about not just the individual sounds , but also think about the overall feeling of the sentence. not only......but also......
2Focus on the mouths of native speakers and pay attention to your own mouth positions as you’re practicing sounds.
3Practicing individual sounds is more important than practicing stress.
4A baby watches his mother’s mouth closely when she speaks, because he wants the combination of the visual information and what he’s hearing.
5Children repeat themselves to build muscle memory and to develop the fine and subtle changes in mouth position needed for speaking a language.
2、1In practicing, it would make no sense to sing the song from start to finish over and over.
2It’s easy for your English to be natural and clear when you’re hardly moving your mouth at all.
3、1I use apps to buy things online.
2The First Industrial Revolution used water and steam power to mechanize production.
4、These digital identities, known as avatars, are a key part of how people use the Internet to communicate and express themselves.
5、Focus on language: Past Future 过去将来时态 The future in the past
1Yet, very few people knew that future avatars would have such a wide variety of forms and uses. 2When people started creating their own avatars, they discovered that they were going to have the power to create new identities that did not look or act like their real selves at all.
3When Internet users realized that their avatars would be seen by many people, not just their friends, they started having more than one avatar.
6、各种从句
1They also experiment with things like different hairstyles---which says a lot, perhaps, about what they want to look like.
2Some users worry that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world.
3The use of several avatars can be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online.
4They look forward to a time when their avatar will act like a real person and travel around bigger, more exciting virtual worlds.
5As we know, important social skills are developed through direct contact with other people.
6How many followers do I have? ---though we know that the number of “likes” or followers cannot compare to having long-term and rewarding friendships.
7Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be.
8And with online communication you can never be 100 percent sure that the people you are chatting to are being honest about who they are.
9Because of this, going online can be particularly dangerous for people who are easily influenced or too trusting.
10You can stay in touch with friends no matter where you are or what you are doing.
11There are so many online tools you ca use to be creative.
12To me, this is a very thought-provoking argument, as it points out the benefits of online friendships.
13As Eileen Kennedy Moore, an authority on the subject, points out, online friends “fill holes real-life friends can’t”.
14This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today.
15Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
16That’s why I believe that books about foreign cultures of imaginary worlds are the best.
7、1Listening for key words helps you understand the conversation better and find the answers to questions more quickly.
2Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact.
3Talking to people online or having a friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real-life communication.
4In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centred because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers.
8、1Before listening, read the questions carefully.
2While listening, pay attention to the words related to the questions.
3If so, list them below.
4It also makes the art accessible to the world while protecting the original artworks for the future.
5A tool that tracks and shows your pulse rate while you exercise.
6But some classmates expressed concerns about online safety when using avatars.
7When reading an article online, it’s important not to skim too much, so that you can understand the full context.
8When browsing social media, people often see photographs and stories showing beautiful holidays, fun parties and fashionable clothes.
9、1While the Internet can bring people closer together, it can also harm friendships.
While 句首=although=though. “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句。
2While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy
3While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
4Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
10、According to a parenting expert, Denise Daniels, communicating through a screen makes it more difficult for children to concentrate or show kindness to others.
it 形式主语；more difficult 宾语补足语；for children to concentrate or show kindness to others 动词不定式的复合结构充当真正的宾语。
11、It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
（课本P94）强调句句型
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型 B1U2 Workbook P85
12、1Using a smart phone, a tablet or a computer, you can be in contact at home and also where you are on the move. 现在分词短语充当方式方法状语。
2Walking into the China Pavilion at Expo 2010 in Shanghai, people were amazed by the sight of a huge digital painting.
3You can see the wind blowing through the trees and across the water.
4Since then, she has been addicted to the Internet, using different kinds of software applications on her mobile device.
13、各种从句：
1Digital technology allows today’s artists to express their ideas in ways that ancient artists would not believe possible.
2Information Technology has developed in ways that people would never have imagined.
3Dunhuang Caves, which are protected ancient treasures in the Gobi desert in a remote part of Northwest China, are filled with invaluable paints and sculptures.
4The good news for art lovers who cannot travel and for the caves themselves is that scientists have created a 360-degree, 3D digital projection of the caves
5What students dislike is that in order to use apps these days, they are often required to set up an account and put in personal information.
6Then, something happened that changed how she felt about online communication.
7At first, my father had some concerns that she was spending too much time in virtual world, but now he sees how happy she is.
8We are all very proud of her as she has proven that it’s never too late to learn a new skill.
14、过去将来时态：课本P24
1Nobody at that time imagined that 20 years later people would have phones in their pockets and would use them for many functions other than just making calls.
2At that time, even scientists didn’t realise that one day people would be able to connect with family and friends anywhere through video chats.
3And most certainly, people back in the1980s wouldn’t understand that clothing and delicious food would be sent to their homes by simply using an app on the phone.
15、Nearly one third of the students have tried apps with the latest technologies like VR, AR and MR. 分数的表达方式。
16、1She thought online communication wasn’t worth spending time on and it made people more self-centred. be worth doing sth.
2All her friends seemed to spend about 90 percent of their time talking to friends on the Internet and only about 10 percent talking to them in real life. 百分数的表达方式。
3She spends a lot of time each day exploring websites and chatting with other people online.
17、From then on, neither of them criticized anyone for having online friendships.
neither; either; either... or... ; neither... nor... ; not only...but also...; both...and...
18、I agree with it saying that your choice of avatars says a lot about your personality.
19、He dressed them in fancy clothes with beautiful hairstyles and they all act more or less like him.
20、My mother had never used a mobile phone until she received one for her birthday this year. not/never......until......句型。
21、1In my opinion, playing computer games is one way to escape from reality.
2Having games on my mobile phone can make it difficult to focus on my homework.
22、过去将来时态：课本P79
1She would become the next big thing in the technology world.
2Her first app would become one of the biggest selling in the world.
3People would appreciate the fact that they wouldn’t have to spend so much time searching for products they wanted.
4I knew I would be able to make a successful app.
23、However, for young people today it is considered completely normal to share pictures of their lives and interact online every day.
24、Fans of social media point out that the world has never been so connected as it has allowed people to make friends, learn about the world and celebrate life.
25、They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became. the more......, the more...... 句型。
The more you read, the faster you’ll be. 九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation
26、1There are a number of reasons for this.
2The number of “likes” and comments on their posts can make them anxious about their popularity.
27、For those looking at these pictures and comparing them to their own lives, they can end up feeling sad and depressed.
28、Of course, there is also the problem of “cyber bullying” where people become victims of bullying online when others make negative or cruel comments about them.
29、We don’t have to disconnect from the Internet to live a happy life, but we should realize that the pictures we see and stories we read are only part of a bigger picture.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Avatars of Lesson 1, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 11:
Avatars are digital identities that you use to represent yourself online. You can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create your own images. Although avatars haven’t been around for long, they are widely used.
Avatars let you express yourself and give you room for creativity. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users worry that they are spending too much time in virtual world that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a positive light.
31、The Summary of the Reading Text---Internet and Friendships of Lesson 3, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 17:
Some people believe that the Internet has many negative aspects. Talking to people online or having friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real life communication. While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy relationships. This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today. In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centered because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers. Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5第五单元 Humans and Nature
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、关系副词引导的定语从句：
1That was the day when it took only six hours to break my body and soul.
2One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands where we often risked going and got more fish than others.
3As you can see, the reason why I’m here to tell the story is that I made the right decision.
4I was still tied to the barrel and the waves soon carried me to an area where the other fishermen were. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. tie...to...; be tied to...
5Is there a shop nearby where I can buy some sweets?
6We can go there on Sunday when few people go to work.
7He didn’t tell me the reason why he was so upset.
8I will never forget the day when I joined the People’s Liberation Army.
9I was born in a city/town/village where there is a famous mountain called Mount Kongtong.
10I will never the reason why he quitted school when he was in Grade Eight.
11My story happened on a dark night when the sky suddenly clouded over and we were in a terrible storm.
12Find a shelter where you can stay.
13Some things I liked were exciting scenes---especially the one where the horses are attacked by a pack of wolves.
14List the reasons why people enjoy the film Wolf Toterm.
15I began my day as normal and decided to go with my friend to a beach where we usually surfed.
16He managed to pull us both away from the whirlpool and back to the beach where the other surfers were.
17His bravery and quick thinking was the reason why I survived that day.
18Neither of them had ever been in such an extreme situation before, using just a compass to find the area where the kind of frog they wanted to study lived.
19Some people are beginning to make plans in preparation for the end of the world, when massive natural disasters occur and cause extensive damage.
2、It took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
3、1The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P31 课文
2Find safe shelter the moment you see a storm approaching. 课本P82
3The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P84 汉译英
4I felt great sadness the day my friend moved to another country.
the moment=as soon as “一......就......”，引导时间状语从句。
比较状语从句：
1It may appear strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it.
2Now I have told you, and I cannot expect you to believe me any more than the fishermen did.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4、I felt sick, as if I was falling from a mountain top in a dream.
5、1The first, the larger the bodies were, the more rapidly they fell.
2Generally, the further south you go, the cooler it will be.
3They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became.
4The more you read, the faster you’ll be.
九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation the more......, the more...... 句型。
6、1Some time after I left the boat, with my brother in it, it was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool. 介词with的复合结构。
2That leaves the wolves with nothing to eat so they start attacking the farmer’s animals.
7、1I began to think how amazing a thing it was to die in such a way, and how wonderful it was to see the power of nature.
2The main character quickly sees how easy it is for humans to upset the natural balance of the environment.
3Yes, the book and the film really show how important it is for humans to protect the environment.
4It was very tough to watch but it was amazing to see how brave the professional teams are when they help to save people who are in trouble.
8、1Why did the storyteller survive while his elder brother didn’t?
2One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm.
3While he was on the way to Antarctica, he received a massage from the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen which said he was going south, too.
4I had swum far from the shore when the danger became clear.
5They were feeling cheerful as they sailed down the great river.
6But just as they started to feel really sad and worried that their would be a failure, they saw the frogs they had come to look for.
7All of their worry was forgotten as they enjoyed the view of the frogs jumping over the water.
8As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!” B1U1P9
9After all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible.” B1U2P39
10They go whenever and wherever they are needed.
9、1Trained dogs are used to help search for anyone who is still alive.
2We use search and rescue vehicles and trained dogs to look for anyone who is still alive.
use sth. to do sth. , sth. be used to do sth. ; used to do sth. , used to be... ;
I used to get up early and read English aloud for an hour every morning when I was young.
I used to be a farmer in my home village.
be/get/become used to sth. , be/get/become used to doing sth.
I am a strong swimmer and very used to swimming in the sea.
10、1Amundsen was the first to leave on 8 September,1911.
2The most important thing is to protect yourself as much as you can.
3Their role is to save lives and provide medical help to people in disasters.
4Mr. Wang’s advice is to move away from things that can break or fall.
5Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole.
6Their goal is to reduce suffering and loss and save as many people as possible.
7If that happens, my advice is to stay home.
8In the rescue attempts, our first and most important goal is to save lives.
9If you want to become fit and health, my advice is to try different sports and activities to see which on you enjoy the best. 课本B1U2P46
11、1He had teams of dogs pulling the sledges and all his men were on skis.
2Putting on our shoes in the morning is getting slower and slower.
3The next to go was Captain Oates, who was having great difficulty walking.
4Scott spent some of his last hours writing.
5Even Amundsen was moved by Scott’s death saying “Captain Scott left a record, for honesty, sincerity, for bravery, for everything that makes a man.”
6Practice maintaining, interrupting, and ending a conversation in the following situations.
7Stop your car as soon as you can, but avoid stopping near a building or under a tree.
8The car’s metal body can protect you from falling objects.
9Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive.
10Why do we avoid doing what we love to do? 为什么不去做我们热衷的事情呢？ 课本P97
12、1They were shocked when they saw the Norwegian flag.
2The news of Scott’s death shocked the world.
3Why was the world shocked by Scott’s death?
4The two students were shocked at the lecture on nature. 课本P29
13、1Rescue teams try to save people trapped under buildings.
2Scott had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the great courage shown by Scott and his men made them heroes.
3Annaud actually had wolf clubs specially trained for the film.
4In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
5Professional organizations save people trapped in natural disasters.
14、1Read the text again if necessary.
2If possible, find a strong shelter nearby which will cover your whole body.
3When in the water, they are swallowed by fish and other animals and then enter the food chain.
15、1Stay away from anything that can break or fall.
2Move away from anything that can fall.
3I admire the way the film crew took such good care of the animals.
16、1In fact, it’s a common saying that in New Zealand, you can get four seasons in one day!
2As a result, a decision is made to kill the wolves, ignoring the warning that wolves protect the grassland from the invasion of hares, rats and other animals.
that引导同位语从句。
3Even more concerning is the fact that the plastic has also been found in drinking water across the world. that引导同位语从句。
17、In fact, one third of the country is made up of national parks, which are full of hiking trails and beautiful campsites. 分数的表达方式。
18、1New Zealand is home to nearly 5 million people, 31 million sheep and 10 million cows.
2Moa birds were native to New Zealand.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4 New Zealand is also home to the world’s largest insect---giant weta.
19、If people hadn’t taken the meat, the wolves would have left the farmer’s sheep alone.
虚拟语气，与过去事实相反的假设。
20、1Thanks to their work, lots of people were able to survive natural disasters.
2Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress. B1U2P37
3Some natural disasters are due to human activities, such as floods, drought and landslides.
4Because of this, al the athletes were given tips on how to survive on a track during a storm.
课本P82
5Because of this, in the not too distant future, we may experience large-scale natural disasters.
课本P83
because of thanks to due to owing to on account of
21、1Yes, every second counts, so that as many people as possible can be saved.
so that=in order that “以便，为了，目的是”，引导目的状语从句。
2These pieces are called micro plastics and are so small that the are invisible to the naked eyes and are very difficult to remove from the water. 课本P85
so...that... , “如此......以致于......”，引导结果状语从句。
22、关系副词引导的定语从句：课本P83
1There have been news reports of a bad landslides near the place where they live.
2The place where they live is quite remote, which is the reason why they have no Internet access.
3The bad weather is most likely the reason why the phone lines are down.
4I remember the time when my sister was in Japan during an earthquake.
23、Micro plastics come from a number of different sources.
a number of the number of
24、need to do sth.
1We need to find a solution to remove micro plastics from our oceans.
2We also need to introduce new taxes and other means to encourage companies to choose environment-friendly ingredients and recyclable packaging for their products.
3We need to take personal responsibility, too.
25、1Almost every country across the world agrees that we cannot continue using so much plastic in our lives.
continue doing sth. continue to do sth. To be continued （未完待续）
2We all have the freedom to choose how we spend our money and what kinds of business and products ( / ) we support.
26、1It’s Up to Us Too.
2It’s up to you to decide whether you will take part in the coming school sports meet or not. It’s up to sb. ; It’s up to sb. to do sth.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Sea Story of Lesson 1,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册 on page 33:
(课本33页,L1,U5,B2)
The storyteller experienced a Moskoe-strom which broke his body and soul. One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm. A huge wave covered the boat and his younger brother fell into the sea. The boat went over the edge into the whirlpool and they went round in circles. They storyteller felt there was no escape but observed that round objects fell down more rapidly, tube-shaped objects of equal extent fell down more slowly. So he tied himself to a barrel to help himself float. He tried to make his elder brother understand, but he was too frightened and stayed in the heavy boat. Finally, the storyteller survived the storm.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text---Race to the Pole of Lesson 3,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册on page 47: (课本47页,L3,U5,B2)
The polar summer of 1910-1911 was very special for at least two people: Roald Amundsen from Norway and Captain Scott from the UK. Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole. Amundsen started his journey earlier and his team arrived first after nearly two month’s travelling. To celebrate this, he planted his country’s flag at the South Pole. Scott and his man arrived later and were saddened when they learned that Amundsen had beaten them. Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive. Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6第六单元 The Admirable
1、1I think my uncle is someone I admire.
2What qualities of people they admire are mentioned by the speakers?
2、Relative Clauses 定语从句
1She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s.
2A scientist who was on the Nobel Prize Committee called Hans Forssberg explained that “the discovery of artemisinin has led to the development of new drug which have saved the lives of millions.”
3Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a dep knowledge about traditional practices.
4In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
5The reason why this was difficult was that the team had limited resources.
6They did dot have enough staff, and the laboratory in which they worked had poor air quality.
7The medicine (that/which) they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
8Even though Tu Youyou is not interested in fame, she has become a scientist whose work is internationally renowned.
9In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team whose goal was to find a cure for malaria.
10We climbed to the top of the mountain from which we had a beautiful view.
11David is my friend with whom I often play tennis.
12He has 20 books, only two of which are interesting.
13This is quite an interesting job for which I really want to apply.
14Tu Youyou is the scientist whose discovery has led to the development of new drugs which have saved millions of lives.
15Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
16Choose a person whom you regard as a history maker for China.
17Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
18The story of Christopher Reeve’s life is one that is almost impossible to imagine---from a wildly successful Hollywood career, to the horror of life-threatening injury; Reeve experienced both. 课本P58L3U6B2.
19He fell into a depression which lasted for many months.
20For the years that followed he focused his attention on his goal of one day walking again.
21What I do is based on powers (that/which) we all have inside us.
22His positive attitude inspired many people who were stuck in illness.
23You’re not going to be able to experience every single thing that can happen to others, but you can use your imagination to think about how it might feel and use that understanding to empathize with them.
24John has devoted his spare time to working with organizations which help disabled people.
25It is a job that calls for a special blend of skill, talent and bravery, as well as great physical and mental strength.
26The knowledge that we can gain from exploring space is invaluable.
27Among them was Sharon Christa McAuliffe, a second school teacher, who was going to be the first teacher in space.
28Throughout history, we can find examples of inspiring young people who showed courage and hope in times of extreme hardship.
29This was a time when the German Nazis were killing Jews.
30“I don’t think of all the misery,” she wrote “but of the beauty that still remains.”
31Of all the people who had hidden in the annexe, only Otto Frank, Anne’s father, survived.
32Today, the annexe building in Amsterdam where Anne and her family hid is a museum called Anne Frank House.
33We should search online and find admirable people who have different types of strengths.
34I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice.
35She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize.
36In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
37The medicine (that/which) they discovered was artemisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
38From 1978 to1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful.
39Are there any other things about apps (that) you want to explore further?
40Think about ways in which you and your group can help, and decide your research topics. 课本P75 Project 5
41Find out as much as you can about each person and the reasons why you admire them.
42Think about how to organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form. 课本P76 Project 6
43There have been, and still are, many admirable people---people who display the characteristics of wisdom, strength and courage. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
44Mahatma Gandhi is another famous person who was admired all over the world.
45He was a very kind person who gave time and money to charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
46Do you prefer the way (that) Chen Xi or Li Zhen started the speech and addresses the students?
47Write the name of the students whose speech you prefer.
48Who has a quote that reminds you of Martin Luther King who fought to win equal rights for all people?
49Who used the words that meant the same as “Be optimistic and always try to brighten someone’s day.”? 课本P88U6B2 Workbook
50Guido, an exuberant and cheerful Italian-Jewish waiter, gets married to Dora, who is not Jewish.
51The prize is a real tank in which they can leave.
52Here he is referring to the tanks belonging to the allies that he hopes will eventually come to save them from the concentration camp when they win the war.
53 I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films (that) I have seen---one that I will never forget. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
3、状语从句的省略问题：
1When thanking the Committee for the honor, Tu Youyou said, “This is not only an honor for myself, but also recognition of and encouragement for all scientists in China.”
2When listening, pay attention to words related to order and sequence.
3The training is always tough, but we all do our best, since we all want to earn a place on the team when playing against other schools. 课本B1U2P46
4While horseback riding, he was thrown off his horse and broke his back.
5It’s important to use linking words where necessary. 课本B2U6P63 Writing Help
4、同位语从句:
1However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret.
2Tu Youyou was noted for her bravery in being a scientist during a difficult time for science in China, her ability to use old wisdom and new methods to achieve her goals and the fact that her work bridged the Eastern and Western worlds, saving millions of lives.
3There is no doubt that he was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
4I have a dream that one day, on the red hills of Georgia, the sons of former slaves and the sons of former slave-owners will be able to sit down together at the table of brotherhood.
5I have a dream that one day, even the state of Mississippi, a state sweltering with the heat of injustice, sweltering with the heat of oppression, will be transformed into an oasis of freedom and justice.
6There’s no doubt that courage is important.
5、1Today, Tu Youyou continues to conduct research despite her age.
2Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
3Despite hundreds of failures, she kept on doing research with limited resources.
教师用书P103B2.
4Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. 课本P62U6B2
6、You have one minute to persuade the committee to include Tu Youyou.
7、形容词后接宾语从句：
1The girl is certain that Gandhi was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
2The boy is uncertain that Gandhi inspired Martin Luther King.
3The boy is uncertain that Gandhi did not win the Nobel Peace Prize.
4I’m pretty sure he didn’t.
5I am afraid that he won’t come to class on time.
6With the progress of new medical research, I’m confident that people like me would be able to walk again one day.
7Yes, I’m certain that courage is important.
8I’m certain/sure that some may actually have weak bodies, but they have great intelligence or courage in difficult situations.
9I’m not sure if that’s true.
10I’m sure that he was a great actor. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
11I’m pretty sure it was during the 1990s. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
8、Thus, not only is he known as a superhero in the Superman films., but he is also regarded as a superhero to many in real life.
not only......, but also...... .
9、1His injuries were so severe that he had no movement or feeling in his body at all and even needed a machine to help him breathe.
so...... that...... “如此...... 以致于......”，结果状语从句。
2Jenny’s injuries were so severe that she had to spend months in hospital.
3His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive.
4At first, he was so depressed that he wished he was dead, but with the support of his family and friends, Reeve decided to live again. 课本P86L3U6B2 Workbook.
10、Having once been a healthy and successful young man to being trapped in a broken body was like a living nightmare to him.
11、宾语从句中套有宾语从句
He admitted that during the early stages of living with his injury, he wished that he was dead and even thought of ending his life.
12、强调句型：
1It was only due to the ongoing support of his wife, parents and friends that he eventually found the will to live again.
2It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
B2U4L3（课本P94）强调句句型
3He believed it is the character of a person that is important and not the color of one’s skin. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
4It was Shan herself who did it. 强调句句型 课本 P85U2B1 Workbook
5It is this rich diversity and the delicate balance between all the different forms of life that make life possible on our planet. 强调句句型 衡水金卷先享题 语法填空 U1B1
6 When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
13、过去分词短语充当后置定语：
1He engaged in a wide range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle and made remarkable progress.
2He undertook an intense exercise programme designed to help him rebuild muscle.
3Gather the ideas offered by your classmates in the survey. 课本P74 Project 4
4It is a story set in 1939 at the start of World II. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
5They are in love and have a son named Giosue.
14、manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.
Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career by directing, producing and even starring in films.
15、现在分词短语充当结果状语：
1Reeve became a passionate and energetic advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, raising millions of dollars in support of medical research.
2He soon gained a reputation for raising awareness for good causes.
动名词短语充当介词的宾语。raise awareness for “提高对......的认识”
3现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
He visited sick children in hospitals and worked with organizations such as Save the Children, speaking out about health, education and child protection to help those most in need.
4He also flew the flags of China and the United Nations, symbolizing China’s wish to explore and use space peacefully. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
5When YangLiwei climbed out of the spaceship, he smiled and waved to the crowds waiting for him. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
6On 4 August, 1944, the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there were sent to labor camps. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
7Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
8Observing the natural world can help us understand bigger ideas. 动名词短语充当主语
9Eventually, Guido hides Giosue, all the while pretending it is a game and they are playing hide-and- seek. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
16、be busy with sth. ; be busy doing sth. ; be busy with doing sth. ;
too......to......结构。
1So you can see, I’m too busy with living to think of giving up!
2I thought 21 hours was too short t stay in space.
17、might have done sth.
1What might have they said to Reeve?
2After Reeve became an advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, what might he possibly have said to his audience?
3What might Reeve’s doctor have said to Reeve directly after the accident and when he managed to return to his film career?
18、1You’d better maintain a positive attitude no matter how much you lose.
让步状语从句。
2Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and became well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
3When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help.
19、see/hear/watch/observe/notice... sb. do sth.
see/hear/watch/observe/notice/feel/find... sb. doing sth
Million of people around the world, including many students in primary and secondary schools, watched the disaster happen live on TV.
20、表语从句：
“The good news,” she wrote ,“is that you don’t know how great you can be, how much you can love, what you can accomplish, and what your potential is !”
21、部分否定
Listen, not all admirable people are like supermen in films.
22、关系从句（定语从句）课本P70 U6B2
1The Vikings were a group of people who came from Scandinavia.
2By around 900 AD, there were many places in Northern Europe where the Vikings chose to live.
3982 AD was the year when a man called Eric the Red decided to set sail further west. 4According to the old stories, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he committed a murder, from which he got into trouble.
5Eric the Red reached Greenland and discovered that people could live in the place where he landed.
6In the year 1002, when Eric the Red‘s son Lief was planning a trip further west, Biarni was the man with whom Lief discussed his plan.
7He then sailed further south to an island which is now known as Newfoundland, in Canada.
23、关系从句（定语从句）课本P87U6B2
1I can’t remember the reason why I did this.
2Reeve worked with organizations that/which help people most in need.
3Look at my sofa for which I only paid 100 dollars.
4She remembered the time when she first met Maggie.
5My grandfather is a man whose life has been an inspiration to me.
6Martin Luther King is a great man who/that fought to win equal rights for black people in the US.
7Tu Youyou discovered the drug that/which is used to treat malaria.
8He is a person of whom I am very afraid.
9This is the place where she lives.
24、强调谓语动词：
He did work again and raised lots of money for charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
25、As一词的用法比较
1As they are preparing for Giosue’s fifth birthday, Guido and Giosue are arrested and taken to a concentration camp.
2I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films I have seen---one that I will never forget.
26、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 62:(课本62页,L1,U6,B2)
On 7 December, 2015, Tu Youyou was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin, a life-saving drug for malaria.
Tu Youyou majored in medicine in university and later studied Chinese medicine with experts in the field.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was given the mission to set up a team to find a cure for malaria. When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help. Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. In order to test the medicine, Tu Youyou and her team tested the medicine on their own bodies. They finally discovered the most effective drug to cure the disease.
Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and become well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 67: (课本67页,L1,U6,B2)
I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice. She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize. After her graduation from university, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Sciences. In 1969, She was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year. It was not an easy task. Scientists over the world had tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. And Tu Youyou’s team had limited resources and they did not have enough staff. Tu Youyou studied ancient Chinese medical literature and visited experts in traditional Chinese medicine. Tu Youyou and her team used modern research methods to investigate the Chinese herds one by one. After hundreds of failed experiments, they eventually came across a promising chemical. The medicine they discovered was artimisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Superhero Behind the Superman of Lesson 3，Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 68: (课本68页,L3,U6,B2)
In our English class, I read an amazing story about Christopher Reeve. He was born in 1952 to a
novelist father and a journalist mother. From 1978 to 1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful. A terrible accident in 1995 changed the course of his life forever. While horseback riding, he broke his neck. As a result, he had no movement in body and couldn’t even breathe without the help of a machine. His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive. At first, Reeve’s disability made him very depressed but eventually, he decided to recover as best he could. He undertook an intense exercise program designed to help him rebuild muscle. Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. He inspired many people with his commitment to recovery and his desire to help others. For that reason he is regarded by many as a superhero in real life, as well as on film.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7第七单元 Art
1、名词性从句： 一、宾语从句
1Van Gogh painted what he saw from his window---the night sky with clouds, stars and a moon.
2His unusual use of colour has led experts to think that Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
3He also thought The Starry Night was a failure.
4In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him.
5Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
6Some feel that the paintings look dark and troubling.
7As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
二、主语从句 1What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
2What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
三、表语从句 1However, the fact remains that The Starry Night is now one of the world’s most famous paintings.
2What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
3What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
4His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their sense of reality.
四、同位语从句
that引导同位语从句
※ 阐述详解
that引导同位语从句时，常跟在某些抽象名词
（如fact,hope,desire,thought,suggestion,idea,news,problem,possibility,chance,doubt,
question等）之后，对前面的名词起补充解释说明的作用。
※ 充电堡
（1）在某些名词（如demand, wish, suggestion, request等）后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“should+动词原形” ，should可以省略。
（2）同位语从句也可以由连接代词who, what, whose, which,连接副词how, when, where, why或从属连词whether来引导。
1If the audience stands up and applauds at the end of a performance, it is regarded as a sign that they love the performance. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N3)
2The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 4 N6)
2、定语从句1He also took a drug that can make people see yellow spots.
2 Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
3The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
4Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
5The one person in the room who didn’t hear the symphony ---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
6After all, what use is a conductor who could not hear his orchestra---even if he is a musical genius?
7What’s the first thing many people notice in this painting?
8 What’s the last thing many people notice in this painting?
3、过去分词短语充当后置定语和原因状语：
1It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night.
2Magritte was a painter inspired by his thoughts and ideas.
3Inspired by his struggle with deafness, the composer produced some amazing pieces.
4、may have done sth.
1Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
2What may have inspired the painter?
5、as一词的用法：
1His paintings were visual experiments as he tried to play with reality.
2As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
3The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years.
4As the final, joyous note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats.
5Before a big performance, the performers backstage are usually anxious as it is stressful waiting for the performance to start. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N1)
6、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1It is hard to believe that Van Gogh only sold one painting during his lifetime.
2The reason why Magritte painted in this way was that he wanted to challenge how people see the world.
3Looking at the paintings, we don’t know whether it is night or day.
4The fact remains that Munch’s The Scream is one of the best-known paintings ever made.
5It is unclear whether Van Gogh wanted to paint yellow sports or that was what he really saw.
7、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1Xu Beihong was important in modern Chinese art in that he developed the tradition of combining poetry with painting.
2The reason he held several exhibitions in Asia and Europe was that he wanted to promote Chinese art.
3The reason it is a favourite of many art lovers was that it was painted so skillfully with dark and light colours.
8、Language Focuses in the Reading Text of Lesson 3, Unit 7, Book 3 on page 14-page 15名词性从句
1Everyone knows that Ludwig van Beethoven is a musical genius but few might know how he created Symphony No. 9 in D minor and how its first show went.
2At 54 years of age, he didn’t know that this would be his last symphony.
3As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
4Beethoven was afraid that the performance would be a disaster.
5Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
6Most of them had no idea that he was deaf!
9、“not……until……”句型的强调句型
It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
10、现在分词短语充当伴随状语
1He proceeded with the composition until his death in 1827, writing more than 130 musical works, including his Symphony No. 9 in D minor.
2Writing the piece had taken several years.
3For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score.
4 The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
11、begin to do sth. continue to do sth. continue doing sth. hesitate to do sth.
1But then he began to lose his hearing.
2But in the end he continued to write music.
3But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score.
4 The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly.
12、if引导什么从句？可以用哪个单词替换？
1Could you tell me if this kind of film would be acceptable?
2I wonder if you could also give me more information about how apply to be part of this festival?
13、1I appreciate your help and look forward to hearing from you.
2Having afternoon tea was a social ritual for many upper-middle-class women in France.
14、1These videos reveal some techniques employed by famous pianists.
2The effect of the painting is achieved by techniques used in French impressionism.
Language Focuses in the Texts in the Reading Clubs 1 & 2 on page 21---page 23 of U7,B3 15、1Zhang Daqian，born in 1899 in Sichuan Province, was one of China’s most brilliant and popular artists.
2Born into an artistic family, Zhang Daqian was first taught how to paint by his mother and siblings.
3Graffiti is writings, drawings or marks made on walls in public places.
4Today, graffiti is often a mixture of writing and pictures, usually signed with a tag, which is a signature unique to an artist or group.
161Not only was he extremely productive ---it is said that he created an average of 500 paintings a year---but he was also able to master a variety of painting styles ,ranging from detailed portraits to expressive landscapes.
2It is said that the two artists admired each other.
3It is believed that graffiti in its modern form first became popular in the United States in the 1960s.
17、Some think it is a crime if done without a property owners’ permission, while others see this as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression.
181New Yorkers used to see the graffiti on the wall of poor neighborhoods and subway trains as something threatening and as an example of urban decay.
2Kel Rodriguez, who used to paint New York subway trains, now works as an art director for one of the biggest newspapers in the United States.
191What makes one of his works special is that in the painting there is a tiny insect near the Chinese cabbage.
2It is interesting that Qi Baishi’s style of painting often leaves the audience guessing the meaning of the work and makes them use their imagination.
3What makes his painting highly valued is his style of painting.
20、Picasso gave Zhang 600 works in total, all of which were his imitations of Chinese paintings 定语从句
21、名词性从句
1I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing works of art.
2I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure.
3I’m glad you liked it. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
4I was worried that you couldn’t understand the story because at times the language was very confusing. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
5It’s a pity that I couldn’t understand the whole story.
22、1It was my first time going to a concert.
2It’s amazing to be surrounded by music in a theatre.
23、The performance was such a success that the audience did not hesitate to clap and cheer loudly.
24、After attending the concert I think I now know why Beethoven is regarded as one of the world’s greatest composers.
25、Ex. 4, P79, Wb, U7,B3 名词性从句（《教用》P150）
1It is unknown what the number of artists involved in the exhibition was.
2It is our concern that we may destroy some pieces of historic art.
3Who the author of this masterpiece is remains a mystery.
4The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. 5It is his idea that the less you smoke, the better your health will be.
6His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their thinking.
26、Over the years of his performing and writing , it was clear that Mozart was far more gifted and talented than others in his field, although at times he found that people showed hesitation to support him financially.
27、Radio, television and the Internet have made it easier for sounds to travel across cultures, and styles have become more mixed.
28、If there is one thing the history of popular music has shown, it is that good musicians will always create new music from the different styles they hear.
29、The Summary of the Reading Text---Masterpieces of Lesson 1,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 24: （课本24页,L1,U7,B3）
I think the three paintings we’ve just learnt about, The Starry Night, The Scream and The Empire of Light are all amazing artworks. I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing work of art.
The Starry Night shows the night sky with massive circles of white and yellow, I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure. In the painting The Scream, the figure is letting out a loud scream. That made me uneasy. What a powerful painting! Did Munch know that he had created such an unforgettable painting for so many people? As for the third painting, The Empire of Light, some find this painting to be dark and troubling , but I found it to be rather calming.
I think different people may have different reactions to paintings, but all in all, I really like all three of these works.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson 2,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 78: (课本78页,L2,U7,B3)
Beijing Opera is a national treasure of China. Actors play one of four roles: sheng, male roles; dan, a female roles; chou, clown roles and jing roles. In the early days, Beijing Opera was most often performed on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or outside temples, The music had to be played loudly and performers had to sing with sharp voices, in order to be heard over the crowd. They had to wear bright costumes in colourful patterns to attract the audience’s attention. Symbols play a very important role in Beijing Opera. Many body movements can represent complex actions. For example, when a lady is riding in a carriage, the performer actually walks with a flag on each side. Four generals and four soldiers refer to an army of thousands. In other words, every action and movement in Beijing Opera is important.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8第八单元 Green Living
1、Most people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
2、Well, say you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up.
(详见课本P101,课文注解1)
3、1How can it matter if I leave one little tap running, one little light on or leave a little piece of litter on the road.（陈述语气）
2Of course, it wouldn’t matter if there were just a few people in the world. (虚拟语气)
3However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society. (虚拟语气)
4、过去将来时态的被动语态/虚拟语气的被动语态
1Millions of gallons of water would be wasted;
2Millions of lights would be left on;
3 Millions of pieces of litter would be dropped.
5、1The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people, from pre-school to university students, so they can help to build a future that is secure and live together in peace with nature.
2What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
6、强调句型
It is by acting together, in this exciting way, that we can involve thousands---millions---of people, and this is what is going to change the world.
7、Dr. Jane Goodall believes that the most important thing is that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference.”
8、现在分词短语或过去分词短语的语法作用
1Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall.
2Inspired by her example, he began to work harder.
3As I walked down No. 1 Street, I saw volunteers encouraging people to join in.
4Inspired by the message of the project, many people felt that we should act now, as we have seen an increasing number of highly polluted days this year.
5While recently, many have become more concerned about environmental protection, there are still some who haven’t, thinking that someone else will deal with the problem.
6However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society.
9、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Text of L3,U8,B3 on page 36---page 37
1They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were.
2They were hopeful that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport.
3People would leave the bike in the place where they finish their journey, so that someone else could then take it and use it from there.
4In 1999, the “white bikes” returned to Amsterdam---this time with a computer tracking system to record their every move. 介词with的复合结构
10、Writing Workshop--- A Survey Report---on page 40 of U8,B3
1As the diagram shows, the percentage of those who felt that they needed to help protect the environment is as high as 90%.
2Around 90% had tried to recycle waste such as glass, metal and paper, and more than two thirds (70%) had tried to cut back on the use disposable packaging, such as plastic honey bottles, and butter and yoghurt containers.
3To sum up, it seems that almost all who took part understood the need to help take care of the environment.
11、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Texts of Reading Clubs 1& 2 on P43---P45 of U8,B3:
1In Europe, Sweden is setting a great example when it comes to recycling.
2Where most people see a problem, e few clever individuals have seen opportunities.
3If the waste is not disposed of properly, it can lead to disease, pollution and other environmental issues.
4Other human activities, such as construction and the burning of waste, also contributes to air pollution.
5You can easily contribute to reducing air pollution by only using a car to make journeys when it’s absolutely necessary. If it isn’t, try using public transport instead.
6Global warming has already caused a wide range of problems.
7This resulted in the flooding of the River Po near Turin in Italy.
8In Hong Kong, it is predicted that the three existing landfills will be full within the next decade.
9They believe that, although recycling waste is effective, the most effective way of solving the problem of overflowing landfills is to encourage people to take responsibility for reducing the waste they produce themselves.
12、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, Book 3
1In addition to her research, she also contributes greatly to green living.
2She has said that many people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
3Bike-sharing in cities has huge benefits because it helps cut down the number of cars on the road, which reduces pollution and leads to cleaner air.
4It also saves money as users don’t have to pay much for it.
5I have to admit that as it is a new idea, there are some problems.
6We just need to be patient as they are still not perfect at the moment.
7For example, in some cities where bike-sharing system are in place , some people have damaged the bike on purpose, which increases costs.
8There are too many people driving on the road.
9It’s frustrating to see fuel wasted.
10 That’s really annoying.
11When stopped in a traffic jam, I always feel annoyed.
12Do you know that cars produce more air pollution while stopped in a traffic jam than when they are moving?
13Despite the good rain this week, the drought has not yet been broken.
14It is convenient to use “white bikes” as they save time.
15People in our city like to use “white bikes” as they feel they save energy and help the environment by reducing pollution.
13、Verb-ing and –ed Forms on P84, Workbook,U8,B3
1The police are examining the evidence collected during the investigation.
2Some kids discovered the stolen money hidden in a garden shed.
3The police are busy working on this motorway, fining people for speeding.
4I’ve often met people collecting shells on the beach.
5The escaped prisoner hiding in a forest near Nottingham was seen yesterday in a village shop.
6Fined for speeding, some drivers risk losing licenses.
14、She had her mum sit on the arm of a chair and started to work.
have sb. do sth. 句型
15、They say that, in particular, the last 50 years has seen a huge increase in the quantity of greenhouse gases being released into our atmosphere from factories and vehicles, and that this increase is speeding up the process known as global warming.
16、Much of this has been attributed to human activities, such as increased industry, agriculture, the felling of forests, the rise in transport and the burning of fuels.
17、The melting of the polar ice caps will have dire consequences, with sea levels rising, causing flooding in low lying areas, such as islands and coastal cities. 介词with的复合结构
18、So, how can we stop this from happening?
stop...from...; keep...from...; prevent...from...; prohibit...from...; ban...from...
19、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Roots &Shoot of Lesson 1, Unit 8, Book 3必修第三册on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U8,B3)
Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall. It is called Roots & Shoots because roots move slowly under the ground making a firm foundation and although shoots seem small and weak, they can break open brick walls. The purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people who suffer from just-me-ism. Those people don’t think their actions such as leaving the tap running while brushing their teeth can have negative effects on the environment. In fact, these actions are very harmful. Therefore, Roots & Shoots hopes to involve millions of young people in building a secure future so that we can live in peace with nature. Dr. Jane Goodall believes every individual matters. What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
20、The Summary of the Reading Text--- “White Bikes” on the Road of Lesson 3, Unit 8, Book 3
必修第三册on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8,B3)
People in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. They are particularly lucky because the city is very flat and therefore convenient for cycling. Back in the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea of using free shared bikes. They believed that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. However, shortly after setting up the new system, there was a serious problem as all the bikes disappeared. In 1999, the bike-sharing idea returned to Amsterdam. This time they were designed with a computer tracking system. Thanks to the efforts of many people, the idea of “shared bikes” has now pedaled its way around the world.
&n, bsp;
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 9第九单元 Learning
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1He prefers to study alone in a quiet place so that he can concentrate and keep the details in his head.
2He who learns but does not think is lost. He who thinks but does not learn is in great danger.
3He laughs best who laughs last.
4He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
2、need to do sth.
1We need to train ourselves to be better learners ---to actively take part in the learning process and reflect on what we have learnt.
2They attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea.
3If you try to find out the source of an idea, no matter how crazy it seems, you will increase your chance of learning something.
4They refuse to learn or ignore what is said because of who the speaker/writer is.
3、suggest doing sth. 、risk doing sth.
1I suggest doing five things to take an active role in your learning.
2If you keep paying too much attention to it, you risk missing important information.
3You might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all.
4Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
5In short: Do not stop being curious.
6It is true that we cannot help disliking some people---this is human nature, after all.
4、Your inner voice experience your personal opinions, while the outer voice tells you about opinions from what you hear or read.
5、If you find your inner voice difficult to control ,you can argue with it as most active learners do.
6、practise doing sth.
1I think “arguing with your inner voice” is the most useful, because it makes me consider the other side of argument.
2When I’m reading a book or listening to my teacher, I try to forget what I’ve learnt before or what I think about the book or the person giving me the information and practice concentrating on the information itself.
3At the beginning, I found it difficult to do this and I couldn’t help questioning the ideas I was reading or hearing.
4But now I’ve learnt to avoid listening to my inner voice all the time and sometimes I even argue with it.
5He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.
(九年级全一册，U53a课文P35)
7、manage to do sth.
1Recently, I’ve managed to become a more active learner.
2On the other hand, I also attempted to ask as many questions as I can.
语法小结：A suggest doing sth.
suggest/keep/risk/end up/try/cannot help/advise/avoid/can’t stand/don’t mind/enjoy/start/like/practice/regret/remember/finish/imagine/miss/escape doing sth.
B manage to do sth.
need/attempt/try/refuse/decide/agree/promise/expect/want/start/help/like/manage/regret/seem/remember/hope to do sth.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1My tip for learning English is to read simplified classic works because they can increase my knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
2Dr. Smith’s advice is to increase your knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
3Just memorizing the rules is not helpful.
4His advice is that when you learn a grammar rule, you should try to use it in speaking and writing activities.
2、1This is because when we experience things for the first time, we often have strong feelings of fear or excitement.
2As a result, we remember them much better, as retelling events helps fix experiences in our memories.
3When remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
4As most of us do not have amazing memories like them, when memorizing detailed learning materials, we simply need to focus on the important ideas and be curious about what we learn.
5Asking questions about what we learn also helps with memorization.
6Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known.
7Therefore, one of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review
the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
3、1It has been proved that some people have a photographic memory. 课本P59
2No one has proved that there are people who really have photographic memories.
课本P58
3No one has been proved to have a photographic memory.《教师用书》P104
4、A good strategy to increase memory is to review the material you are trying to remember often ( periodically).
5、Writing information down clearly makes it easier for you to review it later.
6、Retelling events helps fix experience in our memories.
7、1The stranger the picture, the better.
2The more you read, the fast you’ll be. (九年级全一册，Unit 1 P2 2d Role-play the conversation)
3The more you listen, the easier it is to catch on. (课本P103)
4The more she learns, the more she wants to learn.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1That is to say, most of us will have to make an effort when trying to remember things.
2Getting to know the secrets of our memory means learning not only the facts about it, but also the ways to improve it. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
3When acquiring new knowledge, I’ll try to make connections with what I have already learnt.
4For example, this means going over what I’ve learnt soon after learning and before going to bed.
5You can never teach an old dog new tricks.
2、1Living in a foreign country sounds exciting, but it’s not always easy to fit in with another culture.
2I spent a few months (in) studying at a language college in Beijing.
3I really wanted to practice speaking Putonghua whenever I had a chance, but the people I met were often more interested in practicing their English than in helping me practice my Chinese!
4I kept telling him that I knew the way myself, but he insisted on taking me there.
5But I’m used to ordering my own meal.
6What cultural difficulties did the students face when studying abroad?
3、1A closer look at the reading tests, shows the interesting fact that girls are outperforming boys in reading and that this is associated with girls’ greater enjoyment of reading.
2However, not all countries had such an obvious trend.
3And there were a few countries and regions that scored very highly in boy’s reading enjoyment , for example, in Albania,... and Thailand where at least 80% of boys enjoy reading , although these positive numbers are matched and passed by girls who reported an even higher level of reading enjoyment (90% or higher).
4There were clear differences in the choices boys and girls make when deciding on what to read.
5While reading in all forms is certainly beneficial and should be encouraged, the low numbers of boys reading for enjoyment and their limited choices when they do, is evidence of an issue that needs to be addressed. While=Although=Though
6Given that in OECD countries, two in three boys only read newspapers for pleasure proves that there is work to be done.
7The PISA study has helped show a clear pattern in gender when it comes to reading.
8Do you think the evidence in the article is strong enough to explain the finding that girls outperform boys in reading? 同位语从句
9As a mountain climber, Aron is used to taking risks. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
10On April 26, 2003, he found himself in a very dangerous situation when climbing in Utah.
（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
11So he used his knife to cut off half his right arm.（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
12This means being in a difficult situation that you cannot seem to get out of. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1Now that I am an established writer, people often ask my opinion about the best age to start writing. now that 既然 因为 since 既然 因为 once 一旦 既然
2Sometimes, my classmates argued with me about my posts, while others agreed with my ideas.
3My principal even told me that reading my blog had left a deep impression on him and helped him understand many aspects of students’ lives.
4However, he also suggest that I concentrate more on my studies.
5When I first attempted to write a novel, I struggled to think of a story, but believe it or not, it ended up being based on one of my blog posts.
2、1For example, try reading more than just the course-books.
2Secondly, if you are having trouble with unfamiliar words, try thinking about the context in which the words are spoken.
3Unfortunately, just memorizing the rules is not enough.
4I would recommend learning the rules and not worrying if you make small mistakes while practicing.
3、Unfortunately, not all of us are born with amazing memories, but with daily practice we can all significantly improve our brainpower. 部分否定
4、I can’t wait to get over there. I can’t wait to visit you.
5、1That is to say, remembering the word letter by letter is not the best way to learn English.
2What I suggest is to read, read and read.
3If you are planning to come to Poland as a tourist, you will have plenty of interesting places to visit. People who enjoy hiking should consider going to the mountains, in the south of Poland. You don’t have to book accommodation in advance as you will certainly manage to find a local person who will offer to put you up at a very reasonable price.
4If you love sailing and you don’t mind being bitten by mosquitoes, you can go to the lakes in the northeast. You can either choose to stay on a boat or go camping and practice cooking on an open fire next to a lake.
5The coast in Poland is cold but it’s beautiful. If you can’t stand staying in a crowded seaside town or can’t afford to pay for a big hotel, arrange to stay in one of the small coastal villages. You certainly won’t risk meeting too many people if you decide to go for a long walk along the beach.
6、1When we have a conversation with someone, we use various expressions to show the other person that we are paying attention to what he/she is saying.
2For example, if someone tells us about something that we find fascinating or enjoy hearing about, we may remark, “Interesting”.
3These phrases show that we are listening and encourage the other person to give us more details.
4Zhang Ming’s teachers encourage him to study quietly.
5Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
6An effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known
7、1 It’s never too old to learn. You can’t teach an old dog new tricks.
2Now I’m about to graduate from university with a bachelor’s degree in Computer Engineering by distance learning. be about to do sth. when 从句
3I decided to give myself a second chance by studying for a degree in the evenings and on weekends, while keeping a secure full-time job.
4Frankly speaking, the last four years have been hard, but it’s been worth it as I have a new job offer!
5In the past, if someone had worked for a company for over 20 years, they would have stayed there until retirement！ 虚拟语气
6I think that getting laid off will prove to be the best thing that ever happened to me.
7 So many people think that after you retire, all you can do is switch off your brain and bury everything you’ve ever learnt, but that doesn’t have to be the case.
五、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Active Learning of Lesson 1, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U9,B3)
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 block us from learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 disagree with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 gain more knowledge about a topic. 4 In a word, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 try to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 deep within every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 on the basis of first impressions.
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 get in the way of learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 argue with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 achieve a higher level of understanding about a topic. 4 In short, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 attempt to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 at the heart of every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 based on first impressions.
六、The Summary of the Story in Shakespeare’s play Lear King, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 71---page 73: (课本71-73页,U9,B3)
King Lear explains that he is going to divide his kingdom among his three daughters. King Lear asks his three daughters to tell him how much they love him. The two older daughters (Goneril and Regan) tell their father that they love only him. The youngest daughter (Cordelia) explains that she will give her love to her father (King Lear) but also to her future husband. King Lear gives Cordelia’s share of the kingdom to the two older daughters. Cordelia asks her father to explains her honesty to the King of France. The king of France understands Cordelia’s feelings and wants to marry her.
Many people think that King Lear is one of Shakespeare’s best plays. It is a story of madness, death and suffering. King Lear is old but not wise. He loves his two daughters who secretly hate him. He hates the only daughter who really loves him. As the story develops, he comes to realize that he has made a terrible mistake.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 1第一单元 Relationships
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 1, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、现在完成时态
1I haven’t seen Mr. Jenkins since I left school, but I often think about him.
2I’ve read a couple of Graham’s books and seen him on TV.
3However, I have not done as well with all my students as I have withGraham.
2、过去完成时态
1Before Mr. Jenkins taught me, science had simply been a subject full of strange words to me.
2I had heard stories about his bad behavior.
3He was very bright and he had done very well in science subject.
4I knew I had chosen a job with a lot of stress but I love what I do.
5The film had begun when they arrived at the cinema.
6The police arrested the man who had broken into a jewellery shop.
7The whole class cheered for John because he had won an award.
8The whole class cheered for John because he had run the fastest on Sports Day.
9My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol.
My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had hit a stone halfway.
10The dog hid under the sofa because it had eaten the family’s dinner.
The dog hid under the sofa when it had been scared.
11A car crashed into a tree because the driver had fallen asleep.
A car crashed into a tree because it had broken down.
12The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a pay rise.
The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a promotion.
3、定语从句
1The only thing I can remember from school maths is that the angles of a triangle add up to 180 degree!
2That was really the first time I tried to explain science to an audience and now it’s my job!
3As John Dewey, the famous educationalist, said, “Education is not preparation for life; education is life itself.”
4、either too also
I had no idea what hydrogen was, and I didn’t really want to know, either.
5、used to do sth.
1He used to explain things which seemed difficult with lots of practical examples and in simple language.
2I used to teach him!
6、表语从句
1The problem was that I lacked confidence in myself.
2The thing about being a teacher is that you have access to children’s minds when they are open eager to learn.
7、虚拟语气
1Often when I’m preparing a program, I think about how Mr. Jenkins would have done it.
2Sometimes I think, if only I could call him and ask for his opinion!
8、catch/find sb. doing sth.
Once I caught him and his friends seeing who could jump the farther off the school stage.
9、no such thing as
I think it’s important to understand that there’s no such thing as a good or bad student.
10、主语从句
If what I do as a teacher can help turn a child like Graham into such a successful adult, then I know what I’m doing is worthwhile.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、alone、lonely
1Mark never stops socializing with his friends online. But he’s also never felt more alone.
2Yet the truth of the matter is: I feel lonely.
3My friends try to drag me away from my phone, but as soon as I’m alone again, I’m desperate to get back to the online world and the intense activity that it provides.
4I constantly feel depressed, dissatisfied and alone.
2、According to research, over two-thirds of young people find it easier to make friends online than it is “in real life”.
3、I’m way beyond a shy or reserved person, but I’m wired up every day, like most of my friends. 课本P99注释
4、1Since I spend so much time socializing online, I keep delaying things that are important in real life.
2Some spent the dinner bending over their phones, texting friends online but ignoring the ones who sat right in front of them.
3On a family holiday last summer, my sister spent all her time complaining that she needed to charge her phone.
4When it was charged, she just spent hours reading about her favorite pop star.
5、1It’s funny that my friends and I chatter online so much, but we end up having nothing to say when we meet.
2And the extraordinary thing is nobody thought this was rude.
3What is really worrying is that no one I know, including myself, could go cold turkey.
课本P99注释
6、部分否定
Not once did she lift her head to enjoy the view outside her window.
7、I can’t even imagine going without social networking for a week---think of all the important appointments, invitations and news updates you would miss!
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1As you may know, we are running a school-wide public speaking competition, and the final will take place at the lecture hall on 10 May (9 am-12 pm).
2Would you have time to attend a short at the Student Union Room at 4 pm on 8 May so that we can introduce you to the other judges and discuss the details?
3If you have any questions, please do let me know.
2、1Peer pressure can happen when we are influenced to do something that we would not usually do because we want to be accepted by our peers.
2Peer pressure can influence how people dress, how they talk, what music they listen to, what attitude they adopt and how they behave.
3People who are low in confidence and unsure of themselves may be more likely to seek their peers’ approval by going along with risky suggestions or choosing the “wrong” path. be likely to do sth.
4Unfortunately, some bullies are popular and may even lead the peer group, which means others are less likely to challenge their behaviour. be likely to do sth.
5Teenagers want to be liked, to fit in and to be accepted, which means peer pressure can be powerful and hard to resist.
6The most important thing is to build up self-confidence, so that it is easier to say “no” to the peer group.
3、1They feel more comfortable alone and enjoy ideas and thinking.
2When feeling bad or stressed, introverts look inside themselves for energy and motivation.
3Extroverts prefer to be surrounded by people rather than be on their own.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、过去完成时态
1Tina phoned the emergency services and told them what she had just seen.
2A doctor from the Ambulance Service told Tina that he had sent an ambulance.
3Having found the needle, Tina did what the doctor had told her--- to inject her teacher in the leg.
4And because she had done everything she could before the ambulance arrived, her teacher was saved.
5She didn’t tell anyone what had happened.
2、English was never my favourite subject until I joined Mr. Wu’s class.
never/not ……until......句型，“直到……才……”
3、Last month, I was asked to make a presentation in class, something that I would have hated doing before. 定语从句 虚拟语气 hate doing sth.
4、过去完成时态（课本P79U1B1选择性必修第一册 Workbook）
1I hadn’t been there for three years.
2I spent a happy hour sitting a café thinking about the good times I had had there as a student. 3As I was enjoying the coffee, I suddenly saw a familiar face --- it was Mr. Young , who had taught me music in my senior secondary school.
4I thanked him for what he had done for me.
5、Either you are doing something well or you aren’t!
either…or…; neither…nor…; both…and…; not only… but also…
6、1Some young people do have difficulties in maintaining a balanced life when it comes to the Internet.
2Most young people are capable of controlling their lives when it comes to being connected and being offline.
7、各种从句
1The reality is that nobody is perfect and we need to realize that we should find ways to live happier and less stressful lives.
2If we want to show someone we love them, we need to first respect who they are and show them we accept them for who they are.
3We might have friends who are crazy about sports, while we prefer reading.
4By being humble when you make a mistake, you can fix any problem you may have caused and also show that you are a mature person.
5So, try and follow the advice and you will find that you have happier and stronger relationships with your friends and loved ones.
6Respecting the fact that others may not appreciate our hobbies and interests.
同位语从句
五、The Summary of the Reading Text---How Do We Like Teachers’ Feedback? of Lesson 2,Unit 1,Book 1选择性必修第一册 on page 13: (课本13页,L2,U1,B1---录音原文 课本P105)
Matt Dickson interviewed three students about their feelings of English teachers’ feedback. The first student thinks his teachers’ feedback is negative and makes him lose confidence. But he understands her intention. The second student thinks the feedback from her teacher is more effective even though it is more demanding for her teacher. She can raise further questions about anything she doesn’t understand. The third student thinks his teacher often gives very general comments. But he wants to know where his strengths and weaknesses are. He thinks feedback should be specific. For example, the teacher can highlight his mistakes and say things like “You need to work on the past tenses.”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修 第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Success
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、Three famous English Proverbs
1A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.
2The longest journey begins with the first step.
3God helps those who help themselves.
2、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1Do you think being a millionaire means success?
2For a lot of people, becoming a millionaire is a symbol of success and they set this as a ultimate goal.
3They spend half of their time dreaming up ways of getting rich and achieving the success they expect, and the rest of their time thinking about all the things they will do once they become rich.
4Some continue to worry about money when they become millionaires---they worked hard to become wealthy, but then they need to continue making money so they don’t lose the sense of success they have achieved.
5There is a small garden outside with a few fruit trees, which Jason enjoys taking care of.
6He was tired of being regarded as living a successful life, as a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
7I felt very guilty being a rich man without doing anything.
8Sure, many people think that “success” means having millions in the bank or a well-paid job. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
9He discovered that having only a little money made him free.
10For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
3、同位语从句
There are certainly no signs that Jason is a rich and successful man!
4、各种从句
1What I want is to live simply and be helpful to others.
2It’s a kind of satisfaction and a real sense of success that I had never felt before.
3Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life.
5、动名词短语充当主语、表语或宾语
1Having money is wonderful but my family is more important to me.
2I find helping homeless people is not easy.
3Mary’s hobby is collecting stamps.
4Telling Davy your ideas will help him understand you.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1I think being ambitious in what you do is a top secret of success.
2For about five years, when he was a teenager, he spent 10,000 hours (in) working on a basic computer.
2、For more than 50 years, Yuan Longping has devoted his life to rice production.
devote…to…
3、not only…but also… not only… but…as well
1His research has not only helped China find a way to remove hunger but also contributed to world peace and social progress.
2Alibaba has not only become the biggest online sales company in the world but it changes people’s shopping habits as well.
3She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
4Success is not only how we achieve success, but also how we sustain it.
4、He was worried that I had no longer become fun to train with and that I was in danger of being left with only a world championship medal and no one to share it with.
5、1I could have become angry or defensive.
2When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
3Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.
4However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.
should have done sth. should not have done sth.
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth.
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
need have done sth. need not have done sth.
6、what-structure/what结构
1Don’t they know what it takes to get there?
2I knew elements of what he was saying were right.
3I was pushing the limits and extremes beyond what most thought were healthy.
4Call it unhealthy if you want, but that is the way I roll, no matter what it is I’m applying myself to.
5Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
6What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
7It is important to know how to identify what information is accurate (true) and what is inaccurate (false).
8 But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
9What I would like to do in the future is nursing.
10But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
7、1From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play.
2I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games.
3In the words of the British tri athlete Alistair Brownlee, even if it means getting injured , I’d prefer to have three or four outstanding years of winning stuff than having ten years of being average. mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
8、动名词短语
1Being a professional athlete is no different.
2Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
9、各种从句
1If you want to be an Olympic champion, it’s all about that little extra thing (that) you have done in your preparation that will set you apart from your competitors.
2Was she clear about why she had chosen to be an athlete?
3Identify the reasons why the writer was able to get to the top.
4What are the three most important reasons why the writer was able to get to the top?
5What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
6She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
7They stop doing everything that leads up to success after they achieve it.
10、定冠词和零冠词（课本P39）
1Why do Olympic athletes push themselves to the limits?
2I miss / birthday parties, ruin family holidays and skip nights out.
3“We’re worried about you,” said my friend from across the table.
4Don’t they know how hard it is to be at the top in sport?
5…because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown / Johannesburg.
6I was born with an enormous amount of / drive and determination.
7I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys.
8But if your dream is to be the best and reach the winner’s platform, you had better be totally committed to your sport.
9How far is it from the capital city?
10Did you see the last episode of Heroes?
11I’ve bought a new phone. The phone’s got a fantastic camera.
12Who is the best singer at the moment?
13All children should do / sports when they are at / school.
14Is that the house where you grew up?
11、In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
2She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
2、1By the time Huang moved back to China in 2008, he had been living and working in the UK for 15 years. 过去完成进行时态
2He had a good job and a life there, but he gave it all up to return to home, driven by the idea that he needed to contribute to his country. 同位语从句
3Huang was named lead scientist on China’s deep earth exploration program, developing advanced cameras that can see through the Earth’s crust so that it can be analyzed without having to dig into it.
4Huang’s dedication contributed to China’s lunar probe Yutu being landed on the moon in 2013 and the launch of the spacecraft Shenzhou-11 and Tiangong-2 in 2016.
3、1When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
2Rowling’s first novel was rejected by 12 publishers before it was finally published, yet paradoxically, it was this experience that helped her to succeed: “Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.” It was……that…… 强调句型。
3However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
4But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
5But his poor English prevented him from becoming an actor.
6After being accepted for a directing major, Lee spent six years looking for opportunities to direct a film, but was only asked to look after filming equipment.
7He then spent most of his time writing plays which were rejected by more than 30 companies within two weeks.
8This is where the importance of failure comes in: If we can learn how to manage failure, we’ll learn how to succeed.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1Does having a lot of money mean being successful?
mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
2But to him, no one has lived a better life than he has after he decided to turn his back on his fortune. 比较级的否定式等于最高级。
3When it comes to stories about success, I personally think it’s very motivating to talk about influential people and how they overcame great difficulties in their lives.
4Ever since I was a child, I have been obsessive about basketball, playing it, watching it, talking about it, everything!
5Luckily, it suits my personality as I have always lived my life to extremes and pushed myself to the limits.
2、动名词短语充当主语、宾语和表语：
1Earning money is not the most important consideration in my life. (S)
2I think too many people spend time (in) worrying about trying to reach the top, even if they are not happy. (O)
3What I would like to do in the future is nursing. I know it is not success in many people’s eyes. But for me, helping people to recover is success. (P 、S)
4My mother always told me that achieving my goals was not as important as being happy. I totally agree with her. (S)
3、1He felt shameful and guilty of what he had while others might own very little.
2It is said that when employees get tired, it is because they are not doing something they are passionate about.
3Being rejected affects our self-confidence levels and it might take some time to recover, but eventually we will.
4Somehow the funny part they feel is that in a lot of world games their competitors are not from other countries but are actually their teammates.
5But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
6Then they thought he might be satisfied with being a millionaire, so they were all utterly shocked when he donated every penny he had made.
4、动名词短语充当主语、表语：
1Her favourite sports are skiing and climbing mountain. (P表语)
2My favourite activity is reading comedy stories. (P表语)
3Smoking cigarettes is very bad for you. (S 主语 单三)
4So, if family is the most important thing for you, maybe finding a husband or wife and having / children is what you would understand success to be.
5For me, travelling around the world and also having a happy family would make me feel happy and successful.
6He was tired of being a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
5、过去完成时态：
1At 16 years old, Sam had always been a relatively good student.
2Neither of his parents had had the opportunity to attend university and for them, Sam becoming a lawyer was their biggest ambition.
3Since he was only a child, Sam had been passionate about computer programming.
4And by the age of 12 he had known three different programming languages.
6、He knew that achieving this goal would make them happy, but the truth was that he wasn’t sure whether he would feel the same.
7、So he preferred staying in with his computer, rather than going out socializing or playing sports.
8、His parents were fine with this, as long as he continued to focus on his studies.
9、One day, while reading an article online about a young technology billionaire called Thomas O’Connor, everything changed for Sam.
10、Thinking that it wouldn’t come to anything, he emailed the CEO, introducing himself and explaining his ideas.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Money vs. Success, of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U2,B1)
Years ago, Jason was a college professor with a big house. But knowing that many people were living in poor conditions, he felt guilty. Jason decoded to turn his back on his fortune by giving his money to charity and helping homeless people to get on in life. Now Jason lives in a small dormitory room. He appreciates the change. For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Getting To The Top of Lesson 3, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U2,B1)
It boils down to this: I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people. If you are not totally committed to your sport and want to lead a normal life, you can never be an outstanding athlete, let alone an Olympic champion. You may think it is unhealthy or selfish to go to these lengths, but that is the way I roll, no matter what I’m applying myself to.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 3第三单元 Conservation
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、由关系副词when、where和why引导的定语从句
1Extinctions , where entire species are wiped out, are not unusual in our Earth’s history.
(非限制性定语从句)
2In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended.
3There is a long list of reasons why so many species are dying out: air and water pollution, forests being destroyed, factory farming and overfishing.
4For example, we need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected.
5To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
6He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
7I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
2、由关系代词which、that 和who或“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句）
1In fact, over 90 percent of all species that ever lived are now extinct.
2These include the third mass extinction, known as the “Great Dying”, which killed 90% to 96% of all species. (非限制性定语从句)
3And the fifth event, which occurred 66 million years ago, caused the death of the dinosaurs.
(非限制性定语从句)
4Although it is not unusual for species to die out naturally, the rate at which this is now happening is cause for concern.
5A 2015 study by scientists who were based at Brown University and Duke University in the US, looked at how quickly species die out due to natural causes, that is, the “background extinction rate”.
6If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out.
7This would mean we have to significantly change the way we live.
8 In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
9Black robins are the birds that humans saved from extinction.
10 To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
3、It is clear that human activity has negatively affected all other species on Earth, including animals and plants.
4、Of course, as we humans depend on so many species for our survival, we would also be at risk of dying out.
5、含蓄虚拟条件句：
Without forests, we would have no air to breathe, and without clear water we would be unable to survive.
6、定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句 课本P55）
1In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out.（非限制性定语从句）
2But nowadays, human activity has affected all types species that we depend on for living.
3We should set up special areas to take care of endangered animals and plants before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species. (定语从句的分隔现象)
4He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
5The bus which was full of tourists stopped near the Leaning Tower of Pisa.
6Melissa lent me some money, which was very generous of her.（非限制性定语从句）
7The ground is covered with snow and ice, which makes driving very dangerous.
（非限制性定语从句）
8I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
（非限制性定语从句）
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1 How
1、How often、How soon、How far、How tall、How high、How many、How much、How long、How old、How heavy、 How fast、
1How are you? How do you do?
2How often have you heard these conversations?
3How often do we get stuck in traffic jams?
4How often do we arrive at work or school, stressed out, tired and angry?
2、the number of和a number of 与主谓一致
1By how much has the number of cars gone up in the last 20years? （主谓一致）
2In the last 20 years, the number of cars on the roads has gone up by 25%.
（主谓一致）
3But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. （主谓一致）
4Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy.
5A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
6Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group
7Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
3、1Traffic is one of the major causes of global warming and climate change, as car engines produce various types of greenhouse gases.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
4、1Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars.
2While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. (九年级全一册 Unit 9 P67 3a 阅读课文)
3Taking notes when reading a text is very similar to taking notes when listening.
5、1We often think there is nothing (that) we can do about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic.
2Do whichever of these things that suit you.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1The main argument for factory farming is that, apart from being a lot cheaper than traditional or organic farming, it provides more food for a world population that has already reached seven billion, according to the United Nations.
2As factory farms do not use many workers, the costs are low and the production is high.
3For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
4People who fight for animal rights claim that these animals suffer terrible stress.
5To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves. despite=in spite of
2、Sentence Builder------Linking Expressions （课本P63）
1according to---providing sources of information
According to an institute, “74% of the world’s poultry…are produced in this way”.
2moreover---adding new information
Moreover, factory-farmed animals suffer from fewer diseases.
3on the other hand---contrasting statements
On the other hand, opponents of factory farming say that it is cruel to the animals.
4for instance---giving examples
For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
5in addition to--- adding new information
In addition to this, factory farming has a negative impact on the environment.
6in my opinion---summarizing information
In my opinion, we should try to reduce this kind of farming, although we would have to pay more for our eggs and meat.
7to sum up--- summarizing information
To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves.
3、1The official title of “World Heritage Site” is given by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) committee to places in the world that are outstanding examples of cultural or natural history.
2Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy. （非限制性定语从句）
3Besides the temple, visitors can enjoy the grounds outside, where there are more than 1,000 stone tablets and over 100,000 tombs.
4Every year, visitors from all over the world come to admire the mountains, lakes, streams, trees, underground springs and waterfalls, which make Jiuzhaigou Valley an area of outstanding natural beauty. （非限制性定语从句）
5The building that people visit most is the Temple of Confucius.
4、现在完成时、现在完成进行时、现在完成时的被动语态：
1In the last few years, we have seen environmental disasters on a grand scale.
2Thunderstorm, floods, earthquakes, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and forest fires have become increasingly common.
3There have been terrible floods in Asia, Africa, America and Oceania.
4Storms have been getting worse everywhere too, with more hurricanes hitting the US and Central America, （现在完成进行时、介词with的复合结构）
5Reduced rainfall has affected Africa for years, with severe droughts in Somalia and Kenya in 2017, as well as many other zones becoming drier. （介词with的复合结构）
6Volcanic eruptions and earthquakes have always been a threat.
7There have been serious earthquakes in many parts of Asia, Europe, and South America.
8This has mainly been caused by the huge amounts of carbon dioxide produced by factories and vehicles. （现在完成时的被动语态）
9These have claimed more than 1.6 million lives in the last hundred years.
10He warns that the world has not seen the worst yet. （现在完成时的否定式）
5、比较状语从句
1Atlantic hurricanes are 40% stronger now than they were 30 years ago.
2Landslides and earthquakes are even more dangerous now than in the past because around half of the world’s population now live in cities.
6、现在分词短语充当结果状语
1A massive earthquake hit central Italy in August 2016, killing at least 247 people.
2In April 2017, the city of Mocoa in Colombia was hit by a landslide, leaving many dead and injured.
7、A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
8、They build homes from whatever materials they can find.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1If the rate at which they are dying out continues to rise, millions of plants and animals will become extinct in the next decade.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
3Because of conservation efforts, the number of pandas is increasing according to a survey in 2015.
4The number of them is decreasing due to pollution in the river.
5It’s disappointing to see the environment destroyed like this.
6Even though many people are trying to recycle, there is unfortunately still so much plastic waste that ends up being thrown away.
7We really don’t want to see people driving the car when they only need to go around the corner.
2、1A lot of people feel that driving their own cars allows them to have more freedom.
2I think using public transport is worth the effort.
3Relying too much on cars also creates problems such as traffic jams, road accidents and noise pollution.
4Of course, cars are convenient and necessary when travelling long distances.
3、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
1Being a marine researcher is something that I’ve always dreamed of.
2I work with a team of scientists, who are all experts in their fields, on an international project.
（非限制性定语从句）
3I’m currently based in Argentina, which is in South America, studying sea temperatures from Antarctica. （非限制性定语从句）
4Unfortunately, there has been a significant rise in temperatures over the 50 years, which is clearly linked to human activity. （非限制性定语从句）
5Polar ice caps that were frozen all year long, even ten years ago are now melting at an alarming rate.
4、1Why not pack a tent? 2Why don’t we just cycle instead?
3 Why don’t we start walking to school from now on.
5、Guy de Maupassant’s The Necklace
（一）现在分词短语充当伴随状语、后置定语或原因状语
1This leaves her unhappy, suffering from what she thinks as a life of poverty.
2Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown costing four hundred francs, knowing he will not be able to afford the hunting gun he had been saving up to buy.
3They walk towards the Seine in despair, shivering with cold.
4Finally, in defeat, he suggests Mathilde writes a letter to Madame Forestier, explaining she will return the necklace after repair, lying that the clasp had broken.
5The next years are horrible for Mathilde, who works like servant, her own servant having been dismissed.
6At first not recognizing Mathilde, Madame Forestier is shocked by her friend’s haggard appearance.
7Dancing with happiness, and passion, intoxicated with pleasure, Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
8One day on the street, Mathilde meets Madame Forestier, still looking lovely.
（二）长句难句复杂句式
1She even becomes jealous of her school friend, Madame Forestier, who has married a wealthy man.
2As Monsieur Loisel places the wrap over his wife’s shoulders, the contrast of the poverty of her wrap with the elegant ball gown is too much to bear and to save any embarrassment she hurries to leave before anyone notices her.
3At last on the quay side they find “one of those ancient night cabs which, as though they were ashamed to show their shabbiness during the day, are never seen round Paris until after dark”.
4The jeweler offers the couple a similar necklace for thirty-six-thousand francs with the understanding that he will buy it back if they find the necklace before the end of February.
5Monsieur Loisel, frightened by the trouble yet to come, by the “black misery” that is about to fall upon him, by the prospect of all the physical sacrifices and the “moral tortures ” he is about to suffer, goes to pay the jeweler thirty-six-thousand francs and collects the diamond necklace.
6The Loisels arrive home at the Rue des Martyrs, and Mathilde’s happiness turns to horror as she sees that the necklace is missing when she looks in the mirror to admire herself one more time.
（三）动词不定式短语：
1She always feels she has “fallen from a higher station” and longs to be part of the upper class.
2Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
3Mathilde surprises him by refusing to go and throws the invitation onto the floor.
4Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown.
5She agrees to lend it to her for the ball.
6All the man ask her name and want to be introduced to her.
6、1Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group.
2Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
7、1Scientists say that previously the reasons for extinction have varied but human actions will be to blame for the sixth extinction which has already started to happen.
2It is clear that human activity negatively affects almost every natural thing on Earth, from destroying different species of plants and animals to creating various types of greenhouse gases.
3Now we know that cancer is related to traffic pollution which is why more and more people are becoming sick.
4It is unusual to see him cycle to work. see sb. do sth. see sb. doing sth.
5It’s not quite as fast as cycling but it gets me downtown much quicker than if I take my car.
6More and more people are beginning to do something which suits them and protect the environment.
8、Relative Clauses （关系从句---非限制性定语从句）
1My painting won the first prize, which was quite a surprise.
2I got a low mark in the Science test, which made me angry.
3I met the new doctor last week, who isn’t very kind at all.
4I’m going to a new restaurant with my friend, whose cousin is coming to town.
5The boat entered the deep sea, where the storms can be terrible.
9、1These endangered species are threatened with becoming extinct, meaning they will no longer exist on Earth.
2With rising awareness of how we affect the natural environment, hopefully we can learn to protect these food chain and help them to thrive.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Sixth Extinction of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U3,B1)
In the last 500 million years, there have been five mass extinction events on Earth. In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out. Of course, species died out due to many causes. But nowadays, human activity has affected all types of species that we depend on for living. We need to take action to avoid the sixth mass extinction. We should take steps to save endangered animals and plants, and set up special areas to take care of them before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Road to Destruction of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 61: (课本61页,L3,U3,B1)
Many people often get stuck in a traffic jam when they go to work. How annoyed and stressful they often feel! But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. Traffic pollution has been found to cause global warming and climate change to a large degree.
Too many cars do a lot of harm to the environment and our health. Some advice has been given for people to help protect the environment, for example, using public transport or sharing cars, doing your shopping in the shop just around the corner instead of driving to the other side of town. However, people are addicted to using cars. They make excuses for using their cars, “I need to pick up my daughter. What can I do?”
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第一册
Unit 1 Life Choices Lesson 1 Lifestyles 必修 B1 P5 课文语法填空
It’s September. Joe and Li Ying have been invited to write about their daily life in senior secondary school.
Joe is a “digital native” and he does lots of things online, including doing all his schoolwork, chatting with his friends, watching films, reading news and shopping. He also plays computer games and tennis on the screen. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict” because they think he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with his online friends. They are worried that he can’t tell if/whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
Li Ying is a “go-getter” and she studies with a clear goal. Studying is definitely a big part of her life. She always pays attention to all classes and thinks actively, so that she can do other interesting things after school. She likes biology most among all the subjects and likes reading all kinds of books. Meanwhile, she is active in running and voluntary work. Every day she does her homework when she is free at school and tries to use any possible time to revise what she has learnt after school. She uses her time well to achieve all the goals she has set.
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It 必修 B1 P13 课文语法填空
Zhang Tian was inspired by wonderful teachers from small village and applied for and became a volunteer teacher in a village school after graduation. Before he went to the village, he imagined exciting things about living and teaching in a village. But when he arrived, he found the school was much smaller than he had expected and that the living conditions in the village were also more challenging than he thought . Every day, he worked hard and felt tired. Teaching in Guizhou Province has been quite an experience for him.
To make school life healthier and livelier, Zhang Tian introduced more subjects to the school. Now the students do well in English and their school lives are more attractive and interesting, which makes Zhang Tian feel satisfied. Besides teaching, Zhang Tian also brought changes to the village. He made a great contribution to the village, so he became very popular among the village.
Unit 2 Sports and Fitness Lesson 1 The Underdog
必修第一册 B1 P31 课文语法填空
Both Paul and I were huge fans of the NBA, and we used to play on the court which/that was next to our building. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was only 1.6 metres tall, which made him the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul was only 1.6 metres tall too, and he used Bogues as his inspiration, practicing very hard. Although Paul tried out many times for making our school basketball team, our coach was not so sure, so Paul was still usually on the bench, which was really tough on him.
Our team was playing our main competitors this week. During the competition, a player and I crashed into each other and my knee hurt badly, which made me give up the game. The last quarter was about to begin, and my team was behind by 10 points. With our team’s suggestion, our coach permitted Paul to play the game. All the extra hours that Paul had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot. When the game ended, our team had won by 2 points. Because of his excellent performance, Paul was praised by his coach and earned his place on the team.
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness
必修第一册 B1 P39 课文语法填空
I do believe that long-distance running is of great benefit to you.
You do not need a gym membership or any special equipment . Keep it up, and you will know yourself, and see what you are capable of.
As is known to us all, running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. Running increases the flow of blood and oxygen to your brain. It not only makes your heart stronger and allows more blood to flow around your body, but also strengthens your immune system and reduces the risk of serious health problem. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
You’d better warm up and cool down properly before and after running in order not to hurt yourself. A warm-up gets your blood flowing and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
I hope this will be helpful to you.
Unit 3 Celebrations Lesson 1 Spring Festival
必修第一册 B1 P56 课文语法填空
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival---the spirit of family---has largely been kept. Most of the important Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
To Li Yan, a retired grandmother in Heilongjiang Province, Spring Festival is still about the joy of a family gathering. She loves to be surrounded by her entire family. Weeks before Spring Festival, she starts to make preparations for the young people’s homecoming.
For the younger generation, returning home to spend Spring Festival with parents is no easy task. Flights have to be booked as early as possible. Usually tickets are hard to get, and the journey would be tiring. But all the efforts pay off when the whole family sit together around a hotpot, filling each other in on what’s been happening.
The festival even attracts foreigners. Tom Jenkins, who is an exchange student in Nanjing, spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. He joined them in sweeping away the dirt of their house and attaching the Chinese character Fu to their front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives. Everything is so interesting to him, but the best part is to let off fireworks, which is expected to scare away the monster Nian.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas
必修 B1 P64 课文语法填空
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s my memory of Granny as well as gifts and Father Christmas that comes to mind.
I can well remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us. On a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. She was sick, but I failed to notice it. Granny made an effort to help me with my letter to Father Christmas. With her hand shaking slightly , she wrote “Father Christmas, the North Pole ”on the envelope.
In December, we made sugar biscuits, stuffed the turkey and sang Christmas songs. Granny had the patience to sing my favorite part over and over again. On Christmas Eve, Granny watched as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung most of the decorations on the branches.
On Christmas morning, I was on my best behavior as we opened the presents. Later, Granny gave me a special gift---a music box with a ballet dancer inside. After breakfast, as I played, Granny stayed inside by the fire. I remember catching her eye through the window. I called and asked her to join us, but she just waved. Lunch was late, but it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a lot of laughter
A few weeks after that Christmas, Granny passed away. I think of her often. Each Christmas, I make a G-shape sugar biscuit and take out the music box, in memory of Granny.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Spring Festival
of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 54:
Tom Jenkins spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. A week before the festival, the host mother Mrs. Chen began preparations. She swept up the dirt of the house from top to bottom to make it ready for the new year. She also attached the Chinese character Fu upside down on the front door to welcome happiness. Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
Xu Gang usually books the ticket of trains or flights for his trip home weeks before Spring Festival. When he gets on the train, he is surrounded by Shanxi accents. When he gets home, his parents always fill him in on what happened to the people he knows Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
Li Yan and her husband are retired. They start preparing for their family’s return weeks before Spring Festival. When everyone gets home, their house buzzes with activities. One of their favourite family traditions is to make jiaozi.
Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第二册
Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars
必修 B2 P4 课文语法填空
Avatars are digital images that you use to represent yourself online. The first simple avatars appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s and by the late 1990s they had been used in online chats. People started creating their own avatars that didn’t look or act like their real selves. Avatars let you express yourself and they give you lots of room for creativity. Most people create avatars that/which have similar features to their personalities and that look more or less like them and act like them. In most web chats, people can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create freely their own images. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users are worried that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a more positive light.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships
必修 B2 P10 课文语法填空
People have different ideas about how the Internet affects friendships.
Some people think the Internet can harm friendships. Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact---images really cannot replace a real- life smile or hug. Secondly, lots of the content posted on social media is shallow or trivial. Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be. Going online can be particularly dangerous for people that/who are easily influenced or too trusting. In my opinion, face-to-face communication is the best way to maintain healthy relationships.
Others believe the Internet can help develop friendships in many ways. Firstly, the Internet makes communication much more convenient. Secondly, the Internet has also made communication more fun. You can share photos, videos , news stories, and websites with your friends online. Thirdly, online communication can actually bring people closer to each other. Whenever someone needs help, friends from all over the world can immediately provide useful suggestions or information. Finally, I believe the Internet brings people closer together and makes communication with friends more convenient and interesting.
Unit 5 Humans and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story
必修 B2 P27 课文语法填空
About three years ago, something terrible happened to me. Those six hours of terror broke my body and soul. One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands. All at once, the sky was covered with dark clouds and in less than a minute we were in a terrible storm.
It may seem strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool , I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it. I noticed that smaller and tubular objects went down more slowly than other objects. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. And without waiting, I dived into the sea to try and escape.
As you can see, I did escape. In the end a boat picked me up. I was very tired. The fishermen were my old friends, but they were unable to recognize me. When I told them the story, they did not believe it.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole
必修 B2 P33 课文语法填空
On 1 June, 1910, Captain Scott began his journey to Antarctic. At the same time, the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen was also going south. During the polar summer, both teams organized food bases in preparation for their journeys. Amundsen reached the Antarctic first. Then he prepared for the return journey. Scott finally arrived at the Pole. They were shocked when they were the Norwegian flag. Scott wrote sadly in his diary: “Well, we have now lost the goal of our ambition and must face 800 miles of hard pushing---and goodbye to most of our dreams.”
The return journey was one of the worst in the history of exploration. The weather conditions were terrible. Scott realized their hopeless situation: “We are very cheerful, but what each man feels in his heart I can only guess…” Then a terrible storm started. Scott spent some of his last hours writing. He wrote a letter full of sadness to his wife. The news of Scott’s death shocked the world. He had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the extraordinary courage shown by Captain Scott and his men made them heroes.
Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer
必修 B2 P54 课文语法填空
At the Nobel Prize Lecture on 7 December, 2015, an 84-year-old Chinese woman walked slowly on to the stage. She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s. The woman was Tu Youyou , the first Chinese female scientist to be awarded a Nobel Prize for her work.
Tu Youyou was born in Zhejiang Province, China, on 30 December,1930. She studied medicine in Peking University Health Scie, nce Centre. After graduation, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Science. Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a deep knowledge about traditional practices.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria which killed millions of people every year. Across the world, scientists had been trying to fin d a cure. They tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. She researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti-malarial cures. Then Tu Youyou and her team began using modern research methods to study these Chinese herbs one by one. They overcame many difficulties and at last Tu Youyou bravely volunteered to be the first human subject and the test was a success. The medicine they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the most effective drug for fighting malaria in the world.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind the Superman
必修 B2 P60 课文语法填空
Christopher Reeve starred in four Superman films from 1978 to 1987. He spent his spare time visiting sick children in hospitals and doing many other good things, and soon gained a big reputation. However, while he was riding a horse, he fell off the horse and broke his neck. Due to the support of his wife, family and friends, he found the will to live again. In order to recover quickly, he engaged in a range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle. Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career. His positive attitude inspired many people who/that were stuck in illness. He will be remembered as a superhero forever,
Reading Club 2 Anne Frank and Her Diary 课本P66
必修 B2 P63 课文语法填空
During World War II, Anne Frank’s family had to hide in an annexe to escape the Nazi Holocaust. To keep busy, she wrote in her diary. Unfortunately, on 4 August, 1944 , the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there was sent to labour camps. The diary was originally written in Dutch. Since then, it has been published in at least 67 languages. Today, the annexe building where Anne and her family hid is a museum. Although Anne’s life in hiding was extremely difficult, her diary reveals her positive attitude. She wrote in her diary “The good news is that you don’t know how great you can be …and what your potential is.”Bringing us so much, her diary will be left in our hearts forever.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第三册
Unit 7 Art
Lesson 1 Masterpieces
必修 B3 P4 课文语法填空
In 1889 Van Gogh painted The Starry Night using his unusual way. At that time he stayed at home for his mental illness which some experts thought affected his sense of sight. The drug that he took made people see yellow spots. Unfortunately, Van Gogh only sold one painting in his lifetime. Though he thought The Starry Night was a failure. It is now one of the world’s best paintings.
In 1893, Edvard Munch was suffering a lot of pain because of his mental health problems. He painted The Scream, which shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream. In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him to paint the picture.
Rene Magritte painted a series of paintings, including The Empire of Light. It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night. What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds. It seems like quite a mysterious scene. Magritte was inspired by his thoughts and ideas. The viewers have different reactions to The Empire of Light. As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
Lesson 3 A Musical Genius
必修 B3 P10 课文语法填空
Ludwig van Beethoven was a German composer. He is regarded as one of the greatest composers in the history of music. One day in February 1824, at his little house in Vienna, Austria, Ludwig van Beethoven sat back in his chair and smiled. The famous German composer’s ninth symphony was finally completed. As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
At a very famous theatre in Vienna, the audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years. For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score. Finally, joyous/joyful note signaled the end of the symphony, and the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats, but Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score. It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
However, most of them had no idea that he was deaf! The one person in the room who/that didn’t hear the symphony---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
Unit 8 Green Living
Lesson 1 Roots and Shoots
必修 B3 P29 课文语法填空
If you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up, you are probably suffering from what is known as “Just-me-ism”. You might think it is no big deal. “How can it matter if I leave a little piece of litter on the road? ”But what if millions of people think the same? Then our world would be piled with litter and run short of natural resources at the same time. See? “Just-me-ism” is harmful!
To inspire young people to take action for the environment, animals and their community , Roots & Shoots was established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall, a scientist who’s the world’s best-known expert on wild chimpanzees. In addition to her research, she has been whole-heartedly committed to environmental protection. The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people so they can help to build a future that/which is secure and live together in peace with nature.
Dr. Jane Goodall is convinced that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference. ”So her institute Roots & Shoots is all about educating people to play their part in making the world a better place. And you cannot be absent.
Lesson 3 “White Bikes” on the Road
必修 B3 P35 课文语法填空
Why is Amsterdam a good city foe cycling?
The idea of “white bikes” began about 50 years ago. And ever since then, people in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. Flat and therefore convenient for bikes , Amsterdam is a good city for cycling. Because of its convenience for bicycles, Amsterdam has become very popular with cyclists---an amazing 38% of all trips are made by bike. That’s how it gets the nickname “the City of Bicycles”.
In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea that it would be better for both people and the environment if only bicycles were allowed in the city centre. They painted hundreds of bicycles white and placed them in many areas around Amsterdam for people to use free of charge. Soon after, however, problem came up and the “white bikes” all disappeared---thieves stole them all in a matter of weeks! But in 1999 the “white bikes” returned with a computer tracking system to record their every move! Thanks to the ideas and efforts of many people, you can now enjoy clean air and easy transport in central Amsterdam.
Nowadays, the idea of “white bikes” has pedaled its way around the world. In China, more and more cities have their own “white bikes” programs. Both the locals and tourists like to use shared bikes because bike-sharing is a cheap and easy way to save energy, reduce air and noise pollution, and enjoy the benefits of exercise in cities.
Unit 9 Learning
Lesson 1 Active Learning
必修 B3 P54 课文语法填空
While sometimes the human brain can learn by itself, we need to actively take part in the learning process and to reflect on what we have learnt. We are supposed to take an active role in our learning.
Your inner voice expresses your personal opinions. If you pay too much attention to your inner voice, you will risk missing important information. Active learners are open-minded, and they are in a better position to make decisions. If you find your inner voice difficult to control, you can argue with it as most active learners do. Be flexible in your opinions and you might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all. What’s more, asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning. The answers will lead you to further learning, and the very act of working out questions will help you to achieve a higher level of understanding.
Active learners attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea. Try to find out the source of an idea, and you will increase your chance of learning something. In addition, active learners do not judge people based on first impression or personal feelings. We needn’t assume that some people are always right because of who they are or just because they are your friends.
Lesson 3 The Secrets of Your Memory
必修 B3 P60 课文语法填空
We remember things that have strong connections in our mind, especially emotional connections. Childhood memories are often very emotional ; therefore, we remember them much better. So when remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
A person with a photographic memory could remember every detail of something, but most of us do not have amazing memories. Asking questions also helps with memorization. Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that/which are already known.
Forgetting the new words is natural for many people. One of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
Our memory reaches its full power at the age of 25. After this age, however, the brain starts to get smaller. By middle age, our memory is significantly worse than when we were young.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 1 Relationships Lesson 1 Teachers
选必 B1 P15 能力素养进阶 短文填空
When I was at school, I was poor at most subjects, especially maths. At that time, I thought I had no gift for maths. What was worse, I showed no interest in science, which was completely strange to me. I felt bored when I learnt about maths and science. It was a real headache for me to understand what science was about. I had almost lost heart when Mr. Jenkins became our maths teacher.
Mr. Jenkins could make everything he taught interesting and lively. The way he used to explain difficult things was full of practical examples. Realizing that I was a little lazy and had little confidence in science, Mr. Jenkins encouraged me to find out my strengths by asking me to give a presentation to the class. It was the first time I explained science to an audience. But now it is my job. While working now, I often wish I could get advice from Mr. Jenkins again.
Lesson 3 So Close, Yet So Far
选必 B1 P32 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Socializing with my friends online is my life. The moment I wake up, I check through all my social networking apps, reading my emails and posting updates, etc. I have 500 friends online and I live with several roommates, but I feel lonely. It seems that I have an active social life, attending parties and playing sports, but I’m absent-minded, because I strongly obsess over my phone.
Social networking is the master of my life. Though sometimes I set deadlines to tear away myself from my phone, I fail again and again. Spending so much time socializing online, I always feel depressed and alone. As a result, I can’t finish what I should do in my real life.
It is common that at parties or at a family holiday, most members fix their eyes on their phones, which they think is normal rather than rude.
What is most worrying is that it is impossible to drop my phone, because I need it for my studies because my teachers and classmates need to contact me. It is a problem that we are so close but really so far.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 2 Success Lesson 1 Money vs Success
选必 B1 P58 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Sixteen years ago, Jason was a college professor with a huge six-bedroom house and a fortune of two million dollars. A few years ago, he knew millions of people died of hunger every year, and there were places with no schools and no teachers. And they didn’t have the chance to learn and get on in life. This worried him a lot and he felt guilty being a rich man without doing anything. Therefore, he gave away all his money to charities. Whenever he had more than two thousand dollars, he would give away small bank notes to homeless people in the streets of local areas.
Now, he lives in a small dormitory room with only second-hand furniture. He also grows some vegetables and a few flowers. He gets his clothes and a lot of other things from charity shops. “I’m much happier, because I am living according to my values. Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life, ”said Jason.
Lesson 3 Getting to the Top
选必 B1 P78 能力素养进阶 短文填空
I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play. I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games; I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys. I have always lived my life to extremes. I think of countless birthday parties and nights out I have missed, ruining a family holiday in France because of the endless search for a swimming pool to train in, almost missing my brother’s wedding because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown Johannesburg and driving through the “ no-go ”areas.
Being a professional athlete is no different. Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 3 Conservation Lesson 1 The Sixth Extinction
选必 B1 P109 能力素养进阶 短文填空
In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended. The reasons for extinctions are varied. According to scientists, they include volcanic eruptions, asteroids hitting the Earth from space, changes in sea levels, the decrease of the oxygen content of the sea and global warming. Many scientists say we are now entering the Earth’s sixth mass extinction. This time, human activity will be to blame.
They found that human activity is causing species to die out 1000 times faster than normal. If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who/that have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out. We need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected. We need to change how we work and travel by using cleaner, more natural sources of energy, such as wind and solar energy. We also need to improve our farming methods to reduce water, air and land pollution. In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
Lesson 3 The Road to Destruction
选必 B1 P126 能力素养进阶 短文填空
We know that cars are bad for us. Here are five easy ways to improve our environment.
Use your legs. In 2014, over 55% of car journeys were under eight kilometers. Instead of taking short car journeys, we could easily walk or cycle. Leg power can save your money, keep you fit and help you live longer.
Use public transport. Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars. Sometimes it can take a little bit longer, but you can relax, read a book, talk to someone---who knows?
Think before you go. Do you really have to go to that shopping centre on the other side of town? What about the shops around the corner? Before you get into your car, think about whether you really need to make the journey.
Share cars. If you really have to use a car, share journeys with someone else. It is much cheaper and kinder to the environment.
Take actions! If your street is full of heavy traffic, talk to your neighbors about it. Write to the papers. Go to the city government. Ask for speed limit. Do whichever of these things that suit you. Don’t just sit around and complain.
All quite simple, isn’t it?
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》
北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第二册
选必 B2P5 U4L1 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
(A) An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
(B) Sherlock Homes asked his friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, Watson believed there were millions of galaxies and billions of planets. From the current atmosphere, he predicted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. He didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
(C) A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found almost everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance which had an amazing clown. Actually he was the clown.
选必 B2P13 U4L3 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Today we’ll introduce Rowan Atkinson, who is an English comedian.
He was born on 6 January,1955 and spent his early years on the family farm with his parents and three older brothers. At primary school, he had already shown admirable acting talent. When he was 13, he earned a scholarship to a boarding school. Then he went to Newcastle University and got the highest mark in his years at the university. Later, he studied in Oxford where he got his master’s degree in electrical engineering, which may explain why he is interested in fast cars.
One of the roles played by Atkinson in his comedy is Mr. Bean, who is very popular in Britain. Mr. Bean is liked internationally as the awkward, clumsy but always amusing figure. The popularity of Mr. Bean makes Atkinson famous all over the world.
选必 B2P30 U5L1 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
When Helen was in her childhood, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen often behaved unbearably. She was sometimes troublesome, stubborn and angry, and had a tendency to break things when she was not understood. For Helen, Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher, whose technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. With this method, from “doll” to “water”, Helen got the world of words opened up to her. With Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanding, her thinking process changed as well. As she grasped the key to language , she discovered more complex words. Although trying to learn words was a gradual and sometimes painful process, Helen was always enthusiastic about learning. Helen finally understood the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
选必 B2P38 U5L3 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
Bacon ‘s true interest was not the inefficient working style of the government, but the worthy search for knowledge. Galileo Galilei proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”. The church and many people tended to ignore the facts and didn’t want to challenge what they had always comfortably believed.
It is not surprising that people wanted to believe these primitive ideas. At first, people approved of Galilei’s studies and urged him to continue, but later when he proved Aristotle wrong, they grew angry and put him in prison. People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
选必 B2P55 U6L1 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
The source material for a film may be taken from classic novels, short stories, comic books and stage plays, as well as non-fiction such as biographic and autobiographies, even those written by ghost writers. All can work well, but why do many adaptations and indeed remakes fail with both cinema audiences and critics?
Firstly, because of the time limit, the adapted film is always found not close to the original story. Besides, the selected cast may not satisfy readers as they have their own imaginations about the characters. What’s more, some books are really unfilmable for technical reasons. In spite of the challenges, there have been some highly successful films made from popular books, such as Jaws, Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings. Maybe the best proof of a successful adaptation is the James Bond series, the majority of which has been adapted from the 007 novels of Ian Fleming. Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone has their favorite.
选必 B2P63 U6L3 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
An advertisement uses words and pictures to persuade people to buy a product or service, or to believe in an idea. Generally speaking, there are two main types of ads, which are commercial ads and public service ads respectively. Commercial ads are paid for to advertise a product or service, and the features of the public service ads are as follows: Firstly, they often run free of charge; secondly, they are meant to educate people about health, safety, or any other problem that has an effect on public welfare; thirdly, don’t play tricks on people; lastly, they aim at teaching and benefiting people, helping us lead better lives. Of course, we also should pay attention when seeing ads. For one thing, be aware of the skilful methods which are used in ads to try and sell us things. For another, avoid falling for the tricks some advertisements play.
《高中必刷题》
总主编 杨文彬 学科主编 陈利民 李娜 周成霞
首都师范大学出版社
英语 高一 1 必修 BS 必修第一册、第二册合订
课文改编填空
必修第一册 Unit 1 Life Choice
Lesson 1 Lifestyles P2 课文改编填空
Joe is a “digital native”---he has been using the computer since his childhood.
He does a wide range of things online such as doing homework, chatting with others and reading the daily news. He also shops fpr various necessities online because it is convenient to compare the qualities and prices from different online shops.
However, his parents are worried so his mum keeps telling him to go out with his school friends. According to them there is a danger that he may not be able to tell whether the friends online are real friends.
Li Ying is a go-getter. Secondary school is a new start for her and studying is definitely a big part of her life. She tends to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of every term and she listens attentively in all classes and thinks actively, so that she can have more space time to do other things that she is interested in after school.
Besides, she has a top 10 reading list and she tries to keep it updated. She is also active in sports clubs, which makes her excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together. To achieve all she wants, she must use her time wisely. As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It P9 课文改编填空
After a long day, Zhang Tian finally got back to his small room, feeling tired. It is typical of him to start working early in the morning and prepare lessons late at night. Coming to Guizhou Province to teach has been quite an experience for him.
He graduated from university and got a teacher’s certificate last year. He was inspired by the idea of living independently away from home. So he applied for and became a volunteer in a village school, imagining all sorts of exciting things.
However, not everything lived up to his hopes. The school was much smaller than he had expected and even the power and water supplies were unstable. The thought of leaving once flashed through his mind, but he quickly gave up on the idea.
In the school, he was the only English teacher while the other two were responsible for maths and Chinese. To make school life healthier and livelier, he introduced more subjects to the school, and the school is now full of laughter and music.
His first year has been tough but enjoyable. What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read , speak and write in English, and they became more confident. The contribution he made to the village was great and the villagers treated him as one of them. Although he had intended to stay for only one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year.
必修第一册 Unit 2 Sports and Fitness
Lesson 1 The Underdog P20 课文改编填空
Paul and I were on our school basketball team, The Lions. We were both big fans of the NBA. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul regarded him as his inspiration. Paul once said, ”If Bogues could make it, why not me? ”
However, our coach was not so sure. So Paul was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
This week, The Lions were playing against our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect. It would be a tough game and Paul didn’t know he would get the chance that he had been waiting for.
During the game, I crashed into another player and my knee hurt badly. We were about to lose so the coach agreed to give Paul a shot. Paul rushed onto the court and all the extra hours he had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot, and the crowd couldn’t stop clapping and cheering.
When the game ended, our team had won by two points. The coach hit Paul on the shoulder and said, “You’ve just earned your place on the team, big guy!”
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness P27 课文改编填空
As people often say, any exercise is better than none, but long-distance running in particular has a lot of benefits.
It is great for beginners---you don’t need a gym membership or any special equipment. There is no better way to know yourself and to see what you are capable of.
Running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. It can strengthen the immune system and reduce the risk of serious health problems. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up. Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from any aches or tension.
If you are new to running, here is some advice for you. A warm-up gets your blood running and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
Besides, remember the following principles. First, draw up a training plan and set achievable goals. Second, keep running. There will be times when you want to give up, but hang in there and tell yourself that it will get easier with time. All the sweat and hard work will be worth it in the end. Finally, make sure you do not overdo it.
必修第一册 Unit 3 Celebrations
Lesson 1 Spring Festival P38 课文改编填空
It was the first time for Tom Jenkins to spend Spring Festival in China with his host family. Spring Festival is highly valued by every Chinese family. Preparations began a week before the festival. First, the house cleaned from to bottom. Next, the Chinese character Fu was attached upside down to the front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
Xu Gang usually starts planning his trip home weeks before Spring Festival , as train tickets or flight have to be booked as early as possible. The moment he gets on the train , he knows that he is heading home to his family. When he gets home, his parents will fill him in on what has been happening ---who has got married or had children or gone away to university. When he was a kid, Spring Festival was all about firecrackers, sweets and decorations. As he gets older, coming home is the most important part of it.
Li Yan and her husband are both retired. Weeks before Spring Festival, they think about what the children would like to eat, what they need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared. They always have jiaozi as they mean something special on this occasion---they are a sign of their wishes for health and happiness in the coming year.
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival--- the spirit of family---has been kept.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas P45 课文改编填空
The last Christmas Granny spent with us was an unforgettable experience, which began in the middle of November on a cold, windy day.
Granny came to celebrate the Christmas with us. But at that time, I didn’t know she was ill. Most of the time she just sat on the sofa by the fire. When I wrote to Father Christmas telling him about the presents I wanted, Granny tried her best to help me.
On Christmas Eve, Granny sat by the fire as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung the decorations onto the tree. “That’s the most beautiful tree I have seen,” Granny remarked. On Christmas morning, to my surprise, my stocking at the end of my bed was full of presents and there were more under the tree.
After breakfast, David and I played outside while Granny remained inside by the fire., I remember catching her eye through the window.
Although lunch was late, it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a big turkey with potatoes, followed by yummy pudding. David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow.
Several weeks later, Granny passed away. I miss her very much, especially at Christmas. When it comes to our magical and special Christmas, I think it is not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind, it is also my memory of Granny.
必修第二册 Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars P60 课文改编填空
Avatars, which people use when exploring the Internet, are the digital identities people created to communicate and express themselves. They first appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s. Nowadays, avatars have such a wide variety of forms and uses that they are everywhere.
The avatars people choose say a lot. People tend to create avatars with features similar to their personalities, which look like them to a certain extent. However, nearly all avatars are tall, young and good-looking, for people obviously make improvements and experiment with new things in a more desirable way.
Avatars give people a lot of room for creativity They are enabled to create new identities, from dressing the avatars in fancy clothes to trying being someone of the opposite sex. Many users even have several avatars , each one for a specific occasions ; for example, a sensible one for work and a silly one for fun.
So far, the use of avatars has concerned some people---there are people spending too much time in virtual worlds and cheating online. At the same time , others view it in a more positive light, looking forward to the brilliant future of avatars.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships P67 课文改编填空
Do you think the Internet helps or harms friendships? Opinions are varied?
Some hold the view that while/although/though the Internet brings people closer, it harms friendships indeed. First, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face communication. Instead, according to a parenting expert, the Internet makes it harder for children to concentrate or show kindness. Second, in makes people self-centred. Unlike the long-term and rewarding friendships in the real world, people only care about their online popularity. Third, true friendships are built on trust while online friendships may not be so. Sometimes, if you are too trusting, it can be particularly dangerous, because you can’t be very sure that the friends you are chatting with are honest.
However, others believe the Internet helps develop friendships. For one thing, people can stay in touch with friends conveniently ,whether they are at home or on the move. For another thing, chatting online adds more fun to communication and takes less time with videos, photos, and emojis all available. Useful suggestions or information is provided immediately by people , which makes people feel loved and cared for.
必修第二册 Unit 5 Human and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story P78 课文改编填空
The story happened three years ago when we were on our way home from fishing. All at once, we were caught in a storm. With a huge wave covering the boat, my younger brother fell into the sea. The moment my elder brother cried out the most frightening word “Moskoe-strom”, I knew a disaster was falling on us.
Hopeless and terrified, we were going in the direction of the whirlpool. It felt as if I were falling from a mountain top. But when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than before. Out of curiosity, I observed it and drew three conclusions, which later proved to be life-saving. Having tied myself to a barrel, I jumped into the sea. Not long after that, the boat was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool.
Shortly afterwards, the storm was over. I floated in the water for a couple of hours until some fishermen picked me up. They were unable to recognize me, for it took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole P85 课文改编填空
The race to the South Pole began in 1910 when two teams, led by Scott(British) and Amundsen(Norwegian), announced their plans to go south and prepared for it.
Amundsen was the first to leave on 8th September, 1911. With dogs pulling the sledges and all men on skis, they made rapid progress. On 14th December, they reached the Pole successfully. However, Scott’s men met a series of troubles after departure. First, two sledges broke down; then the horses couldn’t stand the cold. Therefore, they advanced slowly. When they finally made it to the Pole, it was already 17th January, 1912.
The return journey was even worse. Apart from tiredness and bad weather, the fact that they were running out of food added to their difficulties. Despite the hopelessness, they still made time to collect rocks, which later proved to be valuable. Then disaster fell on them---two members died first. Then the rest of the team continued their way until, unfortunately, they were trapped in a terrible storm. Nobody survived. Although they didn’t win the race, they were remembered as heroes.
必修第二册 Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer P96 课文改编填空
Tu Youyou, a Chinese female scientist, was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin on 7 December, 2015. When it comes to the honour, she remained modest, insisting that it was not only an honour for herself but also recognition and encouragement for all scientists in China.
Born in Zhejiang Province in 1930, she chose to study medicine. Years of studying traditional Chinese medicine and working with experts in the field enabled her to gain a deep knowledge about traditional practice. In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria. It hit her that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. So she researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti- malarial cures, which was not an easy task. Despite a lack of staff and poor laboratory conditions, they eventually came across a promising chemical after countless failed experiments. The medicine they discovered has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
Although she is internationally renowned for her work, Tu Youyou is not interested in fame. She conducts research as usual and believes that there is a great potential for future advances if the wisdom of both Chinese and Western medicine can be fully integrated.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind Superman P103 课文改编填空
Christopher Reeve is indeed a superhero both in the Superman films and in reality, whose life story is beyond our imagination with ups and downs.
He had a passion in/for acting at an early age and finally won the opportunity to star in four Superman films. He had been devoting himself to helping people in need when disaster struck him. A fall from his horse caused severe injuries to his neck. Even breath was impossible without a machine. With the support of his wife, parents and friends, he eventually got rid of despair and found his goal of life again.
After engaging in intense recovery training, Reeve succeeded in returning to his film career. In addition, being energetic and passionate, he never quit his charity cause, from writing positively to encourage people to raising money to promote research into back injuries and disabilities. His confidence and optimism inspired people greatly.
To our sadness, on 10 October,2004, Christopher Reeve passed away. People will memorialize him as a superhero forever.
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二上 BS 选择性必修 第二册 《高中必刷题》
课文改编填空
选必第二册 B2P2 U4L1 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
Life often bears fun and embarrassments, making it charming to taste and explore. Here are three funny experiences in life.
An art collector spotted a cat consuming milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store while he was walking casually on the road. He realized the saucer was so valuable an antique that he offered to pay a high price to buy the cat, hoping the owner would give away the saucer as well, Ironically, the owner refused to throw in this lucky saucer, which had helped him sell 68 cats that week for the same reason.
Sherlock and Watson shared a similar funny experience. One camping night, they woke up with millions of stars shining in the sky. According to the scientific measurement of time, Watson figured out the exact time. From the atmosphere, he forecast a bright day the next day. In the end, he was purely embarrassed to be told that their tent had been stolen.
The same embarrassment also happened to a middle-aged man who had been suffering depression for several months. He saw a doctor. After an examination, he was told everything was right and that what he needed was only a real laugh. The doctor recommended an amazing clown---Grock, and he replied Sadly, “I am Grock.”
选必第二册 B2P11 U4L3 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Mr. Bean, a classic character in comedies, is recognized for meeting endless ridiculous situation in his daily life. In one of the most popular episodes, Mr. Bean comes to a fancy restaurant in celebration of his birthday, only to find that the only dish that he can afford is one named “steak tartare”, which is actually a raw hamburger. The moment the dish is served , he attempts to chew it. However, he finds it is too disgusting to swallow, and he has no alternative but to hide his real feelings. During all the dinner time, he occupies himself with hiding the raw meat, and even throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist. What a funny but embarrassing birthday!
Contrary to Mr. Bean, Rowan Atkinson, who played the role of Mr. Bean, lived a normal life. Born into an ordinary family, he was treated in such a strict manner that he stood out well in his study and even attained his degree at Oxford. Besides, he was convinced he would be a successful actor with his talent for acting. Years later, it is obvious that his hard work has paid off in the end.
选必第二册 B2P25 U5L1 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
Have you ever heard some inspiring stories of the disabled? Helen Keller is one who deserves to be mentioned. Helen a well-recognized female author, had several strong restrictions to her body. She could not read or write at her early age, but later she mastered several languages. Anne Sullivan, a teacher at a school for the disabled, played an irreplaceable role in Helen’s growth and achievements. Anne adopted simple approaches to teaching, repeatedly spelt new words by writing on Helen’s hands, and asked her to imitate these spellings. In the beginning, she would not learn the words unless they could be touched, such as water, doll etc. Gradually, her interest grew and she explored complicated and abstract words. In the process of learning the word “think”, she struggled a lot and made breakthroughs by accident when finishing small tasks. As for the word “love”, she felt discouraged after trying many times without understanding it. Despite many failures, Anne kept on encouraging her to try. Helen carried on thinking and suddenly realized it was as beautiful as the sun and clouds. It was Anne that enlightened Helen’s mind and brought a broad world to her.
选必第二册 B2P34 U5L3 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
As Bacon said, who questions much, shall learn much, and remember much. In history, there are endless questions that promote human civilization to a high degree. In the 17th century when people tended to believe more in religions than facts, great scientists like Bacon and Galilei went against the mainstream view of that period. They searched for the truth of science on the basis of analysis. At that time, the earth was believed to stand still, but Galilei disagreed and was urged to continue his further exploration. Ironically, people grew angry and put him in prison when Galilei proved Aristotle wrong, who was a highly respected scientist. However, anyone is likely to make mistakes, Aristotle and Galilei included. With countless questions raised and solved, our knowledge of the world is increasingly expanded. We appreciate the past great men for their wisdom, for they are brave enough to challenge themselves as well as inspiring the future generations to explore more unknown and brand-new areas, On the whole, a world full of questions is exactly the one that we are fighting for.
选必第二册 B2P48 U6L1 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
Reading a favourite book is one pleasure; watching an enjoyable film is another. But it is rather challenging to produce a creation in combination with the two. A good book doesn’t guarantee a popular film while a good film may arise from one plain book. It takes a lot for filmmakers to achieve a perfect balance between them.
The source material for a film must be faithful to the original, whether it is taken or adapted from books. Chances are that the film screenwriter makes so many changes that the audience feel far from the book. As a result, the film ends up failing. Also, a success depends on the cast acceptable to the audience. Readers of the book generally visualize their ideal characters, which means they are not likely to accept other images. Besides, if we take technical restrictions into consideration, the result will turn out to be different. Take CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology for example. It allows more unfilmable books to appear on screen. Despite these challenges, it is common to see many highly successful works made from books like Harry Potter.
选必第二册 B2P58 U6L3 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
Advertisements play an irreplaceable role in enriching people’s daily life by promoting and selling products to customers. Over the past decades, the types and styles have changed/have been changing constantly to upgrade the advertising game.
The most common advertisements are commercial ones, which simply give basic information of the products. Take “Tsing Tao Brewery”for example. It is easy to get the name of the products as well as the location of the company. Gradually, advertisers find it necessary to combine attractive pictures or words of the experts with the original advertisements. With the advertising bomming, those consisting of outstanding designs and creative ideas are likely to be distinguished in the growing competitive advertising market. At present, being visually attractive and repeating old ideas are out of date as the customers have been bored with the familiar strategies to promote products. Therefore/Thus, advertisers have to adopt creative ideas trying to make the customers forget that they are being talked into buying goods by someone. Apart from the commercial advertisements, public advertisements are gaining much attention. For instance, some are educating people on fighting AIDS, while some are calling for saving water.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4 Humor 第四单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 What’s so funny? of Unit 4 Humor, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、三种时态：
1Everything had been going wrong for him.
2So, after he had been feeling depressed for over a month, he decided to go to the doctor .
3Finally, after he had been waiting for about half an hour, he was called in for his consultation. 4“Well, I’ve been having a bit of a crisis.”
5“And I’ve been doing a lot of work.”
6I will be working in the United States for three months.
7This time next week, I’ll be arriving in New York.
2、三种时态：
1The eager fans had been waiting for six hours before they finally got the tickets for the football match. 2I had been looking for that for weeks---where did you find it?
3Mrs. Wang will be staying with her friends when she goes to Hainan.
4As he had been repairing his car all afternoon, he was messy.
5This book is taking me so long that I will be still reading it by this time next year!
6She has been studying English since she left school.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、His humor is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
2、He cannot hide his feelings, except when the waiters asks if everything is fine.
3、When the waiters are not looking, however, he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach.
4、He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
5、强调句型/强调结构/强调句
But it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
John Lloyd, who worked as a producer for BBC Television, says that one rarely meets someone with such genius, and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、One afternoon, hundreds of unlucky passengers, who had been expecting to board a flight to New York, were told it had been cancelled.
2、One unfortunate agent was dealing with the passengers, when an angry man, who had been standing in line for some time, pushed his way to the front.
3、This is probably all it takes to make an image of Charlie Chaplin as the “Little Tramp”, one of the most famous comedy characters in the world.
4、His early films were such huge commercial successes that film companies were falling over themselves to hire him.
5、Making the joke look effortless and simple was part of his genius.
6、“The best definition of humor I ever heard is that it’s getting people in and out of trouble.”
7、From actors such as Charlie Chaplin, who was famous during the silent age of film-making to Rowan Atkinson who plays Mr. Bean on TV and in films, British comedy has never gone out of fashion.
8、1And while there are many popular dramatic actors in Britain, there is something extra special about British comedy and comedians for global audiences.
2Most non-British people see the British as being very reserved, polite and formal and while that is true to a certain degree, British people love to express themselves through humor too.
3While one person might lightly giggle at a joke, another might fall about with laughter.
9、Humor is a part of every culture but it could be said that it is one of core characteristics of British culture.
10、You will often find passengers getting on buses joking with drivers.
11、So now that we have established how important humor is to British people, what exactly makes them laugh?
12、There have been many popular comedy TV programs which have explored the absurdity of people with less money and status attempting to copy the lifestyles of the wealthy and others which humorously explore life for the less well-off.
13、Another area that might be difficult for foreigners to get when it comes to British comedy is “word play”.
14、强调句型：
Sometimes, it’s not just words that have two meanings but also expressions.
15、名词性从句：
Now, whether or not you find these types of jokes funny is personal to you, but the fact that they are easily understood by English speakers of all ages, means that it is very much a part of British comedy.
16、Two other characteristics of British comedy that are unique are joking about topics that would be considered “taboo” in other cultures and humor focused on self-depreciation.
17、长句难句复杂句式：
But the wide range of techniques used by British comedians and comedy writers, from satire, to puns, to self-mockery, means that there is something for every taste in comedy, although the polite British approach to delivering jokes means that sometimes it’s difficult to even tell if it is a joke or not!
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook on page 78---page 82 of Unit 4, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、两种时态：
1He has been talking to a friend and tells her he will be having a drink in the bar at 7 and asks her to join him there.
2The man thinks that maybe the barman has been talking to him, but the barman has been cleaning glasses at the other end of the bar.
3Knowing that his friend will be arriving soon, the man wonders if it is her, but there is no one he recognizes around.
4He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years.
5Even if you have been studying for a long time and feeling sleepy and bored, laughing can make you feel energized as if you had just had a nap!
2、强调句型：
It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
3、几种时态：
1After I sent you the invitation, I had been wondering when I would hear from you.
2We have been practicing extremely hard for months.
3However, we would be playing by the time you arrive.
4I will be looking out for you after the match.
4、An interesting fact about him was that he never swore on stage, which is a far cry from some of the modern comedians. a far cry from 大相径庭，天壤之别，相去甚远。
5、Another interesting fact about him was that he died three days after the rock and roll star, Elvis Presley. 猫王。
6、What can you infer from the fact that Groucho was the host of the quiz show You Bet Your Life? that引导同位语从句。
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---What’s so funny of Lesson1, Unit 4 Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 10: (课本10页, L1, U4, B2)
An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
Sherlock Holmes asked his faithful friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. “Millions and millions of stars,” said Dr. Watson. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, he believed there are millions of galaxies and billions of planets. He deduced that it was probably a quarter past three based on the scientific measurement of time. From the current atmosphere he forecasted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. Watson didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance . Actually he was the amazing clown.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text---My Favorite Comedian of Lesson3, Unit 4, Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 25: (课本25页, L3, U4, B2)
Undoubtedly, one of the funniest and well-known comedians in the world has to be Rowan Atkinson, who is mostly known as Mr. Bean. He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years. Mr. Bean’s extraordinary actions or tricks seem to have universal appeal to people of all ages and cultures. The uncomfortable and desperate situations he gets himself into are just so ridiculous that it’s impossible not to laugh.
Rowan Atkinson is rarely seen out of character, although generally people know his name and nationality. Contrary to his character on screen, he is highly educated. He received a scholarship to attend secondary school and then obtained a degree in electrical engineering. It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
He has a high reputation among actors but he is very kind and down to earth in real life. His ability to rely purely on his face and body to make people laugh rather than words is such a special talent. Therefore, he is seen as a remarkable comedian in the contemporary acting world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5 Education 第五单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 5 Education, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1By the time she was seven years old, she still couldn’t speak, read or write and needed to have everything done for her.
2Helen’s parents got a superb teacher recommended to them, a woman named Anne Sullivan. 3Finally, she got the world of words opened up to her.
4We’re going to have a video of the wedding made.
5I’ll have my tyres checked. 6I’ll have the washing machine repaired soon.
7Many years ago Pauline had a portrait painted by a well-known painter.
8Have you ever had your voice recorded?
9Have you ever had your face made up with face paint when you were a kid?
2、As一词用法小结：
1As the water flowed over Helen’s hand, Anne spelt out “W-A-T-E-R” into Hen’s other hand.
2As Anne wrote on Helen’s hand, Helen suddenly realized that the movement of the fingers meant the cool liquid flowing over her hand.
3As Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanded, she asked more and more questions.
4However, one day as she was working on a simple task, she had a breakthrough.
5As she did this, Anne touched Helen’s forehead and wrote the word “think” on her hand. 6As she thought about its meaning again, the sun came out.
3、状语从句：
1Anne spelt words by writing on Helen’s hand so that Helen could get a mental picture of the words. so that=in order that
2Now that Helen grasped the key to language, she was very eager to learn more and use it as much as she could.
4、形式宾语和真正的宾语从句：
“I thought it strange that my teacher could not show me love.”
5、It was the first time Helen had understood such a complex word---a word for something she couldn’t touch.
It/This is the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（现在完成时态）。
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 Understanding of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、名词性从句：
1It seems obvious now how we acquire knowledge and understanding.
2It is not surprising that people wanted to believe the primitive ideas as they had been put forward by the great philosopher Aristotle (384-322 BCE).
3People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
4It is still often true today that people don’t want to abandon what they’ve always thought as true.
5It is important to not only describe what it shows, but also tell what lessons are taught.
2、长句难句复杂句式：,
Although today we are more used to typing a few key words into a search engine and waiting for the Internet to give us an answer, modern scientists and thinkers are still solving the world’s problems with this type of analysis---luckily for us.
3、定语从句：
1However, in the 17th century when Francis Bacon (1516-1626) suggested that this type of thinking was the way to gain knowledge, he was going against the views of the day.
2At that time, people believed more in the church than in facts and people like Galileo Galilei (1564-1642), who proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”, were often punished by the church with no one coming to their defense.
3In fact, when Galilei proved that the Earth was not the centre of the universe, instead of believing him, people chose to believe views that were almost 2,000 years old!
4We owe so much of our knowledge and understanding of the world to people like Bacon and Galilei, who were brave enough to step out from the shadows of conventional thought in order to find the kingdom of knowledge that today’s civilization is built upon.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop, Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、状语从句的省略问题：
1However, when looking at it more closely, I see something interesting.
2It is important to use the present tense when describing and commenting on the picture. 3They need to see pictures and images when learning.
2、have/get/find/…… sth. done He has his back turned to us.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1The overall message (that/which) we can take from this picture is that it is important to have routines and timetables, as they can help us stay organized, but sometimes routines can control us, rather than us controlling the routines.
2It is important not to become too preoccupied with routines and schedules, because they can make us blind to what is in front of us.
3Technology has become more and more important in how people learn: the Internet, videos and tablets have exposed us more to English in the classroom, as many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities and interactive whiteboards.
4One interesting thought is that there may no longer be a need for translators as, though not perfect yet, we already have software to do it.
5For instance, one of its principles is that children are unique individuals who must be free to learn without being criticized or restricted.
4、强调句型：
It is the child that controls the pace, topic and lessons, not the rest of the class or the teacher.
5、as一词用法小结：
1Children are encouraged to repeat activities as often as they wish.同级比较状语从句
2The furniture is light so they can arrange it as they wish. 方式方法状语从句。
3Maria Montessori wanted to free children’s minds so that they could learn by self-teaching and self-correction. 目的状语从句 so that=in order that
4Her works have been translated into many languages so that people around the world can learn more about the Montessori philosophy. 目的状语从句
5The cabinets are low so that the children can reach them. 目的状语从句
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 5, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
2、长句难句复杂句式：
In conclusion, education is important not only because it facilitates the acquisition of knowledge, but also because it promotes an individual’s physical, mental, moral and social development .
3、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1Sam had got/had had his life changed by one amazing teacher.
2He got/had his confidence knocked due to some bad exam results.
3She also had/got her concerns shared by another teacher that Sam might fail many of his subjects if things didn’t change. that引导同位语从句; if引导条件状语从句。
4Sam felt that he got/had his confidence increased.
4、Some of my students have large vocabulary and can spell words well, while others struggle.
5、名词性从句：
1Besides, it was believed that just by following the law, people would become good citizens.
2It is clear now that the true priority of education is to develop the whole person rather than just provide information to learn.
3Of course that is why it is vital that we always keep learning and questioning.
4We should not ignore the fact that pollution is still a serious problem though our environment is getting better and better. that同位语从句; though让步状语从句。
6、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1I must get my broken glasses repaired. 2I had my letter delivered yesterday.
3We are having our house painted next month.
7、They prefer learning activities where everything is explained to them rather than having to read instructions.
8、各种从句/长句难句复杂句式/状语从句的省略：
1To me it seems that a kinesthetic learner has the most fun.
2It turns out that I am a visual learner as I love art and also drama where we have to visualize situations.
3It’s really helpful to understand your preferred style as it can help you design strategies that will help you be successful when learning both now and in the future.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 33 : (课本33页, L1, U5, B2)
When Helen was young, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen’s behavior was often unbearable and sometimes she was troublesome, stubborn and angry with a tendency to break things when she was not understood. Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher. Anne’s technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. The precious knowledge she taught Helen gave her hope and joy. From “doll” and “water”, Helen knowledge and vocabulary expanded and this changed her thinking process. As Helen grasped the key to language, she discovered more complex words. Helen now understand the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2
选择性必修第二册 on page 46: (课本46页, L1, U4, B2)
Helen Keller was an exceptional girl. When she was a child, she couldn’t communicate because she couldn’t see or hear. As a result of these restrictions, she was often troublesome and badly behaved. Fortunately, Anne Sullivan, who was a superb teacher, was brought in to help Helen.
Anne had a simple technique for teaching Helen vocabulary. Anne would, for example, let Helen play with a doll, and then spell “D-O-L-L” on her hand. In this way, Helen built a mental picture of the word. Anne used this technique for other words as well. For example, she put Helen’s hand in a stream of liquid to teach “water”.
As Helen’s knowledge expanded, Anne started to teach more complex words. However, it was still hard for Helen to learn concepts like “think” because she couldn’t touch them, and Helen was often disappointed. Luckily, one day, she had a breakthrough. She was making necklaces when she made some mistakes. She didn’t know how to fix them, so she stopped to think. When she did this, Anne touched Helen’s head and wrote “think” on her hand. It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6 The Media 第六单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 From Page To Screen of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It的用法：A、人称代词； B、非人称代词: 天气、日期、时间、距离、情况；
C、形式it: 形式主语、形式宾语； D、强调it
1… but it’s normal to have high expectations when a film of favorite book is made.
2… it is safe to say that great films may be made from not particularly good books.
3Since a typical film is only around two hours long, it becomes a question for screenwriters to decide what is appropriate for the screen d what to leave out.
4It allowed the previously unfilmable to become a reality. (It= CGI=Computer Generated Image)
5One may think that it is the book writer who is in the best position to do film adaptations.
6This can actually be a disadvantage because they may be too close to the material and find it difficult to adapt to a new form.
7In this situation, it is clear that viewers will not be disappointed!
8For me, anyway, it is always a bad idea to watch a film of a book you love.
9CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology has made it possible for the previously unfilmable to become a reality.
2、各种从句：
1There are many times I have been pessimistic about or even disappointed by a film of a book I love.
2This is where I think many film adaptations fall down.
3At other times they are not, and there are instances where writers have been very unsatisfied with the film versions of their work.
4Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone seems to have their favorite.
5A key question is obviously how close to the original the film is.
6Readers of the book have very definite ideas about how characters should look and sound.
3、动名词短语充当主语和介词的宾语：
1Reading a book and watching a film are two very different experiences.
2Finding actors acceptable to film audiences can mean the difference between success and failure.
3Screenwriters have difficulty deciding what is appropriate for the screen.
4For many of today’s advertisers, repeating old ideas is not a successful approach.
5 The top advertisers of today believe that using humor as well as new and unusual ideas to surprise people is important. 动名词短语充当主语, 单数第三人称。
4、It的用法：
1It took Simon two hours to finish his homework.
2It was unbelievable that they made such a film in one month.
3Jason found it interesting to read the new comic book.
4The film is very interesting, and it is obvious that the viewers will not be disappointed.
5I don’t find it easy to learn language. It is only by studying very hard that I improve my English.
6In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
5、状语从句的省略：
1What factors should be taken into consideration when adapting books into films?
2Speakers have their opinions when talking about a specific issue.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Questions About Media and Lesson 3 The Advertising Game of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、1In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
2For this reason, it’s now normal to see advertisements that consists of pictures or words from experts to show people how good the product is.
2、used to和would:
1Advertising agencies would create a basic type of advertisement known as a commercial advertisement.
2Classic advertisements used to give information about finding certain products.
3From the name you would know what the company sells, where they are located, and the name of the product.
4Advertising agencies used to create this kind of advertising and it could be very effective.
5Ideas that would work in the past genuinely are not as effective now.
6These advertisements have helped to increase public knowledge about topics that used to be ignored by most people, and this has made our society a better place for everyone.
3、be/get used to doing sth.
Because of the boost in advertising, people are used to seeing a high standard of visual design.
4、部分否定：
However, not all advertising is about selling products and services for a profit.
5、定语从句：
1It was likely to be the name of a company, part of which might include the name of the place from which the product originated.
2But then they realized that it might not be suitable for a marketplace where products and services are in direct competition with each other.
3Their aim is create something that has never been seen before and that people find interesting.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
1As present-day advertisers often have large budgets, huge amounts of money are spent on applying modern design techniques to make these advertisements as visually attractive as possible.
2They realize that it does not matter how attractive the idea linked with the product is---most people know and anticipate that the main purpose of the advertisement is to make customers buy the product.
3To stand out in a world of competitive advertising, they must combine the highest standard of design with creative ways to make people believe that they “must have the product”.
7、used to和would:
|
Affirmative
肯定句 |
We used to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors would come to see us. |
|
Negative
否定句 |
We didn’t use to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors wouldn’t come to see us. |
|
Question
疑问句 |
Did you use to live in a crowded flat?
Would visitors come to see you? |
8、used to和would:
1We used to live in a crowded flat in New York.
2They would/used to climb the mountain every week.
3She used to have more friends than anyone
4I would/used to buy sweets the size of golf balls.
9、used to和would:
1We used to live in a small town but last year we moved to a big city.
2My primary school teachers wouldn’t give us any homework but they would teach us a lot in class.
3Harrison Ford used to accept the strangest jobs before he became an actor.
4I didn’t use to like seafood, but now I just love it.
5Mr. Smith used to/would watch tasteless TV talk shows all day before he lost his sight.
6When I was a child, we used to live near the coast.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop---A Film Review 影评 and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、either…or… ; neither…nor… :
1The owner of the castle is an abnormal creature, half-man, half- beast, who tells the trader---either one of his daughters replaces him as a prisoner in the castle, or he will die.
2Although it has neither cute characters nor wonderful songs in this version, it speaks to people of all ages.
3The film has neither good special effects nor good music.
4Now when it comes to advertising, often the aim is to try and create an emotion in the person viewing it, either by making it humorous or even sad.
2、The film does, however, have its faults.
3、It must seem a little odd to get a letter from your own mother whom you see every day, but I hope you will read this and take what I have to say seriously.
4、when和whenever引导时间状语从句：
1You even do this when we’re having a family meal in a restaurant or when I’m talking to you.
2You may not realize this, but whenever you feel even slightly bored, you check your phone.
3And if I ask to leave your phone at home when we go out, you sulk and get twitchy, almost as if you’re suffering withdrawal symptoms.
4I have tried to talk to you about this , but whenever I ask you to put down your phone and look at me, you said “in a minute”.
5And it’s so easy to just send a message when I want to chat with them.
5、because引导原因状语从句：
1I bought you a phone for your 12th birthday because you wanted one so much.
2It was weird getting a letter from you, but I suppose you felt this was the best way because I’m always on my phone!
3I suppose I didn’t think there was a communication problem because I spend so much time with you.
4 I spend a lot of time on my phone because I like to keep in constant contact with my friends.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress, Literature Spot and Workbook on page 88 to page 92 of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、while居中，“而，然而”，表示比较、对照、转折，引导状语从句：
1When we hear that they might be adapted into films, some people feel excited while others are unhappy.
2Some novelists have happily been involved in the film production while others like the American author J.D. Salinger, fought to ensure that their books would never become films.
2、同位语从句：
Often people are pessimistic about the chances that their favorite characters and stories will be shown on screen.
3、be of great interest=be very interesting ; be of great value=be very valuable;
be of great importance=be very important; be of great use=be very useful; be of great of help=be very helpful;
For example, people can upload videos of events they believe are of interest to others.
4、While置于句首，“虽然、尽管”，引导让步状语从句：
1While traditionally, large corporations have been the ones to produce and report on the news, things have changed greatly in recent years.
2While there has been lots of advantages for readers, TV stations and especially newspapers have been negatively affected, as fewer companies choose to pay to advertise through them.
5、it的用法：
1It’s common for people to engage in activities such as micro-blogging where they can share their ideas and opinions on whatever topic they choose.
2Eventually it became clear that this approach was not suitable for situations where companies were directly competing with each other.
3And now it’s common for commercial advertisements to have budget as big as films.
4It is also common now to pay celebrities from films and sports to participate in advertising campaign to further encourage the public to buy a product.
6、as一词的用法小结：
1Advertising has existed as long as people have been selling goods, but it has gone through many changes over the years as economic development has occurred.
2There have been some criticisms and negative views on advertising as people feel that companies are no longed being honest and straightforward.
7、used to和would:
I used to love reading newspapers. Every morning at breakfast I’d read the paper from cover to cover.
8、Language points in Literature Spot from page 71to page 73: 长句难句复杂句式：
1I had done forty of the fifty miles of curving twisting highway before it started to cool off, but it didn’t really get cool until I reached the dam and started along the south shore of the lake past the piled-up granite boulders and the sprawled camps in the flats beyond.
2I wondered who the hell Fred Lacey was and what he wanted and why he didn’t want to stay home or leave a message if his business was so urgent…
9、Summary of No Crime in the Mountains on page 71:
A letter arrived at Evens’ office from Mr. Lacey. Evens arrived in Puma Point and went to the hotel. Evens spoke to Mrs. Lacey on the phone. He spoke to the girl in the phone office. He walked back to his hotel, got into his car, drove around the lake and stopped. He smoked his pipe and watched the boats in the lake. He found the body of Mr. Lacey under the tree.
10、状语从句的省略问题：
1If in groups, how will you divide up your groups?
2If so, what will they be? 3If yes, what are they?
4If not, the company might associate with their bad behavior.
5If at all possible, register at the Indian Head Hotel, and call me at 2306. 课本P72。
11、as一词用法小结：
1I laughed out loud as I read it!
2Some people feel pessimistic about the future of theatre as they feel it is not popular with young people anymore.
3 He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
12、同位语从句：
I saw a musical version of Harry Potter recently that was wonderful and is proof that the theatre world is alive and well!
13、it的用法：
1I found it unusual that they used a cast of new and unknown actors , which is risky, but here it pays off.
2So does that mean it is better to advertise when there are lots of viewers?
3It is hard not to be influenced by ads.
4It is easy to run a good advertising business.
14、used to和would:
1Mr. Loxton used to live in an old house.
2He never used to have time to do maintain on his house.
3The gate which used to be brand-new became old.
4Mr. Loxton would just ignore everything that broke.
5He used to have an old car which he would wash every Saturday.
6But now he has a new car which he wouldn’t dream of washing himself.
7He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
8In his early days he would dream of having a lifestyle like this---it used to look so appealing.
9I wouldn’t have believed that were possible, would you?
15、While 置于句式，“虽然，尽管”，让步状语从句：
While direct hard-sell ads might be easy to detect---such as those for products endorsed by celebrities---soft-sell ads may be more difficult tosspot.
16、部分否定：
1Not all ads are directed towards the end customer.
2 Not all ads speak directly to customers.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7 Careers 第七单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 EQ:IO of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1Even if they never see their results, they feel that their IQ is what determines how well they are going to do in life.
2When they see other students doing better than them, they usually believe that those students have a higher IQ and that there is nothing (that) they can do to change their situation.
3While your IQ tells you how intelligent you are, your EQ tells you how well you use your intelligence.
4Professor Salovey, who invented the term EQ, gives the following description: at work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
5For example, have you ever wondered why some of the smartest students in your class, who you think deserve good grades, sometimes end up failing exams?
6It is generally believed that people with high EQs are open to new ideas and have positive attitudes towards life.
7On the other hand, there is little doubt that people with low EQs often have problems getting on with other people and dealing with difficult situations; hence they have a harder time adjusting in life and in their careers.
8When students were introduced to those who had disabilities, they found that, afterwards, the non-disabled students were more willing to help people with difficulties.
9To get ahead in the world and lead a happy successful life requires getting on well with other people and being able to understand and react to situations in the best way possible.
10And the fact that it might be possible to raise EQs means that schools need to make sure that their students are receiving an education they really need, not solely based on IQ but on developing the entire character.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Supported by his research, Professor Salovey suggests that when predicting someone’s future success, their character, as measured by EQ tests, might actually matter more than their IQ.
2At work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
3Professor Mayer, recognized by many as a leading expert in the study of changes to people’s EQs, recently announced the results of a study on senior secondary school students.
4Compared to students who had not been involved in the study, they also showed a better understanding of the disabled students’ feelings.
3、The more……, the more……句型：
A high EQ is necessary for this---the higher the better.
4、Focus on Language: Verb-ed Form---动词的过去分词
Ex. 9 Join the sentences by using the –ed form of the verb.
Example John was accused of stealing money. He was brought to court.---
Accused of stealing money, John was brought to court.
1Jane was scared of the lightning. She refused to go outside. ---
Scared of the lightning, Jane refused to go outside.
2The man was arrested by the police. He felt hopeless. ---
Arrested by the police, the man felt hopeless.
3The two lions were sent to a local zoo. They are reported to have settled down well. ---
Sent to a local zoo, the two lions are reported to have settled down well.
4The medicine is taken in time. It will be quite effective. ---
Taken in time, the medicine will be quite effective.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Career Skills and Lesson 3 Meet the New Boss: You of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1Most people now have no intention of following in their parents’ footsteps or even staying at one job for very long.
2In fact, planning to work in the same field or industry for your entire working life just isn’t practical anymore.
3The skills you have now are unlikely to remain relevant and be enough to help you through your entire career.
4But this is hardly a recipe for great career success.
5Lifetime security from one employer is no longer certain or even likely.
2、祈使句+and+简单句：
Keep doing this, and you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.=
If you keep doing this, you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.
3、What if......句型
What if your job disappears after working for 10 years in the field.
4、长句难句复杂句式：
The truth is that you are the boss of your career, and it is up to you to decide what you can do and how well you can do it.
5、would do
1You’d follow your father to sea, onto the farm or into the workshop.
2You’d follow your mother into the kitchen or sewing room.
3You would do the work your parents did.
6、The sentences that show irony: 表达讽刺的语句：
1You might be lucky. These strategies might bring you a nice, comfortable life…
2If you think you can wok eight hours a day and build a career, think again.
3 If you think you can’t be replaced by software or your can’t be outsourced to some robots on the moon, you are wrong.
7、Focus on Language: Negative Expressions: 否定的表达方式：
Complete the sentences with the expressions from the Sentence Builder:
1High grades are no longer enough to guarantee success in a career.
2Keeping the same job for life is not a realistic expectation anymore
3The job you have today is unlikely to be the same as the job you’ll have in 20 years’ time.
4It’s hardly surprising he lost his job: he was always late and never met his deadlines.
5The company has no intention of hiring more staff because it can use robots to do the work instead.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 7 Careers, 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1I would also like to learn more about the things that are going on in the city, as I feel that it is important to know about the city (which) we live in.
2Moreover, I feel that I can get on well with people from different backgrounds since I have worked with lots of different people on many projects for local events.
3In addition, I am also a good photographer , which might be useful for some of the articles.
4I look forward to hearing from you.
5In your application, say which job you are interested in, why you are the most suitable candidate for the position and give details about yourself.
2、时间状语从句、现在分词短语充当时间状语和伴随状语以及状语从句的省略问题：
1But when you move to a new environment or have to work with some new people, it is not always easy for them to recognize you or respect you immediately.
2Moving to a new working environment, you may need to deal with things that don’t belong to your own field.
3Learning or working in a new working environment, you need to have a good sense of judgment when joining a discussion or making a decision.
4Be confident and make eye contact when talking to people.
5Then, walk in holding your head high and smile.
6When working together with others, it is important that you have a clear vision and a working plan to achieve it.
7When working, don’t focus on what is your work and what isn’t.
8After doing your own work, always be ready to help others.
3、remember to do sth.; remember doing sth.
Remember to look other people in the eye---it’s the key to creating a connection with people.
4、While句首，引导让步状语从句：
While there may be some advantages to work at this time, working at night also brings particular problems.
5、What I’d like to do is working with high school students and helping them with their future.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 7, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句：
1Up until quite recently, it was believed that IQ was the most important measure of intelligence and those with high IQs were the ones who got ahead in life.
2Professor Salovey, the expert who invented the term, explains that in the workplace IQ gets you employed but EQ gets you promoted.
3For example, if students who are highly academic and intelligent fail to achieve the grades (which/that) they deserve in exams it may be because they have lower EQs.
4Logical thinking, which is the ability to use our reason well, will be highly useful in the workplace, as it will help us use our knowledge to persuade others.
5And given that people will not stay in the same career for long, we can expect that we will have to go back to education and training at some stage to be qualified to work in another field.
6As the company is determined to find the right candidates, they will ask a lot of detailed questions to find out what you know about the company.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Given the fast pace of the job market now, 21st century employees are faced with challenges that their parents never experienced.
2Compared to previous generations, standards are set higher for them and they are expected to have more qualifications and a wider range of new and essential skills.
3Required to innovate constantly, 21st century employees need to be ready to adapt to new challenges and roles quickly.
4Thrown into a hyper-connected workplace, today’s graduates will also have to prepare to move around to jobs at different companies.
5Designed to be more dynamic and inspiring, working environments will be more exciting than offices of the past.
6Workers will happily enjoy many extra benefits, such as gyms and games rooms, provided by companies.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1Most people tend to associate good results in IQ tests with intelligence, but believe it or not, there is more to the issue than you may first realize.
2The most important skills are comprehension and critical thinking, both of which help you to become more logical in your work and persuade others to agree with your approaches.
3There is a strong chance that people will regularly train again to learn more skills until they reach the time (that/when) they stop working.
4An increasing number of them will work at start-ups, which will be seen as providing a more dynamic and exciting working environment than their parents would have been used to.
5Alternatively, , you can decide to leave the traditional career path altogether and set up your own company, which means that all the decisions can be made by you instead of your boss or your company.
4、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1It isn’t common for children to have the same job as their parents anymore.
2There are hardly any jobs that a robot can’t do.
3People with limited computer skills are unlikely to be successful in any career.
4It is no longer strange for people to have several careers during their life.
5The manager has no intention of giving her a promotion because she’s lazy.
5、Reading and Writing on Page 81------Survival of the Fittest
1Between now and the 21st century, citizens of the world’s richest and most advanced nations will find it more and more difficult to keep up with the demand for change.
形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语。
2Now we find ourselves living at the end of the timeline that Toffler imagined and we’re still experiencing rapid changes, not least in the world of work.
find sb./oneself doing sth.; find sth. done
3People will also need to move around more so they can take different jobs at different companies, because this will give them their best chance of climbing the career ladder, as the number of internal promotions falls.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---EQ;IQ of Lesson1,Unit 7 Careers, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 10 : (课本10页,L1,U7,B3)
Most students feel their IQ, which refers to Intelligence Quotient, is what determines how well they are going to do in life, but new research suggests that EQ is a better way for predicting success. Professor Salovey says it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He may be right. Students with high IQs sometimes end up failing exams and this may be due to a lower EQ. The association between IQ and EQ is interesting. People with low EQs find it harder adjusting in life and in their careers. Altogether, the results of studies show that a high EQ is necessary for getting on with people and being able to react in the best way. So schools need to be sure to develop a student’s entire character.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Career Skills of Lesson 2, Unit 7,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 13 : (课本13页,L2,U7,XB B3)
Kristy comes to a guidance counselor, Mr. McDougall, for advice on future jobs. Mr. McDougall says there’ll be new jobs related to information technology, bio-technology and green technology. So he advises Kristy to learn different kinds skills. First, he thinks the ability to learn new skills is important because in the future people may have four or five different jobs over many years. Second, using the Internet, learning new IT skills and keeping up with technology developments will be important because these will give people the tools they need in the future. He also mentions languages. More people may speak a second language. Lastly, he says critical thinking and creativity will be crucial in the future.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8 Literature 第八单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 The Last Leaf of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、State Verbs and Activity/Action Verbs: （静态动词和动态动词）
Activity/Action Verbs: go、kick、watch、rain，可以用于任何时态和语态。
State Verbs：不能用于进行时态,通常用于一般现在时。三种主要类型：
1描述感情和态度的动词：love、hate、like、prefer
2表示“思维” 的动词：think、know、believe、understand、remember
3描述感觉感官的动词：see、smell、taste、hear、sound、
4常见的表示“所属拥有”等的动词：have、own、belong 、want、need、mean、cost、seem、appear、wish
5既可以用作静态动词又可以用作动态动词：
(1)Mick looks like his sister. Mick’s looking at his sister.
(2)I have a cat. I’m having a bath.
(3)I think you’re right I’m thinking of going to Spain.
(4)Can you see that man? I’m seeing the doctor.
(5)但是在非常非正式的口语英语会话中：
I’m hating this movie. I’m loving you work. I’m loving your explanations.
(6)A Quiz------Are these sentences correct or wrong?
Number One: Do you prefer jazz or rock music? correct
Number Two: Are you belonging to the football club? wrong
Number Three: I’m having lunch with Kate today. correct
2、现在分词短语的基本用法：
1Greenwich Village is a place where the art people came together, hunting for apartments with north-facing windows and low rents. 伴随状语
2Mr. Pneumonia placed his icy finger on Johnsy; and she lay, barely moving, in her bed staring at a blank wall under her blanket. 伴随状语
3One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain. 伴随状语
4Johnsy lay for a long time looking at it. 伴随状语
5The janitor found him lying in bed helplessly with pain yesterday morning.宾语补足语
6His mother found him watching TV when she came home. 宾语补足语
find sb. doing sth. 发现某人正在做某事
3、see sb. do sth.; see sb. doing sth. 试比较：
1I want to see the last one fall.
2I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. （课本P36 Lesson 3）
4、动名词的复合结构和被动式：
1Sue told him about Johnsy’s longing to slip away like the leaves.
2I struggled against being drawn deeper, deeper down.
5、长句难句复杂句式：
1In November, a cold unseen stranger, whom the doctors called Pneumonia, arrived in Greenwich Village.
2Are there people in the world that foolish to think they’ll die because leaves drop off from a vine?
3 This is not a place in which Miss Johnsy shall lie sick.
4They couldn’t imagine where he had been on such a terrible night.
5Didn’t you wonder why it never moved an inch when the wind blew?
6、不定式的不定式：
1The next morning, Johnsy woke and asked for the curtains to be opened.
2The following day, Johnsy asked again for the curtains to be opened.
7、过去分词的基本用法：
1What’s more, a cold rain was falling, mixed with snow. 伴随状语或后置定语
2And then they found a lantern, still lit, and some brushes. 伴随状语或后置定语
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Poetry and Lesson 3 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在分词的基本用法：
1I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. 宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行。
2“Help, help!” I shouted, swimming towards the boat in desperation.
伴随状语，主动含义、正在同时进行。
3“No; but, being in my master’s service, I followed him.”
4My mouth, opening and closing, filled with salt water. 伴随状语，主动、同时进行
5The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
伴随状语，主动、同时进行
6He was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside. 后置定语，主动含义
2、过去分词的基本用法：
Suddenly I felt myself quickly drawn up to the surface of the sea. 宾语补足语，被动含义
3、不定式短语充当结果状语的句型：（参见课本P103, so as to do 如此……以致）
If master would be so good as to hold onto my shoulder, master would swim with much greater ease.
4、as if从句：
1It seemed to me as if a cry answered him.
2The blow produced a sound of metal; and, incredible though it may be, it seemed as lf it was made of metal plates.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、I couldn’t say where I was, nor could I imagine.
2、hear sb. do sth.; hear sb. doing sth.
I could hear Ned and Conseil breathing quickly.
3、动名词的复合结构和完全倒装:
Then came the sound of a heavy door opening
4、强调句型：
1It is my insanity that has made me act so badly.
2It was the King who poisoned the wine your mother drank.
5、让步状语从句和动名词的复合结构：
1I appreciate you saying that---even though I should want revenge for what you have done to my father and sister.
2Even though I forgive you personally, for the sake of the honor of my family I cannot accept your apology.
6、状语从句：
1Since Hamlet is the weaker fencer, Laertes will need three more hits than him to win.
2Now that the poison is in your blood, there is no cure.
7、定语从句：
1That was the poisoned wine but there is nothing(that) I can do about it now.
2Please forgive me for everything that has happened.
8、I would prefer to keep playing.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、动名词的复合结构和完成式：
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night.
2、现在分词短语充当原因状语：
Being more advanced than us, they do not want peace but rather to destroy us.
3、As一词用法小结：
1They call their group “Daybreak” as they believe they could start a new chapter in human history.
2The wind moaned through the trees as she wandered lost and lonely through the frost.
3It was as dark as a long winter night without moon or stars.
4As he looked at th, e waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
4、so……that……引导的结果状语从句：
1It was so dark that she could hardly see a thing.
2But it was so difficult and so painful that she only moved a metre or so before she gave up.
5、形式宾语、宾语补足语和真正的宾语：
She began to walk more quickly but found it difficult to see where she was going in the darkness.
6、find sb./oneself doing sth. 现在分词短语充当宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行：
She took a step forward, and found herself falling down a hill, rolling over and over.
7、As一词用法小结：
As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
8、look at sb./sth. doing sth.; feel sb./sth. doing sth.; see sb./sth. doing sth.:
1As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke with a shout.
2He could sense some unseen person in the room and was certain that he saw a pair of dark eyes near the door staring at him.
9、动词的非谓语形式（非谓语动词）：
1My advice to anyone hoping to become a writer or a person who writes poetry, is to listen to your emotions and feelings as much as possible.
2Getting out and about in nature is also highly recommended.
3I recommend reading some groups of similar works of poetry from famous poets from different times in history. recommend doing sth.
10、目的状语从句：
On the other hand, some poems are structured so that there is particular attention on some words and not others.
11、结果状语从句：
The man had been at sea for so long that it was hard to remember what land loked like.
12、长句难句复杂句式：
1Excitement had been building among them as Captain McCormick had said that they were a little more than 30 leagues from the island of St. Martins where evidently sunshine, dry land and fresh food awaited them.
2At least that’s what Officer David said he had overheard when the Captain spoke to Commander Barnaby.
3The first light of the sun lit up the sky as daybreak was approaching.
4She loves that even though writers may have lived long ago, they share the same views as those of us who live now.
5McCarthy dedicated the award to his father as he was the one who always encouraged him to become a writer.
6Continuous as the stars that shine and twinkle on the milky way, they stretched in never-ending line along the margin of a bay.
13、介词with的复合结构：
A wonderful night was held for literature fans last night, ending with Mark McCarthy winning the top prize for his latest work Darkness Surrounds.
14、现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain.
15、长句难句复杂句式：
1The beauty of poetry is that the emotions (that/which)the poet is trying to convey are often disguised in images so that the poet can maintain a feeling of privacy.
2The poet describes the sail of his friend’s boat disappearing into the distance while he watches the river rolling by. Watch sb./sth. doing sth.
3The interesting thing about poetry is that anyone reading a poem can have their own views of feelings about it and heated discussions can often arise over what the poet was originally trying to say or express.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
Exercise 4---Read the extract again. Order the events (a-f) on page 37:
1、There was a crash and the professor, who was the narrator, fell from his boat.
2、The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
3、Conseil supported the professor and stopped the professor from drowning.
4、A hard body struck the professor. He held onto it and felt that he was being drawn up.
5、The professor’s chest collapsed, but then he woke up and saw his friend Ned, the Canadian.
6、The professor learnt that he was above a metal “island” and then he was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside.
Exercise 5---Pair Work Read again and take notes. Then tell the story to your partner on page 38:
1、A violent crash happened. The professor fell from the boat,
2、Suddenly, he felt himself drawn up to the surface of the sea. He grabbed Conseil’s arm.
3、Around one o’clock in the morning, he felt terribly tired and he sank into the ocean.
4、At this moment, he hit a hard object in the water; The professor woke up and saw Ned.
5、The professor moved himself to the top of the object, It was a human construction.
6、At last this long night passed. Daybreak appeared. Suddenly a noise came from inside the boat
7、One iron plate was moved, a man appeared, uttered an odd cry, and disappeared immediately.
8、Some moments later, eight men appeared and drew them into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---20,000 Leagues Under The Sea of Lesson3,Unit 8,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8, Literature B3)
Exercise 7 Complete the summary with the words below.
The professor was thrown from the boat when it violently crashed. He had no recollection of falling in but, Conseil grabbed him and saved him from sinking. In desperation Conseil cried for help and a human voice responded a cry back, just as the professor became unconscious. He started to drown but was struck by a hard body which drew him up to the surface. He came across Ned, who had also been thrown into the sea. The professor could see the “whale” evidently was a hard iron body and was smooth and solid concluding it to be of human construction. At daybreak a man opened the door and they were drawn down into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---The Last Leaf of Lesson1,Unit 8 Literature, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册in Check Your Progress on page 46: (课本46页,L1,U8, XB B3)
“The Last Leaf” is a beautiful short story written by O. Henry. In the story, the two main characters, Johnsy and Sue, lived in a studio apartment in a three-story building. The author describes the illness “pneumonia” as a person who placed an icy finger on Johnsy making her terribly ill. She lay in bed under a blanket, looking blankly at the wall. The doctor took Sue aside and told that Johnsy had only a small chance of surviving the illness. Sue noticed that Johnsy wasn’t staring at the wall but was actually looking out the window at leaves on an ivy vine and counting backwards. She said they had been falling for days and when the last one fell, she would die.
Sue went to fetch her neighbor Mr. Behrman and told him what Johnsy said about wanting to slip away like the leaves. Mr. Behrman said that was nonsense.
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night. Johnsy came to realize her foolish thought and started to become healthier.
However, Mr. Behrman died from pneumonia. In a snowing and raining night, he painted his masterpiece---a vine leaf on the wall outside of Johnsy’s window.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson1,Unit 4,Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page : (课本 页,L1,U4,B2)
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修 第三册/ Module 3 模块3
Unit 9 Human Biology 第九单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 To Clone or Not to Clone of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在完成进行时：
1Dr. Millhouse has been doing research into how the human body reacts in extreme conditions.
2Natural cloning has been going on for generations.
3For example, gardeners have been using a form of cloning when they take a cutting from a plant and place it in a suitable medium, such as soil.
2、have sb. do sth.; let sb. do sth.; make sb. do sth.; leave sb. do sth.; get sb. to do sth.
They trained the participants to do special breathing exercises and then had them practice the exercises in extremely low temperatures outside.
3、强调句型：
It is health that is real wealth and not pieces of gold and silver.
4、过去完成时态：
1For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially.
2Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
3There had been a number of failures before they eventually found a way to successfully clone a monkey.
4In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned.
5、现在完成时态：
1After Dolly, scientists have cloned more than 20 mammal species, including camels, cattle, deer, dogs, goats and mice.
2However, they have found a similar pattern of health problems with these other species as well.
3This has led to questions such as, “Will this be a major issue for all cloned animals?” “Will it continue to happen forever?”
4In comparison with other species, cloning primates has proved to be “much harder”.
5This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
6Natural cloning has taken place for generations.
7How has the science of cloning developed since the first cloned mammal.
8Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats.
9In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes.
6、动词不定式的完成被动式：
They were the first-ever primates to have been cloned.
7、过去完成进行时：
Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
8、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason they worked so hard to break this technical barrier was to get animals with edited genes and produce animal models that are helpful for medical research and human health.
2 This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
3While some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, others raise moral concerns.
4So far, it is unknown what will happen to Zhong Zhong and Hua Hua as they grow up
5As Einstein said, “Science is a powerful instrument. How it is used, whether it is a blessing or a curse to mankind, depends on mankind and not on the instrument.”
6Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
7 It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys.
9、a number of; a large number of; the number of
1With this technology, we have potential to raise a large number of monkeys with identical genes in a short amount of time.
2This could help save research time, reduce the number of animals required for testing.
3An epidemic can affect a large number of people in a given population.
4An epidemic is the name given to an infectious disease that rapidly spreads to a large number of people within a short period of them---usually two weeks or less.
5Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
6The number of deaths is different for every disease.
7Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
8But the actual number of deaths is probably much higher.
9An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
10、Complete the passage with the proper form of the words in brackets.
On Thursday, the Institute of Neuroscience announced it had cloned two monkeys using non-reproductive cells. It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys. The news of the successful cloning has attracted attention from around the world. However, cloning primates have also raised ethical concerns. For example, some people have been discussing issues concerning how clones will be treated in society.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Brain Power and Lesson 3 Epidemics Explained of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、Lesson 2 Brain Power Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
2、完成体:
1Epidemics have been happening for as long as there have been people living on Earth.
2Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
3Since bird flu first appeared in 1997, it has taken more than a hundred lives.
4 Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
5Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
6Having killed up to 50 million people in 18 months, the Spanish flu is believed to have been the most severe epidemic in history. 现在分词的完成式；动词不定式的完成式。
7Since the end of the SARS epidemic, scientists have been doing trials on treatments to prevent any future outbreak.
8Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
9According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone. 10Has your headache got over yet?
11The price of this drug has gone up twenty cents since August.
12Jordan has come up with some creative ideas for helping the sick.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1They can be caused by several different factors, such as a virus being carried into an area, or changes in the way (that) people live, like more people living in an area, which increases the chances of them coming into contact with a virus or bacteria.
2Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
3Scientists now estimate that up to 50% of the area’s population died from the epidemic, making it one of the main causes of the fall of the Roman Empire.
4Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
5Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
6Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、a number of; a large number of; the number of; the numbers of
1An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
2、完成体:
1 According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
3Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) is a system of medical care which originated in ancient China and has evoked over thousands of years.
4It has developed a unique combination of treatments related to helping well-being and the prevention and treatment of disease.
5But with the development of technology, the DNA detective has been used in other aspects.
6It has been one of the key weapons for unsolved cases.
7From Melanie’s body, the police have found a full DNA profile of the killer.
8After 30 years, the criminal had still not been found.
9Experts found that it had belonged to a 70-year old man with a broken nose and a cut above his left eye.
10But they were able to find a book he had owned for decades at Uppsala University.
11What have DNA detectives helped to find?
3、长句难句复杂句式：
Some scientists say the team should not have announced their findings so early---they should have looked more carefully for the DNA from Copernicus’ mother or her relatives to check the results, as it is the mother’s DNA that is passed on intact to her child.
should not have done sth.; should have done sth.; as一词的用法；
it is……that…… 强调句型，强调主语。
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、完成体;
1Since then, other animals such as goats and camels have been cloned but have also experienced similar health problems.
2In comparison with other species, attempts to clone monkeys have been far more complicated.
3Scientists have located different areas of the brain.
4Epidemics have been occurring as long as humans have been on Earth.
5In human history, there have been some deadly epidemics
6And since then, scientists have undertaken trials on treatments to prevent future deaths.
7Yes, but by November 2014 there had been almost 5,000 deaths.
8They have not developed a vaccine yet, but they have learnt to isolate patients when they have symptoms.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason why they wanted to break this technical barrier was that monkey cloning might offer clues as to how to cure illness and disease.
2As the technology improves and becomes more accurate there would be even greater benefits.
3While some people see cloning as crucial for medical and scientific development, others have ethical concerns about how it could be used.
4There is a risk that this could be abused by some companies or people.
5Whether it is a blessing or a curse for humanity remains to be seen and depends on how we choose to use it.
6Initially, it was believed that epidemics posed little threat to the modern world, until SARS outbreak in 2002.
3、a number of; the number of
1An epidemic is an infectious disease that spreads rapidly to a large number of people within a short period of time.
2A disease reaches epidemic levels when a certain number of deaths occur as a result of it and this number will be different for each disease.
3In the early 20th century, the Spanish Flu of 1918 was a massive epidemic that killed an estimate of 50 million people, more than the number of people who died in World War I.
4、The Summary of The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 71:
1The writer went outside with her cup of tea.
2The shepherd and his donkey came into view.
3The shepherd used his cane to dismount from his donkey.
4The shepherd tried to show that he wanted a cup of tea.
5The shepherd started to talk louder.
6The shepherd got a bit angry because the writer couldn’t understand.
7The writer gave the shepherd a cup of tea.
8The writer asked the shepherd questions.
9The shepherd started laughing a lot.
5、The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 72---page 73::
1独立主格结构：
(1) They appear early one morning while I am sitting outside, my back against the wall of the spitaki, a cup of tea cradled in my hands.
(2) He has a big white moustache, blue eyes, a dandy’s flower stuck in the lapel of his green army jacket.
2长句难句复杂句式：
(1)Where does the path behind the house lead and who lived here and how do you make cheese and are the sheep in the neighboring field yours and what is this place, truly, and how do I go to the mountains behind the house? 连发6个问句。
(2)It is an international assumption that when people don’t hear and understand our language, we think they can’t hear at all.
3现在分词短语充当状语：
(1)Barba Andreas names the plants for me, pointing with his cane and leaning down to pluck off the chamomile blooms.
(2)Sitting on a milk crate, he lifts his bad leg up to rest on a stone.
(3)Finally, smiling but clearly frustrated, he grabs the tea-pot with one large hand.
(4)He slaps his knees, guffawing.
6、Workbook of Unit 9, XB Book 3 （选择性必修第3册）on pages 88---pages 92:
1动名词短语的基本用法：
(1)Finally, and probably the most difficult for me was joining some new clubs. 表语
(2)Making new friends and learning new skills keep the brain active. 主语
(3)Living in poor or unhealthy conditions or working in hospitals and other health facilities also pose a risk to people. 主语
(4)Increasing the speed of your runs quickly teaches your body to burn fat as fuel. 主语
(5)Participating in shorter races to build up to the marathon is a good idea. 主语,单三。
(6)So, living to 150 might be a realistic expectation for teenagers today thanks to future scientific advances. 主语
2Exercise 4---The Perfect Complete the sentences with the perfect form of the verbs in brackets on page 89
(1)The cyclist has been performing impossibly well for several competitions, raising the suspicions of the judges.
(2)He has been representing his country at international events for over a decade and continues to impress everyone.
(3)Scientists had discovered even more ways to improve physical performance over the past ten years.
(4)I have been trying to qualify for the swimming team for three years, but I still can’t quite make the cut.
(5)She had finished five seconds earlier in the event, so she was chosen for the Olympic team.
7、Diseases come on horseback, but go away on foot. 病来如山倒，病去如抽丝。
8、部分否定： Not everyone can run a marathon.
9、the number of；a certain amount of
1Gradually build up the number of miles you run so you can improve endurance without injury.
2There is a certain amount of destiny with the genes you are born with but also you can help yourself by ensuring you stay fit and healthy for longer.
10、长句难句复杂句式以及省略句：
Painkillers such as ibuprofen are not recommended for runners as they can increase the risk of lung and heart problems if used too much.
11、Reading and writing---How to live to 150! on page 91-page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3:
1The first person to live to 150 may already have been born, according to scientists.
2Worldwide life expectancy has more than doubled in the last 200 years.
3Longevity is one of the modern world’s great success and science is beginning to find evidence that our genes have a lot to do with whether we will live a longer life.
同位语从句，宾语从句。
4Thirdly, where you live can influence your life. 主语从句
So try to live somewhere peaceful and quiet where you get on with your neighbors.
定语从句
5Scientists believe that having small amounts of things we would normally classify as harmful might be good for us, such as chocolate, coffee or sunbathing! 主语
12、Exercise 11 Complete the statement from a scientist based on the information in the text on page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3选择性必修第3册：
“Improvements in health and lifestyle mean that life expectancy has more than doubled over the past 200 years . We believe the first person to live to 150 may have been born.
We have identified a “longevity gene” that is common in people who live to an old age. We are now conducting experiments on mice by giving them the gene and observing their life span. If we can successfully do this, then we may be able to provide gene therapy to humans and ensure everyone can live a longer life than they currently do.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---To Clone or Not to Clone of Lesson1,Unit 9,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page :54 (课本54---55页,L1,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Natural cloning has taken place for generations. An example of this is identical twins. A sheep called Dolly was the first mammal to be cloned artificially. Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats. In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned. In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes. Scientists say that this major breakthrough offers the potential to create monkeys with identical genes to give more accurate research results and perhaps lead to cures for various diseases. Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Brain Power of Lesson2,Unit 9,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 57: (课本57页,L2,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Epidemics Explained of Lesson 3,Unit 9, Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 62: (课本62页,L3,U9,Human Biology XB B3)
An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
Professor Jim Smith conducted a study to compare the bird flu epidemic which occurred in 1997 with other deadly epidemic in our history . He found that the earliest epidemics took place as early as 500 to550 CE, which killed half of the population in that particular area. The same epidemic, called “The Black Death” returned in the 1330s in Asia and spread quickly to Europe. Some hundred years later, the Great Flu epidemic broke out in 1918, also known as the Spanish Flu, killing 50 million people. This aws considered the most severe epidemic in human history. The 1997 bird flu which claimed over 100 lives was an adaptation of the Great Flu of 1918.
At the start of the 21st century, there were two major epidemics: SARS and EVD. The more recently discovered SARS disease infected about 8,000 people. According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
Globally, researchers are coming together to try to identify the causes for epidemics and help to find effective treatments.
2022年11月15日星期二下午3点40分许，平凉二中办公楼211室
2023年2月18日星期六下午3点45分许，甘肃信雅达公司1017室
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 10 Connections 第十单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 How Closely Connected Are We? of Unit 10, Connections 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The most important thing is that we are always there for each other whenever one needs some help or just a bit of encouragement.
2“Six Degrees of Separation”refers to the theory that any person on Earth can be connected to any other person through a chain of no more than five other people.
3强调句型：
It was this research that inspired the phrase “Six Degrees of Separation”.
4Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
2、被动语态和被动式：
1The concept was first talked about as long ago as in the 1920s.（一般过去时态的被动语态）
2In the 1950s, an attempt was made by two scientists to prove the theory mathematically. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
3Once the parcel had been received by this person, he/she would send the parcel onto a contact of theirs until the parcel could be personally delivered to the correct person.
（过去完成时态的被动语态、情态动词的被动语态）
4Amazingly, it only took between five and seven people to get the parcels delivered, and once released, the results were published in the bimonthly magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
5Its name was used as the title of a play and then a film. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
6Then, more films and TV programmes based on the concept were made and broadcast. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
7For example, the Oscar-winning film Babel is based on the concept of “Six Degrees of Separation”. （一般现在时态的被动语态）
8The lives of all the characters were closely connected, although they did not know each other and lived thousands of miles apart. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
9Soon the game was being played in university across the United States.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态）
10This became known as the “Columbia Small-world Project” （一般过去时态的被动语态）
1192 percent were connected by only for stages, or five degrees of separation.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
12How might you be connected to the driver of the bus you regularly take or the person who delivers your parcels? （情态动词的被动语态）
13All of the packages in Milgram’s experiment were delivered to the right people after passing through the hands of between five and seven people. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
14The results of Milgram’s experiment were published in the magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
15We were given the task finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
16We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. （一般过去时态的被动语态、过去完成时态的被动语态）
17While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态、一般过去时态的被动语态）
18Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
19After all the letters were exchanged several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letters with chains of five or six people in each case.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Community Spirit and Lesson 3 Anne of Green Gables of U10, Connections选择性必修第四册B 4
1、情态动词+动词不定式的完成式：
1 “No boy! But there must have been a boy.” Insisted Marilla.
2I might have expected it.
3I might have known it was all too beautiful to last.
4 I might have known nobody really did want me.
2、被动语态：
1She couldn’t be left there alone.
2Suddenly she seemed to grasp the full meaning of what had been said.
3Marilla had been wondering where Anne should be put to bed.
4When Marilla came up for the light, she saw the untidy way the clothing had been thrown on the floor.
3、现在分词短语的用法：
1Sitting down on a chair by the table, throwing her arms on it, and burying her face in them, she proceeded to cry stormily.
2“Yes, there is need!” The child raised her head, revealing a tear-stained face.
3“You’re not eating anything,” said Marilla sharply, eying her as if it were a serious problem.
4She lit a candle and told Anne to follow her, which Anne did, taking her hat and bag from the hall table as she passed.
5She carefully picked up Anne’s clothes, placed them neatly on a yellow chair, and then, taking up the candle, went over to the bed.
6And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
4、倒装句：
1Burst into tears she did.
2In one corner was the bed, a high , old-fashioned one of dark wood.
3Midway between table and bed was the window, with an icy white curtain over it.
4To bed went Matthew. And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
You would cry, too, if you were an orphan and had come to a place you thought was going
to be home and found that they didn’t want you because you weren’t a boy.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、被动语态：
1On 21 September, the first Community Street Festival in our city was held on Redwood Street.
2The performers were rather good and well received by the public.
3The festival was well organized
4The majority of Beijing’s Hutong were built between the 13th and 19th centuries during the Yuan, Ming and Qing Dynasties.
5Because the houses were built facing each other around courtyards, the families who lived there were an important part of each other’s life, no doubt sharing recipes, borrowing mops, and burning fragrant incense together.
6They supported each other when help was needed and shared the joy and sorrow of everyday life.
7Because of the hutongs, courtyards were joined together for miles around creating a network of people working, playing and living together---a real community.
8Many new hutongs were quickly built to house the increasing population but these were poorly made.
9The turning point came when the People’s Republic of China was set up.
10Conditions were improved a great deal.
11The agreement must be completely honored.
12Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
13A promise has already been made by me to heaven!
14It is true that the debt has not been paid.
15Justice must be done. The agreement must be honored.
16You will only have what is owed you according to the guarantee.
17The offender’s life can only be saved by the Duke.
18He will be punished with death.
2、现在分词短语的用法:
1The festival was highly successful, attracting over 10,000 people from over 20 communities.
2People attending the event were mainly families.
3The acts appealing to children were particularly popular.
4There were also many outlets serving food and drink.
5The man sitting next to you was loud, spilt his drink on you, and made fun of your team.
6When learning about another person’s abilities and competences, the positive information gets weighed more heavily.
7The hutongs not only link Beijing’s streets and communities but also its past and present, showing that Beijing is truly an ancient yet modern city.
3、强调句型：
But often it is the hutongs that have the strongest impressions, as they offer travelers a rare view into Beijing’s past.
4、动名词短语充当主语：
Caring more about the very negative, immoral things is a direct result of the comparative rarity of those bad behaviors.
5、形式宾语和真正的宾语：
They were then able to place guards at the entrances of hutongs, which made it easier to keep an eye on people’s movements.
6、从句长句难句复杂句式：
Bassanio is successful in wooing Portia and they agree to marry, but then Antonio receives news that his ships have been lost at sea and it will be impossible for him to give Shylock a pound of his flesh.
7、倍数的表达方式：
1Yes, I can offer the court twice the amount of Antonio’s debt.
2If that is not enough, I can pay ten times the amount.
3Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
4Accept three times your money.
5Pay me three times the amount of the debt.
8、have/get/find sth. done
Can I not even have the loan returned to me?
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Many of you may be familiar with the idea that all of us are connected to everyone else by an average of about six people.（同位语从句）
2It is the idea that we all know everyone else in the world through about six people. （同位语从句）
3Back then we knew all of our neighbors’ names and we relied on the fact that they would help us out when we needed some help. （同位语从句）
4Research highlights it is far more satisfying to physically laugh out loud in real life rather than to replace the act with a typed representation of laughter such as “haha” or “LOL”.
5I got so annoyed when people check their phones for social media updates while we are spending time together.
2、被动语态：
1It was first mentioned in the 1920s by an Hungarian author Frigyes Karinthy who discovered social network.
2They were given a parcel as well as the name, job and location of a stranger somewhere else in the country.
3That person in turn did the same until the parcel reached the person it was supposed to.
4The results were released and published by a magazine called Psychology Today.
5She was sent to a house belonging to Marilla and Matthew.
6Marilla was frozen in amazement as she expected to be sent a boy.
7Marilla told Anne that she could stay with them until the matter was investigated.
8Anne was very emotional when she heard she might be sent back.
9I saw an email that was sent to me from a woman whose name was not known to me.
10I was emailed by lots of people I didn’t know last year.
11This email was intended to be read by someone else with the same name as me!
12Because in the email I was invited to go to a school reunion for people who had left school twenty years ago! Before I was born!
13Her email was read by a school girl!
14 Her email was received by the wrong person.
15The email would now be resent to the right person.
16I recently signed up to a bimonthly newsletter that is emailed on the first and last Friday of every month.
17This small sample of people were then sent a package to pass oh to a stranger by sending it to someone they know.
18Most of the households were made up of young families like ours.
19I was shocked to read this and as it had never been told to me that I had other family members.
20At first I was stuck in one place with shock.
21When the results of our research were analyzed, ……
22Because this experiment had been attempted before, ……
23We were shocked to see how many things in the flat had been broken or damaged by……
24The positive effects of this community on its people were confirmed by……
25My parents were being looked after in a care home in the community where they had always lived.
26But the next morning we were woken up at 5 am by trucks/lorries collecting garbage/rubbish outside.
27We were bound together by living near each other.
28Social media sites have been blamed for most of the world’s social problems from feeling disconnected and lonely to having difficulty forming meaningful relationships.
29Don’t become too focused in the online social life you’ve created for yourself.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---How Closely Connected Are We? of Lesson1, Unit 10, Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page11 : (课本11页, L1, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
The Description of a “Six Degrees of Separation” Experiment
We were given the task of finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar. So we did. We couldn’t send parcels, but we could letters. Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to. After all the letters were exchanged several times, several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letter with chains of five or six people in each case! We think this means that our experiment was a success and it supports the theory.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Anne of Green Gables of Lesson3,Unit 10,Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page17 : (课本17页, L3, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
When Matthew arrived with the little girl, Marilla froze in amazement because Mrs. Spencer promised she was going to send a boy. When Anne grasped the meaning of their conversation, she burst into tears and proceeded to cry loudly. Marilla had no idea how to comfort her. When she tried, the girl revealed a tear-stained face and told her she was in the depths of despair. Marilla asked Anne to stay for the night and she would investigate the affair. Later she brought Anne to a little bedroom. Anne undressed and dived down into the bedclothes. Marilla said she would return for the candle as she dared not leave it for the child to put out. When she returned, she said “Good night” awkwardly but not unkindly. Anne was still upset and crying.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 11 Conflict and Compromise 第十一单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Living in a Community of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、情态动词./Modal Verbs：
1Ma Ming, drummer for the rock band “Storm”, had to pack his bag.
2They couldn’t relax or read a book without plugging their cars.
3We told him that he ought to cease drumming or leave the property.
4We had to take action.
5I don’t have to do my own washing
6He could no longer tolerate it.
7We dared not go onto our balcony.
8We could hardly get rid of the smell of fish.
9I couldn’t stop him.
10During the day, she had to go to work.
11So she could only study in the evening.
12To help her get focused, I dared not turn on the TV loud as she always studied late.
13I think she ought to have enough sleep.
14I dare not sleep without the light on now.
15
2、现在分词短语的用法：
1Being single, Ma Ming often held parties at night.
2Ma Ming’s neighbors said they were being driven mad being exposed to such noise.
3、虚拟语气：
The flat-owner said if he had known that Ma Ming was a drummer, he wouldn’t have rented the flat to him.
4、动名词短语的用法：
1Why does Mr. Smith recommend staying in a library?
2Getting enough sleep is important for people’s health.
3Otherwise he didn’t really mind having to leave the flat.
4Living in a hotel means the hotel staff makes the bed every day.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1He’s bitter over the fact that people thought of his music as “noise”. （同位语从句）
2Mckay’s wife, Laurence said that, while Mckay is usually a peaceful and pleasant person, he had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
3She added that it wasn’t only the water falling onto their balcony from Smith watering his plants that bothered them, but also the way (that) he cleaned his fish tanks.
4We’d be sitting there happily reading our newspaper, when suddenly so much water would come from above that we’d be as wet as if we had showered with our clothes on!
6、被动语态：
1 They were being driven mad
2 He had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Dealing with Conflict and Lesson 3 War Memories of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册
XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Do Chuc is a 48-year-oldVietnamese farmer whose two daughters and aunt were killed by American soldiers in My Lai that day. （定语从句）
2He and his family were eating breakfast when the American soldiers entered the village and ordered all civilians out of their homes. （并列分句）
3Together with other villagers, they were marched a few hundred metres into the village square where they were told to sit. （定语从句）
4Then he watched in surprise as the soldiers set up a machine gun. （时间状语从句）
5One of their men, speaking in English, said that he had worked in England for dome years and that he was fed up to the neck with this war and would be glad when it was over. （宾语从句、时间状语从句）
6We told him he wasn’t the only one who was fed up with it （定语从句）
7The German officer asked Bill if we would like some beer and they brought them over to us. （宾语从句）
8The officers came to an understanding that we would celebrate Christmas in temporary peace until midnight.（同位语从句）
9Just before midnight, we all decided not to start firing before they did.
（时间状语从句）
10One of their men shouted across in English and asked how we had enjoyed the beer.
（宾语从句）
11We replied that we were very grateful and spent the whole day chatting with them.
（宾语从句）
12I got a phone call from the chief nurse, saying, “You’ve got a patient there who is going to get an award . Make sure that the ward looks good.” （定语从句、宾语从句）
13“Let’s clean up the ward because we’ve got VIPs coming in.” （原因状语从句）
14When he was waking up after the surgeon had finished, he whispered, “Don’t you remember me, ma’am?” （时间状语从句）
15But really I didn’t because there were so many of them. （原因状语从句）
16The general was coming to give him the award because he happened to be number 20,000 to come through this hospital. （原因状语从句）
17They had this little ceremony, where they presented him with a Purple Heart and a watch. （非限制性定语从句）
18As the general handed him the watch, “from the army, to show our appreciation, ” the kid more or less threw the watch back at him. （时间状语从句）
19If I remember correctly, I started sobbing and I think (that) he was crying , too.
（条件状语从句、宾语从句）
20That was the only time (that) I let somebody see what I felt. （定语从句、宾语从句）
21It took a lot for him to do that, and it sort of said what this war was all about to me.
（宾语从句）
22We were walking slowly back to the base at about midnight, talking about the evening, when someone mentioned South Africa’s famous wild animals. （并列分句）
23We were chatting about stories (that/which) we’d heard when suddenly my friend, Bob, begged us to be quiet. （定语从句）
24I stayed there till morning when I climbed out and walked back to the base.
（时间状语从句）
25They thought (that) I’d been eaten! （宾语从句）
26I swore that I’d never go thinking and then walking in the wild at night again.
（宾语从句）
27Discuss the ways in which war causes suffering. （定语从句）
2、介词with的复合结构：
Two of our men then threw their equipment off and climbed out of the trench with their hands above their heads as our representatives.
3、have/get/find sth. done
This time he’d had both his legs blown off---he was all-of-about 20years old.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1In many countries, there are already laws which do not allow advertising for tobacco products like cigarettes. （定语从句）
2If children see fewer advertisements on TV of people doing these activities, they are much less likely to try to copy their behavior. （条件状语从句）
3A reason why people are against the idea is that making the products creates jobs and brings in large amounts of tax. （定语从句、表语从句）
4The money invested in making these unhealthy products could be used for more worthwhile business, such as those that improve our environment. （定语从句）
5Furthermore, it is not right to make money from activities which harm human health.
（定语从句）
6The case of an American woman, Terri Schiavo, whose husband won a legal battle to have her taken off life support machines after she spent 15 years in a coma-like state, has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue that surround the care of coma patients. （定语从句、时间状语从句、定语从句）
本长句可以缩略为：The case has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue。
7Even though 15 years had passed, Terri’s parents still believed that her coma was only temporary. （让步状语从句、宾语从句）
8Her husband disagreed and said that Terri would not have wanted to live on in this state. （宾语从句）
9Others claimed that life is sacred, which no one has the right to end , but many would say it (that) was the right thing to do for Terri.
（宾语从句、非限制性定语从句、宾语从句）
10Terri fell into a coma when a heart attack robbed her brain of oxygen, causing permanent harm. （时间状语从句）
11Even though the patient may seem to be “awake” at times, their brain remains unconscious and cannot be woken up. （让步状语从句）
12Although doctors don’t fully understand comas and the process of recovery, it is generally agreed that a patient’s chances of recovery decline the longer they stay in a coma. （让步状语从句、真正的主语从句）
13Therefore, after 15 years it was very unlikely that Terri would ever recover.
（真正的主语从句）
14Even in less severe cases, doctors admit that they don’t know if or how well patients will progress. （宾语从句、宾语从句）
15When there is a minimum of harm to the brain and the coma is brief, patients often return to normal but with some loss of memory or other brain functions.
（时间状语从句）
16When the harm to the brain is worse and the coma is longer , some patients recover slowly while others show little or no progress over a period of years.
（时间状语从句、并列分句）
17Perhaps it’s not surprising that Roslyn Darch of Houston felt annoyed when she tripped over a little kid running around a furniture store, and broke her ankle.
（真正的主语从句、时间状语从句）
18The owners were clearly surprised at the size of Roslyn’s payout, particularly since the child (whom) she tripped over was her own son. （原因状语从句、定语从句）
19Some argue that this is just greed---that the amount of money is far too much for the injury suffered---and besides, it’s not the shop’s fault that a mother can’t control her child anyway. （宾语从句、真正的主语从句）
20Others would say that it’s good to see the law taking the side of the individual against the big corporations, for a change. （宾语从句）
21Take the example of the hundreds of smokers who have received millions of dollars from the tobacco companies, after saying (that) they were responsible for the terminal illness (that/which) they had developed because of smoking.
（定语从句、宾语从句、定语从句）
22Whatever you think, the compensation culture which has emerged in recent years is spreading, and it will affect all of us. （让步状语从句、定语从句）
23A group of overweight New York teenagers sued a giant fast-food company, claiming that they had not had enough warning that a diet of burgers, fries and milkshakes would make them fat. （宾语从句、同位语从句）
24The parents of a 19-year-old English school girl successfully sued her school for ￡42,000 compensation when she failed to get a top grade in a university entrance exam.
（时间状语从句）
25However, the drink was on the floor because York had thrown it over her boyfriend 30 seconds earlier, during an argument. （原因状语从句）
26If you think that going on holiday is a good way to get away from all this trouble, think again---millions of people complain to the British Tourist Authority every year, and many receive some form of compensation. （条件状语从句、宾语从句）
27We recently had a claim from someone who said (that) their holiday was ruined because they didn’t get on with their travelling companion.
（定语从句、宾语从句、原因状语从句）
28And we regularly get complaints from holidaymakers travelling abroad who say (that) the locals don’t speak English. （定语从句、宾语从句）
29We knows where it will end? （宾语从句）
30Some say (that) there should be penalties for excessive claim, or that there should be a limit on payouts. （定语从句）
2、强调句型：
And it’s not only claims for physical injuries that are keeping the lawyers busy.
3、be/get/become used to sth./doing sth.
Staff at a famous company is used to dealing with requests for compensation following poor weather , cancelling flights and lost luggage.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1There have been so many conflicts in modern history that have led to loss of life.
2It was about World War I, where millions of young men spent years in mud trenches fighting each other.
3He was interviewed as an elderly man and was weeping as he spoke about it.
4Although it was a tough documentary to watch, I feel (that) it gave me an appreciation for the value of peace.
5The first we knew of it was when we heard bells ringing and people running into the streets.
6Others were telling each other that it was a day that would go down in history.
7I was so angry (that) I couldn’t believe (that) he would dare do something like that!
8He was surprised as he didn’t realize (that) he had hurt me so much.
9The first thing (that) you should remember is that people who bully have low self-esteem.
10One night, I heard some noise and when I looked out the window, I saw that it was a van.
11I work in the area of conflict resolution for business and individuals which means I help fix (resolve) disagreements that arise.
12When asked to help resolve a conflict, the first thing (that) I do is to ask (inquire) about what has led to the problem.
13Then I can see clearly where they disagree and identify (detect) who might be wrong.
14Usually I find that even things that seem complicated can be overcome.
15Although Zambia is a very peaceful country, I was aware that there are other countries in Africa, where there have been a lot of violence conflicts.
16Since it got independence from France in the 1950s, there have been many violent conflicts between the government and rebels who do not want the leaders in power.
17This is a good thing as it ensures that there are many different cultures and backgrounds all working towards the same goals.
18We monitor cities and villages to ensure that no conflict is occurring, help bring supplies of food and medicine to those who need them and write reports on everything (that) we do and see.
19When they see my role and how others respect me, I hope (that) they feel that they also deserve to be respected and treated equally to men.
2、情态动词：
1The woman has to/ought to lock her doors at night because there have been many break-ins in her neighborhood.
2The man couldn’t believe how often his neighbors played music loudly at night.
3You don’t have to agree with my point of view if you feel strongly against it.
4The government has to/ought to introduce a ban on smoking in all public places, including parks, to the public’s health.
5When I saw someone throwing an old TV away on the street, I dared not confront them about it, but I wished I had been braver.
6You should try to understand that your parents are worried about your safety.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---War Memories of Lesson 3, Unit 11, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 39: (课本39页, L3, U11, XB B4)
Story A
Do Chuc’s family were marched into the village square, watched the soldiers set up a machine gun, and then the shooting started.
Story B
On Christmas Day, the soldiers on the frontier celebrated Christmas together. They greeted each other and shook hands. They were all fed up to the neck with the war.
Story C
The young soldier had both his legs blown off. He was given/was awarded a Purple Heart and a watch for being number 20,000 to come through the hospital.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 12 Innovation 第十二单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Scientific Breakthroughs of Unit 12 Innovation 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The Internet is an invention that I cannot live without as I use it every day for study, fun and communication.
2If you had to choose the single most important discovery of the 20th century, you would have a real problem on your hands.
3Communications changed with the introduction of mobile phones, and the way (that) we correspond went from writing letters to emailing and sending instant messages.
4Einstein then showed in his “theory of reality” that not even time, mass of length are constant---they change according to our experience of them.
5He double-checked and saw a blue mould in the dish around which the bacteria had been destroyed.
6With 18,000 tubes, thousands of circuits and 6,000 switches, it used so much energy that when it was turned on, the lights in the local town went out!
7In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web, which enabled computers all over the world to communicate with each other.
8Without the breakthroughs of these pioneers in science and technology, whether lucky or planned, the world as we know it today would be a completely different place.
9I really don’t know what I want to do when I leave school.
10My mum is a biologist, but it seems to me that all (that) she does is looking at bacteria through a microscope.
2、have/get/find sth. done
With the development of computers, people expected to get more things done efficiently.
3、介词with 的复合结构：
1With computers talking to one another, it would enable government leaders to communicate with each other.
2Human life on this planet has been transformed into a “global village”, with all the different countries linked in the chain of common interests.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Aha and Lesson 3 Stephen Hawking of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Hawking was famous, not just for his brilliant work in theoretical physics and cosmology, but also for overcoming the challenges of ALS (a disease that affects muscle control).
2At the age of 21,when Hawking spent his first year at the University of Cambridge, physicians discovered (that) he had a rare, slow-progressing form of ALS.
3In the early stages of his career, his illness got worse, but he was allowed to do research only rather than teach, which was easier for him.
4Soon his doctors developed a piece of speech-generating equipment that allowed him to speak.
5However, as his illness became worse, he lost the use of his hands.
6Although Hawking’s physical abilities declined over decades, he never ceased his studies and he developed a number of new ideas about black holes.
7Hawking believed that the birth of the universe (the “Big Bang”) created many small black holes.
8His theory was that there was a sort of hole in the centre of a black hole.
9However, many people could not really understand what he had written.
10Hawking argued that we should look for a different way to discover the deepest secrets of the universe.
11Instead of trying to find one big new explanation, scientists should put together all the ideas that they already have.
12He said (that) it had not prevented him from having a family, and being successful in his work.
13My expectations were reducing to zero when I was 21.
14And he believed (that) this was because of the help (that/which) he received from his family and a large number of people and organizations.
15While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined.
16Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person.
17He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
18However, in spite of not being able to talk, he was still able to communicate by raising his eyebrows when someone pointed to the right letter on a spelling card.
19What’s the most serious problem that’s ever happened to you?
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1James Watt was an engineer, scientist and inventor, who was born in Scotland in 1736.
2One day when he was 12 years old, he was sitting in his family kitchen watching a kettle boiling water.
3As the water boiled, the steam made the top of the kettle bounce up and down.
4He thought deeply about what was happening, as steam was only water but seemed to be powerful enough to lift a kettle top.
5He reflected further on the process, estimating how much power could be created by a larger amount of water.
6This was a great improvement on the Newcomen steam engine, which was commonly used at the time.
7Steam engines helped to power factories that started the Industrial Revolution.
8In the area of transportation, steam engines were used to power trains and boats, helping people to travel greater distances in much shorter times.
9Because of the invention of paper, China was one of the first nations to start producing historical records, maps and literature.
10Early Chinese scientists discovered how they could make something explode.
11This invention made it much quicker and easier to reproduce written work and led to the first ever mass-production of books and literature.
（形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
12In the West, magnetism was not discovered until the 15th century.
（……not……until……句型）
13One regulates almost everything (that) we do, another affects the way (that) we eat, and the last has changed the very look of our cities.
14Refrigerators as we know them today work very differently.
15Compressed gases in a metal coil inside the refrigerator stuck the heat out of the surrounding air as the gases expanded.
16Now it is a common object in most homes and people would find it difficult to imagine living without it. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
17But it wasn’t until 1857 that a man called Elisha Otis designed and built a machine
that used hydraulics to carry people between the floors of a building.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型、定语从句）
18In 1880, a German inventor, Werner von Siemens, introduced the first electric powered elevator---and the lift, as we know it today, was born.
19Elevators have changed not only our lives by making it possible to live in bigger and taller buildings, but also the city skylines. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
20Modern Chinese cities like Beijing, Shanghai and Hong Kong would look very different indeed if the elevator hadn’t been invented.（虚拟语气）
21Next time you rely on any of these inventions, be grateful and think about the science and imagination that have gone into them and how much they have changed our everyday life.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Every great idea needs someone who has an incredible vision and is willing tobe a pioneer.
2100 years ago, could people have imagined that there would be an International Space Station orbiting the Earth? （can/could have done sth.）
3There are so many amazing scientists and scientific discoveries that it is hard to choose the most important one.
4He showed us that mass, energy and time are not constant, which changed our entire understanding of the universe.
5Einstein changed our understanding of ourselves and the universe around us, but it was Alexander Fleming, who, I think, changed the quality of our lives.
6His discovery that blue mould, a form of penicillin, could kill bacteria, saved millions of people around the world. （同位语从句）
7It wasn’t until 1990 that Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型）
8The doctors were not sure at first what was wrong as it was such a rare illness.
9 Although I am prevented from doing a lot of things (that) I would like to do, I discovered that I really enjoy maths, science and astronomy.
10What I mean is that it’s good to have time to do nothing, to just sit and feel bored.
2、Literature Spot--- The Martian Chronicles---the colonization of Mars by Earth people ---地球人殖民火星
1And every morning you could see Mr. K eating the golden fruits that grew from the crystal walls, or cleaning the house with handfuls of magnetic dust which , taking all dirt with it, blew away on the hot wind.
2Afternoons, when the fossil sea was warm and motionless, and the wine trees stood still in the yard, and the little Martian bone town was all enclosed, and no one drifted out their doors, you could see Mr. K himself in his room, reading from a metal book with raised hieroglyphs over which he brushed his hand, as one might play a harp.
（3个用and 连接的并列的时间状语从句、定语从句、时间状语从句）
3 And from the book, as his fingers stroked, a voice sang, a soft ancient voice, which told tales of when the sea was red steam on the shore and ancient men had carried clouds of metal insects and electric spiders into battle.
4Mr. and Mrs. K had lived by the dead sea for 20 years and their ancestors had lived in the same house, which turned and followed the sun, flower-like, for ten centuries
5In the distance she heard her husband playing his book steadily, his fingers never tired of the old songs.
6Quietly she wished (that) he might one day again spend as much time holding and touching her like a little harp as he did to his incredible books.
7She lay back in a chair that moved to take shape even as she moved.
3、动名词的复合结构：
The evidence gathered so far, has led to many experts suggesting(proposing) that a human mission to Mars should be attempted.
4、recommend +that宾语从句
1They have recommended that countries work together to provide investment and expertise.
2Physicists also recommended that alternative fuel and energy sources would need to be researched.
5、同位语从句：
If humans can reach Mars and the theory that water is hidden deep in the planet proves true, then it would be the greatest scientific achievement in history.
6、while
1While I was sitting on the beach, it just came to me.
2His new idea succeeded in adapting DNA and genes to “turn off” certain bad ones while keeping the healthy parts active.
7、As an additional benefit, we find that people who have diabetes, another chronic illness, could also benefit from the treatment.
8、Ever since my parents bought me a microscope for my birthday, I’ve just been hooked on science.
9、It’s amazing that many scientists seem to have had an incredible “ahs moment”.
10、He perceived the universe in a way that I think only Einstein had before.
11、She designed a mobile phone app that allows people with learning difficulties to improve their reading skills.
12、Many users of the app have said that they prefer using it instead of other more traditional methods.
13、Reading and Writing---A Profile of Elon Musk
Workbook, P91---P92, Unit 12, XB Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on P91---P92 (课本91---92页, Workbook, U12, B4)
1Using his own fortune, Musk founded his company that designs rockets and space vehicles.
2Musk also received contracts from NASA and the US space agency, thus making history by proving, that the concept of commercial space exploration was both possible and affordable.
3The company is named after Nicolai Tesla, the Serbian American inventor and physicist, who is best known for designing the AC electrical system.
4By creating opportunities to explore new planets, Musk believes that in the event of a major catastrophe on Earth, there would be the potential for the human race to continue elsewhere.
5According to Musk, “I came to the conclusion that we should aspire to increase the scope and scale of human consciousness in order to better understand what questions to ask. Really, the only thing that makes sense is to strive for greater collective enlightenment.”
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Stephen Hawking of Lesson 3, Unit 12, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 60 (课本60页,L3, U12, B4)
Stephen Hawking was born in 1942. He studied at University of Oxford and Cambridge, but at the age of 21, he was diagnosed with a serious disease. However, he finished his studies and got a job at the University of Cambridge and continued his work in theoretical physics and cosmology . While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined. In 1985, after an operation, he started to use speech-generating equipment to help him talk. However, Hawking never ceased his studies and he continued to develop his theories on black holes. Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person. From his diagnosis at 21 he regarded everything since then as a bonus. He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
2023年3月6日星期一下午4点30分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室
完成电脑录入
